TABLE OF CONTENTS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 28 , 2016

Registration No. 333-      

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Republic of the Marshall Islands
4412
N.A.
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
16 Grigoriou Lambraki Street
166 74 Glyfada
Athens, Greece
Tel: +30 210 8913507
(Address and telephone number of Registrant's principal executive offices)

With copies to:

Gary J. Wolfe, Esq.
Seward & Kissel LLP
One Battery Park Plaza
New York, New York 10004
(212) 574-1200 (telephone number)
(212) 480- 8421 (facsimile number)
Barry I. Grossman, Esq.
Lawrence A. Rosenbloom, Esq.
Joshua N. Englard, Esq.
Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP
1345 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10105
(212) 370-1300 (telephone number)
(212) 370-7889 (facsimile number)

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the following box. o

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price (1)(2)
Amount of
Registration Fee
Common shares, $0.0001 par value per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class A Warrants to purchase common shares (3)(4)
 
 
 
 
Common Shares underlying the Class A Warrants (5)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Underwriter’s Warrant to purchase common shares (4)(6)
 
 
 
 
Common Shares underlying the Underwriter’s Warrant (7)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$
40,500,000
 
$
4,694.00
 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the offering price of common shares and Class A Warrants that may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares and Class A Warrants.
(3) The Class A Warrants to be issued to investors hereunder are included in the price of the common shares above.
(4) Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, there are also being registered an indeterminable number of additional securities as may be issued to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.
(5) We assumed the Class A Warrants were exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to    % of the proposed maximum public offering price of the common shares. The proposed maximum aggregate public offering price of the common shares underlying the Class A Warrants was calculated to be $        , which is equal to    % of $       .
(6) No separate registration fee required pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act.
(7) Estimated solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) of the Securities Act. The Underwriter’s Warrant is exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to    % of the public offering price. The proposed maximum aggregate public offering price of the common shares underlying the Underwriter’s Warrant was calculated to be $       , which is equal to    % of $        (   % of $        ).

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 28 , 2016

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

       Common Shares and
Class A Warrants to Purchase       Common Shares


Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

We are offering       of our common shares and our Class A Warrants to purchase       of our common shares. One common share is being sold together with one Class A Warrant, with each Class A Warrant being immediately exercisable for       of our common shares at an exercise price of $       per share (or    % of the price of each common share sold in this offering) and expiring 5 years after the issuance date.

Our common shares are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SHIP”. On October 27, 2016, the last reported sale price of our common shares was $2.25 per share. We intend to apply to list the Class A Warrants offered hereby on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SHIPW.”

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.

 
Per Common Share
and Class A Warrant
Total
Public offering price
$
 
 
$
 
 
Underwriting discount and commissions (1)
$
 
 
$
 
 
Proceeds to the Company, before expenses
$
 
 
$
 
 
(1) We have agreed to issue a warrant to the representative of the underwriters and to reimburse the underwriters for expenses incurred by them in an amount not to exceed $100,000. We refer you to “Underwriting” beginning on page 114 of this prospectus for additional information regarding total compensation and other items of value payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of up to 45 days to purchase up to       additional common shares and Class A Warrants.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares and Class A Warrants to purchasers in the offering on or about             , 2016.

Maxim Group LLC

The date of this prospectus is                   , 2016.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

You should rely only on the information contained and incorporated by reference into this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information or to make representations other than those contained in this prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

We obtained certain statistical data, market data and other industry data and forecasts used or incorporated by reference into this prospectus from publicly available information. While we believe that the statistical data, industry data, forecasts and market research are reliable, we have not independently verified the data, and we do not make any representation as to the accuracy of the information.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus contain certain forward-looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management's expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future and other statements that are other than statements of historical fact. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.

The forward-looking statements in this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus are based upon various assumptions, many of which are based, in turn, upon further assumptions, including without limitation, management’s examination of historical operating trends, data contained in our records and other data available from third parties. Although we believe that these assumptions were reasonable when made, because these assumptions are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies which are difficult or impossible to predict and are beyond our control, we cannot assure you that we will achieve or accomplish these expectations, beliefs or projections. As a result, you are cautioned not to rely on any forward-looking statements.

In addition to these important factors and matters discussed elsewhere herein and in the documents incorporated by reference herein, important factors that, in our view, could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include among other things:

changes in shipping industry trends, including charter rates, vessel values and factors affecting vessel supply and demand;
changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns;
changes in the supply of or demand for drybulk commodities, including drybulk commodities carried by sea, generally or in particular regions;
changes in the number of newbuildings under construction in the drybulk shipping industry;
changes in the useful lives and the value of our vessels and the related impact on our compliance with loan covenants;
the aging of our fleet and increases in operating costs;
changes in our ability to complete future, pending or recent acquisitions or dispositions;
our ability to achieve successful utilization of our expanded fleet;
changes to our financial condition and liquidity, including our ability to pay amounts that we owe and obtain additional financing to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate activities;

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

risks related to our business strategy, areas of possible expansion or expected capital spending or operating expenses;
changes in the availability of crew, number of off-hire days, classification survey requirements and insurance costs for the vessels in our fleet;
changes in our ability to leverage the relationships and reputation in the drybulk shipping industry of V.Ships Limited, or V.Ships, and Fidelity Marine Inc., or Fidelity;
changes in our relationships with our contract counterparties, including the failure of any of our contract counterparties to comply with their agreements with us;
loss of our customers, charters or vessels;
damage to our vessels;
potential liability from future litigation and incidents involving our vessels;
our future operating or financial results;
our ability to continue as a going concern;
acts of terrorism and other hostilities;
changes in global and regional economic and political conditions;
changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities, particularly with respect to the drybulk shipping industry; and
other factors listed from time to time in registration statements, reports or other materials that we have filed with or furnished to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the Commission, including our most recent annual report on Form 20-F, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

These factors could cause actual results or developments to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could harm our results or developments. Consequently, there can be no assurance that actual results or developments anticipated by us will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequences to, or effects on, us. Given these uncertainties, prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.

We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. If one or more forward-looking statements are updated, no inference should be drawn that additional updates will be made with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.

iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and our principal executive offices are located outside the United States. All of the directors and officers reside outside the United States. In addition, substantially all of our assets and the assets of the directors and officers are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for you to serve legal process within the United States upon us or any of these persons. It may also not be possible for you to enforce, both in and outside the United States, judgments you may obtain in United States courts against us or these persons in any action, including actions based upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. federal or state securities laws.

Furthermore, there is substantial doubt that courts in jurisdictions outside the U.S (i) would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or our directors or officers based upon the civil liability provisions of applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws or (ii) would enforce, in original actions, liabilities against us or our directors or officers based on those laws.

iv

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain information that appears elsewhere in this prospectus or in documents incorporated by reference herein, and this summary is qualified in its entirety by that more detailed information. This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. We urge you to carefully read this entire prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein, including our financial statements and the related notes and the information in the section entitled “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015, which is incorporated by reference herein. As an investor or prospective investor, you should also review carefully the sections entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus and in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Unless the context otherwise requires, as used in this prospectus, the terms “Company,” “Seanergy,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. and all of its subsidiaries, and “Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.” refers only to Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. and not to its subsidiaries. Unless otherwise specifically stated, the information presented in the prospectus assumes no exercise of the Class A Warrants or Underwriter’s Warrant and that the underwriters have not exercised their option to purchase additional common shares and Class A Warrants. We use the term deadweight ton, or dwt, in describing the size of our vessels. Dwt, expressed in metric tons, each of which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms, refers to the maximum weight of cargo and supplies that a vessel can carry. Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this prospectus to “$” or “dollars” are to U.S. dollars and financial information presented in this prospectus that is derived from the financial statements incorporated by reference is prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP.

Overview

We are an international shipping company specializing in the worldwide seaborne transportation of drybulk commodities. In August 2012, we began discussions with our former lenders, and in connection with our restructuring we sold all 20 of our former vessels. In March 2014, we completed our restructuring, following which we did not own any vessels. During 2015 we acquired eight modern drybulk vessels, which we refer to as our Current Fleet. We have recently agreed to acquire two additional Capesize drybulk vessels that are scheduled to be delivered between mid-November 2016 and early January 2017.

In March 2015, we acquired the first vessel in our Current Fleet, a secondhand Capesize drybulk vessel, from an unaffiliated third party for $17.1 million. The acquisition was funded with proceeds from a senior secured loan, an unsecured convertible promissory note issued to an entity affiliated with our principal shareholder, who we refer to as our Sponsor, and the sale of common shares to our Sponsor. Between September and December of 2015 we acquired the seven additional secondhand drybulk vessels that comprise our Current Fleet, consisting of five Capesize and two Supramax vessels, from entities affiliated with our Sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $183.4 million. These acquisitions were funded with proceeds from senior secured loans, a revolving convertible promissory note issued to an entity affiliated with our Sponsor, and the sale of common shares to our Sponsor. Capesize vessels range in size between 100,000 to 220,000 dwt. Supramax vessels range in size between 40,000 to 65,000 dwt.

On September 26, 2016 we entered into agreements with an unaffiliated third party for the purchase of two secondhand Capesize vessels for a gross purchase price of $20.75 million per vessel. The vessels are expected to be delivered between mid-November 2016 and early January 2017, subject to the satisfaction of certain customary closing conditions. We paid an initial security deposit in the amount of $4.2 million, which was funded through a loan facility with Jelco Delta Holding Corp., or Jelco, which is an entity affiliated with our Sponsor. We are considering our financing alternatives and expect to fund the acquisitions with cash flows from operations, secured loans, sale and leaseback arrangements, securities we may offer in the public or private debt or equity capital markets or other financing arrangements.

We believe we have established a reputation in the international drybulk shipping industry for operating and maintaining vessels with high standards of performance, reliability and safety. We have assembled a management team comprised of executives who have extensive experience operating large and diversified fleets, and who have strong ties to a number of international charterers.

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Current Fleet

As of the date of this prospectus, our Current Fleet consists of eight drybulk vessels, of which six are Capesize vessels and two are Supramax vessels. Our Current Fleet has a combined cargo-carrying capacity of approximately 1,145,553 dwt and an average age of approximately 8.2 years. Additionally, we have agreed to acquire two Capesize vessels that are scheduled to be delivered between mid-November 2016 and early January 2017. Subject to the successful delivery of the two Capesize vessels, our fleet will have an average age of 7.8 years and a combined cargo-carrying capacity of approximately 1,503,369 dwt.

The following tables list the vessels in our Current Fleet and the vessels we have agreed to acquire as of the date of this prospectus:

Current Fleet

Vessel Name
Year Built
Vessel Type
Dwt
Flag
Type of Employment
Leadership
2001
Capesize
 
171,199
 
BA
Spot
Gloriuship
2004
Capesize
 
171,314
 
MI
Spot
Geniuship
2010
Capesize
 
170,057
 
MI
Spot
Premiership
2010
Capesize
 
170,024
 
IoM
Spot
Squireship
2010
Capesize
 
170,018
 
LIB
Spot
Championship
2011
Capesize
 
179,238
 
LIB
Spot
Gladiatorship
2010
Supramax
 
56,819
 
BA
Spot
Guardianship
2011
Supramax
 
56,884
 
MI
Spot
Average Age:
8.1 years
Total Dwt:
 
1,145,553
 

Vessels to be Acquired *

Current Vessel Name
Year Built
Vessel Type
Dwt
Capesize 1
 
2010
 
 
Capesize
 
 
178,838
 
Capesize 2
 
2010
 
 
Capesize
 
 
178,978
 

*   Subject to successful delivery.

Key to Flags:
BA – Bahamas, IoM – Isle of Man, LIB – Liberia, MI – Marshall Islands

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we possess a number of strengths that provide us with a competitive advantage in the drybulk shipping market, including the following:

Modern, High Quality Fleet.    Our Current Fleet had an average age of 8.1 years as of September 30, 2016, compared to world-wide Supramax, Panamax, and Capesize / Newcastlemax drybulk market industry average ages of 8.1, 8.8 and 7.4 years, respectively, as of that date. In addition to their young age, all of our vessels have been and we expect will be built at shipyards that we view as having a longstanding reputation for building high quality, commercially superior vessels that are preferred by charterers and also command higher interest in the secondary market. None of our vessels is associated with “green field” or inferior quality shipyards, which is the case for a meaningful part of the world fleet, especially for Supramax and Panamax drybulk vessels. We believe that owning a modern, highly commercially competitive and well-maintained fleet provides us with a competitive advantage in securing favorable time and spot charters.
Experienced Management .   Our Company’s leadership has considerable depth of shipping industry expertise. Mr. Tsantanis, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and interim Chief Financial Officer, brings more than 18 years of experience in shipping and finance and has held senior management positions in prominent shipping companies.
Access to Attractive Chartering Opportunities .   Fidelity, our commercial manager, has established strong global relationships with charterers and brokers. We believe Fidelity’s relationships with these counterparties should provide us with access to attractive chartering opportunities.

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Business Strategy

Our strategy is to manage and expand our fleet in a manner that produces strong cash flows and allows us to build our position as a reliable provider of international seaborne transportation services for drybulk commodities. The key elements of our business strategy include:

Expanding Our Fleet Through Accretive Acquisitions .   We intend to acquire drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 50,000 dwt through timely and selective acquisitions. We currently view the Capesize and Supramax vessel classes as providing attractive return characteristics given the existing vessel price levels. A key element to our acquisition strategy will be to acquire high-quality vessels at attractive prices. When evaluating acquisitions, we will consider and analyze, among other things, our expectation of fundamental developments in the drybulk shipping industry sector, the level of liquidity in the resale and charter market, the cash flow earned by the vessel in relation to its value, its condition and technical specifications with particular regard to fuel consumption, expected remaining useful life, the credit quality of the charterer and duration and terms of charter contracts for vessels acquired with charters attached, as well as the overall diversification of our fleet and customers. We believe that these circumstances combined with our management’s knowledge of the shipping industry present an opportunity for us to grow our fleet at favorable prices.
Optimizing Vessel Revenues Primarily Through Spot Market Exposure.    The Baltic Dry Index, or the BDI, a daily average of charter rates for key drybulk routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which has long been viewed as the main benchmark to monitor the movements of the drybulk vessel charter market and the performance of the entire drybulk shipping market, has recently increased 175.2 percent from the record low levels of 290 on February 10, 2016 to 798 on October 27, 2016. We intend to employ a chartering strategy to capture upside opportunities in the spot market. We may also use fixed-rate time charters as the charter market improves to reduce downside risks. Because the spot market is volatile, there can be no assurance that the drybulk charter market will increase and the market could decline.
Operating a Modern, High-Quality Fleet .   Our Current Fleet had an average age of 8.1 years as of September 30, 2016, compared to world-wide Supramax, Panamax, and Capesize / Newcastlemax drybulk market industry average ages of 8.1, 8.8 and 7.4 years, respectively, as of that date. We believe that owning a young, well-maintained fleet provides us with a competitive advantage in securing favorable time and spot charters. All of our vessels have been and we expect will be built in shipyards that we view as having a longstanding reputation for building quality vessels. We expect that the combination of these factors will provide us with a competitive advantage in securing favorable employment for our vessels.

Management of Our Fleet

We manage our vessel's operations, insurances and bunkering and have the general supervision of our third-party technical and commercial managers. V.Ships, an independent third party, provides technical management for our vessels that includes general administrative and support services, such as crewing and other technical management, accounting related to vessels and provisions. Seanergy Management Corp., or Seanergy Management, one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, has entered into a commercial management agreement with Fidelity, an independent third party, pursuant to which Fidelity provides commercial management services for all of the vessels in our fleet.

Loan Facilities Update

We currently have five commercial bank loan facilities with an aggregate outstanding balance of $178 million. We currently are not required to make any principal repayments except under our facility with Alpha Bank AE. This facility currently has an outstanding balance of $7.6 million and amortization payments for this facility commenced on June 17, 2015. We also have a facility in place with HSH Nordbank AG with an outstanding balance of $44.4 million for which we will commence amortization payments on September 30, 2017, a facility with Unicredit Bank AG with an outstanding balance of $52.9 million for which we will commence amortization payments on June 26, 2017, a facility with Natixis with an outstanding balance of $39.4 million for which we will commence amortization payments on June 30, 2017 and a facility with Alpha

3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Bank AE with an outstanding balance of $33.8 million for which we will commence amortization payments on February 12, 2018. All applicable financial covenants under our loan facilities with our lenders have been either waived or will become effective subsequent to June 30, 2017. For more information regarding our current loan facilities, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Description of Indebtedness.”

Drybulk Shipping Industry Trends

Based on information provided by Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., we believe that the following industry trends create growth opportunities for us as an owner and operator of drybulk vessels:

the low drybulk freight market and limited availability of shipping finance, among other factors, have resulted in low drybulk vessel asset pricing, relative to average prices, over the last five years;
the recovery of global economic activity and industrial production, which continues to rely heavily on raw materials and commodity consumption;
the increased aggregate demand for seaborne transport for commodities and raw materials expected over the next decade; despite uninspiring economic growth at present, raw materials remain the primary driver for world economies as coal is expected to remain the main source for generating electricity and lower cost iron ore will be supporting an oversupplied steel industry; expanded mining capacity by the world’s largest mining companies supports these trends;
the regulations enacted by the International Maritime Organization, mandating higher maintenance standards of vessels, installation of ballast water management systems, and gradually lower emissions will require material capital investments that will render older drybulk vessels uneconomical for retrofitting and will expedite their demolition; and
charterers’ concerns about environmental and safety standards shifting their preference toward modern vessels that are owned by reputable and financially stable shipowners.

In this Drybulk Shipping Industry Trends section, the details on the industry trends have been prepared by Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co. We and Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co. can provide no assurance, however, that the industry trends described above will continue, we will be successful in capitalizing on any such opportunities or we will be able to expand our business. For further discussion of the risks that we face, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 of this prospectus. Please read “The Drybulk Shipping Industry” for more information on the drybulk shipping industry.

Recent Developments

As described above, on September 26, 2016 we entered into separate agreements with an unaffiliated third party for the purchase of two secondhand Capesize vessels for a gross purchase price of $20.75 million per vessel. The vessels are expected to be delivered between mid-November 2016 and early January 2017, subject to the satisfaction of certain customary closing conditions. Under the agreements, we were required to make a $4.2 million deposit. This deposit was funded with proceeds from a loan facility, dated October 4, 2016, entered into with Jelco. The loan facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 5%, which is payable quarterly. The principal is due on the date that the third party seller provides us with fifteen days’ notice of the date it intends to tender its notice of readiness for delivery of the vessels. The principal may be repaid in cash or by transferring to Jelco the shares in our direct holding subsidiary that owns our two indirect vessel-owning subsidiaries that have agreed to purchase the two vessels. The loan facility is secured by a pledge of such shares in our direct holding subsidiary.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on January 4, 2008, originally under the name Seanergy Merger Corp., as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Seanergy Maritime Corp. We changed our name to Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. on July 11, 2008. Our principal executive office is located at 16 Grigoriou Lambraki Street, 166 74 Glyfada, Athens, Greece. Our telephone number at that address is +011 30 2108913507. Our corporate website address is www.seanergymaritime.com. The information contained on our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.

4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE OFFERING

Common shares presently outstanding
20,694,410 common shares (1)
Securities offered by us
      common shares together with Class A warrants to purchase       of our common shares at the exercise price of $      per share (or    % of the price for each share sold in the offering). The warrants will be immediately exercisable and will expire 5 years after the issuance date. An aggregate of       common shares together with Class A warrants to purchase       of our common shares are being offered assuming the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares and Class A Warrants in full but assuming no exercise of the Class A Warrants or Underwriter’s Warrant.
Common shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering
      common shares (      common shares, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares and Class A Warrants in full but assuming no exercise of the Class A Warrants or Underwriter’s Warrant). (1)
Underwriters’ Option to Purchase Additional Shares and Class A Warrants
The Underwriting Agreement provides that we will grant to the underwriters an option, exercisable within 45 days after the closing of this offering, to purchase up to an additional 15% of the total number of common shares and Class A Warrants to be offered by us pursuant to this offering.
Use of proceeds
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $      , and approximately $     million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares and Class A Warrants in full but assuming no exercise of the Class A Warrants or Underwriter’s Warrant, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, which may include the acquisition of the two Capesize vessels we have agreed to purchase or other potential vessels acquisitions in accordance with our growth strategy.

Risk factors
Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” below on page 10 and in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015, which is incorporated by reference herein, to read about the risks you should consider before investing in our common shares.
Listing
Our common shares are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SHIP”. We intend to apply to list the Class A warrants offered hereby on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SHIPW.”
(1) Excludes (i) 4,222,223 common shares issuable upon exercise of a conversion option pursuant to the convertible promissory note dated March 12, 2015, as amended, that we issued to Jelco, and (ii) 23,516,667 common shares issuable upon exercise of a conversion option pursuant to the convertible promissory note dated September 7, 2015, as amended, that we issued to Jelco. Under each of the convertible promissory notes, Jelco, an entity affiliated with our Sponsor, may, at its option, convert the principal amount under each note at any time into common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 per share. As of October 28, 2016, $3.8 million was outstanding under the convertible promissory note dated March 12, 2015, and $21.2 million was outstanding under the convertible promissory note dated September 7, 2015, as amended.

5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Lock-Up Provision
Subject to certain exceptions, we, all of our executive officers and directors, and certain affiliates have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of the representative offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common shares. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 120 days after the date of the closing of this offering.

6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have derived the following consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the following consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. We have derived the following consolidated financial data for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 and as of June 30, 2016 from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2016.

On January 7, 2016, we effected a 1-for-5 reverse split of our common shares. The reverse stock split became effective and the common shares began trading on a split-adjusted basis on the NASDAQ Capital Market at the opening of trading on January 8, 2016. There was no change in the number of authorized shares or the par value of our common stock. All share and per share amounts disclosed herein give effect to this reverse stock split retroactively, for all periods presented.

(Amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data.)

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
Statement of Income Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue, net
 
11,223
 
 
2,010
 
 
23,079
 
 
55,616
 
 
104,060
 
Direct voyage expenses
 
(7,496
)
 
(1,274
)
 
(8,035
)
 
(13,587
)
 
(2,541
)
Vessel operating expenses
 
(5,639
)
 
(1,006
)
 
(11,086
)
 
(26,983
)
 
(34,727
)
Voyage expenses - related party
 
 
 
(24
)
 
(313
)
 
(532
)
 
(661
)
Management fees - related party
 
 
 
(122
)
 
(743
)
 
(1,625
)
 
(2,415
)
Management fees
 
(336
)
 
 
 
(194
)
 
(588
)
 
(576
)
General and administration expenses
 
(2,804
)
 
(2,987
)
 
(3,966
)
 
(6,337
)
 
(8,070
)
General and administration expenses - related party
 
(70
)
 
(309
)
 
(412
)
 
(402
)
 
(603
)
Loss on bad debts
 
(30
)
 
(38
)
 
 
 
(327
)
 
 
Amortization of deferred dry-docking costs
 
(38
)
 
 
 
(232
)
 
(3,648
)
 
(7,313
)
Depreciation
 
(1,865
)
 
(3
)
 
(982
)
 
(15,606
)
 
(28,856
)
Loss on sale of vessels
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(15,590
)
 
 
Impairment loss for goodwill
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4,365
)
 
(12,910
)
Impairment loss for vessels and deferred charges
 
 
 
 
 
(3,564
)
 
(147,143
)
 
(188,995
)
Gain on disposal of subsidiaries
 
 
 
 
 
25,719
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on restructuring
 
 
 
85,563
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating (loss) / income
 
(7,055
)
 
81,810
 
 
19,271
 
 
(181,117
)
 
(183,607
)
Interest and finance costs
 
(1,460
)
 
(1,463
)
 
(8,389
)
 
(12,480
)
 
(13,482
)
Interest and finance costs - related party
 
(399
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
 
 
 
14
 
 
13
 
 
59
 
 
60
 
Loss on interest rate swaps
 
 
 
 
 
(8
)
 
(189
)
 
(641
)
Foreign currency exchange (losses) gains, net
 
(42
)
 
(13
)
 
19
 
 
(43
)
 
(46
)
Total other expenses, net
 
(1,901
)
 
(1,462
)
 
(8,365
)
 
(12,653
)
 
(14,109
)
Net (loss) / income before taxes
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
10,906
 
 
(193,770
)
 
(197,716
)
Income taxes
 
 
 
 
 
1
 
 
2
 
 
(40
)
Net (loss) / income
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
10,907
 
 
(193,768
)
 
(197,756
)
Net (loss) / income per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
 
(0.83
)
 
30.06
 
 
4.56
 
 
(83.69
)
 
(135.18
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,945
 
 
2,391,628
 
 
2,315,315
 
 
1,462,927
 
Diluted
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,950
 
 
2,391,885
 
 
2,315,315
 
 
1,462,927
 
Dividends declared per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
As of December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and restricted cash
 
3,354
 
 
2,873
 
 
3,075
 
 
6,298
 
 
37,294
 
Total current assets
 
8,278
 
 
3,207
 
 
66,350
 
 
52,086
 
 
43,432
 
Vessels, net
 
199,840
 
 
 
 
 
 
68,511
 
 
381,129
 
Total assets
 
209,352
 
 
3,268
 
 
66,350
 
 
120,960
 
 
436,476
 
Total current liabilities, including current portion of long-term debt
 
9,250
 
 
592
 
 
157,045
 
 
222,577
 
 
58,697
 
Long-term debt, net of current portion
 
176,787
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
300,586
 
Common stock
 
2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total equity / (deficit)
 
23,284
 
 
2,676
 
 
(90,695
)
 
(101,617
)
 
76,923
 
Shares issued and outstanding
 
19,522,413
 
 
3,977,854
 
 
2,391,854
 
 
2,391,856
 
 
1,463,532
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
Cash Flow Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
 
(4,737
)
 
(14,858
)
 
1,030
 
 
2,418
 
 
26,439
 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
 
(201,684
)
 
105,895
 
 
993
 
 
55,402
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
206,852
 
 
(91,239
)
 
(3,246
)
 
(71,256
)
 
(62,492
)

Based on our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements:

(Amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data.)

 
Six-month period ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Statement of Income Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue, net
 
15,165
 
 
1,757
 
Direct voyage expenses
 
(9,505
)
 
(995
)
Vessel operating expenses
 
(6,698
)
 
(939
)
Management fees
 
(454
)
 
(48
)
General and administration expenses
 
(1,540
)
 
(1,315
)
General and administration expenses - related party
 
 
 
(70
)
Amortization of deferred dry-docking costs
 
(240
)
 
 
Depreciation
 
(4,196
)
 
(158
)
Operating loss
 
(7,468
)
 
(1,768
)
Other expenses, net:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and finance costs
 
(3,442
)
 
(124
)
Interest and finance costs - related party
 
(937
)
 
(149
)
Foreign currency exchange losses, net
 
(12
)
 
(15
)
Total other expenses, net
 
(4,391
)
 
(288
)
Net loss
 
(11,859
)
 
(2,056
)
Net loss per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
 
(0.61
)
 
(0.29
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
 
19,370,412
 
 
7,130,807
 
Dividends declared per share
 
 
 
 

8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
As of June 30,
2016
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
Cash and restricted cash
 
3,109
 
Total current assets
 
8,036
 
Vessels, net
 
195,655
 
Total assets
 
204,638
 
Total current liabilities, including current portion of long-term debt
 
9,066
 
Long-term debt, net of current portion
 
174,407
 
Common stock
 
2
 
Total equity
 
20,904
 
Shares issued and outstanding
 
19,514,410
 
 
Six months ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Cash Flow Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in operating activities
 
(9,195
)
 
(1,906
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
 
 
(17,127
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
 
8,950
 
 
17,206
 

9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. Before deciding to invest in our securities, you should carefully consider the risks described below. These risks and uncertainties are not the only risks and uncertainties that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In that case, you may lose all or part of your investment in the securities.

Risks Relating to Our Industry

The market values of our vessels may decrease, which could limit the amount of funds that we can borrow or trigger certain financial covenants under our loan agreements, and we may incur an impairment or, if we sell vessels following a decline in their market value, a loss.

The fair market values of our vessels are related to prevailing freight charter rates. While the fair market value of vessels and the freight charter market have a very close relationship as the charter market moves from trough to peak, the time lag between the effect of charter rates on market values of ships can vary. A decrease in the market value of our vessels could require us to raise additional capital in order to remain compliant with our loan covenants, and could result in the loss of our vessels and adversely affect our earnings and financial condition.

The fair market value of our vessels may increase or decrease, and we expect the market values to fluctuate depending on a number of factors including:

prevailing level of charter rates;
general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry;
types and sizes of vessels;
supply and demand for vessels;
other modes of transportation;
cost of newbuildings;
governmental and other regulations; and
technological advances.

In addition, as vessels grow older, they generally decline in value. If the fair market value of our vessels declines, we may not be in compliance with certain covenants in our loan agreements, and our lenders could accelerate our indebtedness or require us to pay down our indebtedness to a level where we are again in compliance with our loan covenants. If any of our loans are accelerated, we may not be able to refinance our debt or obtain additional funding. We expect that we will enter into more loan agreements in connection with our pending and future acquisitions of vessels. For more information regarding our current loan facilities, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations –Description of Indebtedness.”

In addition, if vessel values decline, we may have to record an impairment adjustment in our financial statements, which could adversely affect our financial results. Furthermore, if we sell vessels at a time when vessel prices have fallen and before we have recorded an impairment adjustment to our financial statements, the sale may be at less than the vessel's carrying amount in our financial statements, resulting in a loss and a reduction in earnings.

Charter hire rates for drybulk vessels are highly volatile and remain significantly below the highs of 2008, which had and may continue to have an adverse effect on our revenues, earnings and profitability.

The abrupt and dramatic downturn in the drybulk charter market, from which we derive substantially all of our revenues, has severely affected the drybulk shipping industry and has harmed our business. The Baltic Dry Index, or BDI, declined from a high of 11,793 in May 2008 to a low of 290 in February 10, 2016, which represents a decline of 98%. In 2015, the BDI ranged from a low of 471 on December 16, 2015 to a high of

10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1,222 on August 5, 2015, and to date in 2016, has ranged from a low of 290 on February 10, 2016, to a high of 941 on September 23, 2016. The decline and volatility in charter rates has been due to various factors, including the over-supply of drybulk vessels, the lack of trade financing for purchases of commodities carried by sea, which resulted in a significant decline in cargo shipments, and trade disruptions caused by natural disasters. Drybulk charter rates are at depressed levels and may decline further. These circumstances, which result from the economic situation worldwide and the multiple disruptions to the operation of global credit markets, have had a number of adverse consequences for drybulk shipping, including, among other developments:

decrease in available financing for vessels;
no active secondhand market for the sale of vessels;
charterers seeking to renegotiate the rates for existing time charters;
widespread loan covenant defaults in the drybulk shipping industry due to the substantial decrease in vessel values; and
declaration of bankruptcy by some operators, charterers and vessel owners.

The degree of charter hire rate volatility among different types of drybulk vessels has varied widely. If we enter into a charter when charter hire rates are low, our revenues and earnings will be adversely affected and we may not be able to successfully charter our vessels at rates sufficient to allow us to operate our business profitably or meet our obligations. Further, if low charter rates in the drybulk market continue or decline further for any significant period, this could have an adverse effect on our vessel values and ability to comply with the financial covenants in our loan agreements. In such a situation, unless our lenders were willing to provide waivers of covenant compliance or modifications to our covenants, our lenders could accelerate our debt and we could face the loss of our vessels.

An over-supply of drybulk carrier capacity may prolong or further depress the current low charter rates and, in turn, adversely affect our profitability.

The market supply of drybulk vessels has been increasing due to the high level of new deliveries in the last few years. Drybulk newbuildings were delivered in significant numbers starting at the beginning of 2006 and continued to be delivered in significant numbers through 2016. In addition, the drybulk newbuilding orderbook, which extends to 2018, equaled approximately 12% of the existing world drybulk fleet as of September 23, 2016, according to Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., and the orderbook may increase further in proportion to the existing fleet. An over-supply of drybulk carrier capacity could prolong the period during which low charter rates prevail.

Factors that influence the supply of vessel capacity include:

number of new vessel deliveries;
scrapping rate of older vessels;
vessel casualties;
price of steel;
number of vessels that are out of service;
changes in environmental and other regulations that may limit the useful life of vessels; and
port or canal congestion.

If drybulk vessel capacity increases but the demand for vessel capacity does not increase or increases at a slower rate, charter rates could materially decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If economic conditions throughout the world do not improve, it will impede our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, and could cause the market price of our common shares to decline.

Negative trends in the global economy that emerged in 2008 continue to adversely affect global economic conditions. In addition, the world economy continues to face a number of new challenges, including recent

11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

turmoil and hostilities in the Middle East, North Africa and other geographic areas and countries and continuing economic weakness in the European Union. The deterioration in the global economy has caused, and may continue to cause, a decrease in worldwide demand for certain goods and, thus, shipping. We cannot predict how long the current market conditions will last.

The European Union and other parts of the world have recently been or are currently in a recession and continue to exhibit weak economic trends. Moreover, there is uncertainty related to certain countries' ability to refinance their sovereign debt, such as Greece, Spain, Portugal, Ireland, and Italy. As a result, the credit markets in the United States and Europe have experienced significant contraction, deleveraging and reduced liquidity, and the U.S. federal and state governments and European authorities have implemented a broad variety of governmental action and new regulation of the financial markets and may implement additional regulations in the future. As a result, global economic conditions and global financial markets have been, and continue to be, volatile. Further, credit markets and the debt and equity capital markets have been distressed and the uncertainty surrounding the future of the global credit markets has resulted in reduced access to credit worldwide.

In addition, continued economic slowdown in the Asia Pacific region, particularly in China, may exacerbate the effect of the weak economic trends in the rest of the world. Before the global economic financial crisis that began in 2008, China had one of the world's fastest growing economies in terms of gross domestic product, or GDP, which had a significant impact on shipping demand. The quarterly year-over-year growth rate of China's GDP decreased to approximately 6.8% for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to approximately 7.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014, and continues to remain below pre-2008 levels. It is possible that China and other countries in the Asia Pacific region will continue to experience slowed or even negative economic growth in the near future. Moreover, the current economic slowdown in the economies of the European Union and in certain Asian countries may further adversely affect economic growth in China and elsewhere. Our results of operations and ability to grow our fleet could be impeded by a continuing or worsening economic downturn in any of these countries or geographic regions.

We face risks attendant to the trends in the global economy, changes in interest rates, and instability in the banking and securities markets around the world, among other factors. Major market disruptions and the current adverse changes in market conditions and regulatory climate worldwide may adversely affect our business or impair our ability to borrow under our loan agreements or any future financial arrangements. We cannot predict how long the current market conditions will last. However, these recent and developing economic and governmental factors, together with the concurrent decline in charter rates and vessel values, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows, our ability to finance our pending vessel acquisitions and the trading price of our common stock. In the absence of available financing, we also may be unable to complete our vessel pending acquisitions, take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures.

The instability of the euro or the inability of Eurozone countries to refinance their debts could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, profitability and financial position.

Concerns persist regarding the debt burden of certain Eurozone countries and their ability to meet future financial obligations and the overall stability of the euro. An extended period of adverse development in the outlook for European countries could reduce the overall demand for drybulk cargoes and for our services. These potential developments, or market perceptions concerning these and related issues, could affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flow.

We maintain cash with a limited number of financial institutions including financial institutions that may be located in Greece, which will subject us to credit risk.

We maintain all of our cash with a limited number of financial institutions, including institutions that are located in Greece. These financial institutions located in Greece may be subsidiaries of international banks or Greek financial institutions. Economic conditions in Greece have been, and continue to be, severely disrupted and volatile, and as a result of sovereign weakness, Moody's Investor Services Inc. has downgraded the bank financial strength ratings, as well as the deposit and debt ratings, of several Greek banks to reflect their weakening stand-alone financial strength and the anticipated additional pressures stemming from the country's challenged economic prospects.

12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risks associated with operating ocean-going vessels could affect our business and reputation, which could adversely affect our revenues and expenses.

The operation of an ocean-going vessel carries inherent risks. These risks include the possibility of:

crew strikes and/or boycotts;
marine disaster;
piracy;
environmental accidents;
cargo and property losses or damage; and
business interruptions caused by mechanical failure, human error, war, terrorism, political action in various countries, labor strikes or adverse weather conditions.

Any of these circumstances or events could increase our costs or lower our revenues.

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels have recently increased in frequency, which could adversely affect our business.

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea, Strait of Malacca, Arabian Sea, Red Sea, Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia, Indian Ocean and Gulf of Guinea. Sea piracy incidents continue to occur, particularly in the South China Sea, the Indian Ocean, and increasingly in the Gulf of Guinea and Strait of Malacca, with drybulk vessels particularly vulnerable to such attacks. If piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being characterized as “war risk” zones by insurers, as the Gulf of Aden temporarily was in May 2008, or Joint War Committee “war and strikes” listed areas, premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew and security equipment costs, including costs which may be incurred to employ onboard security armed guards, could increase in such circumstances. Furthermore, while we believe the charterer remains liable for charter payments when a vessel is seized by pirates, the charterer may dispute this and withhold charter hire until the vessel is released. A charterer may also claim that a vessel seized by pirates was not “on-hire” for a certain number of days and is therefore entitled to cancel the charter party, a claim that we would dispute. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, any detention hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The operation of drybulk vessels has particular operational risks.

The operation of drybulk vessels has certain unique risks. With a drybulk carrier, the cargo itself and its interaction with the vessel can be an operational risk. By their nature, drybulk cargoes are often heavy, dense, easily shifted, and react badly to water exposure. In addition, drybulk vessels are often subjected to battering treatment during discharging operations with grabs, jackhammers (to pry encrusted cargoes out of the hold) and small bulldozers. This treatment may cause damage to the vessel. Vessels damaged due to treatment during discharging procedures may affect a vessel's seaworthiness while at sea. Hull fractures in drybulk vessels may lead to the flooding of the vessels' holds. If a drybulk carrier suffers flooding in its forward holds, the bulk cargo may become so dense and waterlogged that its pressure may buckle the vessel's bulkheads, leading to the loss of a vessel. If we are unable to adequately maintain our vessels, we may be unable to prevent these events. Any of these circumstances or events could negatively impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The shipping industry has inherent operational risks that may not be adequately covered by our insurance. Further, because we obtain some of our insurance through protection and indemnity associations, we may also be subject to calls or premiums in amounts based not only on our own claim records, but also on the claim records of all other members of the protection and indemnity associations.

We procure insurance for our fleet against risks commonly insured against by vessel owners and operators. Our current insurance includes hull and machinery insurance, war risks insurance and protection and indemnity insurance (which includes environmental damage and pollution insurance). We do not expect to maintain for all of our vessels insurance against loss of hire, which covers business interruptions that result from the loss of use

13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of a vessel. We may not be adequately insured against all risks or our insurers may not pay a particular claim. Even if our insurance coverage is adequate to cover our losses, we may not be able to timely obtain a replacement vessel in the event of a loss. Furthermore, in the future, we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates for our fleet. Our insurance policies also contain deductibles, limitations and exclusions which, although we believe are standard in the shipping industry, may nevertheless increase our costs. If our insurance is not enough to cover claims that may arise, the deficiency may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may also be subject to calls, or premiums, in amounts based not only on our own claim records but also the claim records of all other members of the protection and indemnity associations through which we receive indemnity insurance coverage for tort liability, including pollution-related liability. Our payment of these calls could result in significant expenses to us.

Rising fuel prices may adversely affect our profits.

The cost of fuel is a significant factor in negotiating charter rates. As a result, an increase in the price of fuel beyond our expectations may adversely affect our profitability. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by members of the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns and regulations. Further, fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which may reduce the profitability and competitiveness of our business versus other forms of transportation, such as truck or rail.

Upon redelivery of vessels at the end of a period time or voyage time charter, we may be obligated to repurchase bunkers on board at prevailing market prices, which could be materially higher than fuel prices at the inception of the charter period. In addition, fuel is a significant, if not the largest, expense that we would incur with respect to vessels operating on voyage charter.

Our vessels are chartered on the spot charter market, either through trip charter contracts or voyage charter contracts. Voyage charter contracts generally provide that the vessel owner bears the cost of fuel in the form of bunkers, which is a material operating expense. We do not intend to hedge our fuel costs, thus an increase in the price of fuel beyond our expectations may affect in a negative way our profitability and our cash flows.

We are dependent on spot charters and any decrease in spot charter rates in the future may adversely affect our earnings.

We currently operate all of our vessels in the spot market, exposing us to fluctuations in spot market charter rates. Further, we may employ any additional vessels that we acquire in the spot market.

Although the number of vessels in our fleet that participate in the spot market will vary from time to time, we anticipate that a significant portion of our fleet will participate in this market. As a result, our financial performance will be significantly affected by conditions in the drybulk spot market and only our vessels that operate under fixed-rate time charters may, during the period such vessels operate under such time charters, provide a fixed source of revenue to us.

Historically, the drybulk markets have been volatile as a result of the many conditions and factors that can affect the price, supply of and demand for drybulk capacity. The weak global economic trends may further reduce demand for transportation of drybulk cargoes over longer distances, which may materially affect our revenues, profitability and cash flows. The spot charter market may fluctuate significantly based upon supply of and demand for vessels and cargoes. The successful operation of our vessels in the competitive spot charter market depends upon, among other things, obtaining profitable spot charters and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for charters and time spent traveling unladen to pick up cargo. The spot market is very volatile, and, in the past, there have been periods when spot rates have declined below the operating cost of vessels. If future spot charter rates decline, then we may be unable to operate our vessels trading in the spot market profitably or to meet our obligations, including payments on indebtedness. Furthermore, as charter rates for spot charters are fixed for a single voyage, which may last up to several weeks, during periods in which spot charter rates are rising, we will generally experience delays in realizing the benefits from such increases.

14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our revenues are subject to seasonal fluctuations, which could affect our operating results and ability to service our debt or pay dividends.

We operate our vessels in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter hire rates. This seasonality may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our operating results. The drybulk shipping market is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere during the winter months. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns in these months tend to disrupt vessel schedule and supplies of certain commodities. As a result, our revenues may be weaker during the fiscal quarters ending June 30 and September 30, and, conversely, our revenues may be stronger in fiscal quarters ending December 31 and March 31. This seasonality should not affect our operating results if our vessels are employed on period time charters, but since all of our vessels are employed in the spot market, seasonality may materially affect our operating results.

Our vessels may call on ports located in or may operate in countries that are subject to restrictions imposed by the United States, the European Union or other governments that could adversely affect our reputation and the market price of our common stock.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, none of our vessels called on ports located in countries subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and other authorities or countries identified by the U.S. government or other authorities as state sponsors of terrorism, such as Iran, Sudan and Syria; however our vessels may call on ports in these countries from time to time in the future on our charterers' instructions. The U.S. sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time.

On July 14, 2015, following a period of time during which trade with Iran was widely sanctionable under U.S. law, the P5+1 and the EU announced that they reached a landmark agreement with Iran titled the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action Regarding the Islamic Republic of Iran's Nuclear Program, or the JCPOA, which is intended to significantly restrict Iran's ability to develop and produce nuclear weapons for 10 years while simultaneously easing sanctions directed toward non-U.S. persons for conduct involving Iran, but taking place outside of U.S. jurisdiction and does not involve U.S. persons. On January 16, 2016, the United States joined the EU and the UN in lifting a significant number of their nuclear-related sanctions on Iran following an announcement by the International Atomic Energy Agency, or the IAEA, that Iran had satisfied its respective obligations under the JCPOA.

U.S. sanctions prohibiting certain conduct that is now permitted under the JCPOA have not actually been repealed or permanently terminated at this time. Rather, the U.S. government has implemented changes to the sanctions regime by: (1) issuing waivers of certain statutory sanctions provisions; (2) committing to refrain from exercising certain discretionary sanctions authorities; (3) removing certain individuals and entities from the Office of Foreign Assets Control's sanctions lists; and (4) revoking certain Executive Orders and specified sections of Executive Orders. These sanctions will not be permanently “lifted” until the earlier of “Transition Day,” set to occur on October 20, 2023, or upon a report from the IAEA stating that all nuclear material in Iran is being used for peaceful activities.

Although it is our intention to comply with the provisions of the JCPOA, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future as such regulations and U.S. sanctions may be amended over time, and the U.S. retains the authority to revoke the aforementioned relief if Iran fails to meet its commitments under the JPOA.

We believe that we are currently in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations. In order to maintain compliance, we monitor and review the movement of our vessels on a frequent basis.

All or most of our future charters shall include provisions and trade exclusion clauses prohibiting the vessels from calling on ports where there is an existing U.S embargo. Furthermore as of the date hereof, neither the Company nor its subsidiaries have ever entered into or have any future plans to enter into, directly or indirectly, any contracts, agreements or other arrangements with the governments of Iran, Syria, Sudan or Cuba or any entities controlled by the governments of these countries, including any entities organized in these countries.

15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Due to the nature of our business and the evolving nature of the foregoing sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance at all times in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in fines, penalties or other sanctions that could severely impact our ability to access U.S. capital markets and conduct our business, and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in us. In addition, certain institutional investors may have investment policies or restrictions that prevent them from holding securities of companies that have contracts with countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. The determination by these investors not to invest in, or to divest from, our common shares may adversely affect the price at which our common shares trades. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation. In addition, our reputation and the market for our securities may be adversely affected if we engage in certain other activities, such as entering into charters with individuals or entities in countries subject to U.S. sanctions and embargo laws that are not controlled by the governments of those countries, or engaging in operations associated with those countries pursuant to contracts with third parties that are unrelated to those countries or entities controlled by their governments. Investor perception of the value of our common shares may be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in these and surrounding countries.

We are subject to regulation and liability under environmental laws that could require significant expenditures and affect our cash flows and net income.

Our business and the operation of our vessels are materially affected by government regulation in the form of international conventions, national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which the vessels operate, as well as in the country or countries of their registration, including those governing oil spills, discharges to air and water, ballast water management, and the handling and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes. These requirements include, but are not limited to, European Union Regulations, the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the U.S. Clean Air Act, the U.S. Clean Water Act, the U.S. Marine Transportation Security Act of 2002, and regulations of the International Maritime Organization, or the IMO, including but not limited to, the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1975, the International Convention for the Prevention of Marine Pollution of 1973, the IMO International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974 and the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966. We may also incur additional costs in order to comply with other existing and future regulatory obligations, including, but not limited to, costs relating to air emissions including greenhouse gases, the management of ballast water, maintenance and inspection, development and implementation of emergency procedures and insurance coverage or other financial assurance of our ability to address pollution incidents. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our available cash. Because such conventions, laws and regulations are often revised, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with such conventions, laws and regulations or the impact thereof on the resale price or useful life of vessels we may acquire in the future. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and which may materially adversely affect our operations.

Increased inspection procedures, tighter import and export controls and new security regulations could increase costs and disrupt our business.

International shipping is subject to security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin, destination and trans-shipment points. Since the events of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security, such as the Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or MTSA. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. These security procedures can result in delays in the loading, discharging or trans-shipment and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against exporters or importers and, in some cases, vessels. Future changes to the existing security procedures may be implemented that could affect the drybulk sector. These changes have the potential to impose additional financial and legal obligations on vessels and, in certain cases, to render the shipment of certain types of goods uneconomical or impractical. These additional costs could reduce the volume of goods shipped, resulting in a decreased demand for vessels and have a negative effect on our business, revenues and customer relations.

16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If any of our vessels fails to maintain its class certification or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey, or special survey, or if any scheduled class survey takes longer or is more expensive than anticipated, this could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be certified by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea.

A vessel must undergo annual, intermediate and special surveys. The vessel's machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. At the beginning, in between and in the end of this cycle, every vessel is required to undergo inspection of her underwater parts that usually includes dry-docking. These surveys and dry-dockings can be costly and can result in delays in returning a vessel to operation.

If any vessel does not maintain its class, the vessel will not be allowed to carry cargo between ports and cannot be employed or insured. Any such inability to carry cargo or be employed, or any related violation of our loan covenants, could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Because seafaring employees we employ are covered by industry-wide collective bargaining agreements, failure of industry groups to renew those agreements may disrupt our operations and adversely affect our earnings.

We employ a large number of seafarers. All of the seafarers employed on the vessels in our fleet are covered by industry-wide collective bargaining agreements that set basic standards. We cannot assure you that these agreements will prevent labor interruptions. Any labor interruptions could disrupt our operations and harm our financial performance.

Maritime claimants could arrest one or more of our vessels.

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against a vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lien holder may enforce its lien by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arresting or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our cash flow and require us to pay large sums of funds to have the arrest lifted, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel which is subject to the claimant's maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against one of our vessels for claims relating to another of our vessels.

Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency, resulting in loss of earnings.

A government could requisition for title or hire one or more of our vessels. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes the owner. Also, a government could requisition a vessel for hire. Requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes the charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during a period of war or emergency. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Our Company

We are a recently restructured company with a limited history of recent operations on which investors may assess our performance.

In March 2014, we completed a financial restructuring, following which we did not own any vessels. During 2015 we acquired our Current Fleet of eight vessels. As a result, we have a limited operating history since our financial restructuring, and therefore limited historical financial results upon which you can evaluate our restructured operations. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in operating our fleet in the future.

17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our independent auditors have expressed doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The existence of such report may adversely affect our stock price, our business relationships and our ability to raise capital. There is no assurance that we will not receive a similar report for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Our financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern and do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if we are unable to continue as a going concern. Accordingly, the financial statements did not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts, the amounts and classification of liabilities, or any other adjustments that might result in the event we are unable to continue as a going concern, except for the current classification of debt. However, there are material uncertainties related to events or conditions which raise substantial doubt on our ability to continue as a going concern and, therefore, we may be unable to realize our assets and discharge our liabilities in the normal course of business.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young, has issued their opinion with an explanatory paragraph in connection with our audited financial statements included in this prospectus that expresses substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. In 2015 we acquired eight vessels in accordance with our business plan to grow our fleet on a sustainable basis. Based on our cash flow projections, cash on hand and cash provided by operating activities might not be sufficient to cover the liquidity needs that become due in the twelve-month period ending December 31, 2016. We have relied on Jelco, a company affiliated with our Sponsor, for further funding during 2015 and 2016, for our vessel acquisitions, including the initial deposit related to our pending vessel acquisitions, and general corporate purposes. Given these facts we cannot provide any assurance that we will in fact operate our business profitably, generate sufficient revenue and operating cash flow. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that our independent registered public accounting firm's report on our future financial statements for any future period will not include a similar explanatory paragraph. Ernst & Young's, or any successor's expression of such doubt or our inability to overcome the factors leading to such doubt could have a material adverse effect on our stock price, our business relationships and ability to raise capital and therefore could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial prospects.

If we fail to manage our planned growth properly, we may not be able to successfully expand our market share.

We acquired our Current Fleet during 2015, and we intend to acquire vessels in the future, including the two vessels we have recently agreed to acquire. Our ability to manage our growth will primarily depend on our ability to:

generate excess cash flow so that we can invest without jeopardizing our ability to cover current and foreseeable working capital needs, including debt service;
raise equity and obtain required financing for our existing and new operations, including our pending vessel acquisitions;
locate and acquire suitable vessels;
identify and consummate acquisitions or joint ventures;
integrate any acquired businesses or vessels successfully with our existing operations;
hire, train and retain qualified personnel and crew to manage and operate our growing business and fleet;
enhance our customer base; and
manage our expansion.

Growing any business by acquisitions presents numerous risks such as undisclosed liabilities and obligations, difficulty in obtaining additional qualified personnel, managing relationships with customers and suppliers and integrating newly acquired operations into existing infrastructures. We may not be successful in executing our growth plans and we may incur significant additional expenses and losses in connection therewith.

18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Purchasing and operating secondhand vessels, such as our Current Fleet and the two vessels we have agreed to acquire, may result in increased operating costs and vessel off-hire, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

During 2015 we purchased our Current Fleet of eight secondhand vessels. Recently we agreed to acquire two additional secondhand vessels. Our inspection of these or other secondhand vessels prior to purchase does not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition and the cost of any required or anticipated repairs that we would have had if these vessels had been built for and operated exclusively by us. We have not received in the past, and do not expect to receive in the future, the benefit of warranties on any secondhand vessels we acquire.

As the vessels in our fleet or other secondhand vessels we may acquire age, they may become less fuel efficient and more costly to maintain and will not be as advanced as recently constructed vessels due to improvements in design, technology and engineering. Rates for cargo insurance, paid by charterers, also increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers.

Charterers actively discriminate against hiring older vessels. For example, Rightship, the ship vetting service founded by Rio Tinto and BHP-Billiton, which has become the major vetting service in the drybulk shipping industry, ranks the suitability of vessels based on a scale of one to five stars. All of the vessels in our Current Fleet have a five star rating from Rightship except the Leadership as she was previously in lay-up, meaning temporarily idle and removed from commercial operations. The Leadership completed her current special survey on October 21, 2016, and we expect her to regain a five star rating from Rightship. Most major carriers will not charter a vessel that Rightship has vetted with fewer than three stars. Therefore, as our vessels age, we may not be able to operate them profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

Governmental regulations, safety or other equipment standards related to the age or condition of vessels may require expenditures for alterations, or the addition of new equipment, to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which the vessels may engage. As our vessels age, market conditions may not justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

In addition, unless we maintain cash reserves for vessel replacement, we may be unable to replace the vessels in our fleet upon the expiration of their useful lives. We estimate the useful life of our vessels to be 25 years from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard. Our cash flows and income are dependent on the revenues we earn by chartering our vessels to customers. If we are unable to replace the vessels in our fleet upon the expiration of their useful lives, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially adversely affected. Any reserves set aside for vessel replacement would not be available for other cash needs or dividends.

Newbuilding projects are subject to risks that could cause delays.

We may enter into newbuilding contracts in connection with our vessel acquisition strategy. Newbuilding construction projects are subject to risks of delay inherent in any large construction project from numerous factors, including shortages of equipment, materials or skilled labor, unscheduled delays in the delivery of ordered materials and equipment or shipyard construction, failure of equipment to meet quality and/or performance standards, financial or operating difficulties experienced by equipment vendors or the shipyard, unanticipated actual or purported change orders, inability to obtain required permits or approvals, design or engineering changes and work stoppages and other labor disputes, adverse weather conditions or any other events of force majeure. A shipyard's failure to deliver a vessel on time may result in the delay of revenue from the vessel. Any such failure or delay could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

We have agreed to acquire two additional drybulk vessels and may acquire further vessels, and if those vessels are not delivered on time or are delivered with significant defects, our earnings and financial condition could suffer.

We have agreed to acquire two additional drybulk vessels and may acquire further vessels in the future. The delivery of these vessels could be delayed or certain events may arise which could result in us not taking delivery of a vessel, such as a total loss of a vessel, a constructive loss of a vessel, or substantial damage to a vessel prior to delivery. A delay in the delivery of any vessels to us, the failure of the contract counterparty to deliver a vessel at all, or us not taking delivery of a vessel could cause us to breach our obligations under a related time charter or could otherwise adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the delivery of any vessel with substantial defects could have similar consequences.

19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Substantial debt levels could limit our flexibility to obtain additional financing and pursue other business opportunities.

As of June 30, 2016, we had $178 million of outstanding debt, excluding unamortized financing fees and the convertible promissory notes issued to Jelco. Moreover, we anticipate that we will incur significant future indebtedness in connection with the acquisition of additional vessels, including the two vessels we recently agreed to acquire, although there can be no assurance that we will be successful in identifying further vessels or securing such debt financing. Significant levels of debt could have important consequences to us, including the following:

our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired or such financing may be unavailable on favorable terms;
we may need to use a substantial portion of our cash from operations to make principal and interest payments on our debt, reducing the funds that would otherwise be available for operations, future business opportunities and any future dividends to our shareholders;
our debt level could make us more vulnerable than our competitors with less debt to competitive pressures or a downturn in our business or the economy generally; and
our debt level may limit our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions.

Our ability to service our indebtedness will depend upon, among other things, our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, as well as the interest rates applicable to our outstanding indebtedness. If our operating income is not sufficient to service our indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions, such as reducing or delaying our business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt or seeking additional equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these remedies on satisfactory terms, or at all. In addition, a lack of liquidity in the debt and equity markets could hinder our ability to refinance our debt or obtain additional financing on favorable terms in the future. For more information regarding our current loan facilities, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Description of Indebtedness.”

If LIBOR is volatile, it could affect our profitability, earnings and cash flow.

LIBOR has been volatile in the past, with the spread between LIBOR and the prime lending rate widening significantly at times. Because the interest rates borne by our outstanding indebtedness fluctuates with changes in LIBOR, significant changes in LIBOR would have a material effect on the amount of interest payable on our debt, which in turn, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

Furthermore, historically interest in most loan agreements in our industry has been based on published LIBOR rates. Recently, however, lenders have insisted on provisions that entitle the lenders, in their discretion, to replace published LIBOR as the base for the interest calculation with their cost-of-funds rate. Due to current market practices, we have agreed to such a provision and may be required to do so in future loan agreements. In case our lenders elect to replace LIBOR with their higher cost of funds rate, our lending costs could increase significantly, which would have an adverse effect on our profitability, earnings and cash flow.

Our loan agreements contain, and we expect that other future loan agreements will contain, restrictive covenants that may limit our liquidity and corporate activities, which could limit our operational flexibility and have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, because of the presence of cross-default provisions in our loan agreements, a default by us under one loan could lead to defaults under multiple loans.

Our loan agreements contain, and we expect that other future loan agreements will contain, customary covenants and event of default clauses, financial covenants, restrictive covenants and performance requirements, which may affect operational and financial flexibility. Such restrictions could affect, and in many respects limit or prohibit, among other things, our ability to pay dividends, incur additional indebtedness, create liens, sell assets, or engage in mergers or acquisitions. These restrictions could limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions or meet extraordinary capital needs or otherwise restrict corporate activities. There can be no assurance that such restrictions will not adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs.

20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As a result of these restrictions, we may need to seek permission from our lenders and other financing counterparties in order to engage in some corporate actions. Our lenders' and other financing counterparties' interests may be different from ours and we may not be able to obtain their permission when needed. This may prevent us from taking actions that we believe are in our best interests, which may adversely impact our revenues, results of operations and financial condition.

A failure by us to meet our payment and other obligations, including our financial covenants and any security coverage requirements, could lead to defaults under our financing arrangements. Likewise, a decrease in vessel values or adverse market conditions could cause us to breach our financial covenants or security requirements (the market values of drybulk vessels have generally experienced high volatility). In the event of a default that we cannot remedy, our lenders and other financing counterparties could then accelerate their indebtedness and foreclose on the respective vessels in our fleet. The loss of any of our vessels could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Because of the presence of cross-default provisions in our loan agreements, a default by us under a loan and the refusal of any one lender to grant or extend a waiver could result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under our other loans. A cross-default provision means that if we default on one loan, we would then default on our other loans containing a cross-default provision.

The failure of our counterparties to meet their obligations under our charter agreements could cause us to suffer losses or otherwise adversely affect our business.

The ability and willingness of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under charter agreements with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the drybulk shipping industry and the industries in which our counterparties operate and the overall financial condition of the counterparties. From time to time, those counterparties may account for a significant amount of our chartering activity and revenues. In addition, in challenging market conditions, there have been reports of charterers renegotiating their charters or defaulting on their obligations under charter agreements, and so our customers may fail to pay charter hire or attempt to renegotiate charter rates. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, it may be difficult to secure substitute employment for such vessel, and any new charter arrangements we secure in the spot market or on time charters could be at lower rates. If our charterers fail to meet their obligations to us or attempt to renegotiate our charter agreements, we could suffer significant losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Rising crew costs may adversely affect our profits.

Crew costs are expected to be a significant expense for us. Recently, the limited supply of and increased demand for qualified crew, due to the increase in the size of the global shipping fleet, has created upward pressure on crewing costs. Increases in crew costs may adversely affect our profitability.

We may not be able to attract and retain key management personnel and other employees in the shipping industry, which may negatively affect the effectiveness of our management and our results of operations.

Our success will depend to a significant extent upon the abilities and efforts of our management team, including our ability to retain key members of our management team and the ability of our management to recruit and hire suitable employees. The loss of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business prospects and financial condition. Difficulty in hiring and retaining personnel could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our vessels may suffer damage, and we may face unexpected repair costs, which could adversely affect our cash flow and financial condition.

If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a shipyard facility. The costs of repairs are unpredictable and can be substantial. The loss of earnings while our vessels are being repaired and repositioned, as well as the actual cost of these repairs, would decrease our earnings and reduce the amount of dividends in the future. We may not have insurance that is sufficient to cover all or any of these costs or losses and may have to pay repair costs not covered by our insurance.

21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are exposed to U.S. dollar and foreign currency fluctuations and devaluations that could harm our reported revenue and results of operations.

We generate all of our revenues and incur the majority of our operating expenses in U.S. dollars, but we currently incur many of our general and administrative expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the euro. Because such portion of our expenses is incurred in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, our expenses may from time to time increase relative to our revenues as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates, particularly between the U.S. dollar and the euro, which could affect the amount of net income that we report in future periods. We may use financial derivatives to operationally hedge some of our currency exposure. Our use of financial derivatives involves certain risks, including the risk that losses on a hedged position could exceed the nominal amount invested in the instrument and the risk that the counterparty to the derivative transaction may be unable or unwilling to satisfy its contractual obligations, which could have an adverse effect on our results.

We are a holding company, and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy financial obligations or to pay dividends.

We are a holding company and our subsidiaries, which are all wholly-owned by us either directly or indirectly, conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our wholly-owned subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to make dividend payments depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of a subsidiary to make these distributions could be affected by the covenants in our loan agreements, a claim or other action by a third party, including a creditor, and the laws of Bermuda, the British Virgin Islands, Hong Kong, Liberia, Malta and the Republic of the Marshall Islands, where our vessel-owning subsidiaries are incorporated, which regulate the payment of dividends by companies. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, we may not be able to satisfy our financial obligations.

We face strong competition, and we may not be able to compete for charters with new entrants or established companies with greater resources, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

We employ our vessels in a highly competitive market that is capital intensive and highly fragmented. Competition arises primarily from other vessel owners, some of whom have substantially greater resources than we do. Competition for the transportation of drybulk cargoes by sea is intense and depends on price, location, size, age, condition and the acceptability of the vessel and its operators to the charterers. Due in part to the highly fragmented market, competitors with greater resources could enter the drybulk shipping industry and operate larger fleets through consolidations or acquisitions and may be able to offer lower charter rates and higher quality vessels than we are able to offer. Although we believe that no single competitor has a dominant position in the markets in which we compete, we are aware that certain competitors may be able to devote greater financial and other resources to their activities than we can, resulting in a significant competitive threat to us. We cannot give assurances that we will continue to compete successfully with our competitors or that these factors will not erode our competitive position in the future.

Due to our limited fleet diversification, adverse developments in the maritime drybulk shipping industry would adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We depend primarily on the transportation of drybulk commodities. Our relative lack of diversification could make us vulnerable to adverse developments in the maritime drybulk shipping industry, which would have a significantly greater impact on our business, financial condition and operating results than it would if we maintained more diverse assets or lines of business.

We may be subject to litigation that, if not resolved in our favor and not sufficiently insured against, could have a material adverse effect on us.

We may be, from time to time, involved in various litigation matters. These matters may include, among other things, contract disputes, personal injury claims, environmental claims or proceedings, asbestos and other toxic tort claims, employment matters, governmental claims for taxes or duties, and other litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. Although we intend to defend these matters vigorously, we cannot predict with certainty the outcome or effect of any claim or other litigation matter, and the ultimate outcome of any litigation or the potential costs to resolve them may have a material adverse effect on us. Insurance may not be applicable or sufficient in all cases or insurers may not remain solvent, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act could result in fines, criminal penalties, and an adverse effect on our business.

We operate throughout the world, including countries known to have a reputation for corruption. We are committed to doing business in accordance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics which is consistent and in full compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977. We are subject, however, to the risk that we, our affiliated entities or our or their respective officers, directors, employees and agents may take actions determined to be in violation of such anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Any such violation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or criminal penalties, curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, and might adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, actual or alleged violations could damage our reputation and ability to do business. Furthermore, detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management.

We depend on our commercial and technical managers to operate our business and our business could be harmed if our managers fail to perform their services satisfactorily.

Pursuant to our management agreements, V.Ships provides us with technical, general administrative and support services (including vessel maintenance, crewing, purchasing, shipyard supervision, assistance with regulatory compliance, accounting related to vessels and provisions) and Fidelity provides us with commercial management services for our vessels. Our operational success depends significantly upon V.Ships and Fidelity's satisfactory performance of these services. Our business would be harmed if V.Ships or Fidelity failed to perform these services satisfactorily. In addition, if the management agreement with either V.Ships or Fidelity were to be terminated or if its terms were to be altered, our business could be adversely affected, as we may not be able to immediately replace such services, and even if replacement services were immediately available, the terms offered could be less favorable than those under our management agreements.

Our ability to compete for and enter into new period time and spot charters and to expand our relationships with our existing charterers will depend largely on our relationship with our commercial manager, Fidelity, and its reputation and relationships in the shipping industry. If Fidelity suffers material damage to its reputation or relationships, it may harm our ability to:

renew existing charters upon their expiration;
obtain new charters;
obtain financing on commercially acceptable terms;
maintain satisfactory relationships with our charterers and suppliers; and
successfully execute our business strategies.

If our ability to do any of the things described above is impaired, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our managers are each privately held companies and there is little or no publicly available information about them.

The ability of V.Ships and Fidelity to render management services will depend in part on their own financial strength. Circumstances beyond our control could impair their financial strength, and because each is a privately held company, information about their financial strength is not available. As a result, we and our shareholders might have little advance warning of financial or other problems affecting them even though their financial or other problems could have a material adverse effect on us.

Management fees will be payable to our technical manager regardless of our profitability, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Pursuant to our technical management agreements with V.Ships, we pay a monthly fee of $9,650 per vessel in exchange for V.Ships providing technical, support and administrative services. The management fees do not cover expenses such as voyage expenses, vessel operating expenses, maintenance expenses, crewing costs, which are reimbursed by us to the technical manager. The management fees are payable whether or not our vessels are

23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

employed and regardless of our profitability, and we have no ability to require our technical managers to reduce the management fees if our profitability decreases, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The majority of the members of our shipping committee are appointees nominated by Jelco, which could create conflicts of interest detrimental to us.

Our board of directors has created a shipping committee, which has been delegated exclusive authority to consider and vote upon all matters involving shipping and vessel finance, subject to certain limitations. Jelco has the right to appoint two of the three members of the shipping committee and as a result such affiliates will effectively control all decisions with respect to our shipping operations that do not involve a transaction with our Sponsor. Mr. Stamatios Tsantanis, Ms. Christina Anagnostara and Mr. Elias Culucundis currently serve on our shipping committee.

We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of our common stock.

A foreign corporation will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income” or (2) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation's assets produce or are held for the production of those types of “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.” U.S. shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC.

Based upon our current and anticipated method of operations, we do not believe that we should be a PFIC with respect to any taxable year. In this regard, we intend to treat our gross income from time charters as active services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, our income from our time chartering activities should not constitute “passive income,” and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of that income should not constitute passive asset. There is substantial legal authority supporting this position consisting of case law and U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, it should be noted that there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept this position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. Moreover, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if the nature and extent of our operations change.

If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year, our U.S. shareholders would face adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and certain information reporting requirements. Under the PFIC rules, unless those shareholders make an election available under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended, or the Code (which election could itself have adverse consequences for such shareholders), such shareholders would be liable to pay U.S. federal income tax at the then prevailing income tax rates on ordinary income plus interest upon excess distributions and upon any gain from the disposition of their shares of our common stock, as if the excess distribution or gain had been recognized ratably over the shareholder's holding period of the shares of our common stock. Similar consequences would apply to holders of our warrants. See “Tax Considerations – U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences – U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders - Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” for a more comprehensive discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders if we are treated as a PFIC.

We may have to pay tax on U.S. source income, which would reduce our earnings.

Under the Code, 50% of the gross shipping income of a vessel owning or chartering corporation, such as us and our subsidiaries, that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States, exclusive of certain U.S. territories and possessions, (“U.S. source gross shipping

24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

income”) may be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax without allowance for deduction, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

For our 2015 taxable year, we did not have any U.S. source gross shipping income and consequently we were not subject to the 4% U.S. federal income tax.

We may, however, realize U.S. source gross shipping income in our 2016 or subsequent taxable year. If we realize U.S. source gross shipping income in our 2016 or subsequently taxable year, we may qualify for exemption from the 4% tax under Section 883 for such taxable year only if we satisfy one of the ownership tests described in “Tax Considerations – U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences – Exemption of Operating Income from United States Federal Income Taxation” for such taxable year. The ownership tests would require us, inter alia, to establish or substantiate sufficient ownership of our common shares by one or more “qualified” shareholders. These substantiation requirements are onerous and therefore there can be no assurance that we will be able to satisfy them.

Due to the factual nature of the issues involved, we can give no assurances on the tax-exempt status of ourselves or that of any of our subsidiaries for our 2016 or subsequent taxable year. If we or our subsidiaries are not entitled to exemption under Section 883 for any such taxable year, we or our subsidiaries could be subject for those years to a 4% U.S. federal income tax on any shipping income such companies derived during the year that is attributable to the transport of cargoes to or from the United States. The imposition of this taxation would have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our shareholders.

A cyber-attack could materially disrupt our business.

We rely on information technology systems and networks in our operations and administration of our business. Our business operations could be targeted by individuals or groups seeking to sabotage or disrupt our information technology systems and networks, or to steal data. A successful cyber-attack could materially disrupt our operations, including the safety of our operations, or lead to unauthorized release of information or alteration of information in our systems. Any such attack or other breach of our information technology systems could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Our Common Shares and to the Offering

The market price of our common shares has been and may in the future be subject to significant fluctuations. Further, there is no guarantee of a continuing public market for you to resell our common shares.

Our common shares commenced trading on the Nasdaq Global Market on October 15, 2008. Since December 21, 2012, our common shares have traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market. We cannot assure you that an active and liquid public market for our common shares will continue.

The market price of our common shares has been and may in the future be subject to significant fluctuations as a result of many factors, some of which are beyond our control. Among the factors that have in the past and could in the future affect our stock price are:

quarterly variations in our results of operations;
changes in market valuations of similar companies and stock market price and volume fluctuations generally;
changes in earnings estimates or the publication of research reports by analysts;
speculation in the press or investment community about our business or the shipping industry generally;
strategic actions by us or our competitors such as acquisitions or restructurings;
the thin trading market for our common shares, which makes it somewhat illiquid;
regulatory developments;
additions or departures of key personnel;

25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

general market conditions; and
domestic and international economic, market and currency factors unrelated to our performance.

The stock markets in general, and the markets for drybulk shipping and shipping stocks in particular, have experienced extreme volatility that has sometimes been unrelated to the operating performance of individual companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

Additionally, there is no guarantee of a continuing public market for you to resell our common shares. Our common shares now trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market. We cannot assure you that an active and liquid public market for our common shares will continue.

The declaration and payment of dividends will always be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors. Our board of directors may not declare dividends in the future.

The declaration, timing and amount of any dividend is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon our earnings, financial condition, market prospects, capital expenditure requirements, investment opportunities, restrictions in our loan agreements, the provisions of Marshall Islands law affecting the payment of dividends to shareholders, overall market conditions and other factors. Our board of directors may not declare dividends in the future.

Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends if the company is insolvent or would be rendered insolvent upon payment of such dividend, and dividends may be declared and paid out of our operating surplus. Dividends may also be declared or paid out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and for the preceding fiscal year. We may be unable to pay dividends in the anticipated amounts or at all.

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated articles of incorporation and by-laws could make it difficult for shareholders to replace or remove our current board of directors or could have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a merger or acquisition, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Several provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and by-laws could make it difficult for shareholders to change the composition of our board of directors in any one year, preventing them from changing the composition of our management. In addition, the same provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that shareholders may consider favorable.

These provisions:

authorize our board of directors to issue “blank check” preferred stock without shareholder approval;
provide for a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms;
require a super-majority vote in order to amend the provisions regarding our classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms;
permit the removal of any director from office at any time, with or without cause, at the request of the shareholder group entitled to designate such director; and
prevent our board of directors from dissolving the shipping committee or altering the duties or composition of the shipping committee without an affirmative vote of not less than 80% of the board of directors.

These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of shareholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common shares and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

Issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the voting power of our shareholders and have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a merger or acquisition, which could adversely affect the market price of our common shares.

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation currently authorize our board of directors to issue preferred shares in one or more series and to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, with respect to, among other things, dividends, conversion, voting, redemption, liquidation and the number of shares

26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

constituting any series without shareholders' approval. If our board of directors determines to issue preferred shares, such issuance may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that shareholders may consider favorable. The issuance of preferred shares with voting and conversion rights may also adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common shares. This could substantially impede the ability of public shareholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common shares and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

Jelco and Comet Shipholding Inc., are able to control the outcome of all matters requiring a shareholder vote, and their interests could conflict with the interests of our other shareholders.

Based on documents publicly filed with the Commission, Jelco and Comet Shipholding Inc., or Comet, both companies affiliated with our Sponsor, own approximately 81% of our outstanding common shares as of October 28, 2016. As a result, they will be able to control the outcome of all matters requiring a shareholder vote. This concentration of ownership may delay, deter or prevent acts that would be favored by our other shareholders or deprive shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our business, and it is possible that the interests of our Sponsor may in some cases conflict with our interests and the interests of our other holders of shares. For example, conflicts of interest may arise between us, on one hand, and our Sponsor or affiliated entities, on the other hand, which may result in the transactions on terms not determined by market forces. Any such conflicts of interest could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, and the trading price of our common shares. In addition, this concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our shares because investors may perceive disadvantages in owning shares in a company with controlling shareholders.

We may issue additional common shares or other equity securities without stockholder approval, which would dilute our existing stockholder's ownership interests and may depress the market price of our common stock.

We may issue additional common shares or other equity securities of equal or senior rank in the future without shareholder approval in connection with, among other things, future vessel acquisitions, the repayment of outstanding indebtedness, and the conversion of convertible financial instruments.

Our issuance of additional common shares or other equity securities of equal or senior rank in these situations would have the following effects:

our existing shareholders' proportionate ownership interest in us would decrease;
the proportionate amount of cash available for dividends payable on our common shares could decrease;
the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding common share could be diminished; and
the market price of our common shares could decline.

In addition, we may issue additional common shares upon any conversion of our outstanding convertible promissory notes issued to Jelco. As of October 28, 2016, Jelco had the right to acquire 4,222,223 common shares upon exercise of a conversion option pursuant to the convertible promissory note dated March 12, 2015, issued by the Company to Jelco and 23,516,667 common shares upon exercise of a conversion option pursuant to the convertible promissory note dated September 7, 2015, as amended, issued by the Company to Jelco. Our issuance of additional common shares in such instance would cause the proportionate ownership interest in us of our existing shareholders, other than the converting noteholder, to decrease; the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding common share held by our existing shareholders, other than the converting noteholder, to decrease; and the market price of our common shares could decline.

There is currently no public market for the Class A Warrants offered in this offering, and we can provide no assurance that a market for the Class A Warrants may develop, which may make it difficult for our investors to sell their Class A Warrants.

There is currently no market for the Class A Warrants. Holders of our Class A Warrants therefore have no access to information about prior market history on which to base their investment decisions. Even though we plan to apply to list the Class A Warrants on the Nasdaq Capital Market, an active trading market for the Class A Warrants may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. Our investors may not be able to sell Class A Warrants unless a market can be established and sustained. In addition, following this offering, the price of our Class A Warrants may vary significantly due to general market or economic conditions.

27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Holders of our Class A Warrants will have no rights as a holder of our common shares until they acquire our common shares by exercising their Class A Warrants.

Until a Class A Warrant holder acquires common shares upon exercise of its Class A Warrants, such holder will have no rights with respect to common shares issuable upon exercise of the Class A Warrants. Upon exercise of Class A Warrants, the holder will be entitled to exercise the rights of a holder of common shares only as to matters for which the record date occurs after the exercise date.

The exercise of Class A Warrants and the Underwriter’s Warrant would cause dilution, which could cause the price of our common shares to decline.

We will be issuing Class A Warrants to purchase     common shares (or     common shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares and Class A Warrants in full) and the Underwriter’s Warrant to purchase     common shares. Such warrants, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding common shares. Future issuances of our common shares upon the exercise of Class A Warrants and the Underwriter’s Warrant will cause immediate and substantial dilution to the ownership interests of existing holders of our common shares, including their relative voting rights. Such dilutive effect may cause the price of our common shares to decline.

We are incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of corporate law, which may negatively affect the ability of shareholders to protect their interests.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated articles of incorporation, our amended and restated by-laws and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Republic of the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in certain U.S. jurisdictions. Shareholder rights may differ as well. While the BCA does specifically incorporate the non-statutory law, or judicial case law, of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction.

28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $          , and approximately $       million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares and Class A Warrants in full but assuming no exercise of the Class A Warrants or Underwriter’s Warrant, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, which may include the acquisition of the two Capesize vessels we have agreed to purchase or other potential vessels acquisitions in accordance with our growth strategy.

29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND POLICY

The declaration, timing and amount of any dividend is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon our earnings, financial condition, market prospects, capital expenditure requirements, investment opportunities, restrictions in our loan agreements, the provisions of the Marshall Islands law affecting the payment of dividends to shareholders, overall market conditions and other factors. We have not declared any dividends since our inception. Our board of directors may review and amend our dividend policy from time to time in light of our plans for future growth and other factors. In addition, since we are a holding company with no material assets other than the shares of our subsidiaries and affiliates through which we conduct our operations, our ability to pay dividends will depend on our subsidiaries and affiliates distributing to us their earnings and cash flow. Some of our loan agreements limit our ability to pay dividends and our subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions to us. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Description of Indebtedness.”

30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRICE RANGE OF OUR COMMON SHARES

Our common shares are traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market, under the symbol “SHIP.” The following table sets forth the high and low closing prices for each of the periods indicated for our common shares as adjusted for the one-for-fifteen reverse stock split effective June 24, 2011 and the one-for-five reverse stock split effective January 8, 2016:

 
High
Low
For the Year ended December 31:
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
$
6.75
 
$
2.75
 
2014
 
9.95
 
 
4.13
 
2013
 
12.30
 
 
4.00
 
2012
 
21.15
 
 
5.20
 
2011
 
74.18
 
 
10.31
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Quarter Ended:
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2016
$
6.20
 
$
2.06
 
June 30, 2016
 
3.01
 
 
2.10
 
March 31, 2016
 
5.54
 
 
1.58
 
December 31, 2015
 
4.35
 
 
3.00
 
September 30, 2015
 
6.75
 
 
3.02
 
June 30, 2015
 
4.10
 
 
2.75
 
March 31, 2015
 
4.50
 
 
3.25
 
December 31, 2014
 
8.80
 
 
4.13
 
September 30, 2014
 
9.15
 
 
6.75
 
June 30, 2014
 
8.90
 
 
6.40
 
March 31, 2014
 
9.95
 
 
6.55
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Month:
 
 
 
 
 
 
October 2016 (up to October 27, 2016)
$
3.03
 
$
2.25
 
September 2016
 
3.47
 
 
2.69
 
August 2016
 
6.20
 
 
2.90
 
July 2016
 
3.55
 
 
2.06
 
June 2016
 
2.33
 
 
2.10
 
May 2016
 
2.78
 
 
2.19
 
April 2016
 
3.01
 
 
2.18
 

31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2016:

on an actual basis;
on an as adjusted basis, to give effect to (a) $4.1 million net proceeds from our registered direct offering on August 10, 2016 of 1,180,000 common shares, (b) an installment repayment of $0.1 million on September 19, 2016 under our March 2015 Alpha Bank A.E. Loan Facility, and (c) a $4.2 million drawdown under our October 4, 2016 loan agreement with Jelco to fund the initial deposits related to our pending vessel acquisitions; and
on an as further adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of     common shares and Class A Warrants in this offering and assuming the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares and Class A Warrants in full but no exercise of the Class A Warrants or Underwriter’s Warrant.

There have been no significant adjustments to our capitalization since June 30, 2016, other than the adjustments described above. The historical data in the table is derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, our historical financial statements, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement. You should read this table in conjunction with the section entitled "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereon in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015 and our Report on Form 6-K for the six months ended June 30, 2016, each of which is incorporated by reference herein.

(All figures in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share amounts)
Actual
As Adjusted
(unaudited)
As Further
Adjusted
(unaudited)
Debt:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Secured long-term debt, net of deferred finance costs
 
177,090
 
 
181,140
 
 
181,140
 
Unsecured convertible promissory notes
 
510
 
 
510
 
 
510
 
Total Debt
 
177,600
 
 
181,650
 
 
181,650
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders' equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; none issued
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 authorized shares as at June 30, 2016; 19,514,410 shares issued and outstanding as at June 30, 2016
 
2
 
 
2
 
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital (excluding shareholder’s convertible notes)
 
321,635
 
 
325,782
 
 
 
 
Shareholder’s convertible notes
 
24,965
 
 
24,965
 
 
24,965
 
Accumulated deficit
 
(325,698
)
 
(325,698
)
 
(325,698
)
Total equity
 
20,904
 
 
25,051
 
 
 
 
Total capitalization
 
198,504
 
 
206,701
 
 
 
 

32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DILUTION

Dilution or accretion is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of our common shares in this offering will differ from the net tangible book value per common share after the offering. The net tangible book value per common share is equal to the amount of our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities dividend by the number of common shares outstanding. The historical net tangible book value as of June 30, 2016 was $20.9 million in total and $1.08 per share for the number of shares of the existing shareholders that were outstanding at that date. The as adjusted (1) net tangible book value as of June 30, 2016 was $25.1 million in total and $0.52 per share for the as adjusted number of shares of the existing shareholders that were outstanding at that date.

The as further adjusted (2) net tangible book value as of June 30, 2016 would have been $       , or $       per common share after the issuance and sale by us of           common shares at $     per share in this offering, after deducting estimated expenses related to this offering. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $       per share to the existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $       per share to new investors.

The following table illustrates the pro forma per share dilution and increase in net tangible book value as of June 30, 2016:

Public offering price per common share
$
 
 
As adjusted (1) net tangible book value per share before this offering
$
0.52
 
Increase in as adjusted net tangible book value attributable to new investors in this offering
$
 
 
As further adjusted (2) net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering
$
 
 
Dilution per share to new investors
$
 
 

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2016, on an as further adjusted basis (2) for this public offering, the difference between the number of common shares acquired from us, the total amount paid and the average price per share paid by the existing shareholders and the number of common shares acquired from us, the total amount paid and the average price per share paid by you as a new investor in this offering, based upon the public offering price of $       per share.

 
As Further Adjusted
Shares Outstanding (2)
Total Consideration
Average
Price
Per
Share
 
Number
Percent
Amount
(In USD Thousands)
Percent
Existing shareholders
 
 
 
 
 
%
$
 
 
 
 
%
$
 
 
New investors (*)
 
        
 
 
  
%
$
      
 
 
  
%
$
      
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
%
$
 
 
 
 
%
$
 
 
(*) Before deducting estimated expenses of this offering of $ million.
(1) The “as adjusted” amounts include the adjustments described in the second bullet of the section entitled “Capitalization” and the issuance of 4,222,223 common shares upon exercise of a conversion option pursuant to the convertible promissory note, dated March 12, 2015, as amended, that we issued to Jelco and 23,516,667 common shares upon exercise of a conversion option pursuant to the convertible promissory note, dated September 7, 2015, as amended, that we issued to Jelco. Under each of the convertible promissory notes, Jelco, an entity affiliated with our Sponsor, may, at its option, convert the principal amount under each note at any time into common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 per share. As of October 28, 2016, $3.8 million was outstanding under the convertible promissory note dated March 12, 2015, and $21.2 million was outstanding under the convertible promissory note dated September 7, 2015, as amended.
(2) The “as further adjusted” amounts include the adjustments described in (1) and additionally assumes the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common shares and Class A Warrants in full but no exercise of the Class A Warrants or Underwriter’s Warrant.

33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have derived the following consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the following consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. We have derived the following consolidated financial data for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 and as of June 30, 2016 from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2016.

On January 7, 2016, we effected a 1-for-5 reverse split of our common shares. The reverse stock split became effective and the common shares began trading on a split-adjusted basis on the NASDAQ Capital Market at the opening of trading on January 8, 2016. There was no change in the number of authorized shares or the par value of our common stock. All share and per share amounts disclosed herein give effect to this reverse stock split retroactively, for all periods presented.

(Amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data.)

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
Statement of Income Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue, net
 
11,223
 
 
2,010
 
 
23,079
 
 
55,616
 
 
104,060
 
Direct voyage expenses
 
(7,496
)
 
(1,274
)
 
(8,035
)
 
(13,587
)
 
(2,541
)
Vessel operating expenses
 
(5,639
)
 
(1,006
)
 
(11,086
)
 
(26,983
)
 
(34,727
)
Voyage expenses - related party
 
 
 
(24
)
 
(313
)
 
(532
)
 
(661
)
Management fees - related party
 
 
 
(122
)
 
(743
)
 
(1,625
)
 
(2,415
)
Management fees
 
(336
)
 
 
 
(194
)
 
(588
)
 
(576
)
General and administration expenses
 
(2,804
)
 
(2,987
)
 
(3,966
)
 
(6,337
)
 
(8,070
)
General and administration expenses - related party
 
(70
)
 
(309
)
 
(412
)
 
(402
)
 
(603
)
Loss on bad debts
 
(30
)
 
(38
)
 
 
 
(327
)
 
 
Amortization of deferred dry-docking costs
 
(38
)
 
 
 
(232
)
 
(3,648
)
 
(7,313
)
Depreciation
 
(1,865
)
 
(3
)
 
(982
)
 
(15,606
)
 
(28,856
)
Loss on sale of vessels
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(15,590
)
 
 
Impairment loss for goodwill
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4,365
)
 
(12,910
)
Impairment loss for vessels and deferred charges
 
 
 
 
 
(3,564
)
 
(147,143
)
 
(188,995
)
Gain on disposal of subsidiaries
 
 
 
 
 
25,719
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on restructuring
 
 
 
85,563
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating (loss) / income
 
(7,055
)
 
81,810
 
 
19,271
 
 
(181,117
)
 
(183,607
)
Interest and finance costs
 
(1,460
)
 
(1,463
)
 
(8,389
)
 
(12,480
)
 
(13,482
)
Interest and finance costs - related party
 
(399
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
 
 
 
14
 
 
13
 
 
59
 
 
60
 
Loss on interest rate swaps
 
 
 
 
 
(8
)
 
(189
)
 
(641
)
Foreign currency exchange (losses) gains, net
 
(42
)
 
(13
)
 
19
 
 
(43
)
 
(46
)
Total other expenses, net
 
(1,901
)
 
(1,462
)
 
(8,365
)
 
(12,653
)
 
(14,109
)
Net (loss) / income before taxes
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
10,906
 
 
(193,770
)
 
(197,716
)
Income taxes
 
 
 
 
 
1
 
 
2
 
 
(40
)
Net (loss) / income
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
10,907
 
 
(193,768
)
 
(197,756
)
Net (loss) / income per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
 
(0.83
)
 
30.06
 
 
4.56
 
 
(83.69
)
 
(135.18
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,945
 
 
2,391,628
 
 
2,315,315
 
 
1,462,927
 
Diluted
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,950
 
 
2,391,885
 
 
2,315,315
 
 
1,462,927
 
Dividends declared per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
As of December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and restricted cash
 
3,354
 
 
2,873
 
 
3,075
 
 
6,298
 
 
37,294
 
Total current assets
 
8,278
 
 
3,207
 
 
66,350
 
 
52,086
 
 
43,432
 
Vessels, net
 
199,840
 
 
 
 
 
 
68,511
 
 
381,129
 
Total assets
 
209,352
 
 
3,268
 
 
66,350
 
 
120,960
 
 
436,476
 
Total current liabilities, including current portion of long-term debt
 
9,250
 
 
592
 
 
157,045
 
 
222,577
 
 
58,697
 
Long-term debt, net of current portion
 
176,787
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
300,586
 
Common stock
 
2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total equity / (deficit)
 
23,284
 
 
2,676
 
 
(90,695
)
 
(101,617
)
 
76,923
 
Shares issued and outstanding
 
19,522,413
 
 
3,977,854
 
 
2,391,854
 
 
2,391,856
 
 
1,463,532
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
Cash Flow Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
 
(4,737
)
 
(14,858
)
 
1,030
 
 
2,418
 
 
26,439
 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
 
(201,684
)
 
105,895
 
 
993
 
 
55,402
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
206,852
 
 
(91,239
)
 
(3,246
)
 
(71,256
)
 
(62,492
)

Based on our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements:

(Amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data.)

 
Six-month period ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Statement of Income Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue, net
 
15,165
 
 
1,757
 
Direct voyage expenses
 
(9,505
)
 
(995
)
Vessel operating expenses
 
(6,698
)
 
(939
)
Management fees
 
(454
)
 
(48
)
General and administration expenses
 
(1,540
)
 
(1,315
)
General and administration expenses - related party
 
 
 
(70
)
Amortization of deferred dry-docking costs
 
(240
)
 
 
Depreciation
 
(4,196
)
 
(158
)
Operating loss
 
(7,468
)
 
(1,768
)
Other expenses, net:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and finance costs
 
(3,442
)
 
(124
)
Interest and finance costs - related party
 
(937
)
 
(149
)
Foreign currency exchange losses, net
 
(12
)
 
(15
)
Total other expenses, net
 
(4,391
)
 
(288
)
Net loss
 
(11,859
)
 
(2,056
)
Net loss per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
 
(0.61
)
 
(0.29
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
 
19,370,412
 
 
7,130,807
 
Dividends declared per share
 
 
 
 

35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
As of June 30,
2016
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
Cash and restricted cash
 
3,109
 
Total current assets
 
8,036
 
Vessels, net
 
195,655
 
Total assets
 
204,638
 
Total current liabilities, including current portion of long-term debt
 
9,066
 
Long-term debt, net of current portion
 
174,407
 
Common stock
 
2
 
Total equity
 
20,904
 
Shares issued and outstanding
 
19,514,410
 
 
Six months ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Cash Flow Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in operating activities
 
(9,195
)
 
(1,906
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
 
 
(17,127
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
 
8,950
 
 
17,206
 

36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information included elsewhere or incorporated by reference into this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

Introduction

We are an international shipping company specializing in the worldwide seaborne transportation of drybulk commodities. In August 2012, we began discussions with our former lenders, and in connection with our restructuring we sold all 20 of our former vessels. In March 2014, we completed our restructuring, following which we did not own any vessels. During 2015 we acquired our Current Fleet of eight modern drybulk vessels. We have recently agreed to acquire two additional Capesize drybulk vessels that are scheduled to be delivered between mid-November 2016 and early January 2017.

Factors Affecting our Results of Operations Overview

Due to economic conditions and operational difficulties, in 2012 we began our restructuring discussions and settlement agreements with each of our lenders under our prior loan facility agreements. On March 11, 2014, we completed our financial restructuring when our outstanding debt and accrued interest with the final lender under our prior loan facility agreements, Piraeus Bank, was discharged and the corporate guarantee provided by us was fully released.

In March 2015, we acquired the first vessel in our Current Fleet, a secondhand Capesize drybulk vessel, from an unaffiliated third party for $17.1 million. The acquisition was funded with proceeds from a senior secured loan, an unsecured convertible promissory note issued to an entity affiliated with our Sponsor, and the sale of common shares to our Sponsor. Between September and December of 2015 we acquired the seven additional secondhand drybulk vessels that comprise our Current Fleet, consisting of five Capesize and two Supramax vessels, from entities affiliated with our Sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $183.4 million. These acquisitions were funded with proceeds from senior secured loans, a revolving convertible promissory note issued to an entity affiliated with our Sponsor, and the sale of common shares to our Sponsor.

On January 7, 2016, we effected a one-for-five reverse split of our common stock. The reverse stock split became effective and the common shares began trading on a split-adjusted basis on the Nasdaq Capital Market at the opening of trading on January 8, 2016. There was no change in the number of authorized shares or the par value of our common stock. All share and per share amounts disclosed herein give effect to this reverse stock split retroactively, for all periods presented.

Important Measures for Analyzing Results of Operations

We use a variety of financial and operational terms and concepts. These include the following:

Ownership days.    Ownership days are the total number of calendar days in a period during which we owned each vessel in our fleet. Ownership days are an indicator of the size of our fleet over a period and affect both the amount of revenues and the amount of expenses recorded during that period.

Available days.    Available days are the number of ownership days less the aggregate number of days that our vessels are off-hire due to major repairs, dry-dockings, lay-up or special or intermediate surveys. The shipping industry uses available days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period during which vessels should be capable of generating revenues.

Operating days.    Operating days are the number of available days in a period less the aggregate number of days that our vessels are off-hire for any reason, including off-hire days between successive voyages, as well as other unforeseen circumstances. The shipping industry uses operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period during which vessels actually generate revenues.

Fleet utilization.    Fleet utilization is the percentage of time that our vessels were generating revenues, and is determined by dividing operating days by ownership days for the relevant period.

37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fleet utilization excluding drydocking and lay-up off-hire days.    Fleet utilization excluding drydocking and lay-up off-hire days is calculated by dividing the number of our fleet's operating days during a period by the number of available days during that period. The shipping industry uses fleet utilization excluding drydocking and lay-up off-hire days to measure a company's efficiency in finding suitable employment for its vessels and excluding the amount of days that its vessels are off-hire for reasons such as scheduled repairs, vessel upgrades, dry-dockings, special or intermediate surveys and lay-ups.

Off-hire.    The period a vessel is unable to perform the services for which it is required under a charter.

Dry-docking.    We periodically dry-dock each of our vessels for inspection, repairs and maintenance and any modifications to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements.

Time charter.    A time charter is a contract for the use of a vessel for a specific period of time during which the charterer pays substantially all of the voyage expenses, including port charges, bunker expenses, canal charges and other commissions. The vessel owner pays the vessel operating expenses, which include crew wages, insurance, technical maintenance costs, spares, stores and supplies and commissions on gross voyage revenues. The vessel owner is also responsible for each vessel's dry-docking and intermediate and special survey costs. Time charter rates are usually fixed during the term of the charter. Prevailing time charter rates do fluctuate on a seasonal and year-to-year basis and may be substantially higher or lower from a prior time charter agreement when the subject vessel is seeking to renew the time charter agreement with the existing charterer or enter into a new time charter agreement with another charterer. Fluctuations in time charter rates are influenced by changes in spot charter rates.

Voyage charter.    A voyage charter is generally a contract to carry a specific cargo from a load port to a discharge port for an agreed-upon total amount. Under voyage charters, voyage expenses, such as port charges, bunker expenses, canal charges and other commissions, are paid by the vessel owner, who also pays vessel operating expenses.

TCE.    Time charter equivalent, or TCE, rate is defined as our net revenue less voyage expenses during a period divided by the number of our operating days during the period. Voyage expenses include port charges, bunker expenses, canal charges and other commissions.

Daily Vessel Operating Expenses.    Daily Vessel Operating Expenses are calculated by dividing vessel operating expenses by ownership days for the relevant time periods. Vessel operating expenses include crew costs, provisions, deck and engine stores and spares, lubricants, insurance, maintenance and repairs.

Principal Factors Affecting Our Business

The principal factors that affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows include the following:

number of vessels owned and operated;
voyage charter rates;
the nature and duration of our voyage charters;
vessel repositioning;
vessel operating expenses and direct voyage costs;
maintenance and upgrade work;
age, condition and specifications of our vessels;
amount of debt obligations; and
financing costs related to debt obligations.

We are also affected by the types of charters we enter into. Vessels operating on period time charters and bareboat time charters provide more predictable cash flows, but can yield lower profit margins than vessels operating in the spot charter market, either on trip time charters or voyage charters, during periods characterized by favorable market conditions.

38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Vessels operating in the spot charter market generate revenues that are less predictable, but can yield increased profit margins during periods of improvements in drybulk rates. Spot charters also expose vessel owners to the risk of declining drybulk rates and rising fuel costs in case of voyage charters. All of our vessels in 2014, 2015 and 2016 operated in the spot charter market.

Results of Operations

Six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to six months ended June 30, 2015
(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)

 
Six months ended
June 30,
Change
 
2016
2015
Amount
%
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue, net
 
15,165
 
 
1,757
 
 
13,408
 
 
763
%
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct voyage expenses
 
(9,505
)
 
(995
)
 
(8,510
)
 
855
%
Vessel operating expenses
 
(6,698
)
 
(939
)
 
(5,759
)
 
613
%
Management fees
 
(454
)
 
(48
)
 
(406
)
 
846
%
General and administrative expenses
 
(1,540
)
 
(1,385
)
 
(155
)
 
11
%
Depreciation and amortization
 
(4,436
)
 
(158
)
 
(4,278
)
 
2,708
%
Operating loss
 
(7,468
)
 
(1,768
)
 
(5,700
)
 
322
%
Other expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and finance costs
 
(4,379
)
 
(273
)
 
(4,106
)
 
1,504
%
Other, net
 
(12
)
 
(15
)
 
3
 
 
(20
)%
Total other expenses, net:
 
(4,391
)
 
(288
)
 
(4,103
)
 
1,425
%
Net loss
 
(11,859
)
 
(2,056
)
 
(9,803
)
 
477
%
Net loss per common share, basic and diluted
 
(0.61
)
 
(0.29
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted
 
19,370,412
 
 
7,130,807
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Vessel Revenue, Net - The increase was attributable to the increase in operating days. We had 1,208 operating days in the first six months of 2016 as compared to 88 operating days in the first six months of 2015. In 2015 we acquired eight vessels, with the first vessel delivered on March 19, 2015 and the remaining seven vessels delivered between September 11, 2015 and December 7, 2015. The decrease in the TCE rate resulted mainly from weak charter market conditions.

Direct Voyage Expenses - The increase was attributable to the increase in ownership days. We had 1,456 ownership days in the first six months of 2016 as compared to 103 ownership days in the first six months of 2015.

Vessel Operating Expenses - The increase was attributable to the increase in ownership days.

Management Fees - The increase was attributable to the increase in ownership days.

General and Administrative Expenses – The increase was mainly attributable to stock based compensation amortization.

Depreciation and Amortization – The increase was attributable to the increase in ownership days.

Interest and Finance Costs - The increase was primarily attributable to the fact that the first of our five credit facilities was drawn down on March 17, 2015 and our other four credit facilities were drawn down between September 11, 2015 and December 7, 2015. Furthermore, our indebtedness was higher in the first six months of 2016 as compared to the first six months of 2015 due to additional drawdowns of $9.4 million during the first six months of 2016 under our unsecured revolving convertible promissory note, dated September 7, 2015, as amended, that we issued to Jelco. The weighted average interest rate on our outstanding debt and convertible promissory notes for the six months ended 2016 and 2015 was approximately 3.87% and 4.36%, respectively.

39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to year ended December 31, 2014
(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)

 
Year ended
December 31,
Change
 
2015
2014
Amount
%
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue, net
 
11,223
 
 
2,010
 
 
9,213
 
 
458
%
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct voyage expenses
 
(7,496
)
 
(1,298
)
 
(6,198
)
 
478
%
Vessel operating expenses
 
(5,639
)
 
(1,006
)
 
(4,633
)
 
461
%
Management fees
 
(336
)
 
(122
)
 
(214
)
 
175
%
General and administrative expenses
 
(2,874
)
 
(3,296
)
 
422
 
 
(13
)%
Depreciation and amortization
 
(1,903
)
 
(3
)
 
(1,900
)
 
63,333
%
Gain on restructuring
 
 
 
85,563
 
 
85,563
 
 
(100
)%
Loss on bad debts
 
(30
)
 
(38
)
 
8
 
 
(21
)%
Operating (loss) / income
 
(7,055
)
 
81,810
 
 
(88,865
)
 
(109
)%
Other income / (expense):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and finance costs
 
(1,859
)
 
(1,463
)
 
(396
)
 
27
%
Other, net
 
(42
)
 
1
 
 
(43
)
 
(4,300
)%
Total other expenses, net:
 
(1,901
)
 
(1,462
)
 
(439
)
 
30
%
Net (loss) / income
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
(89,304
)
 
(111
)%
Net (loss) income per common share, basic and diluted
 
(0.83
)
 
30.06
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,945
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, diluted
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,950
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Vessel Revenue, Net - The increase was attributable to the increase in operating days. We had 598 operating days in 2015 as compared to 142 operating days in 2014. In accordance with our financial restructuring plan, our four remaining vessels were sold in March 2014. By comparison, in 2015 we acquired eight vessels, with the first vessel delivered on March 19, 2015 and the remaining seven vessels delivered between September 11, 2015 and December 7, 2015.

Direct Voyage Expenses - The increase was attributable to the increase in ownership days. We had 776 ownership days in 2015 as compared to 268 ownership days in 2014.

Vessel Operating Expenses - The increase was attributable to the increase in ownership days.

Management Fees - The increase was attributable to the increase in ownership days.

Depreciation and Amortization - The increase was attributable to our acquiring our fleet of eight drybulk carriers in 2015. By comparison we effectively had no depreciation charges in 2014 for the four vessels we then owned until their disposal in March 2014, as those assets were classified as held for sale as of June 30, 2013, and thus the four vessels were no longer depreciated.

Gain on restructuring - In 2014 we recognized a gain of $85.6 million from the sale of our then four remaining vessels related to the loan facility agreement with Piraeus Bank. We had no similar gain in 2015.

Interest and Finance Costs - The increase was primarily attributable to our five new credit facilities we entered into in 2015 for the acquisition of our eight new vessels as well as the two convertible promissory notes issued to Jelco for general corporate purposes and to partially finance the acquisition of our new vessels. The weighted average interest rate on our outstanding debt for the years ended 2015 and 2014 was approximately 3.6% and 4.9%, respectively.

40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to year ended December 31, 2013
(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)

 
Year ended
December 31,
Change
 
2014
2013
Amount
%
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue, net
 
2,010
 
 
23,079
 
 
(21,069
)
 
(91
)%
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct voyage expenses
 
(1,298
)
 
(8,348
)
 
7,050
 
 
(84
)%
Vessel operating expenses
 
(1,006
)
 
(11,086
)
 
10,080
 
 
(91
)%
Management fees
 
(122
)
 
(937
)
 
815
 
 
(87
)%
General and administrative expenses
 
(3,296
)
 
(4,378
)
 
1,082
 
 
(25
)%
Depreciation and amortization
 
(3
)
 
(1,214
)
 
1,211
 
 
(100
)%
Impairment loss for vessels and deferred charges
 
 
 
(3,564
)
 
3,564
 
 
(100
)%
Gain on disposal of subsidiaries
 
 
 
25,719
 
 
(25,719
)
 
(100
)%
Gain on restructuring
 
85,563
 
 
 
 
85,563
 
 
 
Loss on bad debts
 
(38
)
 
 
 
(38
)
 
 
Operating income
 
81,810
 
 
19,271
 
 
62,539
 
 
325
%
Other income / (expense):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and finance costs
 
(1,463
)
 
(8,389
)
 
6,926
 
 
(83
)%
Other, net
 
1
 
 
25
 
 
(24
)
 
(96
)%
Total other expenses, net:
 
(1,462
)
 
(8,364
)
 
6,902
 
 
(83
)%
Net income
 
80,348
 
 
10,907
 
 
69,441
 
 
637
%
Net income per common share, basic and diluted
 
30.06
 
 
4.56
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic
 
2,672,945
 
 
2,391,628
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, diluted
 
2,672,950
 
 
2,391,885
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Vessel Revenue, Net - The decrease was attributable to the decrease in operating days. We had 142 operating days in 2014 compared to 1,840 operating days in 2013. This is as a result of the sale of our then four remaining vessels in March 2014 in accordance with our financial restructuring plan.

Direct Voyage Expenses - The decrease was attributable to the decrease in ownership days. We had 268 ownership days in 2014 compared to 2,275 ownership days in 2013.

Vessel Operating Expenses - The decrease was attributable to the decrease in ownership days.

Management Fees - The decrease was attributable to the decrease in ownership days.

General and Administrative Expenses - The decrease was mainly attributable to expense cutting efforts initiated during 2012, the cost savings resulting from the restructuring of our Hong Kong office and the increased costs in 2013 associated with the debt restructuring as compared to 2014.

Depreciation and Amortization - The decrease was attributable to the no depreciation charges in 2014 for the four vessels we then owned until their disposal in March 2014, as those assets were classified as held for sale as of June 30, 2013, and thus the four vessels were no longer depreciated.

Impairment Loss for Vessels and Deferred Charges – During 2013, we recorded an impairment loss of $0.9 million for a vessel that was sold in April 2013 and $10.7 million for two vessels which were measured at their fair values upon classification of the vessels financed by the Piraeus Bank loan facilities to current assets as of June 30, 2013, as per the Company's restructuring plan. This was partially offset with the impairment re-measurement gain of $1.0 million relating to the vessels financed by United Overseas Bank Limited and the impairment re-measurement gain of $7.0 million of the two vessels by the Piraeus Bank loan facilities which were impaired as of June 30, 2013. We had no similar impairment in 2014.

41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Gain on disposal of subsidiaries - We recorded a gain of $25.7 million on the disposal of seven subsidiaries in 2013. In January 2013, we recognized a gain of $5.5 million from the sale of four subsidiaries related to the facility agreement with DVB Bank AG. In July 2013, we recognized a gain of $20.2 million from the sale of the three subsidiaries related to the facility agreement with United Overseas Bank Limited. We had no similar gain in 2014.

Gain on restructuring - In 2014 we recognized a gain of $85.6 million from the sale of our then four remaining vessels related to the loan facility agreement with Piraeus Bank. We had no similar gain in 2013.

Interest and Finance Costs - The decrease was mainly attributable to lower loan debt balances in 2014 compared to those in 2013 as a result of our restructuring plan. In 2014, we closed on the delivery and settlement agreement with our remaining lender, Piraeus Bank, for the sale of our four remaining vessels. In exchange for the sale, approximately $145.6 million of outstanding debt and accrued interest were discharged. In 2013 we sold seven vessel owning subsidiaries, and in exchange for the sale, $69.8 million of outstanding debt, accrued interest and swap liabilities were discharged. In addition to this, proceeds from a vessel sale in April 2013 were used to reduce outstanding debt. Total debt outstanding at the end of 2013 was $134.9 million, which was discharged in 2014. The weighted average interest rate on our outstanding debt for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was approximately 4.9% and 4.4%, respectively.

Performance Indicators

Six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to six months ended June 30, 2015

The figures shown below are non-GAAP statistical ratios used by management to measure performance of our vessels. For the “Fleet Data” figures, there are no comparable U.S. GAAP measures.

 
Six months ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Fleet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ownership days
 
1,456
 
 
103
 
Available days (1)
 
1,354
 
 
103
 
Operating days (2)
 
1,208
 
 
88
 
Fleet utilization
 
83
%
 
85
%
Fleet utilization excluding drydocking & lay-up off hire days
 
89
%
 
85
%
Average Daily Results:
 
 
 
 
 
 
TCE rate (3)
$
4,685
 
$
8,659
 
Daily Vessel Operating Expenses (4)
$
4,600
 
$
9,117
 
(1) During the six months ended June 30, 2016 we incurred 102 off-hire days for a vessel lay-up.
(2) In the six months ended June 30, 2016, we incurred 144 off-hire days between voyages and 2 off-hires due to other unforeseen circumstances.
(3) We include TCE rate, a non-GAAP measure, as we believe it provides additional meaningful information in conjunction with net revenues from vessels, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, because it assists our management in making decisions regarding the deployment and use of our vessels and in evaluating their financial performance. Our calculation of TCE rate may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. The following table reconciles our net revenues from vessels to TCE rate.

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except operating days and TCE rate)

 
Six months ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Vessel revenue, net
$
15,165
 
$
1,757
 
Voyage expenses
 
(9,505
)
 
(995
)
Net operating revenues
$
5,660
 
$
762
 
Operating days
 
1,208
 
 
88
 
Daily time charter equivalent rate
$
4,685
 
$
8,659
 
(4) We include Daily Vessel Operating Expenses, a non-GAAP measure, as we believe it provides additional meaningful information in conjunction with vessel operating expenses, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, because it assists our management in

42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

making decisions regarding the deployment and use of our vessels and in evaluating their financial performance. Our calculation of Daily Vessel Operating Expenses may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. The following table reconciles our vessel operating expenses to Daily Vessel Operating Expenses.

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except ownership days and Daily Vessel Operating Expenses)

 
Six months ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Vessel operating expenses
$
6,698
 
$
939
 
Ownership days
 
1,456
 
 
103
 
Daily Vessel Operating Expenses
$
4,600
 
$
9,117
 

Comparison of years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
Fleet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ownership days
 
776
 
 
268
 
 
2,275
 
Available days (1)
 
724
 
 
268
 
 
2,218
 
Operating days (2)
 
598
 
 
142
 
 
1,840
 
Fleet utilization
 
77
%
 
53
%
 
81
%
Fleet utilization excluding drydocking & lay-up off hire days
 
83
%
 
53
%
 
83
%
Average Daily Results:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TCE rate (3)
$
6,232
 
$
5,014
 
$
8,006
 
Daily Vessel Operating Expenses (4)
$
7,267
 
$
3,754
 
$
4,873
 
(1) During the year ended December 31, 2015, we incurred 52 off-hire days for vessel surveys.
(2) During the year ended December 31, 2015, we incurred 126 off-hire days between voyages and zero off-hires due to other unforeseen circumstances.
(3) We include TCE rate, a non-GAAP measure, as we believe it provides additional meaningful information in conjunction with net revenues from vessels, the most directly comparable US GAAP measure, because it assists our management in making decisions regarding the deployment and use of our vessels and in evaluating their financial performance. Our calculation of TCE rate may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. The following table reconciles our net revenues from vessels to TCE rate.

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except operating days and TCE rate)

 
2015
2014
2013
Vessel revenue, net
$
11,223
 
$
2,010
 
$
23,079
 
Voyage expenses
 
(7,496
)
 
(1,298
)
 
(8,348
)
Net operating revenues
$
3,727
 
$
712
 
$
14,731
 
Operating days
 
598
 
 
142
 
 
1,840
 
Daily time charter equivalent rate
$
6,232
 
$
5,014
 
$
8,006
 
(4) We include Daily Vessel Operating Expenses, a non-GAAP measure, as we believe it provides additional meaningful information in conjunction with vessel operating expenses, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, because it assists our management in making decisions regarding the deployment and use of our vessels and in evaluating their financial performance. Our calculation of Daily Vessel Operating Expenses may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. The following table reconciles our vessel operating expenses to Daily Vessel Operating Expenses.

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except ownership days and Daily Vessel Operating Expenses)

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
Vessel operating expenses
$
5,639
 
$
1,006
 
$
11,086
 
Ownership days
 
776
 
 
268
 
 
2,275
 
Daily Vessel Operating Expenses
$
7,267
 
$
3,754
 
$
4,873
 

43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 2 of our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015, and Note 2 of our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements for the six-month period ended June 30, 2016, included in this prospectus.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Critical accounting policies are those that reflect significant judgments or uncertainties and potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We have described below what we believe are our most critical accounting policies, because they generally involve a comparatively higher degree of judgment in their application.

Impairment of long-lived assets

We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as undiscounted projected operating cash flows, business plans to dispose a vessel earlier than the end of its useful life and prevailing market conditions, indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. The current conditions in the drybulk market with decreased charter rates and decreased vessel market values are conditions that we consider indicators of a potential impairment for our vessels. We determine undiscounted projected operating cash flows, for each vessel and compare it to the vessel's carrying value. When the undiscounted projected operating cash flows, excluding interest charges, expected to be generated by the use of the vessel and its eventual disposition are less than its carrying amount, we impair the carrying amount of the vessel. Measurement of the impairment loss is based on the fair value of the asset as determined by independent valuators. The undiscounted projected operating cash inflows are determined by considering the charter revenues from existing time charters for the fixed fleet days and an estimated daily time charter equivalent for the non-fixed days (based on a combination of 2-year forward freight agreements and the median of the trailing 10-year historical charter rates available for each type of vessel) adjusted for brokerage commissions and expected outflows for scheduled vessels' maintenance. The undiscounted projected operating cash outflows are determined by reference to our actual vessel operating expenses, assuming an average annual inflation rate of 2%. Fleet utilization excluding dry-docking off-hire days is determined by reference to the actual utilization rate of the Company's fleet in the recent years. We recorded a net impairment loss of $NIL, $NIL and $3.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the results of the impairment testing were sensitized assuming the 10-year historical charter rates. The sensitivity analysis revealed that, even if the 10-year historical charter rates decline by 20% and 32% for Capesize and Supramax vessels, respectively, we would not be required to recognize additional impairment.

Vessel depreciation

Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the vessels, after considering the estimated salvage value. Up to September 30, 2015, management estimated the useful life of the Company's vessels to be 30 years from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard. On October 1, 2015, the Company changed that estimate to 25 years. This change increased depreciation expense by $0.3 million (approximately $0.03 per share) for the year ended December 31, 2015. Salvage value is estimated by taking the cost of steel times the weight of the ship noted in lightweight ton. Salvage values are periodically reviewed and revised to recognize changes in conditions, new regulations or other reasons. Revisions of salvage values affect the depreciable amount of the vessels and affects depreciation expense in the period of the revision and future periods. On October 1, 2015, the Company revised the salvage value of its vessels. This change increased depreciation expense by $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Survey costs

There are two methods that are primarily used by the shipping industry to account for dry-dockings; first, the deferral method, whereby specific costs associated with a dry-docking are capitalized when incurred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the period to the next scheduled dry-dock; and second, the direct expensing method, whereby dry-docking costs are expensed in the period incurred. We use the deferral method of accounting for dry-dock expenses. Under the deferral method, dry-dock expenses are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis until the date that the vessel is expected to undergo its next dry-dock. We

44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

believe the deferral method better matches costs with revenue. We use judgment when estimating the period between dry-docks performed, which can result in adjustments to the estimated amortization of dry-dock expense, the duration of which depends on the age of the vessel and the nature of dry-docking repairs the vessel will undergo. We expect that our vessels will be required to be dry-docked approximately every 2 to 3 years in accordance with class requirements for major repairs and maintenance. Costs capitalized as part of the dry-docking include actual costs incurred at the dry-dock yard and parts and supplies used in undertaking the work necessary to meet class requirements.

Variable interest entities

We evaluate our relationships with other entities to identify whether they are variable interest entities and to assess whether we are the primary beneficiary of such entities. If it is determined that we are the primary beneficiary, that entity is included in our consolidated financial statements. We do not participate in any variable interest entity.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal source of funds has been our operating cash flow, long-term borrowings from banks and our Sponsor, and equity provided by the capital markets and our Sponsor. Our principal use of funds has primarily been capital expenditures to establish our fleet, maintain the quality of our drybulk vessels, comply with international shipping standards and environmental laws and regulations, fund working capital requirements, and make principal repayments and interest payments on our outstanding debt obligations.

As of June 30, 2016, we had cash and restricted cash of $3.1 million, as compared to $3.4 million as of December 31, 2015.

Working capital is equal to current assets minus current liabilities, including the current portion of long-term debt. As of June 30, 2016, we had a working capital deficit of $1 million.

As of June 30, 2016, we had total indebtedness of $178 million, excluding unamortized financing fees.

Since December 31, 2015, significant transactions impacting our liquidity and capital resources include:

We have amended certain terms in four of our five loan facilities and have also made five amendments to our unsecured revolving convertible promissory note to Jelco dated September 7, 2015. Please see “Description of Indebtedness” below for descriptions of the amended loan facilities and unsecured revolving convertible promissory note.

In a direct offering that was completed on August 10, 2016, we sold 1,180,000 common shares to an unaffiliated institutional investor at a purchase price of $4.15 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $4.9 million. The net proceeds from the sale of the securities, after deducting placement agent fees and related offering expenses, were approximately $4.1 million. The net proceeds of this offering are expected to be used for general corporate purposes.

On September 26, 2016 we entered into separate agreements with an unaffiliated third party for the purchase of two secondhand Capesize vessels for a gross purchase price of $20.75 million per vessel. The vessels are expected to be delivered between mid-November 2016 and early January 2017, subject to the satisfaction of certain customary closing conditions. Under the agreements, we were required to make a $4.2 million deposit. This deposit was funded with proceeds from a loan facility, dated October 4, 2016, we entered into with Jelco.

Our cash flow projections indicate that cash on hand and cash provided by operating activities might not be sufficient to cover our liquidity needs that become due in the twelve-month period ending June 30, 2017. We have relied on Jelco for both vessel acquisitions and funding of general corporate purposes during 2015 and for further funding during 2016. We also intend to apply additional measures to reduce potential cash flow shortfall if drybulk charter rates remain at today's historical low levels. We have undertaken a cost-cutting initiative to decrease our Daily Vessel Operating Expenses. We are continuously exploring raising additional equity and debt through public or private transactions in the capital markets.

Given these facts we cannot provide any assurance that we will in fact operate our business profitably or generate sufficient revenue or operating cash flow.

45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cash Flows

Six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to six months ended June 30, 2015

 
Six months ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Cash Flow Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in operating activities
 
(9,195
)
 
(1,906
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
 
 
(17,127
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
 
8,950
 
 
17,206
 

Operating Activities:    Net cash used in operating activities for the six month period ended June 30, 2016, was adjusted by $5 million of non-cash items, attributable to depreciation and amortization charges for the period and an increase in working capital of $2.3 million. Net cash used in operating activities for the six month period ended June 30, 2015 was adjusted by $0.3 million of non-cash items, attributable to depreciation and amortization charges for the period and a decrease in working capital of $0.1 million.

Investing Activities:    The 2015 cash outflow resulted from the acquisition of our vessel MV Leadership in March 2015.

Financing Activities:    The 2016 cash inflow resulted from proceeds of $9.4 million drawn down from our unsecured revolving convertible promissory note issued on September 7, 2015 to Jelco, which proceeds were used for general corporate purposes and debt repayments of $0.5 million. The 2015 cash inflow resulted from $8.8 million proceeds obtained from the loan agreement with Alpha Bank A.E entered into on March 6, 2015, $4.8 million proceeds from common share issuances, and $4 million drawn down from our unsecured convertible promissory note issued on March 12, 2015 to Jelco, which proceeds were used for the acquisition of our vessel MV Leadership , for general corporate purposes and debt repayment of $0.2 million.

Comparison of years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013

 
Year ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
Cash Flow Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash (used in) / provided by operating activities
 
(4,737
)
 
(14,858
)
 
1,030
 
Net cash (used in) / provided by investing activities
 
(201,684
)
 
105,895
 
 
993
 
Net cash provided by / (used in) financing activities
 
206,852
 
 
(91,239
)
 
(3,246
)

Year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to year ended December 31, 2014

Operating Activities :   Net cash used in operating activities amounted to $4.7 million in 2015, consisting of net loss after non-cash items of $6.6 million plus a decrease in working capital of $1.9 million. Net cash used in operating activities amounted to $14.9 million in 2014, consisting of net loss after non-cash items of $5.2 million less an increase in working capital of $9.7 million.

Investing Activities :   The 2015 cash outflow resulted from the acquisition of eight vessels during the year. The 2014 cash inflow resulted from the sale of the then four remaining vessels in March 2014 in connection with the delivery and settlement agreement with Piraeus Bank to unwind the related credit facility.

Financing Activities :   The 2015 cash inflow resulted from proceeds obtained from loan agreements, common stock issuance and issuance of convertible promissory notes for the acquisition of vessels. The 2014 cash outflow resulted mainly from $94.4 million of principal repayments of our debt that was partially offset by $3.2 million in proceeds from issuance of our common stock.

Year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to year ended December 31, 2013

Operating Activities :   Net cash used in operating activities amounted to $14.9 million in 2014, consisting of net loss after non-cash items of $5.2 million less an increase in working capital of $9.7 million. Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to $1.0 million in 2013, consisting of net loss after non-cash items of $8.9 million plus a decrease in working capital of $9.9 million.

46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investing Activities :   The 2014 cash inflow resulted from the sale of the then four remaining vessels in March 2014 in connection with the delivery and settlement agreement with Piraeus Bank to unwind the related credit facility. The 2013 cash inflow resulted from proceeds of $4 million from the disposal of a vessel, offset by $3 million of cash paid and disposed of upon the disposal of certain of our former vessel owning subsidiaries financed by certain of our prior loan facilities.

Financing Activities :   The 2014 cash outflow resulted mainly from $94.4 million of principal repayments of our debt that was partially offset by $3.2 million in proceeds from issuance of our common stock. The 2013 cash outflow resulted from $5.2 million of principal repayments of our debt that was partially offset by the decrease of $2 million in restricted cash upon the disposal of certain of our former vessel owning subsidiaries financed by one of our prior loan facilities.

Description of Indebtedness

We currently have five commercial bank loan facilities with an aggregate outstanding balance of $178 million. We currently are not required to make any principal repayments except under our facility with Alpha Bank AE. This facility currently has an outstanding balance of $7.6 million and amortization payments for this facility commenced on June 17, 2015. We also have a facility in place with HSH Nordbank AG with an outstanding balance of $44.4 million for which we will commence amortization payments on September 30, 2017, a facility with Unicredit Bank AG with an outstanding balance of $52.9 million for which we will commence amortization payments on June 26, 2017, a facility with Natixis with an outstanding balance of $39.4 million for which we will commence amortization payments on June 30, 2017 and a facility with Alpha Bank AE with an outstanding balance of $33.8 million for which we will commence amortization payments on February 12, 2018. All applicable financial covenants under our loan facilities with our lenders have been either waived or will become effective subsequent to June 30, 2017. For more information regarding our current loan facilities, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Description of Indebtedness.”

Below is a description of our financing arrangements, as amended, with the amount outstanding under each as of June 30, 2016, except as otherwise noted:

Credit Facilities

March 2015 Alpha Bank A.E. Loan Facility

On March 6, 2015, we entered into a $8.75 million secured floating interest rate loan facility with Alpha Bank A.E. to partly finance the acquisition of the Leadership . On December 23, 2015 and July 28, 2016, we entered into a first and second supplemental agreement, respectively, to the facility agreement. As amended to date the facility provides as follows: The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.75% and is repayable in twenty consecutive quarterly installments. The first four installments are $0.2 million each, the next installment is $0.25 million, the next four installments are $0.1 million each and the next eleven installments are $0.25 million each, with a final balloon payment of $4.55 million due on March 17, 2020. The borrower under the facility is our applicable vessel-owning subsidiary, and the facility is guaranteed by Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. The facility is secured by a first preferred mortgage over the vessel, a general assignment covering earnings, insurances, charter parties and requisition compensation, an account pledge agreement and technical and commercial managers' undertakings. The facility also imposes certain operating and financing covenants. Certain of these covenants may significantly limit or prohibit, among other things, the borrower’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, sell capital shares of subsidiaries, engage in mergers, or sell vessel without the consent of the relevant lenders. Certain other covenants require ongoing compliance, including requirements that we on a consolidated basis maintain (i) from June 30, 2018, a percentage ratio of net debt to total assets that does not exceed 75%, (ii) from June 30, 2018, a ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense that is not less than 2:1, and (iii) liquidity in a specified amount. In addition, from July 1, 2017, the borrower shall ensure that the market value of the vessel plus any additional security to total facility outstanding shall not be less than 125%. The lender may accelerate the maturity of the facility and foreclose upon the collateral securing the indebtedness upon the occurrence of certain events of default, including a failure to comply with any of the covenants contained in the facility. The facility also restricts our ability to distribute dividends to our shareholders in excess of 50% of our net income except if our cash and marketable securities are equal or greater than the amount required to meet our debt service for the following eighteen-month period. As of June 30, 2016, $7.7 million was outstanding under the facility, excluding the unamortized financing fees.

47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HSH Nordbank AG Loan Facility

On September 1, 2015, we entered into a $44.4 million senior secured loan facility with HSH Nordbank AG to finance the acquisition of the Geniuship and Gloriuship . On May 16, 2016 we entered into a supplemental letter to the facility agreement. As amended to date the facility provides as follows: The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin between 3.25% and 3.6% and is repayable in twelve consecutive quarterly instalments of $1.0 million each, commencing on September 30, 2017, with a final balloon payment of $31.8 million due on June 30, 2020. Effective as of March 1, 2016, a mandatory prepayment of $3 million required under the facility is deferred to June 30, 2018. The borrowers under the facility are our two applicable vessel-owning subsidiaries, and the facility is guaranteed by Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. The facility was made available in two advances, each advance comprised of two tranches. On October 13, 2015, we drew the first advance of $27.6 million in order to finance the acquisition of the Geniuship . On November 3, 2015, we drew the second advance of $16.8 million in order to finance the acquisition of the Gloriuship . The facility is secured by a first priority mortgage over each of the vessels, a general assignment covering earnings, charter parties, insurances and requisition compensation for each of the vessels, an earnings account pledge agreement for each of the vessels, technical and commercial managers' undertakings, a shares security deed of the two borrowers' shares and a master agreement assignment. The facility also imposes certain operating and financing covenants. Certain of these covenants may significantly limit or prohibit, among other things, the borrowers’ ability to incur additional indebtedness, sell capital shares of subsidiaries, make certain investments, engage in mergers and acquisitions, or sell vessels without the consent of the relevant lenders. Certain other covenants require ongoing compliance, including requirements that we on a consolidated basis maintain (i) from September 30, 2017, a percentage ratio of total liabilities to total assets that does not exceed 75%, (ii) from September 30, 2017, a ratio of EBITDA to interest payments that is not less than 2:1, and (iii) liquidity in a specified amount. In addition, from September 30, 2017, the borrowers shall ensure that the market value of the vessels plus any additional security to total facility outstanding shall not be less than 120%. The facility also places a restriction on the borrowers' ability to distribute dividends to Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp., in case the market values of Geniuship and Gloriuship plus any additional security is less than 145% of total facility outstanding and the cash balance of the borrowers after distribution of dividends is less than $3 million. The $3 million minimum liquidity condition on payment of dividends does not apply after June 30, 2018. As of June 30, 2016, $44.4 million was outstanding under the facility, excluding the unamortized financing fees.

UniCredit Bank AG Loan Facility

On September 11, 2015, we entered into a $52.7 million secured term loan facility with UniCredit Bank AG to partly finance the acquisition of the Premiership , Gladiatorship and Guardianship . On June 3, 2016 and July 29, 2016, we entered into an amendment and a supplemental letter, respectively, to the facility agreement. As amended to date, the facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of between 2.75% and 3.20%. Effective as of June 13, 2016, the supplemental agreement has split the margin into a cash portion and a capitalized portion. The capitalized portion of the margin will be repaid in full by June 30, 2017. The facility is repayable in fifteen consecutive quarterly instalments of $1.6 million each, commencing on June 26, 2017, with a final balloon payment of $29.4 million due on December 28, 2020. The borrowers under the facility are our three applicable vessel-owning subsidiaries, and the facility is guaranteed by Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. The facility was made available in three tranches. On September 11, 2015, we drew the first tranche of $25.4 million to partly finance the acquisition of the Premiership . On September 29, 2015, we drew the second tranche of $13.6 million to partly finance the acquisition of the Gladiatorship . On October 21, 2015, we drew the third tranche of $13.6 million to partly finance the acquisition of the Guardianship . The facility is secured by a first preferred mortgage over each of the relevant vessels, a general assignment covering earnings, charter parties, insurances and requisition compensation for each of the vessels, an account pledge agreement for each of the vessels, technical and commercial managers' undertakings, a shares security deed of the three applicable vessel owning subsidiaries' shares and a hedging agreement assignment. The facility also imposes certain operating and financing covenants. Certain of these covenants may significantly limit or prohibit, among other things, the borrowers’ ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, engage in mergers, or sell vessels without the consent of the relevant lenders. Certain other covenants require ongoing compliance, including requirements that we, on a consolidated basis maintain (i) from September 30, 2017, a percentage ratio of total liabilities to total assets that does not exceed 75%, (ii) from September 30, 2017, a ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense that is not less than 2:1, and (iii) liquidity in a specified amount. In addition, from June 30, 2017 and from September 11, 2017, the borrowers shall ensure that the market value of the vessels plus any additional security

48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and minimum liquidity to total facility outstanding shall not be less than 100% and 120%, respectively. As of June 30, 2016, $52.7 million was outstanding under the facility, excluding the unamortized financing fees.

November 2015 Alpha Bank A.E. Loan Facility

On November 4, 2015, we entered into a $33.8 million secured floating interest rate loan facility with Alpha Bank A.E. to partly finance the acquisition of the Squireship . On July 28, 2016 we entered into a first supplemental agreement to the facility agreement. As amended to date the facility provides as follows: The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.50% and is repayable in sixteen consecutive quarterly instalments of $0.8 million each, commencing on February 12, 2018, with a final balloon payment of $20.3 million due on November 10, 2021. The borrower under the facility is our applicable vessel-owning subsidiary, and the facility is guaranteed by Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. The facility is secured by a first preferred mortgage over the vessel, a general assignment covering earnings, insurances, charter parties and requisition compensation, an account pledge agreement and technical and commercial managers' undertakings. The facility also imposes certain operating and financing covenants. Certain of these covenants may significantly limit or prohibit, among other things, the borrower’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, sell capital shares of subsidiaries, engage in mergers, or sell vessel without the consent of the relevant lenders. Certain other covenants require ongoing compliance, including requirements that we, on a consolidated basis, maintain (i) from June 30, 2018, a percentage ratio of net debt to total assets that does not exceed 75%, (ii) from June 30, 2018, a ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense that is not less than 2:1, and (iii) liquidity in a specified amount. In addition, from January 1, 2018, the borrower shall ensure that the market value of the vessel plus any additional security to total facility outstanding shall not be less than 125%. The facility also restricts our ability to distribute dividends to our shareholders in excess of 50% of our net income except if our cash and marketable securities are equal or greater than the amount required to meet our debt service for the following eighteen-month period. As of June 30, 2016, $33.8 million was outstanding under the facility, excluding the unamortized financing fees.

Natixis Loan Facility

On December 2, 2015, we entered into a $39.4 million secured term loan facility with Natixis to partly finance the acquisition of the Championship . The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.50% and is repayable in fifteen consecutive quarterly instalments of $1.0 million each, commencing on June 30, 2017, with a final balloon payment of $24.6 million due on February 26, 2021. The borrower under the facility is our applicable vessel-owning subsidiary, and the facility is guaranteed by Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. The facility is secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessel, a general assignment covering earnings, insurances and requisition compensation, an account pledge agreement, a commercial manager undertaking and a technical manager undertaking. The facility also imposes certain operating and financing covenants. Certain of these covenants may significantly limit or prohibit, among other things, the borrower’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, engage in mergers, or sell vessels without the consent of the relevant lenders. Certain other covenants require ongoing compliance, including requirements that we maintain (i) from January 1, 2018, a percentage ratio of total liabilities to total assets that does not exceed 75%, (ii) from January 1, 2018, a ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense that is not less than 2:1, and (iii) liquidity in a specified amount. In addition, from February 1, 2017, the borrower shall ensure that the market value of the vessel plus any additional security to total facility outstanding shall not be less than 120%. As of June 30, 2016, $39.4 million was outstanding under the facility, excluding the unamortized financing fees.

Jelco Loan Facility

On October 4, 2016, we entered into a $4.2 million loan facility with Jelco to fund the initial deposits for our pending vessel acquisitions. The loan facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 5%, which is payable quarterly. The principal is due on the date that the third party seller provides us with fifteen days’ notice of the date it intends to tender its notice of readiness for delivery of the vessels. The principal may be repaid in cash or by transferring to Jelco the shares in our direct holding subsidiary that owns our two indirect vessel-owning subsidiaries that have agreed to purchase the two vessels. The loan facility is secured by a pledge of such shares in our direct holding subsidiary.

Convertible Promissory Notes

On March 12, 2015, we issued an unsecured convertible promissory note for $4.0 million to Jelco. The note is repayable in ten consecutive semi-annual installments of $0.2 million, along with a balloon installment of

49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

$2.0 million payable on the final maturity date, March 19, 2020. The note bears interest at three-month LIBOR plus a margin of 5% with interest payable quarterly. We have the right to defer up to three consecutive installments to the balloon installment. As of the date of this prospectus, we have deferred two installments due for payment on March 19, 2016 and on September 16, 2016 to the final maturity date. At Jelco's option, the principal amount under the convertible note may be paid at any time in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. Jelco also received customary registration rights with respect to any shares received upon conversion of the note. As of June 30, 2016, $3.8 million was outstanding under the note.

On September 7, 2015, we issued an unsecured revolving convertible promissory note to Jelco for an amount up to $6.8 million, or the Applicable Limit. Following seven amendments to the note between December 2015 and June 2016, the Applicable Limit was raised to $21.2 million. The Applicable Limit will be reduced by $3.1 million each year after the second year following the first drawdown. The aggregate outstanding principal is repayable on September 10, 2020, however, principal is also repayable earlier to the extent that the aggregate outstanding principal exceeds the Applicable Limit (as it may be reduced from time to time). The note bears interest at three-month LIBOR plus a margin of 5% with interest payable quarterly. At Jelco's option, our obligation to repay the principal amount under the revolving convertible note may be paid in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. Jelco also received customary registration rights with respect to any shares received upon conversion of the note. As of June 30, 2016, $21.2 million was outstanding under the note.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2016 (in thousands of U.S. dollars) :

Contractual Obligations
Total
Less than
1 year
1-3 years
3-5 years
More than
5 years
Long-term debt
$
177,997
 
$
2,937
 
$
38,754
 
$
114,369
 
$
21,937
 
Convertible promissory notes
 
24,965
 
 
200
 
 
7,000
 
 
17,765
 
 
 
Interest expense - long term debt
 
27,840
 
 
6,908
 
 
12,654
 
 
7,755
 
 
523
 
Interest expense - convertible promissory notes
 
5,576
 
 
1,422
 
 
2,566
 
 
1,588
 
 
 
Total
$
236,378
 
$
11,467
 
$
60,974
 
$
141,477
 
$
22,460
 

50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are an international shipping company specializing in the worldwide seaborne transportation of drybulk commodities. In August 2012, we began discussions with our former lenders, and in connection with our restructuring we sold all 20 of our former vessels. In March 2014, we completed our restructuring, following which we did not own any vessels. During 2015 we acquired our Current Fleet of eight modern drybulk vessels. We have recently agreed to acquire two additional Capesize drybulk vessels that are scheduled to be delivered between mid-November 2016 and early January 2017.

In March 2015, we acquired the first vessel in our Current Fleet, a secondhand Capesize drybulk vessel, from an unaffiliated third party for $17.1 million. The acquisition was funded with proceeds from a senior secured loan, an unsecured convertible promissory note issued to an entity affiliated with our Sponsor, and the sale of common shares to our Sponsor. Between September and December of 2015 we acquired the seven additional secondhand drybulk vessels that comprise our Current Fleet, consisting of five Capesize and two Supramax vessels, from entities affiliated with our Sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $183.4 million. These acquisitions were funded with proceeds from senior secured loans, a revolving convertible promissory note issued to an entity affiliated with our Sponsor, and the sale of common shares to our Sponsor.

On September 26, 2016 we entered into agreements with an unaffiliated third party for the purchase of two secondhand Capesize vessels for a gross purchase price of $20.75 million per vessel. The vessels are expected to be delivered between mid-November 2016 and early January 2017, subject to the satisfaction of certain customary closing conditions. We paid an initial security deposit in the amount of $4.2 million, which was funded through a loan facility with Jelco. We are considering our financing alternatives and expect to fund the acquisitions with cash flows from operations, secured loans, sale and leaseback arrangements, securities we may offer in the public or private debt or equity capital markets or other financing arrangements.

We believe we have established a reputation in the international drybulk shipping industry for operating and maintaining vessels with high standards of performance, reliability and safety. We have assembled a management team comprised of executives who have extensive experience operating large and diversified fleets, and who have strong ties to a number of international charterers.

History and Development

We were incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, pursuant to the Marshall Islands BCA, on January 4, 2008, originally under the name Seanergy Merger Corp. We changed our name to Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. on July 11, 2008.

In August 2012, we began discussions with our former lenders to finalize the satisfaction and release of our obligations under certain of our former loan facility agreements and the amendment of the terms of certain of our loan facility agreements. Between January 2012 and March 2014, we sold all 20 of our former vessels, in some cases by transferring ownership of certain of our vessel-owning subsidiaries to third parties nominated by our former lenders in connection with our restructuring. In March 2014, we completed our restructuring, following which we did not own any vessels and did not have any long-term debt obligations.

On March 12, 2015 we entered into share purchase agreements with Jelco and Stamatios Tsantanis, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer, under which we sold 5,000,100 of our common shares to Jelco for $4.5 million and 333,400 of our common shares to Mr. Tsantanis for $0.3 million, equal to a price per share of $0.90. As part of the transaction, the purchasers received customary registration rights.

On March 19, 2015, we acquired a 2001 Capesize, 171,199 DWT vessel, which was renamed Leadership , from an unaffiliated third party. The acquisition of the vessel was financed with proceeds from (i) the convertible promissory note dated March 12, 2015, issued by the Company to Jelco, (ii) a loan agreement dated March 06, 2015 for $8.75 million with Alpha Bank A.E. and (iii) a share purchase agreement dated March 12, 2015 with

51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jelco for the issuance of 5,000,100 shares of our common stock in exchange for $4.5 million, equal to a price per share of $0.90. This acquisition was made pursuant to a memorandum of agreement between our vessel-owning subsidiary and the seller, dated December 23, 2014.

On August 6, 2015, we entered into a purchase agreement and seven memoranda of agreement with entities affiliated with our Sponsor to acquire seven secondhand drybulk vessels, consisting of five Capesize and two Supramax vessels, for an aggregate purchase price of $183.4 million. These included all of the vessels in our Current Fleet other than Leadership . We took delivery of the seven vessels between September and December 2015. The acquisition costs of the seven vessels were funded with proceeds from a $44.4 million senior secured loan facility with HSH Nordbank AG to finance the acquisition of the Geniuship and Gloriuship , a $52.7 million secured term loan facility with Unicredit Bank AG to partly finance the acquisition of the Premiership , Gladiatorship and Guardianship , a $33.8 million secured loan facility with Alpha Bank A.E. to partly finance the acquisition of the Squireship , a $39.4 million secured term loan facility with Natixis to partly finance the acquisition of the Championship , the Share Purchase Agreement (defined below) and the convertible promissory note dated September 7, 2015, issued by the Company to Jelco. For more information regarding our current loan facilities and convertible promissory notes, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations –Description of Indebtedness.”

On September 7, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with Jelco under which we agreed to sell Jelco 10,022,240 of our common shares in three tranches for $9.0 million, or the Share Purchase Agreement. The common shares were sold at a price of $0.90 per share. On September 11, 2015, the first tranche of 3,889,980 common shares was sold for $3.5 million. On September 29, 2015, the second tranche of 2,655,740 common shares was sold for $2.4 million. On October 21, 2015, the third tranche of 3,476,520 common shares was sold for $3.1 million. As part of the transaction, the purchaser received customary registration rights.

On January 7, 2016, we effected a one-for-five reverse split of our common stock, which was approved at a special meeting of our shareholders on September 16, 2014. The reverse stock split became effective and the common stock began trading on a split-adjusted basis on the Nasdaq Capital Market at the opening of trading on January 8, 2016. When the reverse stock split became effective, every five shares of our issued and outstanding common stock was automatically combined into one issued and outstanding share of common stock without any change in the par value per share or the total number of authorized shares. This reduced the number of outstanding shares of our common stock from 97,612,971 shares on January 7, 2016, to 19,522,413 shares on January 8, 2016, after adjusting for fractional shares. On January 27, 2016, we received a letter from Nasdaq confirming that we had regained compliance with Nasdaq's minimum bid price requirement.

On August 10, 2016, we sold 1,180,000 of our common shares to an unaffiliated institutional investor at a purchase price of $4.15 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $4.9 million. The net proceeds from the sale of the securities, after deducting placement agent fees and related offering expenses, were approximately $4.1 million. The net proceeds of the offering are expected to be used for general corporate purposes.

On September 26, 2016 we entered into agreements with an unaffiliated third party for the purchase of two secondhand Capesize vessels for a gross purchase price of $20.75 million per vessel. The vessels are expected to be delivered between mid-November 2016 and early January 2017, subject to the satisfaction of certain customary closing conditions. We are considering our financing alternatives and expect to fund the acquisitions with cash flows from operations, secured loans, sale and leaseback arrangements, securities we may offer in the public or private debt or equity capital markets or other financing arrangements.

On October 4, 2016, we entered into a $4.2 million loan facility with Jelco to fund the initial deposits for our pending vessel acquisitions.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we possess a number of strengths that provide us with a competitive advantage in the drybulk shipping market, including the following:

Modern, High Quality Fleet.    Our Current Fleet had an average age of 8.1 years as of September 30, 2016, compared to world-wide Supramax, Panamax, and Capesize / Newcastlemax drybulk market industry average ages of 8.1, 8.8 and 7.4 years, respectively, as of that date. In addition to their young age, all of our vessels have been and we expect will be built at shipyards that we view as having a longstanding reputation for building high quality, commercially superior vessels that are preferred by

52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

charterers and also command higher interest in the secondary market. None of our vessels is associated with “green field” or inferior quality shipyards, which is the case for a meaningful part of the world fleet, especially for Supramax and Panamax drybulk vessels. We believe that owning a modern, highly commercially competitive and well-maintained fleet provides us with a competitive advantage in securing favorable time and spot charters.

Experienced Management .   Our Company’s leadership has considerable depth of shipping industry expertise. Mr. Tsantanis, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and interim Chief Financial Officer, brings more than 18 years of experience in shipping and finance and has held senior management positions in prominent shipping companies.
Access to Attractive Chartering Opportunities .   Fidelity, our commercial manager, has established strong global relationships with charterers and brokers. We believe Fidelity’s relationships with these counterparties should provide us with access to attractive chartering opportunities.

Business Strategy

Our strategy is to manage and expand our fleet in a manner that produces strong cash flows and allows us to build our position as a reliable provider of international seaborne transportation services for drybulk commodities. The key elements of our business strategy include:

Expanding Our Fleet Through Accretive Acquisitions .   We intend to acquire drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 50,000 dwt through timely and selective acquisitions. We currently view the Capesize and Supramax vessel classes as providing attractive return characteristics given the existing vessel price levels. A key element to our acquisition strategy will be to acquire high-quality vessels at attractive prices. When evaluating acquisitions, we will consider and analyze, among other things, our expectation of fundamental developments in the drybulk shipping industry sector, the level of liquidity in the resale and charter market, the cash flow earned by the vessel in relation to its value, its condition and technical specifications with particular regard to fuel consumption, expected remaining useful life, the credit quality of the charterer and duration and terms of charter contracts for vessels acquired with charters attached, as well as the overall diversification of our fleet and customers. We believe that these circumstances combined with our management’s knowledge of the shipping industry present an opportunity for us to grow our fleet at favorable prices.
Optimizing Vessel Revenues Primarily Through Spot Market Exposure.    The Baltic Dry Index, or the BDI, a daily average of charter rates for key drybulk routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which has long been viewed as the main benchmark to monitor the movements of the drybulk vessel charter market and the performance of the entire drybulk shipping market, has recently increased 175.2 percent from the record low levels of 290 on February 10, 2016 to 798 on October 27, 2016. We intend to employ a chartering strategy to capture upside opportunities in the spot market. We may also use fixed-rate time charters as the charter market improves to reduce downside risks. Because the spot market is volatile, there can be no assurance that the drybulk charter market will increase and the market could decline.
Operating a Modern, High-Quality Fleet .   Our Current Fleet has an average age of 8.2 years, compared to world-wide Supramax, Panamax, and Capesize / Newcastlemax drybulk market industry average ages of 8.1, 8.8 and 7.4 years, respectively, as of that date. We believe that owning a young, well-maintained fleet provides us with a competitive advantage in securing favorable time and spot charters. All of our vessels have been and we expect will be built in shipyards that we view as having a longstanding reputation for building quality vessels. We expect that the combination of these factors will provide us with a competitive advantage in securing favorable employment for our vessels.

Our Current Fleet

As of the date of this prospectus, our Current Fleet consists of eight drybulk vessels, of which six are Capesize vessels and two are Supramax vessels. Our Current Fleet has a combined cargo-carrying capacity of approximately 1,145,553 dwt and an average age of approximately 8.2 years. Additionally, we have agreed to acquire two Capesize vessels that are scheduled to be delivered between mid-November 2016 and early January

53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2017. Subject to the successful delivery of the two Capesize vessels, our fleet will have an average age of 7.8 years and a combined cargo-carrying capacity of approximately 1,503,369 dwt.

The following tables list the vessels in our Current Fleet and the vessels we have agreed to acquire as of the date of this prospectus:

Current Fleet

Vessel Name
Year Built
Vessel Type
Dwt
Flag
Type of Employment
Leadership
2001
Capesize
 
171,199
 
BA
Spot
Gloriuship
2004
Capesize
 
171,314
 
MI
Spot
Geniuship
2010
Capesize
 
170,057
 
MI
Spot
Premiership
2010
Capesize
 
170,024
 
IoM
Spot
Squireship
2010
Capesize
 
170,018
 
LIB
Spot
Championship
2011
Capesize
 
179,238
 
LIB
Spot
Gladiatorship
2010
Supramax
 
56,819
 
BA
Spot
Guardianship
2011
Supramax
 
56,884
 
MI
Spot
Average Age
8.1 years
Total Dwt:
 
1,145,553
 
 
 

Vessels to be Acquired *

Current Vessel Name
Year Built
Vessel Type
Dwt
Capesize 1
2010
Capesize
 
178,838
 
Capesize 2
2010
Capesize
 
178,978
 
* Subject to successful delivery.

Key to Flags:

BA – Bahamas, IoM – Isle of Man, LIB – Liberia, MI – Marshall Islands

Management of Our Fleet

We manage our vessel's operations, insurances and bunkering and have the general supervision of our third-party technical and commercial managers.

V.Ships, an independent third party, provides technical management for our vessels that includes general administrative and support services, such as crewing and other technical management, accounting related to vessels and provisions. Pursuant to our technical management agreements with V.Ships, we pay a monthly fee of $9,650 per vessel in exchange for V.Ships providing these technical, support and administrative services. The management fees do not cover expenses such as voyage expenses, vessel operating expenses, maintenance expenses, crewing costs, which are reimbursed by us to V.Ships. Pursuant to our technical management agreement with V.Ships for the vessel Leadership , if the vessel is laid up for a period of more than two months, we are not obligated to pay a management fee to V.Ships for the period exceeding the two months until we give written notice to re-activate the vessel. However, we are obligated to reimburse V.Ships for any costs that have been approved by us that may arise while Leadership is laid up following the two months. The technical management agreements are for an indefinite period until terminated by either party, giving the other notice in writing, in which event the applicable agreement shall terminate after one month from the date upon which such notice is received.

Seanergy Management Corp., or Seanergy Management, one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, has entered into a commercial management agreement with Fidelity, an independent third party, pursuant to which Fidelity provides commercial management services for all of the vessels in our fleet. Under the commercial management agreement, we have agreed to reimburse Fidelity for all reasonable running and/or out-of-pocket expenses, including but not limited to, telephone, fax, stationary and printing expenses, as well as any pre-approved travelling expenses. In addition, we have agreed to pay commission fees to Fidelity equal to 0.5% calculated on the collected gross hire/freight/demurrage payable when the relevant hire/freight/demurrage is collected. The commercial management agreement may be terminated by either party upon giving one month prior written notice to the other party.

54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shipping Committee

We have established a shipping committee. The purpose of the shipping committee is to consider and vote upon all matters involving shipping and vessel finance in order to accelerate the pace of our decision making in respect of shipping business opportunities, such as the acquisition of vessels or companies. The shipping industry often demands very prompt review and decision-making with respect to business opportunities. In recognition of this, and in order to best utilize the experience and skills that our directors bring to us, our board of directors has delegated all such matters to the shipping committee. Transactions that involve the issuance of our securities or transactions that involve a related party, however, shall not be delegated to the shipping committee but instead shall be considered by the entire board of directors. The shipping committee consists of three directors. In accordance with the amended and restated charter of the shipping committee, two of the directors on the shipping committee are nominated by Jelco and one of the directors on the shipping committee is nominated by a majority of our board of directors and is an independent member of the board of directors. The members of the shipping committee are Mr. Stamatios Tsantanis and Ms. Christina Anagnostara, who are Jelco's nominees, and Mr. Elias Culucundis, who is the nominee of the board of directors.

In order to assure the continued existence of the shipping committee, our board of directors has agreed that the shipping committee may not be dissolved and that the duties or composition of the shipping committee may not be altered without the affirmative vote of not less than 80% of our board of directors. In addition, the duties of our chief executive officer, who is currently Mr. Tsantanis, may not be altered without a similar vote. These duties and powers include voting the shares of stock that Seanergy owns in its subsidiaries. In addition to these agreements, we have amended certain provisions in our articles of incorporation and by-laws to incorporate these requirements.

As a result of these various provisions, in general, all shipping- related decisions will be made by Jelco's appointees to our board of directors unless 80% of the board members vote to change the duties or composition of the shipping committee.

Employment of Our Fleet

Our vessels are chartered on the spot charter market, either through trip charter contracts or voyage charter contracts. A spot market voyage charter is generally a contract to carry a specific cargo from a load port to a discharge port for an agreed freight per ton of cargo or a specified total amount. Under spot market voyage charters, we pay specific voyage expenses such as port, canal and bunker costs. Spot charter rates are volatile and fluctuate on a seasonal and year-to-year basis. Fluctuations derive from imbalances in the availability of cargoes for shipment and the number of vessels available at any given time to transport these cargoes. Vessels operating in the spot market generate revenue that is less predictable than those under time charters, but may enable us to capture increased profit margins during periods of improvements in drybulk vessel charter rates. Downturns in the drybulk industry would result in a reduction in profit margins, and could lead to losses.

In the future, our vessels may be employed on period time charters. Period time charters provide a fixed and stable cash flow for a known period of time. Period time charters also mitigate in part the volatility and seasonality of the spot market business, which is generally weaker in the second and third quarters of the year. In the future, we may opportunistically look to employ our vessels under time charter contracts should rates become more attractive.

Charter Hire Rates

Charter hire rates fluctuate by varying degrees among drybulk vessel size categories. The volume and pattern of trade in a small number of commodities, referred to as major bulks, affect demand for larger vessels. Therefore, charter rates and vessel values of larger vessels often show greater volatility. Conversely, trade in a greater number of commodities, referred to as minor bulks, drives demand for smaller drybulk carriers. Accordingly, charter rates and vessel values for those vessels are subject to less volatility.

Charter hire rates paid for drybulk carriers are primarily a function of the underlying balance between vessel supply and demand, although at times other factors may play a role. Furthermore, the pattern seen in charter rates is broadly mirrored across the different charter types and the different drybulk carrier categories. However, because demand for larger drybulk vessels is affected by the volume and pattern of trade in a relatively small number of commodities, charter hire rates (and vessel values) of larger ships tend to be more volatile than those for smaller vessels.

55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In the time charter market, rates vary depending on the length of the charter period and vessel specific factors such as age, speed and fuel consumption.

In the voyage charter market, rates are influenced by cargo size, commodity, port dues and canal transit fees, as well as commencement and termination regions. In general, a larger cargo size is quoted at a lower rate per ton than a smaller cargo size. Routes with costly ports or canals generally command higher rates than routes with low port dues and no canals to transit. Voyages with a load port within a region that includes ports where vessels usually discharge cargo or a discharge port within a region with ports where vessels load cargo also are generally quoted at lower rates, because such voyages generally increase vessel utilization by reducing the unloaded portion (or ballast leg) that is included in the calculation of the return charter to a loading area.

Within the drybulk shipping industry, the charter hire rate references most likely to be monitored are the freight rate indices issued by the Baltic Exchange. These references are based on actual charter hire rates under charters entered into by market participants as well as daily assessments provided to the Baltic Exchange by a panel of major shipbrokers.

Competition

We operate in markets that are highly competitive and based primarily on supply and demand. We compete for charters on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age and condition of the vessel, as well as on reputation. Fidelity negotiates the terms of our charters (whether voyage charters, period time charters, bareboat charters or pools) based on market conditions. We compete primarily with other owners of drybulk carriers, many of which may have more resources than us and may operate vessels that are newer, and therefore more attractive to charterers than vessels we may operate. Ownership of drybulk vessels is highly fragmented and is divided among publicly listed companies, state controlled companies and independent drybulk vessel owners. We compete primarily with owners of drybulk vessels in the Supramax and Capesize class sizes. Some of our publicly listed competitors include Diana Shipping Inc. (NYSE:DSX), Genco Shipping & Trading Limited (NYSE: GNK), Safe Bulkers Inc. (NYSE: SB), Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (NYSE: SALT) and Star Bulk Carriers Corp. (NASDAQ: SBLK).

Customers

Our customers include or have included national, regional and international companies, such as Rio Tinto, BHP Billiton and Fortescue. Customers individually accounting for more than 10% of our revenues during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were:

Customer
2015
2014
2013
A
 
  47
%
 
  —
 
 
  —
 
B
 
15
%
 
 
 
 
C
 
12
%
 
 
 
 
D
 
10
%
 
 
 
 
E
 
 
 
59
%
 
18
%
F
 
 
 
29
%
 
 
G
 
 
 
 
 
16
%
H
 
 
 
 
 
12
%
I
 
 
 
 
 
10
%
Total
 
84
%
 
88
%
 
56
%

Seasonality

Coal, iron ore and grains, which are the major bulks of the drybulk shipping industry, are somewhat seasonal in nature. The energy markets primarily affect the demand for coal, with increases during hot summer periods when air conditioning and refrigeration require more electricity and towards the end of the calendar year in anticipation of the forthcoming winter period. The demand for iron ore tends to decline in the summer months because many of the major steel users, such as automobile makers, reduce their level of production significantly during the summer holidays. Grains are completely seasonal as they are driven by the harvest within a climate zone. Because three of the five largest grain producers (the United States of America, Canada and the European Union) are located in the northern hemisphere and the other two (Argentina and Australia) are located in the southern hemisphere, harvests occur throughout the year and grains require drybulk shipping accordingly.

56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Environmental and Other Regulations

Government regulation significantly affects the ownership and operation of the vessels we may acquire. We are subject to international conventions and treaties, national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the countries in which the vessels we may acquire may operate or are registered relating to safety and health and environmental protection including the storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous materials, and the remediation of contamination and liability for damage to natural resources. Compliance with such laws, regulations and other requirements entails significant expense, including vessel modifications and implementation of certain operating procedures.

A variety of government and private entities subject vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include the local port authorities (United States Coast Guard, harbor master or equivalent), classification societies, flag state administrations (country of registry) and charterers, particularly terminal operators. Certain of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses, certificates or approvals for the operation of the vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits, licenses, certificates or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or temporarily suspend the operation of one or more of the vessels we may acquire.

We believe that the heightened level of environmental and operational safety concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers have led to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the drybulk shipping industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to the stricter environmental standards. We are required to maintain operating standards for all of the vessels we may acquire that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with United States and international regulations. However, because such laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of the vessels we may acquire. In addition, a future serious marine incident that causes significant adverse environmental impact, such as the 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill, could result in additional legislation or regulation that could negatively affect our profitability.

International Maritime Organization

The United Nations' International Maritime Organization, or the IMO, has adopted the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto (collectively referred to as MARPOL 73/78 and herein as MARPOL). MARPOL entered into force on October 2, 1983. It has been adopted by over 150 nations, therefore it may include jurisdictions in which the vessels we may acquire operate. MARPOL sets forth pollution-prevention requirements applicable to drybulk carriers, among other vessels, and is broken into six Annexes, each of which regulates a different source of pollution. Annex I relates to oil leakage or spilling; Annexes II and III relate to harmful substances carried, in bulk, in liquid or packaged form, respectively; Annexes IV and V relate to sewage and garbage management, respectively; and Annex VI, lastly, relates to air emissions. Annex VI was separately adopted by the IMO in September of 1997.

Air Emissions

In September of 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution. Effective May 2005, Annex VI sets limits on nitrogen oxide emissions from ships whose diesel engines were constructed (or underwent major conversions) on or after January 1, 2000. It also prohibits “deliberate emissions” of ‘ozone depleting substances,” defined to include certain halons and chlorofluorocarbons. “Deliberate emissions” are not limited to times when the ship is at sea; they can for example include discharges occurring in the course of the ship's repair and maintenance. Emissions of “volatile organic compounds” from certain tankers, and the shipboard incineration (from incinerators installed after January 1, 2000) of certain substances (such as polychlorinated biphenyls, or PCBs) are also prohibited. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulphur emissions, known as Emission Control Areas, or ECAs (see below).

The IMO's Maritime Environment Protection Committee, or MEPC, adopted amendments to Annex VI on October 10, 2008, which entered into force on July 1, 2010. The amended Annex VI seeks to further reduce air pollution by, among other things, implementing a progressive reduction of the amount of sulphur contained in any fuel oil used on board ships. As of January 1, 2012, the amended Annex VI requires that fuel oil contain no

57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

more than 3.50% sulfur (from the previous cap of 4.50%). By January 1, 2020, sulfur content must not exceed 0.50%, subject to a feasibility review to be completed no later than 2018.

Sulfur content standards are even stricter within certain ECA. As of July 1, 2010, ships operating within an ECA were not permitted to use fuel with sulfur content in excess of 1.0% (from 1.50%), which was further reduced to 0.10% on January 1, 2015. Amended Annex VI establishes procedures for designating new ECAs. Currently, the Baltic Sea and the North Sea have been so designated. Effective August 1, 2012, certain coastal areas of North America were also designated ECAs. Effective January 1, 2014, applicable areas of the United States Caribbean Sea, including the coastal waters around Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands were also designated ECAs. Ocean-going vessels in these areas will be subject to stringent emissions controls and may cause us to incur additional costs. If other ECAs are approved by the IMO or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, or the states where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditures or otherwise increase the costs of our operations. We cannot assure you that the jurisdictions in which the vessels we may acquire may operate will not adopt more stringent emissions standards independent of the IMO.

As of January 1, 2013, MARPOL made mandatory certain measures relating to energy efficiency for ships. This included the requirement that all new ships utilize the Energy Efficiency Design Index, or EEDI, and all ships use the Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan, or SEEMP.

Amended Annex VI also establishes new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines, depending on their date of installation. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency promulgated equivalent (and in some senses stricter) emissions standards in late 2009.

Safety Management System Requirements

The IMO also adopted the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, or SOLAS, and the International Convention on Load Lines, or the LL Convention, which impose a variety of standards that regulate the design and operational features of ships. The IMO periodically revises the SOLAS and LL Convention standards. May 2012 SOLAS amendments entered into force as of January 1, 2014. Recent amendments to the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims, or LLMC, went into effect on June 8, 2015. The amendments alter the limits of liability for loss of life or personal injury claims and property claims against shipowners.

The operation of our ships is also affected by the requirements set forth in Chapter IX of SOLAS, which sets forth the IMO's International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention, or the ISM Code. The ISM Code requires shipowners and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that our technical manager has developed for compliance with the ISM Code. The failure of a shipowner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject such party to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate, or SMC, for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel's operators with the ISM Code requirements for a safety management system, or SMS. No vessel can obtain an SMC under the ISM Code unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, or DOC, issued in most instances by the vessel's flag state.

Noncompliance with the ISM Code or other IMO regulations may subject the shipowner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports.

Pollution Control and Liability Requirements

The IMO adopted the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments, or the BWM Convention, in February 2004. The BWM Convention's implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, to be replaced in time with

58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

mandatory concentration limits. All ships will also have to carry a ballast water record book and an International Ballast Water Management Certificate. The BWM Convention enters into force 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world's merchant shipping tonnage. On September 8, 2016, this threshold was met (with 52 contracting parties making up 35.14%). Thus, the BWM Convention will enter into force on September 8, 2017.

Many of the implementation dates originally written into the BWM Convention have already passed, so that once the BWM Convention enters into force, the period for installation of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements would be extremely short, with several thousand ships a year needing to install ballast water management systems, or BWMS. For this reason, on December 4, 2013, the IMO Assembly passed a resolution revising the application dates of the BWM Convention so that they are triggered by the entry into force date and not the dates originally in the BWM Convention. This in effect makes all vessels constructed before the entry into force date 'existing' vessels, and allows for the installation of a BWMS on such vessels at the first renewal survey following entry into force of the Convention. Furthermore, in October 2014 the MEPC met and adopted additional resolutions concerning the BWM Convention's implementation. If mid-ocean ballast exchange or ballast water treatment requirements become mandatory, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers and the costs of ballast water treatments may be material. However, many countries already regulate the discharge of ballast water carried by vessels from country to country to prevent the introduction of invasive and harmful species via such discharges. The United States, for example, requires vessels entering its waters from another country to conduct mid-ocean ballast exchange, or undertake some alternate measure, and to comply with certain reporting requirements. Although we do not believe the costs of compliance with mandatory mid-ocean ballast exchange would be material, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of such a requirement on our operations.

The IMO adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or the Bunker Convention, to impose strict liability on shipowners for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention requires registered owners of ships over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims of 1976, as amended). With respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as fuel in ship's bunkers typically is determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.

In March 2006, the IMO amended Annex I to MARPOL, including a new regulation relating to oil fuel tank protection, which became effective August 1, 2007. The new regulation applies to various ships delivered on or after August 1, 2010. It includes requirements for the protected location of the fuel tanks, performance standards for accidental oil fuel outflow, a tank capacity limit and certain other maintenance, inspection and engineering standards.

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable existing IMO requirements. In addition, we intend to comply with all future applicable IMO requirements.

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA affects all “owners and operators” whose vessels trade with the United States, its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in United States waters, which includes the United States' territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone around the United States. The United States has also enacted the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances other than oil, whether on land or at sea. OPA and CERCLA both define “owner and operator” in the case of a vessel as any person owning, operating or chartering by demise, the vessel. Both OPA and CERCLA impact our operations.

59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Under OPA, vessel owners and operators are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. OPA defines these other damages broadly to include:

(i) injury to, destruction or loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources and related assessment costs;
(ii) injury to, or economic losses resulting from, the destruction of real and personal property;
(iii) net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees or net profit revenues resulting from injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property, or natural resources;
(iv) loss of subsistence use of natural resources that are injured, destroyed or lost;
(v) lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property or natural resources; and
(vi) net cost of increased or additional public services necessitated by removal activities following a discharge of oil, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards, and loss of subsistence use of natural resources.

OPA contains statutory caps on liability and damages; such caps do not apply to direct cleanup costs. Effective December 21, 2015, the U.S. Coast Guard adjusted the limits of OPA liability for non-tank vessels (e.g. drybulk) to the greater of $1,100 per gross ton or $939,800 (subject to periodic adjustment for inflation). These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was proximately caused by the violation of an applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulation by a responsible party (or its agent, employee or a person acting pursuant to a contractual relationship), or a responsible party's gross negligence or willful misconduct. The limitation on liability similarly does not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to (i) report the incident where the responsibility party knows or has reason to know of the incident; (ii) reasonably cooperate and assist as requested in connection with oil removal activities; or (iii) without sufficient cause, comply with an order issued under the Federal Water Pollution Act (Section 311 (c), (e)) or the Intervention on the High Seas Act.

CERCLA contains a similar liability regime whereby owners and operators of vessels are liable for cleanup, removal and remedial costs, as well as damage for injury to, or destruction or loss of, natural resources, including the reasonable costs associated with assessing same, and health assessments or health effects studies. There is no liability if the discharge of a hazardous substance results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5.0 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $500,000 for any other vessel. These limits do not apply (rendering the responsible person liable for the total cost of response and damages) if the release or threat of release of a hazardous substance resulted from willful misconduct or negligence, or the primary cause of the release was a violation of applicable safety, construction or operating standards or regulations. The limitation on liability also does not apply if the responsible person fails or refused to provide all reasonable cooperation and assistance as requested in connection with response activities where the vessel is subject to OPA.

OPA and CERCLA both require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the maximum amount of liability to which the particular responsible person may be subject. Vessel owners and operators may satisfy their financial responsibility obligations by providing a proof of insurance, a surety bond, qualification as a self-insurer or a guarantee.

The 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico may also result in additional regulatory initiatives or statutes, including the raising of liability caps under OPA. For example, on August 15, 2012, the U.S. Bureau of Safety and Economic Enforcement, or BSEE, issued a final drilling safety rule for offshore oil and gas operations that strengthens the requirements for safety equipment, well control systems, and blowout prevention practices. The Final Rule took effect on October 22, 2012. On August 21, 2013, BSEE proposed a rule to revise existing federal regulations regarding oil and gas production safety systems to address technological advances. A new rule issued by the U.S. Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, or BOEM, that increased the limits of liability of damages for offshore facilities under OPA based on inflation took effect in January 2015. In April 2015, it was announced that new regulations are expected to be imposed in the United

60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

States regarding offshore oil and gas drilling. In December 2015, the BSEE announced a new pilot inspection program for offshore facilities. Compliance with any new requirements of OPA may substantially impact our cost of operations or require us to incur additional expenses to comply with any new regulatory initiatives or statutes. Additional legislation or regulations applicable to the operation of the vessels we may acquire that may be implemented in the future could adversely affect our business. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed our insurance coverage it could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operation.

OPA specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, provided they accept, at a minimum, the levels of liability established under OPA, and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills. In some cases, states which have enacted such legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining vessel owners' responsibilities under these laws. We intend to comply with all applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels may call. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable existing state requirements. In addition, we intend to comply with all future applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels may call.

Other Environmental Initiatives

The Clean Water Act, or CWA, prohibits the discharge of oil, hazardous substances and ballast water in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. In addition, many U.S. states that border a navigable waterway have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance. These laws may be more stringent than U.S. federal law.

The EPA regulates the discharge of ballast water and other substances in U.S. waters under the CWA. EPA regulations require vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing and recreational vessels) to comply with a Vessel General Permit, or VGP, authorizing ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the operation of vessels. The VGP imposes technology and water-quality based effluent limits for certain types of discharges and establishes specific inspection, monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements to ensure the effluent limits are met. On March 28, 2013, the EPA re-issued the VGP for another five years, which took effect December 19, 2013. The 2013 VGP contains numeric ballast water discharge limits for most vessels to reduce the risk of invasive species in US waters, more stringent requirements for exhaust gas scrubbers and the use of environmentally acceptable lubricants.

U.S. Coast Guard regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or NISA, also impose mandatory ballast water management practices for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks entering or operating in U.S. waters. In 2009 the Coast Guard proposed new ballast water management standards and practices, including limits regarding ballast water releases. As of June 21, 2012, the U.S. Coast Guard implemented revised regulations on ballast water management by establishing standards on the allowable concentration of living organisms in ballast water discharged from ships in U.S. waters. The revised ballast water standards are consistent with those adopted by the IMO in 2004. Compliance with the EPA and the U.S. Coast Guard regulations could require the installation of equipment on vessels we may acquire to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial cost, and/or otherwise restrict vessels from entering U.S. waters.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of January 1, 2014, vessels are technically subject to the phasing-in of these standards. As a result, the USCG has provided waivers to vessels which cannot install the as-yet unapproved technology. The EPA, on the other hand, has taken a different approach to enforcing ballast discharge standards under the VGP. On December 27, 2013, the EPA issued an enforcement response policy in connection with the new VGP in which the EPA indicated that it would take into account the reasons why vessels do not have the requisite technology installed, but will not grant any waivers.

It should also be noted that in October 2015, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals issued a ruling that directed the EPA to redraft the sections of the 2013 VGP that address ballast water. However, the Second Circuit stated that 2013 VGP will remains in effect until the EPA issues a new VGP. It presently remains unclear how the ballast water requirements set forth by the EPA, the USCG, and IMO BWM Convention, some of which are in effect and some which are pending, will co-exist.

61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970 (including its amendments of 1977 and 1990), or the CAA, requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. Vessels we may acquire will subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain cargoes when loading, unloading, ballasting, cleaning and conducting other operations in regulated port areas. Vessels that operate in such port areas with restricted cargoes are equipped with vapor recovery systems that satisfy these requirements. The CAA also requires states to draft State Implementation Plans, or SIPs, designed to attain national health-based air quality standards in each state. Although state-specific, SIPs may include regulations concerning emissions resulting from vessel loading and unloading operations by requiring the installation of vapor control equipment.

European Union Regulations

In October 2009, the European Union amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water. Aiding and abetting the discharge of a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties. Member States were required to enact laws or regulations to comply with the directive by the end of 2010. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims.

The European Union has adopted several regulations and directives requiring, among other things, more frequent inspections of high-risk ships, as determined by type, age, and flag as well as the number of times the ship has been detained. The European Union also adopted and then extended a ban on substandard ships and enacted a minimum ban period and a definitive ban for repeated offenses. The regulation also provided the European Union with greater authority and control over classification societies, by imposing more requirements on classification societies and providing for fines or penalty payments for organizations that failed to comply.

Greenhouse Gas Regulation

Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The 2015 United Nations Convention on Climate Change Conference in Paris did not result in an agreement that directly limited greenhouse gas emissions from ships.

However, in January 2013 the MEPC's two new sets of mandatory requirements that address greenhouse gas emissions from ships entered into force. Currently operating ships will be required to develop Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plans, and minimum energy efficiency levels per capacity mile, outlined in the Energy Efficiency Design Index, will apply to new ships. In April 2015, a regulation was adopted requiring that large ships (over 5,000 gross tons) calling at European ports from January 2018 collect and publish data on carbon dioxide omissions. Draft amendments, which included guidelines on this data collection system, were approved by the 69 th session of the MEPC in April 2016, and draft mandatory collection requirements will be put forth at the 70 th session at the end of October 2016. The MEPC is also considering market-based mechanisms to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships. For 2020, the EU made a unilateral commitment to reduce overall greenhouse gas emissions from its member states by 20% of 1990 levels. The EU also committed to reduce its emissions by 20% under the Kyoto Protocol's second period, from 2013 to 2020. In December 2013 the European Union environmental ministers discussed draft rules to implement monitoring and reporting of carbon dioxide emissions from ships. In the United States, the EPA has issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety and has adopted regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources and large stationary sources. Although the mobile source emissions regulations do not apply to greenhouse gas emissions from vessels, such regulation of vessels is foreseeable, and the EPA has in recent years received petitions from the California Attorney General and various environmental groups seeking such regulation. Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, European Union, the U.S. or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol, that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures which we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

International Labour Organization

The International Labour Organization, or ILO, is a specialized agency of the UN with headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland. The ILO has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006, or MLC 2006. A Maritime

62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance is required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all ships above 500 gross tons in international trade. On August 20, 2013, MLC 2006 entered into force. The MLC 2006 requires us to develop new procedures to ensure full compliance with its requirements.

Vessel Security Regulations

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 in the United States, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security such as the Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or MTSA. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. The regulations also impose requirements on certain ports and facilities, some of which are regulated by the EPA.

Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new Chapter XI-2 became effective in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, and mandates compliance with the International Ship and Port Facilities Security Code, or the ISPS Code. The ISPS Code is designed to enhance the security of ports and ships against terrorism. To trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate, or ISSC, from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel's flag state. Among the various requirements are:

on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship's identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;
on-board installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore;
the development of vessel security plans;
ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel's hull;
a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel's history including the name of the ship, the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship's identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and
compliance with flag state security certification requirements;

Ships operating without a valid certificate may be detained at port until it obtains an ISSC, or it may be expelled from port, or refused entry at port.

Furthermore, additional security measures could be required in the future which could have a significant financial impact on us. The U.S. Coast Guard regulations, intended to be aligned with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from MTSA vessel security measures, provided such vessels have on board a valid ISSC that attests to the vessel's compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code.

Inspection by Classification Societies

Every seagoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is “in class,” signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel's country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

For maintenance of the class certification, regular and occasional surveys of hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Annual Surveys .   For seagoing ships, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant, and where applicable for special equipment classed, within three months before or after each anniversary date of the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

Intermediate Surveys .   Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys are to be carried out at or between the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

Class Renewal Surveys .   Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out for the ship's hull, machinery, including the electrical plant and for any special equipment classed, at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. At the special survey the vessel is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. Substantial amounts of money may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey, a shipowner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel's hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five year cycle. At an owner's application, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

All areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years. Vessels under five years of age can waive dry-docking in order to increase available days and decrease capital expenditures, provided the vessel is inspected underwater.

Most vessels are usually dry-docked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts and for repairs related to inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a “recommendation” which must be rectified by the shipowner within prescribed time limits.

Most insurance underwriters and lenders make it a condition for insurance coverage and lending, respectively, that a vessel be certified as “in class” by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies, or the IACS. All our vessels are certified as being “in class” by American Bureau of Shipping Bureau Veritas and Nippon Kaiji Kyokai, major classification societies. All new and secondhand vessels that we purchase must be certified prior to their delivery under our standard purchase contracts and memorandum of agreement. If the vessel is not certified on the date of closing, we have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel.

Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance Generally

The operation of any cargo vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. OPA, which imposes virtually unlimited liability upon owners, operators and demise charterers of any vessel for oil pollution accidents in the United States Exclusive Economic Zone, has made liability insurance more expensive for shipowners and operators trading in the United States market. While we maintain hull and machinery insurance, war risks insurance, protection and indemnity cover and freight, demurrage and defense cover for our fleet in amounts that we believe will be prudent to cover normal risks in our operations, we may not be able to achieve or maintain this level of coverage throughout a vessel's useful life. Furthermore, while we believe that our insurance coverage is adequate, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

Hull & Machinery and War Risks Insurance

We maintain marine hull and machinery and war risks insurance, which includes the risk of actual or constructive total loss, for all of our vessels. Each of our vessels is covered up to at least fair market value with deductibles of $150,000 per vessel per incident. We also maintain increased value coverage for our vessels. Under this increased value coverage, in the event of total loss of a vessel, we will be able to recover the sum

64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

insured under the increased value policy in addition to the sum insured under the hull and machinery policy. Increased value insurance also covers excess liabilities which are not recoverable under our hull and machinery policy by reason of under insurance.

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or P&I Associations, which insure liabilities to third parties in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other related expenses resulting from the injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, the loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Our coverage is limited to approximately $7.5 billion, except for pollution which is limited to $1 billion.

Our protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution is $1 billion per vessel per incident. The thirteen P&I Associations that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world's commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association's liabilities. Each P&I Association has capped its exposure to this pooling agreement at approximately $7.5 billion. As a member of a P&I Association which is a member of the International Group, we are subject to calls payable to the P&I Associations based on our claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations and members of the pool of P&I Associations comprising the International Group.

Permits and Authorizations

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our vessels. The kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required depend upon several factors, including the commodity transported, the waters in which the vessel operates, the nationality of the vessel's crew and the age of a vessel. We believe that we have obtained all permits, licenses and certificates currently required to permit our vessels to operate. Additional laws and regulations, environmental or otherwise, may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of us doing business in the future.

Property, Plants and Equipment

We do not own any real estate property. We lease our executive office space in Athens, Greece from a third party entity up to and including January 11, 2018.

Legal Proceedings

We have previously reported that in 2010, certain of our then shareholders, including George Koutsolioutsos, who is also the former Chairman of the Board of the Company, brought suit in Greece against certain other shareholders of the Company, our former Chief Financial Officer, and the immediate successor to Mr. Koutsolioutsos as our Chairman. The suit seeks damages from the defendants for alleged willful misconduct that purportedly caused the plaintiffs damage both by way of diminution of the value of their shares in the Company and harm to their reputations. The defendants have advised us that they do not believe the action has merit, and that they intend vigorously to defend it. The next hearing date in this action is currently scheduled for November 15, 2018.

Mr. Koutsolioutsos also commenced three actions in Greece during 2014 against his immediate successor as our Chairman, on substantially the same or related set of grounds. The plaintiff seeks money damages in two of these cases. The next hearing date in these actions is also currently scheduled for November 15, 2018. The third case, in which the plaintiff sought an injunction, was discontinued by the plaintiff in September 2014.

Neither we nor our current Chairman is named in any of these actions. We have also notified our insurance underwriters of these actions, and our underwriters are advancing a portion of the defendants' legal expenses.

65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE DRYBULK SHIPPING INDUSTRY

The information and data in this section has been provided by Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., a privately owned group that, among other sources, provides research and statistics to the maritime industry. Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co. based its analysis on information drawn from published and private industry sources. These included in-house databases and proprietary information related to freight and asset price data. Although data is taken from the most recently available published sources, these sources do revise figures and forecasts from time to time.

Overview

The drybulk shipping industry is concerned with the transport of dry cargoes in bulk (as opposed to containerized drybulk cargo) by ways of seaborne movement of cargo. Drybulk vessels can be utilized for the transport of a diverse range of cargoes varying from project and break bulk cargo (such as machinery and equipment) to steel products to iron ore and coal. However, in terms of value and volume of cargo, the transportation of grains, coal and iron ore is the most important for bigger-sized drybulk vessel trade.

Few countries globally have large deposits of high quality raw materials, while demand for such commodities is concentrated in countries and regions with large industrial bases, and often, also with large populations. For coal and iron ore, which constitute close to 55% of the drybulk trade by volume, production is dominated by mining companies in Australia and Brazil, while demand is concentrated in industrialized regions in North America, North Europe, and now, most prominently in the People’s Republic of China, or PRC or China. While for these two commodities there are several more producing and consuming regions worldwide, trends of economies of scale and price competition have led to an ever increasing role for Australia, Brazil and China that are expected to dominate these trades in the next decade.

For several more commodities such as bauxite, alumina, nickel ore and others and also intermediate (un-finished) products such as steel bars, steel rolls, and others that are transported on smaller sized drybulk vessels, there are many more trading patterns, whether regional or local. Such trades, although in general follow global macro-trends, are also influenced by local economies and trading patterns.

Likewise, for agricultural products, which in general tend to be transported on Handymax to Kamsarmax sized vessels, few countries worldwide have favorable geography and climate, and therefore there is a need to transport such products from producing countries to countries in need of such imports whether for human consumption or for livestock feed.

Drybulk vessels provide the most economic and efficient way of transportation of cargoes worldwide. The total ocean-going seaborne volume of drybulk cargoes is expected to exceed five billion tons in 2016, based on data from Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co. Transportation of iron ore and coal is the largest segment of the drybulk market, accounting for more than 55% of total transported volume on drybulk vessels, and reflects the global imbalance between producing regions and consuming regions. Drybulk vessels represent a low cost, and still flexible and reliable, way of bridging such imbalances.

Coal and iron ore are normally transported over long distances from the production site to large facilities or receiving terminals. Accordingly, to benefit from economies of scale, coal and iron ore are typically carried on the largest vessels that fit the harbor facilities at loading and discharging ports. Smaller vessels will typically be used for regional trades, where the ports generally are too small or too shallow for the larger drybulk vessels.

Grains, minor bulk, bauxite, alumina, steel products, fertilizers are the cargo that make up most of the remaining drybulk market. These cargoes have a more complex trading pattern than coal and iron ore, reflecting the multitude of the cargoes and the trading routes, regional demand, smaller trading parcels, loading and discharging to smaller ports, multitude of sellers and buyers of cargoes and therefore charterers, and such trades reflect overall world trade growth.

66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Types of drybulk vessels

Drybulk vessels are regularly categorized depending on their deadweight tonnage (total weight in metric tons of cargo, fuel, fresh water stores and crew that a ship can carry when immersed to her load line) and their cargo carrying capacity.

Generally, the following size vessels are used in the transportation of drybulk cargoes:

Asset Class / Definition
Standard Deadweight Tonnage
Standard Trading Routes
Primary Cargoes
Capesize / Newcastlemax
100,000 - 220,000 dwt
Brazil to China
Australia to China
iron ore, coal
Panamax (Kamsarmax,
Panamax, Neo-Panamax)
65,000 - 100,000 dwt
US to Far East
US to Europe
grains, iron ore, coal
Supramax (Handymax, Supramax, Ultramax)
40,000 – 65,000 dwt
Various regional trades
grains, fertilizers, coal,
break bulk

Capesize and Newcastlemax vessels are amongst the biggest drybulk vessels in the world and their intended trade is to carry large quantities of cargo over long distance in order to obtain efficiencies of size. Iron ore and coal (both coking coal for steel production and thermal coal for power generation) are the predominant cargoes carried on Capesize and Newcastlemax vessels, and primary trading routes are from Brazil to China, Australia to China, South Africa to Europe and South Africa to countries of the Pacific Rim and the Far East. Capesize / Newcastlemax vessels are gearless and they depend on port facilities for loading and unloading of their cargoes. Capesize vessels are an asset class in existence for several decades with typical size of approximately 160,000 dwt, and named after the Cape of Good Hope, the only route that would allow such large vessels to transit from the Atlantic Basin to the Indian Ocean and the Pacific Basin. Newcastlemax is a new asset class originated in the last decade and refers to the biggest size of vessels that can be accommodated in the Port of Newcastle, NSW, Australia, a major exporting coal port. Newcastlemax vessels have 300-meter maximum length, 50-meter maximum beam, and typically are 180,000 – 205,000 dwt.

Panamax drybulk vessels are the second largest asset class in the drybulk market. The term “panamax” derives from the maximum beam of the vessels capable of transiting the old locks of the Panama Canal. In this prospectus, “Panamax” drybulk vessels are defined as drybulk vessels of up to 100,000 tons in deadweight capacity, encompassing traditional “panamax” vessels of approximately 72,000 dwt, and also modern-sized panamax vessels of approximately 82,000 dwt, Kamsarmax drybulk vessels, and neo-panamax bulkers of approximately 92,000 dwt. The primary cargoes for the Panamax-class vessels are coal, grains and iron ore and their trading routes are from the US Gulf or South America to the Far East with grains, coal to China and the Far East, which collectively we refer to as the Pacific Basin, iron ore shipments to China shipped in smaller parcels. More than 80% of spot maket fixtures in 2016 year-to-date had a discharge port in the Pacific Rim. Panamax drybulk vessels can be equipped with their own handling gear; however, they are predominantly gearless vessels.

Supramax vessels can be considered the work-horse of the drybulk market as they are big enough to be economically efficient for the international market and small enough that can enter many ports where larger vessels cannot access. Given their size and flexibility, there can be a wide range of cargoes that can be transported on this asset class, ranging from coal and iron ore, to grains, bauxite, alumina, fertilizers, break bulk, mini bulk, and others. Supramax vessels can trade regionally with the Atlantic or Pacific Basins. In the last decade, there has been a tendency of upsizing of vessels in this asset class, and under “Supramax”, we include “Handymax” vessels (typically 40,000 – 48,000 dwt), “Supramax” proper vessels (48,000 – 58,000 dwt) and “Ultramax” vessels (58,000 – 65,000 dwt). Supramax vessels are almost always geared with cranes and often with other cargo handling equipment (grabs, etc).

67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Drybulk Vessel Supply

Fleet Overview

The supply side of the drybulk market consists of the existing fleet of drybulk vessels adjusted for the addition of newbuilding deliveries from shipbuilders and the withdrawal by scrapping, recycling and conversion of older vessels. In addition, drybulk vessel supply can be affected in the short term by several factors ranging from vessels being idled or on lay-up, waiting at anchorage for orders or idling due to port congestion at loading or discharging ports delaying the availability of the vessels, and in certain cases by geographical dislocation of vessels due to unforeseen factors such as extreme weather conditions.

The world fleet of drybulk vessels has increased materially since January 2009, almost doubling since then. The total world drybulk fleet was approximately 790 million deadweight tons as of the beginning of the third quarter of 2016; drybulk vessels of 40,000 – 220,000 dwt comprised approximately 633 million deadweight of the world’s drybulk tonnage. The growth of the world drybulk fleet has been tapering off since 2014 when the freight market materially declined, reflecting minimal newbuilding activity, slippage, delays and cancellations with newbuilding vessels on order, and increased demolition activity. Drybulk tonnage supply can fluctuate as it depends on many factors; however, based on present trends and all else being equal, it is expected that the world drybulk fleet will marginally decrease in the next couple of years; it is worth noting that the last time that the world’s drybulk fleet declined was in 1987.

Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

When one takes into consideration the different asset classes of drybulk vessels, the following chart confirms that most of the drybulk fleet development has occurred prior to early 2015. Fleet growth has been tapering off since then; most notably, fleet growth for panamax vessels has remained constant in the last year, at around 195 million deadweight tons.

Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

The existing fleet of drybulk vessels numbered approximately 7,300 vessels between 40,000 and 220,000 dwt, with a total capacity of approximately 633 million dwt at the beginning of the third quarter of 2016, according to Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co. The larger size vessels such as Newcastlemax and Capesize vessels which primarily transport iron ore and coal number approximately 1,430 in the world fleet, totaling approximately 250 million deadweight ton capacity and having an average age of 7.4 years. Panamax class drybulk vessels of 65,000 – 100,000 dwt (class that includes Kamsarmax, Panamax, Neo-panamax and Mini Capes) which primarily are engaged in the transport of coal, iron ore and grains, number approximately 2,440 vessels worldwide, totaling approximately 196 million deadweight tonnage and averaging approximately 8.8 years of age. Supramax class drybulk vessels (class that includes Handymax, Supramax and Ultramax vessels), which are primarily engaged in the transport of grains, bauxite, minor bulk, break bulk, coal, number approximately 3,410 vessels in the world fleet, totaling approximately 186 million deadweight tonnage and having an average age of 8.1 years. An overview of our fleet is set out in the table below:

Category
Size in dwt
Vessels, no.
Total dwt (mil)
Average age
Newcastlemax / Capesize
100,000 - 220,000
1,426
250.5
7.4
Panamax
65,000 - 100,000
2,442
196.5
8.8
Supramax
40,000 - 65,000
3,409
186.0
8.1
Total
 
7,277
633.0
 

Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

The average age of the total drybulk world fleet of 40,000 – 220,000 dwt is approximately 8.1 years, with similar average age of the various size segments. The economic useful life of drybulk vessels depends on construction standards and maintenance, but can generally be estimated to around 25 years.

About 70% of our world fleet, as measured in cargo capacity, is less than 10 years old. About 5% of our fleet is above 20 years, and likely subject to scrapping partially due to technical obsolesce and economic inefficiencies.

69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

Construction of New Vessels

According to Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., the worldwide drybulk vessel (sizes 40,000 – 220,000 dwt) orderbook stands at approximately 86 million dwt as of the middle of September 2016, corresponding to approximately 12% of the existing fleet. In particular, the outstanding orderbook for Newcastlemax / Capesize vessels stand at approximately 10% of the existing world fleet with 130 such vessels on order; the Panamax outstanding orderbook represents approximately 11% of the world’s existing similarly-sized fleet, with 274 vessels on order; in the Supramax market segment, approximately 30.1 million deadweight tons are on order, representing approximately 16% of the world fleet, with approximately 495 vessels on order.

The following table sets forth the orderbook in the various segments of the drybulk fleet, including the contracted year of delivery:

Vessel Type
Scheduled Delivery (in mil dwt)
Present
Fleet
Total Orderbook
2016
2017
2018+
Total
Orderbook
(as % of Present
Fleet, mil dwt)
Newcastlemax / Capesize
15.9
6.3
2.9
25.1
250.5
10.02%
Panamax
11.1
7.9
2.6
21.6
196.5
10.99%
Supramax
16.8
11.2
2.1
30.1
186.0
16.18%
Overall
43.8
25.4
7.6
76.8
633.0
12.40%

Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., as of beginning of third quarter of 2016.

The backlog orderbook of 12% is sizeable in absolute terms but it is materially lower in comparison to the recent past when it had been as high as 25% of the world’s outstanding fleet. Given vessels have 25 years design life, the outstanding orderbook can still be considered cause for concern for tonnage oversupply.

Given the weak state of the freight market, drybulk vessels on order had been delayed in their delivery from the shipbuilders, which we refer to as slippage, as shipowners and shipbuilders agree on later deliveries. Slippage benefits the drybulk freight market in the short term as fewer vessels compete for cargoes; slippage also keeps the shipbuilders occupied for a longer period of time and blocking shipbuilding slot availability for additional newbuilding orders. Quantifying slippage and contract cancellations is difficult in a weak market, as typically shipowners and shipbuilders do not necessarily wish to report or publicize cancelled deals for reputational

70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reasons. According to the estimates by Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., slippage has averaged two months for the overall drybulk fleet in the last year, approximately 2% of the outstanding capesize orderbook has been converted to tanker orders, while approximately 5% of the Supramax orderbook has been cancelled due to prolonged delays by the shipbuilders.

Several shipyards have experienced challenges with meeting contracted delivery terms. As much as approximately one-fifth of the orderbook has been placed with shipyards that have limited construction experience, to which we refer as “green field” yards. The ability of these yards to complete orders in a timely manner remains uncertain. Several yards have also experienced liquidity challenges from reduced order intake and a difficult financing environment, although some of this is mitigated by government aid to shipyards and owners, especially in Asia. Given the weak state of the freight market, shipowners are keen to refuse delivery of the vessels from shipbuilders beyond the contractual deadlines for delivery or when the vessels are of inferior quality; typically such vessels eventually find their way to the market, but still with further delays (once legal, arbitration, refund procedures have been addressed) and the vessels have been sold to new buyers. Thus, it can be expected that actual deliveries of the total number of the remaining drybulk vessels on order may take place later than contracted, and that the net fleet growth in each period may be lower.

The extent of such cancellations in the future is uncertain, as is the extent of postponement of contracts based on agreement between owners and yards.

Several owners with vessels on order have been interested in cancelling their orders, due to a decline in earnings and ship prices and limited financing availability. Shipyards are less willing to accept such cancellations, but may have to do so if delays go beyond contracted dates. Shipbuilding contracts normally allow owners to cancel the order if the vessel is not delivered within a set time frame, often 180 or 270 days, after the contracted delivery date.

Besides the state of the freight market, shipbuilding activity is influenced by availability of financing whether in the form of direct financing for the shipowner (buyer) or via export credit and other financing arrangements from the country of the shipbuilder. Presently, shipping finance is available on a limited basis and for exceptionally strong clients, leaving the majority of the shipowning community underfunded; this is especially true for newbuilding financing which always has been a more complicated form of shipping finance. Similarly, export credit financing has stopped as China has been shifting its macro-economic strategy from an industrial economy to a service economy and has stopped stimulating their shipbuilding industry; likewise, export credit in South Korea has materially been diminished as the focus of the government has been shifting of directly supporting ailing shipbuilders. Given the weak state of the shipping finance market, in the opinion of Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., shipbuilding activity is expected to remain subdued in the foreseeable future, which will maintain drybulk tonnage supply at approximately currently projected levels.

Demolition of Drybulk Vessels

Commercial, ocean-going drybulk vessels have 25 years design life. Vessels at the end of their commercial lives are withdrawn from the market and are sold for demolition (scrapping). The age and time at which vessels are sold for demolition can vary depending not only on the age and condition of the vessel but also on other indirect factors such as the state of the freight market. When vessels trade in strong freight markets, shipowners typically hold on to their vessels until the last possible moment, despite the increasing operating and maintenance expenses which increase as a vessel gets older. When the freight market is weak and the prospects of a market recovery are poor, vessels may be destined for demolition before the end of their design life as shipowners do not wish to keep operating uneconomic vessels or undertaking capital investments and passing statutory dry-dockings and other enhanced maintenance. Typically, in weak freight markets, the level of demolition activity increases.

The following chart illustrates the demolition activity since January 2009, which in general looks inversely related to the state of the drybulk market. 2013, when the freight market had been relatively strong, demolition

71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

activity had been minimal, while since 2014, when the freight market had been establishing all-time lows, demolition activity has increased substantially, with capesize demolition levels increasing threefold between 2014 and 2016 on an annualized basis and panamax drybulk vessel demolitions almost doubling in the same period.

Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

Vessel Values

Newbuilding and Secondhand Markets

Vessels can be acquired through an order for a newbuilding vessel to a shipbuilder or by purchase in the second-hand market of a vessel from another shipowner. Each acquisition method has its trade-offs.

Orders for newbuilding vessels require a lead-time from the time of the order until delivery. It takes about nine months to one year for the actual construction of a drybulk vessel; however, due to backlog of orders in certain cases several years might be required until the delivery of a vessel. Typically the cost of a newbuilding vessel is higher than the cost of a second-hand comparable vessel, at least in a typical freight market when no premium for prompt ownership is paid. The placing of a newbuilding contract usually requires that the shipowner undertakes the supervision of the construction, but the payment for the vessel is extended over a period of time commensurate with the delivery of the vessel. In exchange for the higher cost of the acquisition, the shipowner takes delivery of a brand new vessel conforming to the latest standards and with a design and customization, if any, of their choosing that might be specifically suitable to the shipowners’ expertise in certain trades.

Newbuilding activity varies during the phases of the business cycle, as newbuilding contracts are placed when future expectations are robust and newbuilding prices are comparatively low to expected future earnings. Similarly, newbuilding prices can vary during the business cycle and can be influenced by the underlying balance between shipyard output and newbuilding demand, raw material costs, freight markets and exchange rates. In the last decade, high levels of new ordering were recorded across most sectors of shipping, and as a result, newbuilding prices increased significantly. However, after the financial events of 2008 and the drop in trade and freight rates, there has been a significant slow down in placing new orders and also a drop in the prices of newbuilding contracts. Since 2014 specifically, when drybulk freight rates deteriorated, export credit financing dried up and the overall lack of debt financing has driven down newbuilding activity and prices for newbuilding contracts.

72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

The following chart illustrates newbuilding prices for drybulk vessels in the three main asset classes, Capesize, Panamax and Supramax drybulk vessels, since January 2009 until the end of August 2016:


Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

The second method of vessel acquisition, purchase in the second-hand market, allows for immediate possession of a vessel and therefore immediate generation of revenue. At times of high freight rates, there is increased demand for vessels in the second-hand market due to vessels’ earnings potential. Therefore second-hand vessel prices can vary in comparison to newbuilding prices, and at times of very strong freight rates, second-hand vessels may be valued significantly higher than newbuilding contracts. The drawback of acquiring vessels in the second-hand market is that one acquires a vessel that was ordered and maintained to another shipowner’s standards, and therefore due diligence is required during the negotiations for the acquisition of a vessel in the second-hand market. The sale and purchase (S&P market) of vessels in the second-hand market is competitive and transparent and usually involves the assistance of sale and purchase shipbrokers.

73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Unlike the newbuilding market where the shipowner has broader options from choosing the shipbuilder to opting for additional modifications with the vessel design, buyers of vessels in the secondary market have to accept the vessel as offered for sale by the previous owner. Besides the strength of the freight market and availability of financing that affect pricing of vessels in the secondary market, the vessel’s shipbuilder, design and specification, equipment list onboard and also the state of its maintenance can also materially impact vessel prices. Vessels built at inferior or “green field” yards or vessels which are poorly equipped and maintained are priced at discount to the market. The discount level that can range from 10% to 40%, on average, and generally is more pronounced in weak markets. Also, vessels built at inferior or “green field” yards or vessels which are poorly equipped and maintained generally depreciate on a steeper negatively sloped curve, as there is smaller or softer buying interest for such vessels. Dealing with quality tonnage built at quality shipyards and kept to high maintenance standards is a critical sign of a good shipowner with good business practices.

The following chart illustrates second-hand prices for drybulk vessels in the Capesize, Panamax and Supramax vessels; specifically for five-year old vessels based on indexed data produced on sales reports between January 2009 and August 2016.

Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

In general, drybulk vessel asset pricing has been weak reflecting a weak freight market and also lack of debt financing for the shipping industry.

Employment of Drybulk Vessels

Types of Charter

Drybulk vessels in general may be operated either in the spot market or the period market, which can further be sub-divided into the time charter market or the bareboat charter market.

In the spot market (voyage charter or trip time charter), the vessel is employed for one voyage at a time; after the voyage, new employment has to be found at market prevailing rates. Depending on the position of the vessel at the end of the voyage and the state of the market, prevailing market conditions might be higher or lower than the terms of the voyage charter just ended. Since these charters are entered at prevailing market rates, the charter rate reflects market conditions and therefore offers the potential for higher rates in an improving market, but also the risk of lower rates at in a declining market.

In the period market, the vessel is employed for a period of time, which can vary from a few months to several years. Under a time charter, the vessel owner provides to the charterer a fully operational and crewed vessel for a period of time against payment of a fixed rate by the charterer. In exchange for the fixed charter rate

74

TABLE OF CONTENTS

paid by the charterer, the vessel owner is responsible for the costs of the vessel operation, the cost of capital, and any profit to the owner. A time charter type of employment provides a certain degree of stability and predictability for the vessel owner and the charterer as it shields both from market exposure during the period of the charter.

Under a bareboat charter, the vessel is employed at a fixed rate for a period of time but in this case the charterer assumes the operation of the vessel. The bareboat fixed rate is to cover the cost of capital and any profit to the owner, but not the cost of operation since this is borne directly by the charterer. These charters tend to be longer than time charters, and may be likened to financial leasing arrangements. Bareboat charters give an even higher degree of stability and predictability than time charters to the vessel owner, by transferring the risk of cost changes to the charterer.

Dynamics of the Drybulk Charter market

The drybulk market is fragmented and highly competitive with no one owner or charterer exerting monopolistic control over the market. The market is characterized by a high number of participants, shipowners and charterers, where vessel owners compete for cargoes and charters, and where cargo owners and charterers compete for vessels. Although charters may be entered into on private terms, most charters are fixed through the use of shipbrokers and reported through market channels available to the industry.

Drybulk freight rates historically have been influenced by long- and short-term supply and demand factors, including factors such as available export volumes from countries rich in raw materials (commodities), world economic growth, geopolitical events, and demand for specific drybulk cargoes and commodities on a seasonal basis. Historically, drybulk freight rates have shown significant volatility.

The following graph depicts indexed drybulk freight rates between January 2009 and the middle of September 2016 for the overall drybulk freight market as shown by the Baltic Dry Index, or BDI, and also for sub-segments of the drybulk market; specifically, indexed provided for the capesize, panamax and supramax drybulk market as shown by the Baltic Capesize Index, or BCI, the Baltic Panamax Index, or BPI, and the Baltic Supramax Index, or BSI. The indices are comprised daily by the Baltic Exchange and incorporate standard trading routes in each of the sectors for both the spot and the period market.

Source: The Baltic Exchange

75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Present State of the Drybulk Market

Since the financial crisis of 2008, drybulk freight rates have weakened substantially. Drybulk freight rates have remained low and moved within a band since 2013 when the BDI shortly exceeded 4,000 points. In February 2016, the BDI dropped as low as 400 points, its worse recording since the inception of the index in the 1980’s. As of the middle of September 2016, the index stands at approximately 900 points, a material improvement in such short period of time. Overall, all segments of the drybulk market have shown improvement in the present environment since February 2016, with the Capesize market, showing the best performance.

Source: The Baltic Exchange

The weakness of the drybulk market since 2014 can be attributed to several factors, most important among them being deliveries of a substantial amount of newly built vessels from shipbuilders. The expansion of tonnage supply and China’s slowing down of importing raw materials and commodities, which has been detrimental for the drybulk freight market, especially for larger vessels such as Newcastlemax / Capesize and Panamax vessels whose primary trading routes serve such market.

76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following two charts illustrate the average drybulk freight market and the period charter market (for one-year time charter) for Newcastlemax / Capesize, Panamax and Supramax vessels since January 2009 until the middle of September 2016. As one would expect, there is a high level of correlation between the spot and the period charter market, and also with the drybulk Baltic Indices, showing a relative decline from 2009 until 2012, a strong performance in 2013, a weakening since early 2014 that lead to all time lows in February 2016 and a steady improvement till present.

Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The drybulk market is influenced by the supply of vessels in the market, and such vessel supply is primarily driven by construction and delivery of drybulk newbuildings. However, there are several other indirect drivers such as vessel idling, referred to as lay-ups, fleet utilization and also average trading speed, referred to as steaming speed, at which vessels proceed in laden condition from the loading to the discharge ports.

When the freight market is weak, shipowners may consider idling their vessels in order to minimize operating expenses while waiting for the freight market to improve. As one would expect, idling of vessels comes into focus when freight rates are below operating break-even levels, as this was the case in the last two years. There are two types of vessel idling, the so-called warm lay-up where vessels stop operating temporarily and remain anchored at select locations around the world with reduced crew; savings from warm lay-up can be up to 50% of the vessel’s ordinary daily operating expenses with the vessel in relatively ready condition to be reactivated and enter the market within short notice. Alternatively, the vessels can be prepared for cold lay-up when they can be de-activated for long periods of time (more than one year); cold lay-up typically can reduce the vessel’s daily operating expenses by as much as 90%; however, there is high preparation cost to de-active and then re-activate the vessel for and from the cold lay-up condition, and usually there can be a lag of more than one month; therefore, cold lay-ups are a high commitment strategy. When drybulk freight rates dropped significantly during the last two years, there have been reports of idling vessels, which however never reached high volumes. At worst, no more than 20% of the world fleet was at warm lay-up or more than 8% in cold lay-up when the market was at its worst in February 2016; now, with improved freight rates that match operating break-even levels, the world’s overall idling drybulk fleet is less than 8%. As a result, given the present state of the market, there is little idling spare tonnage capacity to enter the market.

Drybulk vessel supply is also influenced by the speed at which vessels move: faster moving vessel arrives to port sooner, discharges sooner and can be in the charter market sooner completing for new cargoes. One of the primary drivers for steaming speed is the price of bunkers as a vessel’s fuel consumption is a geometric function of the vessel’s speed; when bunker prices are expensive, vessel operators are motivated to trade their vessels at slower speeds in order to achieve fuel savings. Inversely, as is the case at present, where price of crude oil is relatively low, vessel operators are incentivized to trade their vessels at maximum speed since fuel savings are reflected in the low price of bunkers. Our estimates indicate that the world drybulk fleet presently trades at significantly above vessel’s average speed of 13 knots, and we estimate that world fleet drybulk vessel supply has increased by 15% given the higher trading speed of our fleet. Given that vessel’s speed is highly correlated to the price of crude oil, we expect drybulk vessel supply to decrease (via lowering steaming speeds) once the price of crude oil starts increasing from the currently low historical levels.

Global Drybulk Demand and Drybulk Vessels Demand

Overview

The business function of the maritime transport, in general, and the drybulk vessel industry, in particular, is to bridge producers and consumers in the drybulk cargoes, raw materials and commodities markets. Drybulk vessels are utilized for the transportation of commodities ranging from large parcels over long distances (380,000 tons of iron ore per shipment from Brazil to China on a Very Large Ore Carrier, or VLOC) to shipments as small as a few thousand tons within local markets and regions (special cargo vessels of 5,000 dwt).

For the Newcastlemax / Capesize, Panamax and Supramax drybulk vessels, the primary commodities are iron ore, thermal coal, metallurgical coal, grains, and minor bulk.

Iron Ore

Iron ores are rocks from which metallic iron can be extracted. Iron ore is the raw material used to make pig iron, which is one of the main raw materials to make steel. It is estimated that 98% of the global supply of iron ore is used to make steel, which accounts for over 90% of all metals used in the world. Iron ore, one of the most abundant rock elements, constitutes approximately 5% of the Earth’s crust and has been mined commercially in approximately fifty countries. Countries with the highest production of iron are China, Australia, Brazil, India and Russia. Ores containing very high quantities of hematite or magnetite (greater than ~60% iron) are known as ‘natural ore’ or ‘direct shipping ore’ and can be fed directly into iron-making blast furnaces. The quality of iron ore from Australia and Brazil is considered to be of the highest caliber, and these two countries constitute the top exporters of iron ore worldwide. Mining for iron ore is a capital-intensive industry and the mining industry is dominated by a handful of major participants, such as Vale in Brazil, Rio Tinto Group, BHP Billiton and Fortescue Metals in Australia.

78

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Steel is extensively utilized in the construction of structures and products inherent to modern daily life, such as high-rise buildings, bridges, machinery, engines, cars, trains and ships, but also piping, roofs, nails, nuts, bolts, tools, and white goods. Production of crude steel worldwide, excluding China, has grown in aggregate by 17% during the last twenty-five years to reach approximately 800 million metric tons. However, during the same period, China’s crude steel production has increased by more than twenty-fold to more than 800 million metric tons, comprising the majority in world market share.


Source: World Steel Association; Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co

China’s production of crude steel is dependent upon both domestic production of iron ore but primarily on imports of iron ore from abroad, namely from Australia and Brazil. Chinese production of 62% Fe content iron ore is relatively expensive to produce and of lower quality, and an increasing share of imported iron ores are used for the production of crude steel.


Source: Bloomberg and National Bureau of Statistics China

China’s iron ore imports approximated one-half billion metric tons in the first half of 2016, indicated a 9% increase over the same period from the previous year. It is estimated that in 2016 China’s imports of iron ore will exceed one billion tons, for the first time ever. Approximately 77% of China’s iron ore imports are sourced from Australia and Brazil. In the next five years, approximately 90% of China’s iron ore is expected to be sourced from Australia and Brazil, according to a recent study by the Australia Department of Industry.

79

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

According to a current presentation by BHP Billiton, one of world’s largest mining companies, approximately 70% of the world’s iron ore exports originate from Australia and Brazil at present, while by 2030, it is projected that close to 88% of iron exports will originate from those two regions, indicating the increasing importance of a handful of mining companies in those two regions. We expect that concentration of export market share to fewer but larger major participants will result in demand for shipowners with large and efficient fleets with critical mass and a solid capital structure.


Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., BHP Billiton

According to a current presentation by Rio Tinto, one of world’s largest mining companies, demand for iron ore is projected to grow by 2.0% CAGR until 2030, primarily driven from demand from emerging markets excluding China. Such demand growth is substantial over such extended period of time and will be a positive development for the capesize trade.

80

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Source: Rio Tinto

Coal

According to the Energy International Agency (EIA), coal is a combustible black or brownish-black sedimentary rock with a high amount of carbon and hydrocarbons. Coal is classified as a nonrenewable energy source since it takes millions of years to form, and contains the energy stored by plants that lived hundreds of millions of years ago in swampy forests. Coal was formed as the plants were covered by layers of dirt and rock over millions of years, and the resulting pressure and heat turned the plants into the substance now known as coal.

Coal is classified into four main types (ranks) based on the amount of carbon contained, which is an indicator of the commodity’s calorific value:

Lignite (~25%–35% carbon) with the lowest energy content of all coal ranks.
Subbituminous (~ 35%–45% carbon) of lower heating value than bituminous coal.
Bituminous (~45%–86% carbon) is the most abundant rank of coal found. Bituminous coal is used to generate electricity, and it is an important fuel and raw material for making iron and steel.
Anthracite (~86%–97% carbon) with highest heating value and mainly used by the metals industry.

81

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Source: University of Kentucky

Coal is primarily used for the production of energy and electricity. It is estimated that approximately 33% of the electricity generated in the United States in 2015 was derived from coal. Power plants produce steam by burning coal, and the steam, in turn, is used to turn turbines to generate electricity. Such coal of high calorific value is referred to as steaming coal. Another major use of coal is for the production of steel. High quality bituminous coal (preferably low in sulfur and phosphorous content) can be heated in the absence of air to produce ‘coke’ which further can be processed to produce iron and steel. Such coal is typically referred to as metallurgical coal or coking coal, to distinguish it from steaming coal used for the production of energy. Due to its better quality and the higher value of the end product, coking coal is priced significantly higher than steaming coal. The demand drivers can be distinct for each type of coal and therefore can be analyzed separately.

Steaming Coal

According to the U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA) and its International Energy Outlook 2016, worldwide coal production is expected to grow from approximately 9 billion (short) tons in 2016 to more than 10 billion (short) tons in 2040. Most of the production growth is expected to take place in Australia, India and China who are expected to see their global market share to increase from 60% at present to 64% by 2040. However, it should be noted, that despite the additional production capacity in China, the country’s overall market share in the world coal production stage will drop from 48% in 2016 to 44% in 2040, indicating the country’s dependence on additional coal imports from overseas.

82

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Source: EIA

According to the U.S. Energy Information Administration, or EIA, and its International Energy Outlook 2016, coal is expected to remain the second-largest energy source worldwide until 2030 (behind petroleum and other liquids). Between 2030 and 2040, coal is expected to drop to the third place, after liquid fluids and natural gas. Under such scenario, world coal demand is expected to keep growing by 0.6% per annum, from approximately 157 quadrillion BTU in 2016 to 180 quadrillion BTU in 2040. Still, when Clean Power Plan (CPP) regulations come into effect, demand for coal is expected to be 175 quadrillion BTU in 2040.


Source: EIA

The United States of America, or U.S., India and China have been the top three global consumers of coal, a status expected to be maintained throughout EIA’s projections till 2040. Coal demand in the U.S. is expected to remain relatively flat under the reference case, or to drop by approximately 20% by 2040 under the CPP scenario. The latter scenario potentially can be considered a positive development for the seaborne trade of coal as US-produced coal is of high quality and lower consumption in the US may lead to a great share for exports, increasing the seaborne trade. Coal demand in India is expected to keep growing and by 2030, India is expected to surpass the USA to become world’s second largest consumer and increase its market share from approximately 9% at present to 14% in 2014. Most of the coal demand in India is expected to be fulfilled by increased

83

TABLE OF CONTENTS

domestic production; however, we expect that there will be increased collateral seaborne demand growth from both coal imports by and exports from India, as higher production will lead to increased exports. Coal demand in China is expected to keep increasing in the next decade by slightly more than 2% per annum , but it is expected to fall overall from approximately 52% at present to 46% of the world coal consumption in 2040.


Source: EIA

The U.S. is the largest coal consumer among the countries of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, or OECD, accounting for more than 40% of OECD consumption between 2012 and 2040, under a normal Reference Case scenario. Under a Clean Power Plan, or CPP, scenario, coal consumption is expected to decline in the US and European OECD countries, gradually, until 2040. However, overall OECD coal demand worldwide will increase in the same time interval, driven by increased consumption from Asian OECD countries such as South Korea. The following chart from EIA’s most recent annual review underlines that even OECD countries will continue to play an important role in the growing consumption for coal.

84

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Source: EIA

Consumption of coal is much greater for non-OECD countries, close to 115 quadrillion Btu in 2016 (vs. only 42 quadrillion Btu for OECD countries at the same time), and the expected growth in such consumption will be very important in absolute terms, given the greater baseline. Consumption of coal is expected to grow to 137 quadrillion Btu by 2040, implying a 0.8% annual growth for all non-OECD countries, according to EIA. Consumption will be much more pronounced for non-OECD Asian countries, primarily India and China, the groups top two consumers. India is expected to account for almost one-half of the increase in coal consumption from 2012 to 2040. China is the leading consumer of coal in the world, using an estimated 80 quadrillion Btu in 2016, which is one-half of the world’s consumption, and four times as much of the coal consumption of the US, the world’s second largest coal consumer.


Source: EIA

85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

China’s coal demand has been monumental during the last decade, when it grew by more than 30%. While demand for coal has slowed down in China in the last couple of years due to economic deceleration, industry restructuring and new energy and environment policies, it is projected that overall demand for coal will remain important to China’s economy.


Source: EIA

China is simultaneously the world’s largest coal producer and also consumer, and to a great extent, the country is self-sufficient with thermal coal, despite the strong growth in demand in the last decade. The domestic coal mining industry had been well supported by state policies and also domestic banks for its capital needs, and accordingly, approximately 78% of the country electricity demands have been met by burning coal. Anecdotal evidence of major air pollution in China’s main metropolitan areas has led to commitments by President Xi in 2014 to stop increasing CO2 emissions from growing after 2030, and ambitious plans to replace coal and natural gas with renewables as primary source of power after such date. In the interim, in addressing immediate pollution concerns, there has been an effort to replace burning of domestic coal – which is typically of lower quality and with higher concentrations of contaminants, with higher quality imported coal. In March 2016, it was announced that a five-day working week was to be implemented in order to curtail production.

86

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., Enerdata

Reduced domestic coal production in 2016 has been achieved by drawing down from coal inventories at major Chinese ports. Inventories of imported thermal coal stands substantially lower than average inventories of the last two years, implying that there will be a need, at least in the short term, for increased coal imports to replenish inventories and supplement lowered domestic supply by mining fewer hours per week.


Source: Morgan Stanley

Metallurgical Coal

Metallurgical coal (also known as met coal or coking coal or even coke) is the type of coal primarily sold to steel mills and used in the integrated steel mill process –as opposed to thermal coal utilized for the production of energy.

For the production of steel, the two key resources that are required are iron ore and coking coal. Coke is used to convert the iron ore into molten iron. Coke is made by heating coking coal to about 2000°F (1100°C) in the absence of oxygen in a coke oven. The lack of oxygen prevents the coal from burning. The coking process drives off various liquids, gases and volatile matter. The remaining solid matter forms coke, a solid mass of nearly pure carbon.

87

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Metallurgical coal has similar geographic distribution with thermal coal, and countries such as Australia and China dominate world production. Similarly, since the utility of met coal is associated with steel production, in parallel with iron ore, consumption of met coal is concentrated to steel producing countries and driven by the dynamics of the steel market.

According to BHP Billiton’s 2016 Annual Report, for metallurgical coal, “uneconomic high-cost supply continued to be slowly withdrawn from the seaborne market. However, prices remained subdued as industry-wide cost reductions and weaker producer currencies against the US dollar supported continued production from marginal suppliers. Prices are expected to moderate in the short term as committed growth projects ramp-up production and demand growth remains modest. The key uncertainty for the seaborne market is how China’s domestic supply will respond to government capacity controls, which have the potential to impact seaborne demand. The long-term outlook remains robust, as the supply of premium hard coking coal becomes scarce and demand is driven by steel production growth in emerging markets, particularly India.”

In the short term, seaborne trade of metallurgical coal in 2016 was lower by approximately 3% than the last year, to an estimated annualized 240 million tons. However, in the short term, as working hour restrictions have been placed on Chinese coal mines since early in this year.


Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

Grains

Grains (wheat, corn, soybean, rice) are a distinct type of cargo for drybulk vessels, comprising approximately 15% of the worldwide seaborne drybulk trade by volume, according to Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co. Grains primarily are traded on Panamax and Supramax vessels with major trades from grain producing countries to grain importing countries, notably Japan, China, S. Korea and Saudi Arabia. Typically, populous countries with little arable land or poor climatological conditions are prime candidates for the import of grains, whether for human consumption (nutrition) or livestock feed. The trade of grains can be influenced by macro-economic factors and the development of a middle class worldwide, but also it is influenced by several external factors, including political factors. In Argentina, a major grain producing and exporting country, the new government has lifted the export tax on farmers for grains, which effectively as of December, 2015 opened Argentina’s grain stockpiles to the world market. Ukraine is another major grain producing countries presently facing geo-political uncertainty which may favorably impact the seaborne trade of grains if production is affected by geo-political events in the country. Growing grains requires favorable weather conditions, and the expected weather patterns of El Niño and La Niña in the next two years, especially in the Pacific Rim, is expected to disruption grain production which will entail higher volume of imports from producing countries not affected by these weather phenomena.

88

TABLE OF CONTENTS

According to the International Grains Council, global wheat production in 2016 is estimated to reach all time high at 743 tons, with wheat production in the United States reaching 45 tons, a 25% increase since 2015. As a result, world grains storage facilities are approaching full capacity while the price of grains has dropped by 70% since 2008 (presently below $4/bushel for US wheat). Increased production and lower commodity prices can have a positive effect in the drybulk market, especially for Panamax and Supramax vessels. For the next two years, Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co. estimates that increased ton-mile demand to be among the highest in the drybulk market, in the range of 4-5%.


Source: Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

89

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Senior Management

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our current directors and executive officers. Members of our board of directors are elected annually on a staggered basis, and each director elected holds office for a three-year term. Officers are elected from time to time by vote of our board of directors and hold office until a successor is elected. The business address of each of our directors and executive officers listed below is 16 Grigoriou Lambraki Street, 166 74 Glyfada, Athens, Greece.

Name
Age
Position
Director Class
Stamatios Tsantanis
44
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial Officer & Director
A (term expires in 2019)
Christina Anagnostara
45
Director
B (term expires in 2017)
Elias Culucundis
73
Director*
A (term expires in 2019)
Dimitris Anagnostopoulos
69
Director*
C (term expires in 2018)
* Independent Director

Biographical information with respect to each of our directors and our executive officer is set forth below.

Stamatios Tsantanis has been a member of our board of directors and our chief executive officer since October 1, 2012. Mr. Tsantanis has also been the Chairman of our Board of Directors since October 1, 2013 and our Interim Chief Financial Officer since November 1, 2013. Mr. Tsantanis brings more than 18 years of experience in shipping and finance and held senior management positions in prominent shipping companies. Prior to joining us, from September 2008 he served as Group Chief Financial Officer of Target Marine S.A. and was responsible for its corporate and financial strategy. Mr. Tsantanis previously served as the Chief Financial Officer and as a Director of Top Ships Inc. from its initial public offering and listing on NASDAQ in 2004 until September 2008. Prior to that, he was an investment banker at Alpha Finance, a member of the Alpha Bank Group, with active roles in a number of shipping corporate finance transactions. Mr. Tsantanis holds a Masters degree in Shipping Trade and Finance from the City University Business School in London, and a Bachelors degree in Shipping Economics from the University of Piraeus.

Christina Anagnostara served as our chief financial officer from November 17, 2008 until October 31, 2013 and has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2008. From February 2007 to November 2008, she served as chief financial officer and a board member for Global Oceanic Carriers Ltd, a drybulk shipping company listed on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange, or AIM. Between 1999 and 2006, she was a senior manager at EFG Audit & Consulting Services, the auditors of the Geneva-based EFG Group, an international banking group specializing in global private banking and asset management. Prior to working at EFG Group, she worked from 1998 to 1999 in the internal audit group of Eurobank EFG, a bank with a leading position in Greece; and between 1995 and 1998 as a senior auditor at Ernst & Young Hellas, SA, Greece, the international auditing firm. Ms. Anagnostara studied Economics in Athens and has been a Certified Chartered Accountant since 2002.

Elias Culucundis has been a member of our board of directors since our inception. Since 2006, Mr. Culucundis has been an executive member of the board of directors of Hellenic Duty Free Shops S.A. Since 1999, Mr. Culucundis has been president, chief executive officer and director of Equity Shipping Company Ltd., a company specializing in starting, managing and operating commercial and technical shipping projects. From 2002 until 2010, Mr. Culucundis was a member of the board of directors of Folli Follie S.A. Additionally, from 1996 to 2000, he was a director of Kassian Maritime Shipping Agency Ltd., a vessel management company operating a fleet of ten bulk carriers. During this time, Mr. Culucundis was also a director of Point Clear Navigation Agency Ltd, a marine project company. From 1981 to 1995, Mr. Culucundis was a director of Kassos Maritime Enterprises Ltd., a company engaged in vessel management. While at Kassos, he was initially a technical director and eventually ascended to the position of chief executive officer, overseeing a large fleet of Panamax, Aframax and VLCC tankers, as well as overseeing new vessel building contracts, specifications and the construction of new vessels. From 1971 to 1980, Mr. Culucundis was a director and the chief executive officer of Off Shore Consultants Inc. and Naval Engineering Dynamics Ltd. Off Shore Consultants Inc. He worked in Floating Production, Storage and Offloading vessel, or FPSO, design and construction and responsible

90

TABLE OF CONTENTS

for the technical and commercial supervision of a pentagon-type drilling rig utilized by Royal Dutch Shell plc. Seven FPSOs were designed and constructed that were subsequently utilized by Pertamina, ARCO, Total and Elf-Aquitaine. Naval Engineering Dynamics Ltd. was responsible for purchasing, re-building and operating vessels that had suffered major damage. From 1966 to 1971, Mr. Culucundis was employed as a Naval Architect for A.G. Pappadakis Co. Ltd., London, responsible for tanker and bulk carrier new buildings and supervising the technical operation of our fleet. He is a graduate of Kings College, Durham University, Great Britain, with a degree in Naval Architecture and Shipbuilding. He is a member of several industry organizations, including the Council of the Union of Greek Shipowners and American Bureau of Shipping. Mr. Culucundis is a fellow of the Royal Institute of Naval Architects and a Chartered Engineer.

Dimitris Anagnostopoulos has been a member of our board of directors since May 2009. Mr. Anagnostopoulos has over forty years of experience in shipping and ship finance. His career began in the 1970's at Athens University of Economics followed by four years with the Onassis Group in Monaco. Mr. Anagnostopoulos has also held various posts at the National Investment Bank of Industrial Development (ETEBA), Continental Illinois National Bank of Chicago, the Greyhound Corporation, and with ABN AMRO, where he has spent nearly two decades with the Bank as Senior Vice-President and Head of Shipping. In June 2010 he was elected a board member of the Aegean Baltic Bank S.A. Mr. Anagnostopoulos has been a speaker and panelist in various shipping conferences in Europe, and a regular guest lecturer at the City University Cass Business School in London and the Erasmus University in Rotterdam. He is a member (and ex-vice chairman) of the Association of Banking and Financial Executives of Greek Shipping. In 2008 he was named by the Lloyd's Organization as Shipping Financier of the Year.

No family relationships exist among any of the directors and executive officers.

Board Practices

Our directors do not have service contracts and do not receive any benefits upon termination of their directorships. Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating committee and a shipping committee. Our board of directors has adopted a charter for each of these committees.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Dimitris Anagnostopoulos and Elias Culucundis. Our board of directors has determined that the members of the audit committee meet the applicable independence requirements of the Commission and the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Dimitris Anagnostopoulos is an “Audit Committee Financial Expert” under the Commission's rules and the corporate governance rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

The audit committee has powers and performs the functions customarily performed by such a committee (including those required of such a committee by NASDAQ and the Commission). The audit committee is responsible for selecting and meeting with our independent registered public accounting firm regarding, among other matters, audits and the adequacy of our accounting and control systems.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Dimitris Anagnostopoulos and Elias Culucundis, each of whom is an independent director. The compensation committee reviews and approves the compensation of our executive officers.

Nominating Committee

Our nominating committee consists of Messrs. Elias Culucundis and Dimitris Anagnostopoulos, each of whom is an independent director. The nominating committee is responsible for overseeing the selection of persons to be nominated to serve on our board of directors.

Shipping Committee

We have established a shipping committee. The purpose of the shipping committee is to consider and vote upon all matters involving shipping and vessel finance in order to accelerate the pace of our decision making in respect of shipping business opportunities, such as the acquisition of vessels or companies. The shipping industry

91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

often demands very prompt review and decision-making with respect to business opportunities. In recognition of this, and in order to best utilize the experience and skills that our directors bring to us, our board of directors has delegated all such matters to the shipping committee. Transactions that involve the issuance of our securities or transactions that involve a related party, however, shall not be delegated to the shipping committee but instead shall be considered by the entire board of directors. The shipping committee consists of three directors. In accordance with the Amended and Restated Charter of the Shipping Committee, two of the directors on the shipping committee are nominated by Jelco and one of the directors on the shipping committee is nominated by a majority of our board of directors and is an independent member of the board of directors. The members of the shipping committee are Mr. Stamatios Tsantanis and Ms. Christina Anagnostara, who are Jelco's nominees, and Mr. Elias Culucundis, who is the Board's nominee.

In order to assure the continued existence of the shipping committee, our board of directors has agreed that the shipping committee may not be dissolved and that the duties or composition of the shipping committee may not be altered without the affirmative vote of not less than 80% of our board of directors. In addition, the duties of our chief executive officer, who is currently Mr. Tsantanis, may not be altered without a similar vote. These duties and powers include voting the shares of stock that Seanergy owns in its subsidiaries. In addition to these agreements, we have amended certain provisions in its articles of incorporation and by-laws to incorporate these requirements.

As a result of these various provisions, in general, all shipping-related decisions will be made by Jelco's appointees to our board of directors unless 80% of the board members vote to change the duties or composition of the shipping committee.

Employees

We currently have one executive officer, Mr. Stamatios Tsantanis. In addition, we employ Ms. Theodora Mitropetrou, our general counsel, and a support staff of nineteen employees.

92

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we paid our executive officers and directors aggregate compensation of $0.3 million. Our executive officers are employed by us pursuant to employment and consulting contracts.

Each member of our board of directors receives a fee of $20,000 per year. The Shipping Committee fee has been suspended from July 1, 2013 until the board of directors decides otherwise. The aggregate director fees paid by us for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 totaled $80,000, $80,000 and $263,500, respectively.

On January 12, 2011 our board of directors adopted the Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, or the Plan. The Plan was amended and restated on July 2, 2015, to increase the aggregate number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan from 583,334 shares to 4,283,334 shares. The Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of our board of directors. Under the Plan, our officers, key employees, directors, consultants and service providers may be granted incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, restricted stock units, and unrestricted stock at the discretion of our Compensation Committee. Any awards granted under the Plan that are subject to vesting are conditioned upon the recipient's continued service as an employee or a director of the Company, through the applicable vesting date.

On October 1, 2015, the Compensation Committee granted an aggregate of 189,000 restricted shares of common stock, pursuant to the Plan. Of the total 189,000 shares issued, 36,000 shares were granted to our board of directors and the other 153,000 shares were granted to certain of our other employees. The fair value of each share on the grant date was $3.70 and will be expensed over three years. The shares to our board of directors will vest over a period of two years, which commenced on October 1, 2015. On October 1, 2015, 12,000 shares vested, on October 1, 2016, 12,000 shares vested, and 12,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2017. All the shares granted to certain of our employees will vest over a period of three years, commencing on October 1, 2015. On October 1, 2015, 25,000 shares vested, on October 1, 2016, 33,000 shares vested, 44,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2017 and 51,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2018.

93

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Agreement for the Acquisition of Seven Vessels

On August 6, 2015, we entered into a purchase agreement with entities affiliated with certain of our principal shareholders to acquire seven secondhand drybulk vessels, consisting of five Capesize and two Supramax vessels, for an aggregate purchase price of $183.4 million. These included all of the vessels in our current fleet other than Leadership . We took delivery of the seven vessels between September and December 2015. The acquisition costs of the seven vessels were funded with proceeds from a $44.4 million senior secured loan facility with HSH Nordbank AG to finance the acquisition of the Geniuship and Gloriuship , a $52.7 million secured term loan facility with Unicredit Bank AG to partly finance the acquisition of the Premiership , Gladiatorship and Guardianship , a $33.8 million secured loan facility with Alpha Bank A.E. to partly finance the acquisition of the Squireship , a $39.4 million secured term loan facility with Natixis to partly finance the acquisition of the Championship , the Share Purchase Agreement and an unsecured revolving convertible promissory note issued to Jelco initially for an amount up to $6.8 million.

Share Purchase Agreements

On June 24, 2014 we entered into a share purchase agreement with Plaza and Comet, which are all companies affiliated with the Restis family, under which we sold 378,000 of our common shares for $1.134 million, equal to a price per share of $3.00, and on the same date we entered into a registration rights agreement in connection with a share purchase agreement discussed above, under which we sold 378,000 of our common shares to each of Plaza and Comet. Our Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using a build-up method, combining our net asset value with the cost that a private company would incur to be listed on a U.S. stock exchange and with an additional option value to existing shareholders upon the consummation of the Asset Contribution calculated from the Black-Scholes options pricing model. On June 27, 2014, we completed the equity injection plan with the two abovementioned entities. The shares to the two entities were issued on June 27, 2014.

On September 29, 2014 we entered into a share purchase agreement with Plaza and Comet, which are all companies affiliated with the Restis family, under which we sold 320,000 of our common shares for $0.96 million, equal to a price per share of $3.00, and on the same date we entered into a registration rights agreement in connection with a share purchase agreement discussed above, under which we sold 320,000 of our common shares to each of Plaza and Comet. Our Board of Directors obtained an updated fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using a build-up method, combining the our net asset value with the cost that a private company would incur to be listed on a U.S. stock exchange and with an additional option value to existing shareholders upon the consummation of the Asset Contribution calculated from the Black-Scholes options pricing model. On September 30, 2014, we completed the equity injection plan with the two abovementioned entities. The shares to the two entities were issued on September 30, 2014.

On December 19, 2014 we entered into a share purchase agreement with Jelco, an entity affiliated with our Sponsor, under which we sold 888,000 of our common shares for $1.11 million, equal to a price per share of $1.25, and on the same date we entered into a registration rights agreement in connection with a share purchase agreement discussed above, under which we sold 888,000 of our common shares to each of Plaza and Comet. Our Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using a build-up method, combining our net asset value with the cost that a private company would incur to be listed on a U.S. stock exchange. On December 30, 2014, we completed the equity injection plan with the abovementioned entity. The shares to the entity were issued on December 30, 2014.

On March 12, 2015 we entered into a share purchase agreements with Jelco, an entity affiliated with one of our major shareholders, and Stamatios Tsantanis, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer, under which we sold 5,000,100 of our common shares to Jelco for $4.5 million and 333,400 of our common shares Mr. Tsantanis for $0.3 million, equal to a price per share of $0.90, and on the same date we entered into registration rights agreements with Jelco and Mr. Tsantanis with respect to these common shares. Our Board of Directors obtained fairness opinions from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using a build-up method, combining our net asset value with the cost that a private company would incur to be listed on a U.S. stock exchange.

94

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On September 7, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement under which the Company sold 10,022,240 of its common shares in three tranches to Jelco for $9.0 million. The common shares were sold at a price of $0.90 per share. The Company's Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using the capital market multiples and the discounted cash flow methods. On September 11, 2015, the first tranche of 3,889,980 common shares was sold for $3.5 million. On September 29, 2015, the second tranche of 2,655,740 common shares was sold for $2.4 million. On October 21, 2015, the third tranche of 3,476,520 common shares was sold for $3.1 million. The transaction was approved by an independent committee of the Company's Board of Directors.

Convertible Promissory Notes

On March 12, 2015, we issued an unsecured convertible promissory note for $4.0 million to Jelco. The note is repayable in ten consecutive semi-annual installments of $0.2 million, along with a balloon installment of $2.0 million payable on the final maturity date, March 19, 2020. The note bears interest at three-month LIBOR plus a margin of 5% with interest payable quarterly. We have the right to defer up to three consecutive installments to the balloon installment. As of the date of this prospectus, we have deferred two installments due for payment on March 19, 2016 and on September 16, 2016 to the final maturity date. At Jelco's option, the principal amount under the convertible note may be paid at any time in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. Jelco also received customary registration rights with respect to any shares received upon conversion of the note. As of June 30, 2016, $3.8 million was outstanding under the note.

On September 7, 2015, we issued an unsecured revolving convertible promissory note to Jelco for an amount up to $6.8 million, or the Applicable Limit. Following seven amendments to the note between December 2015 and June 2016, the Applicable Limit was raised to $21.2 million. The Applicable Limit will be reduced by $3.1 million each year after the second year following the first drawdown. The aggregate outstanding principal is repayable on September 10, 2020, however, principal is also repayable earlier to the extent that the aggregate outstanding principal exceeds the Applicable Limit (as it may be reduced from time to time). The note bears interest at three-month LIBOR plus a margin of 5% with interest payable quarterly. At Jelco's option, our obligation to repay the principal amount under the revolving convertible note may be paid in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. Jelco also received customary registration rights with respect to any shares received upon conversion of the note. As of June 30, 2016, $21.2 million was outstanding under the note.

Jelco Loan Facility

On October 4, 2016, we entered into a $4.2 million loan facility with Jelco to fund the initial deposits for our pending vessel acquisitions. The loan facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 5%, which is payable quarterly. The principal is due on the date that the third party seller provides us with fifteen days’ notice of the date it intends to tender its notice of readiness for delivery of the vessels. The principal may be repaid in cash or by transferring to Jelco the shares in our direct holding subsidiary that owns our two indirect vessel-owning subsidiaries that have agreed to purchase the two vessels. The loan facility is secured by a pledge of such shares in our direct holding subsidiary.

Commercial Real Estate Sublease Agreement

We previously leased our executive office space in Athens, Greece pursuant to the terms of a sublease agreement between Seanergy Management and Waterfront S.A., a company affiliated with a member of the Restis family. The initial sublease was subsequently amended, including on January 1, 2015 to provide that for the remaining term of the sublease agreement the sublease fee would be EUR 25,000 and that the term of the agreement was extended to January 31, 2015, on February 1, 2015 to extend the sublease term to February 28, 2015, and on March 13, 2015 to extend the sublease term to March 15, 2015, at a lease payment of EUR 12,500, following which we relocated our executive office space to premises owned by an unaffiliated third party.

95

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK AND WARRANTS

For the complete terms of our capital stock, please refer to our amended and restated articles of incorporation and our second amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The Business Corporation Act of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, or the BCA, may also affect the terms of our capital stock.

For purposes of the following description of capital stock, references to “us,” “we” and “our” refer only to Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. and not any of its subsidiaries.

Purpose

Our purpose, as stated in our amended and restated articles of incorporation, is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the BCA. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws do not impose any limitations on the ownership rights of our shareholders.

Authorized Capitalization

Our authorized capital stock consists of 500,000,000 registered common shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of which 20,694,410 shares were issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, and 25,000,000 registered preferred shares with par value of $0.0001, of which no shares are issued and outstanding. Our board of directors has the authority to establish such series of preferred stock and with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions as shall be stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such preferred stock.

Share History

We were incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on January 4, 2008, originally under the name Seanergy Merger Corp., as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Seanergy Maritime Corp. We changed our name to Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. on July 11, 2008. Seanergy Maritime Corp.’s shares of common stock were originally listed on the American Stock Exchange. On October 15, 2008, Seanergy Maritime Corp.’s shares of common stock commenced trading on the Nasdaq Global Market. Following the dissolution of Seanergy Maritime Corp., our shares of common stock started trading on the Nasdaq Global Market on January 28, 2009. Effective December 21, 2012, we transferred our stock listing to the Nasdaq Capital Market. The following information gives effect to a one-for-five reverse stock split of our common shares that became effective on January 8, 2016.

On January 31, 2012, we completed an equity injection plan with four entities affiliated with the Restis family. In exchange for $10 million, we issued an aggregate of 928,324 of our common shares to the four entities at a price of $10.7721 per share.

On June 24, 2014, we entered into a share purchase agreement with Plaza Shipholding Corp., or Plaza, and Comet Shipholding Inc., or Comet, which are both companies affiliated with the Restis family, under which we sold 378,000 of our common shares for $1.134 million, equal to a price per share of $3.00, and on the same date we entered into a registration rights agreement in connection with such share purchase.

On September 29, 2014, we entered into a share purchase agreement with Plaza and Comet, under which we sold 320,000 of our common shares for $0.96 million, equal to a price per share of $3.00, and on the same date we entered into a registration rights agreement in connection with such share purchase.

On December 19, 2014, we entered into a share purchase agreement with Jelco, which is a company affiliated with the Restis family, under which we sold 888,000 of our common shares for $1.11 million, equal to a price per share of $1.25, and on the same date we entered into a registration rights agreement in connection with such share purchase.

On March 12, 2015, we entered into a share purchase agreements with Jelco and our Chief Executive Officer, under which we sold 5,000,100 of our common shares for $4.5 million to Jelco and 333,400 of our common shares to our Chief Executive Officer for $0.3 million, equal to a price per share of $0.90. On the same date, we entered into registration rights agreements with Jelco and our Chief Executive Officer with respect to these common shares.

96

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On September 7, 2015, we entered into a share purchase agreement with Jelco, under which we sold 10,022,240 of our common shares in three tranches to Jelco for $9.0 million or $0.90 per share. On the same date, we entered into registration rights agreement with Jelco with respect to these common shares.

On August 5, 2016, we sold 1,180,000 of our common shares in a registered direct offering to an unaffiliated institutional investor at a price of $4.15 per share.

Class A Warrants

Duration and Exercise Price .

Each Class A Warrant offered hereby will have an exercise price per share equal to per common share. The Class A Warrants will be immediately exercisable and will expire on the fifth anniversary of the original issuance date. The exercise price and number of common shares issuable upon exercise is subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of share dividends, share splits, reorganizations or similar events affecting our common shares and the exercise price. The Class A Warrant will be issued separately from the common shares, and all of the Class A Warrant may be transferred separately immediately thereafter. A Class A Warrant to purchase one common share will be issued for every one share sold in this offering.

Exercisability .

The Class A Warrants will be exercisable, at the option of each holder, in whole or in part, by delivering to us a duly executed exercise notice accompanied by payment in full for the number of common shares purchased upon such exercise (except in the case of a cashless exercise as discussed below). A holder (together with its affiliates) may not exercise any portion of a Class A Warrant to the extent that the holder would own more than 4.99% of the outstanding common shares after exercise, except that upon at least 61 days’ prior notice from the holder to us, the holder may increase or decrease the amount of ownership of outstanding shares after exercising the holder’s Class A Warrants, as applicable, up to 9.99% of the number of our common shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to the exercise, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the Class A Warrants. No fractional common shares will be issued in connection with the exercise of a Class A Warrant. In lieu of fractional shares, we will round down to the next whole share.

Cashless Exercise .

If, at the time a holder exercises its Class A Warrant, there is no effective registration statement registering, or the prospectus contained therein is not available for an issuance of the shares underlying the Class A Warrant to the holder, then in lieu of making the cash payment otherwise contemplated to be made to us upon such exercise in payment of the aggregate exercise price, the holder may elect instead to receive upon such exercise (either in whole or in part) the net number of common shares determined according to a formula set forth in the Class A Warrant.

Fundamental Transactions

In the event of any fundamental transaction, as described in the Class A Warrants and generally including any merger with or into another entity, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, tender offer or exchange offer, or reclassification of our common shares, then upon any subsequent exercise of a Class A Warrant, the holder will have the right to receive as alternative consideration, for each share of our common shares that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the occurrence of such fundamental transaction, the number of common shares of the successor or acquiring corporation or of our company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration receivable upon or as a result of such transaction by a holder of the number of shares of our common shares for which the Class A Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such event. In addition, in the event of a fundamental transaction, we or any successor entity will be required to purchase, at a holder’s option, exercisable at any time concurrently with or within thirty (30) days after the consummation of the fundamental transaction, such holder’s Class A Warrants for cash in an amount equal to the value of the unexercised portion of such holder’s Class A Warrants, determined in accordance with the Black-Scholes option pricing model as specified in the Class A Warrants.

Transferability

Subject to applicable laws and the restriction on transfer set forth in the Class A Warrant, the Class A Warrant may be transferred at the option of the holder upon surrender of the Class A Warrant to us together with the appropriate instruments of transfer.

97

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Listing

We intend to apply to list the Class A Warrants on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SHIPW.” However, no assurance can be given that an active trading market for the Class A Warrants will develop and continue. Without an active trading market, the liquidity of the Class A Warrants will be limited.

Right as a Shareholder

Except as otherwise provided in the Class A Warrants or by virtue of such holder’s ownership of our common shares, the holders of the Class A Warrants do not have the rights or privileges of holders of our common shares, including any voting rights, until they exercise their Class A Warrants.

Waivers and Amendments

Subject to certain exceptions, any term of the Class A Warrants may be amended or waived with our written consent and the written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding Class A Warrants.

Convertible Promissory Notes

On March 12, 2015, we issued an unsecured convertible promissory note for $4.0 million to Jelco. The note is repayable in ten consecutive semi-annual installments of $0.2 million, along with a balloon installment of $2.0 million payable on the final maturity date, March 19, 2020. The note bears interest at three month LIBOR plus a margin of 5% with interest payable quarterly. We have the right to defer up to three consecutive installments to the balloon installment. As of the date of this prospectus, we have deferred two installments due for payment on March 19, 2016 and on September 16, 2016 to the final maturity date. At Jelco's option, the Company's obligation to repay the principal amount under the note is payable in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. The holder also received customary registration rights with respect to any shares received upon conversion of the note. As of the date of this prospectus, $3.8 million was outstanding under the note.

On September 7, 2015, we issued an unsecured revolving convertible promissory note to Jelco for an amount up to $6.8 million, or the Applicable Limit. Following certain amendments to the note, the Applicable Limit was raised to $21.2 million. The Applicable Limit will be reduced by $3.1 million each year after the second year following the first drawdown. The aggregate outstanding principal is repayable on September 10, 2020, however, principal is also repayable earlier to the extent that the aggregate outstanding principal exceeds the Applicable Limit (as it may be reduced from time to time). The note bears interest at three-month LIBOR plus a margin of 5% with interest payable quarterly. At Jelco's option, the Company's obligation to repay the principal amount under the note is payable in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. The holder also received customary registration rights with respect to any shares received upon conversion of the note. As of the date of this prospectus, $21.2 million was outstanding under the note.

General

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Second Amended and Restated Bylaws

Under our second amended and restated bylaws, annual shareholder meetings will be held at a time and place selected by our board of directors. The meetings may be held in or outside of the Marshall Islands. Special meetings of the shareholders, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called for any purpose or purposes at any time exclusively by the board of directors. Notice of every annual and special meeting of shareholders shall be given at least 15 but not more than 60 days before such meeting to each shareholder of record entitled to vote thereat.

Directors

Our directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of the shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors.

The board of directors must consist of at least one member and not more than thirteen. Each director shall be elected to serve until the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and until his successor shall have

98

TABLE OF CONTENTS

been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his death, resignation, removal, or the earlier termination of his term of office. The board of directors has the authority to fix the amounts which shall be payable to the members of our board of directors, and to members of any committee, for attendance at any meeting or for services rendered to us.

Classified Board

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation provide for the division of our board of directors into three classes of directors, with each class as nearly equal in number as possible, serving staggered, three-year terms. Approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. This classified board provision could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our shares or attempting to obtain control of our company. It could also delay shareholders who do not agree with the policies of the board of directors from removing a majority of the board of directors for two years.

Election and Removal

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws require parties other than the board of directors to give advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors. Our second amended and restated bylaws provide that our directors may be removed only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote for those directors. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the BCA, our shareholders generally have the right to dissent from the sale of all or substantially all of our assets not made in the usual course of our business and receive payment of the fair value of their shares. In the event of any further amendment of our articles of incorporation, a shareholder also has the right to dissent and receive payment for his or her shares if the amendment alters certain rights in respect of those shares. The dissenting shareholder must follow the procedures set forth in the BCA to receive payment.

Shareholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the BCA, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of common shares both at the time the derivative action is commenced and at the time of the transaction to which the action relates.

Anti-takeover Provisions of our Charter Documents

Several provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these anti-takeover provisions, which are summarized below, could also discourage, delay or prevent (1) the merger or acquisition of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, that a shareholder may consider in its best interest and (2) the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Limited Actions by Shareholders

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by our shareholders must be effected at an annual or special meeting of shareholders or by the unanimous written consent of our shareholders.

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws provide that only our board of directors may call special meetings of our shareholders and the business transacted at the special meeting is limited to the purposes stated in the notice. Accordingly, a shareholder may be prevented from calling a special meeting for shareholder consideration of a proposal over the opposition of our board of directors and shareholder consideration of a proposal may be delayed until the next annual meeting.

99

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Blank Check Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our amended and restated articles of incorporation, our board of directors has authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue up to 25,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock. Our board of directors may issue shares of preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or the removal of our management.

Transfer Agent

The registrar and transfer agent for our common shares is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

Listing

Our common shares are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SHIP”. We intend to apply to list the Class A warrants offered hereby on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SHIPW.”

100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARE OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information, of which we are aware as of October 28, 2016, regarding (i) the beneficial owners of five percent or more of our common shares and (ii) our executive officers and directors individually and as a group. All of our shareholders, including the shareholders listed in this table, are entitled to one vote for each common share held.

Identity of Person or Group
Number of
Shares Owned
Percent of Class
Claudia Restis (1)
 
44,502,664|
 
 
91.9
%
CVI Investments, Inc. (2)
 
1,180,000|
 
 
5.7
%
Stamatios Tsantanis
 
333,400
 
 
1.6
%
Christina Anagnostara
 
 
 
 
*
Elias Culucundis
 
 
 
 
*
Dimitris Anagnostopoulos
 
 
 
 
*
Directors and executive officers as a group (4 individuals)
 
369,533
 
 
1.8
%
* Less than one percent.
(1) Based on Schedule 13D/A filed by Jelco, Comet and Claudia Restis on August 25, 2016. Claudia Restis may be deemed to beneficially own 43,649,230 of our common shares through Jelco and 853,434 of our common shares through Comet, each of which is controlled through a revocable trust of which she is the beneficiary. The shares Claudia Restis may be deemed to beneficially own through Jelco include (i) 4,222,223 shares that Jelco may be deemed to beneficially own, which shares are issuable upon exercise of a conversion option pursuant to the convertible promissory note dated March 12, 2015, as amended, that we issued to Jelco and (ii) 23,516,667 shares that Jelco may be deemed to beneficially own, which shares are issuable upon exercise of a conversion option pursuant to the convertible promissory note dated September 7, 2015, as amended, that we issued to Jelco.
(2) Based on Schedule 13G filed by CVI Investments, Inc. and Heights Capital Management, Inc. on August 12, 2016. Heights Capital Management, Inc. is the investment manager to CVI Investments, Inc. and as such may exercise voting and dispositive power over these shares.

101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated articles of incorporation, second amended and restated bylaws and the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States, including Delaware. While the BCA also provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Marshall Islands, and we cannot predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as Delaware or other courts in the United States. Accordingly, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests under Marshall Islands law in the face of actions by our management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction that has developed a substantial body of case law. Further, the Marshall Islands lacks a bankruptcy statute, and in the event of any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding involving the Company, the bankruptcy laws of the United States or of another country having jurisdiction over the Company would apply. The following table provides a comparison between certain statutory provisions of the BCA and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights.

Marshall Islands
Delaware
Shareholder Meetings
 
 
 
 
Held at a time and place as designated in the bylaws.
May be held at such time or place as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors.
 
 
 
 
Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the articles of incorporation or by the bylaws.
Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.
 
 
 
 
May be held in or outside of the Marshall Islands.
May be held in or outside of Delaware.
 
 
 
 
Notice:
Notice:
 
 
 
 
Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, unless it is an annual meeting, indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting.
Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any.
 
 
 
 
A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given personally or sent by mail not less than 15 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.
Written notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ Voting Rights
 
 
 
 
Any action required to be taken by a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting if consent is in writing and is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.
Any action required to be taken by a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a consent for such action is in writing and is signed by shareholders having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
 
 
 
 

102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Marshall Islands
Delaware
Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.
Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.
 
 
 
 
Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation or the bylaws, a majority of shares entitled to vote constitutes a quorum. In no event shall a quorum consist of fewer than one-third of the common shares entitled to vote at a meeting.
For stock corporations, the certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number of shares required to constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum.
 
 
 
 
When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.
When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.
 
 
 
 
The articles of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.
The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.
 
 
 
 
The board of directors must consist of at least one member.
The board of directors must consist of at least one member.
 
 
 
 
Removal:
Removal:
 
 
 
 
If the articles of incorporation or the bylaws so provide, any or all of the directors may be removed without cause by vote of the shareholders.
Any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote except: (1) unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides, in the case of a corporation whose board is classified, stockholders may effect such removal only for cause, or (2) if the corporation has cumulative voting, if less than the entire board is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against such director's removal would be sufficient to elect such director if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of directors, or, if there be classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which such director is a part.
Any or all of the directors may be removed for cause by vote of the shareholders.
 
 
 
 
Directors
 
 
 
 
Number of board members can be changed by an amendment to the bylaws, by the shareholders, or by action of the board under the specific provisions of a bylaw.
Number of board members shall be fixed by, or in a manner provided by, the bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment to the certificate of incorporation.
 
 
 
 
If the board of directors is authorized to change the number of directors, it can only do so by a majority of the entire board of directors and so long as no decrease in the number shortens the term of any incumbent director.
 
 

103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Marshall Islands
Delaware
Dissenter’s Rights of Appraisal
 
 
 
 
Shareholders have a right to dissent from any plan of merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all assets not made in the usual course of business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares, subject to limited exceptions, such as a merger or consolidation of corporations listed on a national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system or if such shares are held of record by more than 2,000 holders.
Appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a corporation in a merger or consolidation, subject to limited exceptions, such as a merger or consolidation of corporations listed on a national securities exchange in which listed shares are the offered consideration or if such shares are held of record by more than 2,000 holders.
 
 
 
 
A holder of any adversely affected shares who does not vote on or consent in writing to an amendment to the articles of incorporation has the right to dissent and to receive payment for such shares if the amendment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Alters or abolishes any preferential right of any outstanding shares having preference; or
 
 
 
 
 
 
Creates, alters or abolishes any provision or right in respect to the redemption of any outstanding shares.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Alters or abolishes any preemptive right of such holder to acquire shares or other securities; or
 
 
 
 
 
 
Excludes or limits the right of such holder to vote on any matter, except as such right may be limited by the voting rights given to new shares then being authorized of any existing or new class.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ Derivative Actions
 
 
 
 
An action may be brought in the right of a corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by a holder of shares or of voting trust certificates or of a beneficial interest in such shares or certificates. It shall be made to appear that the plaintiff is such a holder at the time the action is brought and that he was such a holder at the time of the transaction of which he complains, or that his shares or his interest therein devolved upon him by operation of law.
In any derivative suit instituted by a shareholder or a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a shareholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such shareholder's stock thereafter devolved upon such shareholder by operation of law.

104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Marshall Islands
Delaware
A complaint shall set forth with particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to secure the initiation of such action by the board of directors or the reasons for not making such effort. Such action shall not be discontinued, compromised or settled without the approval of the High Court of the Republic of The Marshall Islands.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Attorneys’ fees may be awarded if the action is successful.
 
 
 
 
 
 
A corporation may require a plaintiff bringing a derivative suit to give security for reasonable expenses if the plaintiff owns less than 5% of any class of stock and the common shares have a value of less than $50,000.
 
 

105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax and Marshall Islands tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock and warrants as well as the material U.S. federal and Marshall Islands income tax consequences applicable to us and our operations. The discussion below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to a beneficial owner of our common stock and/or warrants that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as:

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is created or organized (or treated as created or organized) in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; or
an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or a trust if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust's administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If you are not described as a U.S. Holder and are not an entity treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, you will be considered a “Non-U.S. Holder.” The U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to Non-U.S. Holders is described below under the heading “United States Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders.”

This discussion does not consider the tax treatment of partnerships or other pass-through entities or persons who hold our common stock or warrants through such entities. If a partnership (or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is the beneficial owner of our common stock or warrants, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership.

This summary is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986. as amended, or the Code, its legislative history, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect. These authorities are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to any particular holder based on such holder's individual circumstances. In particular, this discussion considers only holders that will own and hold our common stock and warrants as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code and does not address the potential application of the alternative minimum tax or the U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders that are subject to special rules, including:

financial institutions or “financial services entities”;
broker-dealers;
taxpayers who have elected mark-to-market accounting;
tax-exempt entities;
governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;
insurance companies;
regulated investment companies;
real estate investment trusts;
certain expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States;
persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our voting shares;
persons that hold our common stock or warrants as part of a straddle, constructive sale, hedging, conversion or other integrated transaction; or
persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

This summary does not address any aspect of U.S. federal non-income tax laws, such as gift or estate tax laws, or state, local or non-U.S. tax laws.

We have not sought, nor will we seek, a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, as to any U.S. federal income tax consequence described herein. The IRS may disagree with the description herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court.

Because of the complexity of the tax laws and because the tax consequences to any particular holder of our common stock and warrants may be affected by matters not discussed herein, each such holder is urged to consult with its tax advisor with respect to the specific tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock and warrants, including the applicability and effect of state, local and non-U.S. tax laws, as well as U.S. federal tax laws.

United States Federal Income Tax Consequences

Taxation of Operating Income: In General

Unless exempt from United States federal income taxation under the rules discussed below, a foreign corporation is subject to United States federal income taxation in respect of any income that is derived from the use of vessels, from the hiring or leasing of vessels for use on a time, voyage or bareboat charter basis, from the participation in a shipping pool, partnership, strategic alliance, joint operating agreement, code sharing arrangements or other joint venture it directly or indirectly owns or participates in that generates such income, or from the performance of services directly related to those uses, which we refer to as “shipping income,” to the extent that the shipping income is derived from sources within the United States. For these purposes, 50% of the gross shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States, exclusive of certain U.S. territories and possessions, constitutes income from sources within the United States, which we refer to as “U.S. source gross shipping income.”

Shipping income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States is considered to be 100% from sources within the United States. We are prohibited by law from engaging in transportation that produces income considered to be 100% from sources within the United States.

Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-U.S. ports will be considered to be 100% derived from sources outside the United States. Shipping income derived from sources outside the United States will not be subject to any United States federal income tax.

For our 2015 taxable year, we did not have any U.S. source gross shipping income and consequently we were not subject to the 4% U.S. federal income tax.

We may, however, realize U.S. source gross shipping income in our 2016 or subsequent taxable years. If we realize U.S. source gross shipping income in our 2016 or subsequent taxable year, we would be subject to a 4% tax imposed without allowance for deductions for such taxable year, as described in “ – Taxation in the Absence of Exemption,” unless we qualify for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code, the requirements of which are described in detail below.

Exemption of Operating Income from United States Federal Income Taxation

Under Section 883 of the Code and the regulations thereunder, we will be exempt from United States federal income taxation on our U.S.-source shipping income if:

we are organized in a foreign country (our “country of organization”) that grants an “equivalent exemption” to corporations organized in the United States; and
more than 50% of the value of our stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by “qualified shareholders,” that are persons (i) who are “residents” of our country of organization or of another foreign country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to corporations organized in the United States, and (ii) we satisfy certain substantiation requirements, which we refer to as the “50% Ownership Test;” or
our stock is “primarily” and “regularly” traded on one or more established securities markets in our country of organization, in another country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to United States corporations, or in the United States, which we refer to as the “Publicly-Traded Test.”

107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The jurisdictions where we and our ship-owning subsidiaries are incorporated grant “equivalent exemptions” to United States corporations. Therefore, we will be exempt from United States federal income taxation with respect to our U.S. source shipping income if we satisfy either the 50% Ownership Test or the Publicly-Traded Test.

50% Ownership Test

Under the regulations, a foreign corporation will satisfy the 50% Ownership Test for a taxable year if (i) for at least half of the number of days in the taxable year, more than 50% of the value of its stock is owned, directly or constructively through the application of certain attribution rules prescribed by the regulations, by one or more shareholders who are residents of foreign countries that grant “equivalent exemption” to corporations organized in the United States and (ii) the foreign corporation satisfies certain substantiation and reporting requirements with respect to such shareholders. Holders of warrants will not be treated as constructive owners of shares for purposes of the 50% Ownership Test.

These substantiation requirements are onerous and therefore there can be no assurance that we would be able to satisfy them. Even if we were not able to satisfy the 50% Ownership Test for a taxable year, we may nonetheless qualify for exemption from tax under Section 883 if we are able to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test, which is described below.

Publicly-Traded Test

The regulations provide that the stock of a foreign corporation will be considered to be “primarily traded” on an established securities market in a country if the number of shares of each class of stock that is traded during the taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that is traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country.

Under the regulations, the stock of a foreign corporation will be considered “regularly traded” if one or more classes of its stock representing 50% or more of its outstanding shares, by total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote and by total combined value of all classes of stock, are listed on one or more established securities markets (such as NASDAQ Capital Market), which we refer to as the “listing threshold.”

The regulations further require that with respect to each class of stock relied upon to meet the listing requirement: (i) such class of the stock is traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least sixty (60) days during the taxable year or one-sixth (1/6) of the days in a short taxable year; and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of such class of stock traded on such market is at least 10% of the average number of shares of such class of stock outstanding during such year or as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year. Even if a foreign corporation does not satisfy both tests, the regulations provide that the trading frequency and trading volume tests will be deemed satisfied by a class of stock if such class of stock is traded on an established market in the United States and such class of stock is regularly quoted by dealers making a market in such stock.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the regulations provide, in pertinent part, that a class of stock will not be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market for any taxable year in which 50% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class of stock are owned, actually or constructively under specified attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own directly or indirectly 5% or more of the vote and value of such class of stock, who we refer to as “5% Shareholders.” We refer to this restriction in the regulations as the “Closely-Held Rule.”

For purposes of being able to determine our 5% Shareholders, the regulations permit a foreign corporation to rely on Schedule 13G and Schedule 13D filings with the Commission. The regulations further provide that an investment company that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, will not be treated as a 5% Shareholder for such purposes.

Additionally, holders of warrants will not be treated as constructive owners of shares for purposes of the Closely Held Rule.

The Closely-Held Rule will not disqualify a foreign corporation, however, if it can establish or substantiate that qualified shareholders own, actually or constructively under specified attribution rules, sufficient shares in the closely-held block of stock to preclude the shares in the closely-held block that are owned by non-qualified

108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5% Shareholders from representing 50% or more of the value of such class of stock for more than half of the days during the tax year. These substantiation requirements are onerous and consequently there can be no assurance that we would be able to satisfy them.

Due to the factual nature of the issues involved, there can be no assurance that we or any of our subsidiaries will qualify for the benefits of Section 883 of the Code for our 2016 or subsequent taxable year.

Taxation in Absence of Exemption

To the extent the benefits of Section 883 are unavailable, our U.S. source gross shipping income, to the extent not considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, as described below, would be subject to a 4% tax imposed by Section 887 of the Code on a gross basis, without the benefit of deductions, otherwise referred to as the “4% Tax.” Since under the sourcing rules described above, no more than 50% of our shipping income would be treated as being derived from U.S. sources, the maximum effective rate of U.S. federal income tax on our shipping income would never exceed 2% under the 4% Tax.

To the extent the benefits of the Section 883 exemption are unavailable and our U.S. source gross shipping income is considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, as described below, any such “effectively connected” U.S. source gross shipping income, net of applicable deductions, would be subject to the U.S. federal corporate income tax currently imposed at rates of up to 35%. In addition, we may be subject to the 30% “branch profits” tax on earnings effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid attributable to the conduct of our U.S. trade or business.

Our U.S. source gross shipping income would be considered “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business only if:

we have, or are considered to have, a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of shipping income; and
substantially all of our U.S. source gross shipping income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation, such as the operation of a vessel that follows a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States.

We do not intend to have, or permit circumstances that would result in having, any vessel operating to the United States on a regularly scheduled basis. Based on the foregoing and on the expected mode of our shipping operations and other activities, we believe that none of our U.S. source gross shipping income will be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

United States Taxation of Gain on Sale of Vessels

Regardless of whether we qualify for exemption under Section 883, we will not be subject to United States federal income taxation with respect to gain realized on a sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under United States federal income tax principles. In general, a sale of a vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside of the United States. It is expected that any sale of a vessel by us will be considered to occur outside of the United States.

United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders

Allocation of Purchase Price

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of cash paid for shares of common stock and warrants at their original offering must be allocated between the common stock and the warrants on the basis of their relative fair market values. The allocation of the purchase price to common stock and warrants is relevant to the timing and manner of inclusion of income with respect to the common stock and warrants as described below.

Taxation of Distributions Paid on Common Stock

Subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed below, any distributions made by us with respect to common shares to a U.S. Holder will generally constitute dividends, which may be taxable as ordinary income or “qualified dividend income” as described in more detail below, to the extent of our

109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder's tax basis in his common shares on a dollar-for-dollar basis and thereafter as capital gain. Because we are not a U.S. corporation, U.S. Holders that are corporations will not be entitled to claim a dividends-received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us.

Dividends paid on common shares to a U.S. Holder which is an individual, trust, or estate (a “U.S. Non-Corporate Holder”) will generally be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is taxable to such shareholders at preferential U.S. federal income tax rates provided that (1) the common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the NASDAQ Global Market on which the common shares were listed and the Nasdaq Capital Market on which the common shares are currently listed); (2) we are not a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which we do not believe we are, have been or will be); (3) the U.S. Non-Corporate Holder has owned the common shares for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common shares become ex-dividend; and (4) certain other conditions are met.

Any dividends paid by us which are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a U.S. Holder.

Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend''—generally, a dividend in an amount which is equal to or in excess of 10% of a shareholder's adjusted basis in a common share—paid by us. If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common stock that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss derived by a U.S. Non-Corporate Holder from the sale or exchange of such common stock will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such dividend.

Sale, Exchange or other Disposition of Common Shares

Assuming we do not constitute a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder's tax basis in such stock. Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder's holding period in the common shares is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. A U.S. Holder's ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

Exercise, Sale, Retirement or Other Taxable Disposition of Warrants

Neither we nor a U.S. Holder of a warrant will recognize gain or loss as a result of the U.S. Holder’s receipt of our common stock upon exercise of a warrant. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares received will be an amount equal to the sum of (i) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the warrant exercised plus (ii) the amount of the exercise price for the warrant. If the warrants lapse without exercise, the U.S. Holder will recognize capital loss in the amount equal to the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the warrants. A U.S. Holder’s holding period for common shares received upon exercise of a warrant will commence on the date the warrant is exercised.

Upon the sale, retirement or other taxable disposition of a warrant, the U.S. Holder will recognize gain or loss to the extent of the difference between the sum of the cash and the fair market value of any property received in exchange therefor and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the warrant. Any such gain or loss recognized by a holder upon the sale, retirement or other taxable disposition of a warrant will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the warrant has been held for more than one year.

The exercise price of a warrant is subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. If an adjustment increases a proportionate interest of the holder of a warrant in the fully diluted common stock without proportionate adjustments to the holders of our common stock, U.S. Holder of the warrants may be treated as having received a constructive distribution, which may be taxable to the U.S. Holder as a dividend.

110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

Special U.S. federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that holds stock or warrants in a foreign corporation classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which such holder held our common shares or warrants, either:

at least 75% of our gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business); or
at least 50% of the average value of the assets held by the corporation during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

For purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, we will be treated as earning and owning its proportionate share of the income and assets, respectively, of any of its subsidiary corporations in which it owns at least 25% of the value of the subsidiary's stock. Income earned, or deemed earned, by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income, which includes bareboat hire, would generally constitute “passive income” unless we are treated under specific rules as deriving rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business.

Based on our current operations and future projections, we do not believe that we are, nor do we expect to become, a PFIC with respect to any taxable year. Although there is no legal authority directly on point, our belief is based principally on the position that, for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from the time chartering and voyage chartering activities of our wholly-owned subsidiaries should constitute services income, rather than rental income. Correspondingly, we believe that such income does not constitute passive income, and the assets that we or our wholly-owned subsidiaries own and operate in connection with the production of such income, in particular, the vessels, do not constitute passive assets for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. We believe there is substantial legal authority supporting its position consisting of case law and Internal Revenue Service pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes. It should be noted that in the absence of any legal authority specifically relating to the statutory provisions governing PFICs, the Internal Revenue Service or a court could disagree with this position. In addition, although we intend to conduct its affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, there can be no assurance that the nature of our operations will not change in the future.

As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund,” which election is referred to as a “QEF election.” As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to the common shares, as discussed below. In addition, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year ending on or after December 31, 2013, a U.S. Holder would be required to file an IRS Form 8621 for the year with respect to such holder's common stock.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election

If a U.S. Holder makes a timely QEF election, which U.S. Holder is referred to as an “Electing Holder,” the Electing Holder must report each year for U.S. federal income tax purposes his pro rata share of the our ordinary earnings and its net capital gain, if any, for our taxable year that ends with or within the taxable year of the Electing Holder, regardless of whether or not distributions were received from us by the Electing Holder. The Electing Holder's adjusted tax basis in the common shares will be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Distributions of earnings and profits that had been previously taxed will result in a corresponding reduction in the adjusted tax basis in the common shares and will not be taxed again once distributed. An Electing Holder would generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common shares. A U.S. Holder would make a QEF election with respect to any year that we are a PFIC by filing IRS Form 8621 with his, her or its U.S. federal income tax return. After the end of each taxable year, we will determine whether we were a PFIC for such taxable year. If we determine or otherwise

111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

become aware that we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we will provide each U.S. Holder with all necessary information, including a PFIC Annual Information Statement, in order to enable such holder to make a QEF election for such taxable year. A U.S. Holder may not make a QEF election with respect to its ownership of a warrant.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Mark-to-Market Election

Alternatively, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as anticipated, our common stock is treated as “marketable stock,” a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common shares. If that election is made, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common shares at the end of the taxable year over such U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the common shares. The U.S. Holder would also be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the common shares over its fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder's tax basis in his common shares would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amount. Gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common shares would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common shares would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included by the U.S. Holder. The mark-to-market election is generally available to U.S. Holders of warrants.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark-to-Market Election

Finally, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make either a QEF election or a “mark-to-market” election for that year, whom we refer to as a “Non-Electing Holder,” would be subject to special rules with respect to (1) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on our common stock or warrants in a taxable year in excess of 125 percent of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder's holding period for the common stock or warrants), and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock or warrants. Under these special rules:

the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holders' aggregate holding period for the common stock or warrants;
the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year before we became a passive foreign investment company would be taxed as ordinary income; and
the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

These penalties would not apply to a pension or profit sharing trust or other tax-exempt organization that did not borrow funds or otherwise utilize leverage in connection with its acquisition of our common stock or warrants. If a Non-Electing Holder who is an individual dies while owning our common stock, such Non-Electing Holder's successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to such stock or warrants.

United States Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder with respect to our common stock generally should not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, unless the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States).

In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder generally should not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain attributable to a sale or other disposition of our common stock or warrants unless such gain is effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United

112

TABLE OF CONTENTS

States) or the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of sale or other disposition and certain other conditions are met (in which case such gain from United States sources may be subject to tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate).

Dividends and gains that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States) generally should be subject to tax in the same manner as for a U.S. Holder and, if the Non-U.S. Holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate.

A Non-U.S. Holder will not recognize any gain or loss on the exercise or lapse of the warrants.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, information reporting for U.S. federal income tax purposes should apply to distributions made on our common stock within the United States to a non-corporate U.S. Holder and to the proceeds from sales and other dispositions of our common stock to or through a U.S. office of a broker by a non-corporate U.S. Holder. Payments made (and sales and other dispositions effected at an office) outside the United States will be subject to information reporting in limited circumstances.

In addition, backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax, currently at a rate of 28%, generally should apply to distributions paid on our common stock to a non-corporate U.S. Holder and the proceeds from sales and other dispositions of our common stock by a non-corporate U.S. Holder, who:

fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;
is notified by the IRS that backup withholding is required; or
fails in certain circumstances to comply with applicable certification requirements.

A Non-U.S. Holder generally may eliminate the requirement for information reporting and backup withholding by providing certification of its foreign status, under penalties of perjury, on a duly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 or by otherwise establishing an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the amount of any backup withholding generally should be allowed as a credit against a U.S. Holder's or a Non-U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that certain required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Individuals who are U.S. Holders (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury regulations, certain individuals who are Non-U.S. Holders and certain U.S. entities) who hold “specified foreign financial assets” (as defined in Section 6038D of the Code) are required to file IRS Form 8938 with information relating to the asset for each taxable year in which the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds $75,000 at any time during the taxable year or $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year (or such higher dollar amount as prescribed by applicable Treasury regulations). Specified foreign financial assets would include, among other assets, the common shares, unless the shares held through an account maintained with a U.S. financial institution. Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8938, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. Additionally, in the event an individual U.S. Holder (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury regulations, an individual Non-U.S. Holder or a U.S. entity) that is required to file IRS Form 8938 does not file such form, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes of such holder for the related tax year may not close until three years after the date that the required information is filed. U.S. Holders (including U.S. entities) and Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged consult their own tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations under this legislation.

Marshall Islands Tax Consequences

We are incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Under current Marshall Islands law, we are not subject to tax on income or capital gains, no Marshall Islands withholding tax will be imposed upon payment of dividends by us to its shareholders, and holders of our common stock or warrants that are not residents of or domiciled or carrying on any commercial activity in the Marshall Islands will not be subject to Marshall Islands tax on the sale or other disposition of our common stock or warrants.

113

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions of an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Maxim Group LLC is acting as the representative and sole book-running manger have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, the number of units indicated below:

Name
Number of common shares and
Class A Warrants
Maxim Group LLC
 
            
 
Total
 
            
 

The underwriters are offering the common shares and Class A Warrants subject to their acceptance of the common shares and Class A Warrants from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the common shares and Class A Warrants offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the common shares and Class A Warrants offered by this prospectus if any such common shares and Class A Warrants are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the common shares and Class A Warrants covered by the underwriters' over-allotment option described below.

We have agreed to pay the underwriters (i) a cash fee equal to eight percent (8%) of the aggregate gross proceeds raised in this offering and (ii) a warrant to purchase that number of common shares equal to an aggregate of fiver percent (5%) of the common shares sold in the offering (or       shares). Such underwriter’s warrant will be non-exercisable for six months following issuance, shall have an exercise price equal to $      per share, which is 125% of the public offering price, will provide for cashless exercise and shall terminate three years after issuance, and otherwise have the same terms as the warrants sold in this offering except that (1) they will not be subject to redemption by the Company and (2) for the three year period after the effective date of this offering, they will provide for unlimited “piggyback” registration rights with respect to the underlying shares, one demand registration of the sale of the underlying common shares at our expense and an additional demand registration at the warrant holders’ expense. Such underwriter’s warrant will be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1) in that, except as otherwise permitted by FINRA rules, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the underwriter’s warrant shall not be (A) sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or (B) the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the securities by any person except as permitted by FINRA Rule 5110(g)(2).

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus supplement, to purchase up to an additional        common shares and        Class A Warrants at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering contemplated by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional common shares and Class A Warrants as the number listed next to the underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of common shares and Class A Warrants listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The representative has advised us that it proposes to offer the common shares and Class A Warrants to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $       per share. The underwriters may allow, and certain dealers may re-allow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $       per share to certain brokers and dealers. After this offering, the public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the representative. No such reduction shall change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The securities are offered by the underwriters as stated herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject any order in whole or in part. The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

114

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table shows the price per common share and Class A Warrant and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to an additional        common shares and        Class A Warrants.

 
Total
 
Per Common
Share and
Class A
Warrant
No
Exercise
Full
Exercise
Public offering price
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
 
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us:
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
 
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
$
         
 
$
         
 
$
         
 

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $               . We have also agreed to pay the representative a non-accountable expense allowance, including legal fees for representative’s legal counsel, at the closing of the offering in an aggregate amount equal to $100,000.

Our common shares trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SHIP.”

Subject to certain exceptions, we, all of our executive officers and directors, and certain affiliates have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of the representative to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common shares. These restrictions do not apply to transfers to immediate family or donees who receive such securities as bona fide gifts or to trusts established for the benefit of such persons; provided that such transferees agree to substantially the same transfer restrictions on the securities they receive.

The representative has no present intention to waive or shorten the lock-up period; however, the terms of the lock-up agreements may be waived at its discretion. In determining whether to waive the terms of the lockup agreements, the representative may base its decision on its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and companies similar to ours in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in general.

In addition, during the lock-up period, we will not be permitted, subject to certain exceptions, to file any registration statement relating to, and each of our executive officers, directors and the aforementioned shareholders have agreed not to make any demand for, or exercise any right relating to, the registration of any common shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares, without the prior written consent of the representative.

Upon the declaration of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will enter into an underwriting agreement with the representative. The terms of the underwriting agreement provide that the obligations of the underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent, including the absence of any material adverse change in our business and the receipt of certain certificates, opinions and letters from us, our counsel and our auditors.

In order to facilitate the offering of the common shares and Class A Warrants, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common shares and Class A Warrants. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more common shares and Class A Warrants than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of common shares and Class A Warrants available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing common shares or Class A Warrants in the open market. In determining the source of common shares or Class A Warrants to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of common shares and Class A Warrants compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell common shares or Class A Warrants in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing common shares or Class A Warrants in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of

115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our common shares or Class A Warrants in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, common shares or Class A Warrants in the open market to stabilize the price of our common shares or Class A Warrants. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of our common shares or Class A Warrants above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of our common shares or Class A Warrants. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification between the underwriters and us against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and for contribution by us and the underwriters to payments that may be required to be made with respect to those liabilities. We have been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, indemnification liabilities under the Securities Act is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore, unenforceable.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of common shares and Class A Warrants to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representative to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates from time to time have performed investment banking, commercial banking and advisory services to us, for which they have received customary fees and expenses. The underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time perform investment banking and advisory services for us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business for which they may in the future receive customary fees and expenses.

Selling Restrictions

Foreign Regulatory Restrictions on Purchase of Shares Generally

No action may be taken in any jurisdiction other than the United States that would permit a public offering of the shares or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither the prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the shares may be distributed or published in or from any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

In addition to the public offering of the shares in the United States, the underwriters may, subject to the applicable foreign laws, also offer the shares to certain institutions or accredited persons in certain countries.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any common shares may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any common shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;
(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative for any such offer; or
(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of common shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any common shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information

116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

on the terms of the offer and any common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any common shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the common shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the common shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

117

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

We estimate the expenses in connection with the distribution of our securities in this offering, other than underwriting discounts, will be as set forth in the table below.

Commission registration fee
$
4,694.00
 
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Filing fee
$
6,575.00
 
Printing expenses
$
 
*
Legal fees and expenses
$
 
*
Accounting fees and expenses
$
 
*
Miscellaneous fees
$
 
*
Total
$
 
*
* To be provided by amendment.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the securities offered by this prospectus and certain other legal matters relating to United States and Marshall Islands law are being passed upon for us by Seward & Kissel LLP, New York, New York. The underwriters are being represented by Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. at December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 (including the schedule appearing therein) appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors-Accountants S.A., independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph describing conditions that raise substantial doubt about Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.'s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1d to the consolidated financial statements) appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The address of Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors-Accountants S.A. is 8B Chimarras str., Maroussi, 151 25 Athens, Greece and it is registered as a corporate body with the public register for company auditors-accountants kept with the Body of Certified Auditors-Accountants, or SOEL, Greece with registration number 107.

The details on the industry trends in “Prospectus Summary—Drybulk Shipping Industry Trends” and on the drybulk newbuilding orderbook in “Risk Factors―Risks Relating to Our Industry― An over-supply of drybulk carrier capacity may prolong or further depress the current low charter rates and, in turn, adversely affect our profitability,” and the section titled “The Drybulk Shipping Industry” have been prepared by Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., our industry expert, who has confirmed to us that such sections accurately describe the international drybulk market.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the Commission a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, with respect to the common shares offered hereby. For the purposes of this section, the term registration statement on Form F-1 means the original registration statement on Form F-1 and any and all amendments including the schedules and exhibits to the original registration statement or any amendment. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement on Form F-1 we filed. Each statement made in this prospectus concerning a document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement on Form F-1 is qualified by reference to that exhibit for a complete statement of its provisions. The registration statement on Form F-1, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling 1 (800) SEC-0330, and you may obtain copies at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at its principal office in Washington, D.C. 20549. The Commission maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission.

118

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Information Provided by the Company

We will furnish holders of our common shares with annual reports containing audited financial statements and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm. The audited financial statements will be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. As a “foreign private issuer,” we are exempt from the rules under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders. While we furnish proxy statements to shareholders in accordance with the rules of Nasdaq, those proxy statements do not conform to Schedule 14A of the proxy rules promulgated under the Exchange Act. In addition, as a “foreign private issuer,” our officers and directors are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act relating to short swing profit reporting and liability.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The Commission allows us to “incorporate by reference” into this prospectus the information we file with, and furnish to it, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those filed or furnished documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be a part of this prospectus. However, statements contained this prospectus or in documents that we file with or furnish to the Commission and that are incorporated by reference into this prospectus will automatically update and supersede information contained in this prospectus, including information in previously filed or furnished documents or reports that have been incorporated by reference into this prospectus, to the extent the new information differs from or is inconsistent with the old information. We hereby incorporate by reference the documents listed below:

our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015, filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016; and
our reports on Form 6-K furnished to the Commission on June 16, 2016, excluding the statements attributed to Stamatis Tsantanis, August 5, 2016 and September 29, 2016 .

We will provide without charge to each person, including any beneficial owner, to whom this prospectus is delivered, upon his or her written or oral request, a copy of any or all documents referred to above which have been or may be incorporated by reference into this prospectus. You may obtain a copy of these documents by writing to or telephoning us at the following address: Attn: General Counsel Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp., 16 Grigoriou Lambraki Street, 166 74 Glyfada, Athens, Greece, Tel: +30 210 8913507. Alternatively, copies of these documents are available via our website (http://www.seanergymaritime.com/). The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

119

TABLE OF CONTENTS

F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income/(loss), stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 18.1. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements and schedule have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1d to the consolidated financial statements, the Company reports a working capital deficit and estimates that it may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to meet its obligations and sustain its continuing operations for a reasonable period of time, that in turn raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Note 1d describes management's plans to address this issue. The consolidated financial statements and schedule do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors-Accountants S.A.

April 20, 2016

Athens, Greece

F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2015 and 2014
(In thousands of US dollars, except for share and per share data)

 
Notes
2015
2014
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 
 
3,304
 
 
2,873
 
Restricted cash
 
 
 
 
50
 
 
 
Accounts receivable trade, net
 
 
 
 
1,287
 
 
30
 
Inventories
5
 
2,980
 
 
 
Other current assets
6
 
657
 
 
304
 
Total current assets
 
 
8,278
 
 
3,207
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessels, net
7
 
199,840
 
 
 
Office equipment, net
 
 
40
 
 
61
 
Total fixed assets
 
 
199,880
 
 
61
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred charges
2
 
1,194
 
 
 
TOTAL ASSETS
 
 
209,352
 
 
3,268
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current portion of long-term debt, net of deferred finance costs
8
 
718
 
 
 
Current portion of convertible promissory notes
3
 
103
 
 
 
Trade accounts and other payables
9
 
5,979
 
 
264
 
Due to related parties
4
 
 
 
105
 
Accrued liabilities
 
 
2,296
 
 
223
 
Deferred revenue
 
 
154
 
 
 
Total current liabilities
 
 
9,250
 
 
592
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt, net of current portion and deferred finance costs
8
 
176,787
 
 
 
Long-term portion of convertible promissory notes
3
 
31
 
 
 
Total liabilities
 
 
186,068
 
 
592
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies
11
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; none issued
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 authorized shares as at December 31, 2015 and 2014; 19,522,413 and 3,977,854 shares issued and outstanding as at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively
12
 
2
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
3
 
337,121
 
 
307,559
 
Accumulated deficit
 
 
(313,839
)
 
(304,883
)
Total Stockholders’ equity
 
 
23,284
 
 
2,676
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
 
 
209,352
 
 
3,268
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Income / (Loss)
For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
(In thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 
Notes
2015
2014
2013
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue
 
 
 
 
11,661
 
 
2,075
 
 
23,838
 
Commissions
 
 
 
 
(438
)
 
(65
)
 
(759
)
Vessel revenue, net
 
 
 
 
11,223
 
 
2,010
 
 
23,079
 
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct voyage expenses
 
 
 
 
(7,496
)
 
(1,274
)
 
(8,035
)
Vessel operating expenses
 
 
 
 
(5,639
)
 
(1,006
)
 
(11,086
)
Voyage expenses - related party
3
 
 
 
(24
)
 
(313
)
Management fees - related party
3
 
 
 
(122
)
 
(743
)
Management fees
 
 
(336
)
 
 
 
(194
)
General and administration expenses
 
 
(2,804
)
 
(2,987
)
 
(3,966
)
General and administration expenses - related party
3
 
(70
)
 
(309
)
 
(412
)
Loss on bad debts
 
 
(30
)
 
(38
)
 
 
Amortization of deferred dry-docking costs
 
 
(38
)
 
 
 
(232
)
Depreciation
 
 
(1,865
)
 
(3
)
 
(982
)
Impairment loss for vessels and deferred charges
2
 
 
 
 
 
(3,564
)
Gain on disposal of subsidiaries
1
 
 
 
 
 
25,719
 
Gain on restructuring
1
 
 
 
85,563
 
 
 
Operating (loss) / income
 
 
(7,055
)
 
81,810
 
 
19,271
 
Other income / (expenses), net:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and finance costs
13
 
(1,460
)
 
(1,463
)
 
(8,389
)
Interest and finance costs - related party
3 & 13
 
(399
)
 
 
 
 
Interest income
 
 
 
 
14
 
 
13
 
Loss on interest rate swaps
 
 
 
 
 
 
(8
)
Foreign currency exchange (losses) / gains, net
 
 
(42
)
 
(13
)
 
19
 
Total other expenses, net
 
 
(1,901
)
 
(1,462
)
 
(8,365
)
(Loss) / income before taxes
 
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
10,906
 
Income tax benefit
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
 
Net (loss) / income
 
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
10,907
 
Net (loss) / income per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
14
 
(0.83
)
 
30.06
 
 
4.56
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
14
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,945
 
 
2,391,628
 
Diluted
14
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,950
 
 
2,391,885
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity
For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
(In thousands of US Dollars, except for share data)

 
Common stock
Additional
paid-in
capital
Accumulated
deficit
Total
stockholders’
equity /
(deficit)
 
# of Shares
Par Value
Balance, January 1, 2013
 
2,391,856
 
 
 
 
294,520
 
 
(396,138
)
 
(101,618
)
Cancellation of equity incentive plan shares
 
(2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock based compensation (Note 15)
 
 
 
 
 
15
 
 
 
 
15
 
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10,907
 
 
10,907
 
Balance, December 31, 2013
 
2,391,854
 
 
 
 
294,535
 
 
(385,231
)
 
(90,696
)
Related parties liabilities released (Note 3)
 
 
 
 
 
9,819
 
 
 
 
9,819
 
Issuance of common stock (Note 12)
 
1,586,000
 
 
 
 
3,205
 
 
 
 
3,205
 
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80,348
 
 
80,348
 
Balance, December 31, 2014
 
3,977,854
 
 
 
 
307,559
 
 
(304,883
)
 
2,676
 
Issuance of common stock (Note 12)
 
15,355,559
 
 
2
 
 
13,819
 
 
 
 
13,821
 
Issuance of convertible promissory notes (Note 3)
 
 
 
 
 
15,765
 
 
 
 
15,765
 
Gain on extinguishment of convertible promissory notes (Note 3)
 
 
 
 
 
(200
)
 
 
 
(200
)
Stock based compensation (Note 15)
 
189,000
 
 
 
 
178
 
 
 
 
178
 
Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(8,956
)
 
(8,956
)
Balance, December 31, 2015
 
19,522,413
 
 
2
 
 
337,121
 
 
(313,839
)
 
23,284
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
(In thousands of US Dollars)

 
2015
2014
2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) / income
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
10,907
 
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) / income to net cash (used in) / provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation
 
1,865
 
 
3
 
 
982
 
Amortization of deferred dry-docking costs
 
38
 
 
 
 
232
 
Amortization of deferred finance charges
 
72
 
 
 
 
1,090
 
Amortization of convertible promissory note beneficial conversion feature
 
334
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on extinguishment of convertible promissory notes
 
(200
)
 
 
 
 
Stock based compensation
 
178
 
 
 
 
15
 
Loss on bad debt
 
30
 
 
38
 
 
 
Gain on restructuring
 
 
 
(85,563
)
 
 
Impairment of vessels and deferred charges
 
 
 
 
 
3,564
 
Gain on disposal of subsidiaries
 
 
 
 
 
(25,719
)
Change in fair value of financial instruments
 
 
 
 
 
8
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable trade, net
 
(1,287
)
 
1,188
 
 
1,025
 
Inventories
 
(2,980
)
 
61
 
 
(1,005
)
Other current assets
 
(353
)
 
661
 
 
1,113
 
Deferred charges
 
(1,232
)
 
 
 
(1,041
)
Other non-current assets
 
 
 
 
 
141
 
Trade accounts and other payables
 
5,715
 
 
(1,884
)
 
(658
)
Due to related parties
 
(105
)
 
875
 
 
2,914
 
Accrued liabilities
 
1,990
 
 
(10,380
)
 
7,147
 
Deferred revenue
 
154
 
 
(205
)
 
315
 
Net cash (used in) / provided by operating activities
 
(4,737
)
 
(14,858
)
 
1,030
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisition of vessels
 
(201,684
)
 
 
 
 
Net proceeds from sale of vessels
 
 
 
105,959
 
 
3,998
 
Additions to office furniture & equipment
 
 
 
(64
)
 
 
Cash disposed of upon disposal of subsidiaries
 
 
 
 
 
(2,005
)
Cash paid at subsidiary disposal
 
 
 
 
 
(1,000
)
Net cash (used in) / provided by investing activities
 
(201,684
)
 
105,895
 
 
993
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock
 
13,820
 
 
3,204
 
 
 
Proceeds from long term debt
 
179,047
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from convertible promissory notes
 
15,765
 
 
 
 
 
Payments of financing costs
 
(930
)
 
 
 
 
Repayments of long term debt
 
(600
)
 
(94,443
)
 
(5,246
)
Repayments of convertible promissory notes
 
(200
)
 
 
 
 
Restricted cash (retained)/released
 
(50
)
 
 
 
2,000
 
Net cash provided by / (used in) financing activities
 
206,852
 
 
(91,239
)
 
(3,246
)
Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
431
 
 
(202
)
 
(1,223
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
2,873
 
 
3,075
 
 
4,298
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
3,304
 
 
2,873
 
 
3,075
 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid for interest
 
855
 
 
10,557
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

1. Basis of Presentation and General Information:

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. (the “Company” or “Seanergy”) was formed under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on January 4, 2008, with executive offices located in Athens, Greece. The Company provides global transportation solutions in the drybulk shipping sector through its vessel-owning subsidiaries.

On January 8, 2016, the Company effected a one-to-five reverse stock split on its issued and outstanding common stock (Note 16). In connection with the reverse stock split 181 fractional shares were issued. All share and per share amounts disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and notes give effect to this reverse stock split retroactively, for all periods presented.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company” or “Seanergy”).

a. Disposal of Subsidiaries:

On January 29, 2013, Maritime Capital Shipping Limited (“MCS”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, sold its 100% ownership interest in the four subsidiaries that owned the Handysize drybulk carriers Fiesta, Pacific Fantasy, Pacific Fighter and Clipper Freeway. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized a gain from the sale of the four MCS subsidiaries, of $5,538.

On July 19, 2013, MCS sold its 100% ownership interest in the three subsidiaries that owned the Handysize drybulk carriers African Joy, African Glory and Asian Grace. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized a gain from the sale of the three MCS subsidiaries of $20,181.

b. Disposal of Vessels:

On March 11, 2014, the Company closed on its delivery and settlement agreement with its then remaining lender, Piraeus Bank, for the sale of its then four remaining vessels, to a nominee of the lender, in exchange for a nominal cash consideration and full satisfaction of the underlying loan facilities. The Company provided a corporate guarantee for these facilities. The four vessels were the drybulk carriers M/V Bremen Max, M/V Hamburg Max, M/V Davakis G. and M/V Delos Ranger. In exchange for the sale, approximately $145,597 of outstanding debt and accrued interest were discharged and the Company’s guarantee was fully released.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recognized a gain from the sale of the four remaining vessels under the facility agreements with Piraeus Bank of $85,563.

c. Vessels Acquisitions:

On December 23, 2014 the Company entered into an agreement with an unaffiliated third party for the purchase of a second hand Capesize vessel, the 2001, 171,199 DWT vessel M/V Leadership. The acquisition was funded by secured senior bank debt, as well as financing by one of the Company’s major shareholders. The transaction was approved by the Board of Directors. The vessel was delivered on March 19, 2015 (Note 7).

On August 6, 2015, the Company entered into a purchase agreement with entities affiliated with certain of the Company’s major shareholder to acquire seven secondhand drybulk vessels (Notes 3 and 7).

d. Going Concern:

The Company acquired eight vessels in 2015 in accordance with its business plan to grow the fleet on a sustainable basis.

As of December 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all its financial covenants and asset coverage ratios contained in its debt agreements. Most financial covenants and asset coverage ratios will be tested commencing in 2017. Scheduled debt installment payments for 2016 amount to only $1,000, related to the Alpha Bank AE facility associated with the vessel Leadership. For the other facility agreements, debt repayments will commence in 2017 at the earliest.

F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

Given the current drybulk charter rates, the Company’s cash flow projections indicate that cash on hand and cash provided by operating activities might not be sufficient to cover the liquidity needs that become due in the twelve-month period ending December 31, 2016.

The Company has relied on Jelco Delta Holding Corp., or Jelco, a company affiliated with Claudia Restis, who is also the Company’s major shareholder, for both vessel acquisitions and general corporate purposes during 2015 and for further funding during 2016.

The Company also intends to apply additional measures to reduce potential cash flow shortfall if current drybulk charter rates remain at today’s historical low levels. The Company has undertaken a cost-cutting initiative to decrease its daily vessel operating expenses. The Company is also exploring raising additional equity from both capital markets and private investors.

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. Accordingly, they do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts, the amounts and classification of liabilities, or any other adjustments that might result in the event the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

e. Subsidiaries in Consolidation:

Seanergy’s subsidiaries included in these consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 are as follows:

Company
Country of
Incorporation
Date of
Incorporation
Vessel name
Date of Delivery
Date of
Sale/Disposal
Financed by
Seanergy Management Corp. (1)(3)
Marshall Islands
May 9, 2008
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Seanergy Shipmanagement Corp. (1)(3)
Marshall Islands
September 16, 2014
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Sea Glorius Shipping Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
September 16, 2014
Gloriuship
November 3, 2015
N/A
HSH Nordbank AG
Sea Genius Shipping Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
September 16, 2014
Geniuship
October 13, 2015
N/A
HSH Nordbank AG
Leader Shipping Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
January 15, 2015
Leadership
March 19, 2015
N/A
Alpha Bank A.E.
Premier Marine Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
July 9, 2015
Premiership
September 11, 2015
N/A
UniCredit Bank AG
Gladiator Shipping Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
July 9, 2015
Gladiatorship
September 29, 2015
N/A
UniCredit Bank AG
Guardian Shipping Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
July 9, 2015
Guardianship
October 21, 2015
N/A
UniCredit Bank AG
Champion Ocean Navigation Co. (1)
Liberia
August 6, 2015
Championship
December 7, 2015
N/A
Natixis
Squire Ocean Navigation Co. (1)
Liberia
August 6, 2015
Squireship
November 10, 2015
N/A
Alpha Bank A.E.
Pembroke Chartering Services Limited (4)
Malta
December 2, 2015
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Amazons Management Inc. (1)
Marshall Islands
April 21, 2008
Davakis G.
August 28, 2008
March 6, 2014
Piraeus Bank
Lagoon Shipholding Ltd. (1)
Marshall Islands
April 21, 2008
Delos Ranger
August 28, 2008
March 11, 2014
Piraeus Bank
Cynthera Navigation Ltd. (1)
Marshall Islands
March 18, 2008
African Oryx
August 28, 2008
April 10, 2013
Piraeus Bank
Martinique International Corp. (1)
British Virgin Islands
May 14, 2008
Bremen Max
September 11, 2008
March 7, 2014
Piraeus Bank
Harbour Business International Corp. (1)
British Virgin Islands
April 1, 2008
Hamburg Max
September 25, 2008
March 10, 2014
Piraeus Bank
Waldeck Maritime Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
April 21, 2008
African Zebra
September 25, 2008
February 15, 2012
Piraeus Bank
Maritime Capital Shipping Limited (1)
Bermuda
April 30, 2007
N/A
May 21, 2010
N/A
N/A
Maritime Capital Shipping (HK) Limited (3)
Hong Kong
June 16, 2006
N/A
May 21, 2010
N/A
N/A
Maritime Glory Shipping Limited (2)
British Virgin Islands
April 8, 2008
Clipper Glory
May 21, 2010
December 4, 2012
HSBC

F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

Company
Country of
Incorporation
Date of
Incorporation
Vessel name
Date of Delivery
Date of
Sale/Disposal
Financed by
Maritime Grace Shipping Limited (2)
British Virgin Islands
April 8, 2008
Clipper Grace
May 21, 2010
October 15, 2012
HSBC
Atlantic Grace Shipping Limited (5)
British Virgin Islands
October 9, 2007
N/A
May 21, 2010
N/A
N/A
(1) Subsidiaries wholly owned
(2) Vessel owning subsidiaries owned by MCS
(3) Management company
(4) Chartering services company
(5) Dormant company
2. Significant Accounting Policies:
(a) Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts and operating results of Seanergy and its wholly-owned subsidiaries where Seanergy has control. Control is presumed to exist when Seanergy through direct or indirect ownership retains the majority of voting interest. In addition, Seanergy evaluates its relationships with other entities to identify whether they are variable interest entities and to assess whether it is the primary beneficiary of such entities. If the determination is made that the Company is the primary beneficiary, then that entity is included in the consolidated financial statements. The Company deconsolidates a subsidiary or derecognizes a group of assets when the Company no longer controls the subsidiary or group of assets, and a gain or loss is recognized. When the Company does not have a controlling interest in an entity, but exerts a significant influence over the entity, the Company applies the equity method of accounting. All significant intercompany balances and transactions and any intercompany profit or loss on assets remaining with the Group have been eliminated in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

A parent company deconsolidates a subsidiary or derecognizes a group of assets when that parent company no longer controls the subsidiary or group of assets specified in ASC 810-10-40-3A. When control is lost, the parent-subsidiary relationship no longer exists and the parent derecognizes the assets and liabilities of the qualifying subsidiary or group of assets. The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) concluded that the loss of control and the related deconsolidation of a subsidiary or derecognition of a group of assets specified in ASC 810-10-40-3A is a significant economic event that changes the nature of the investment held in the subsidiary or group of assets. Based on this consideration, a gain or loss is recognized upon the deconsolidation of a subsidiary or derecognition of a group of assets.

(b) Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates include evaluation of relationships with other entities to identify whether they are variable interest entities, determination of vessel useful lives, allocation of purchase price in a business combination, determination of vessels impairment and determination of goodwill impairment.

(c) Foreign Currency Translation

Seanergy’s functional currency is the United States dollar since the Company’s vessels operate in international shipping markets and therefore primarily transact business in US Dollars. The Company’s books of accounts are maintained in US Dollars. Transactions involving other currencies are translated into the United States dollar using exchange rates, which are in effect at the time of the transaction. At the balance sheet dates,

F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

monetary assets and liabilities, which are denominated in other currencies, are translated to United States dollars at the foreign exchange rate prevailing at year-end. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency translation are reflected in the consolidated statement of income/(loss).

(d) Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents, consisting mostly of deposits, with high credit qualified financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the financial institutions in which it places its deposits. The Company limits its credit risk with accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. Customers individually accounting for more than 10% of the Company’s revenues during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were:

Customer
2015
2014
2013
A
 
47
%
 
 
 
 
B
 
15
%
 
 
 
 
C
 
12
%
 
 
 
 
D
 
10
%
 
 
 
 
E
 
 
 
59
%
 
18
%
F
 
 
 
29
%
 
 
G
 
 
 
 
 
16
%
H
 
 
 
 
 
12
%
I
 
 
 
 
 
10
%
Total
 
84
%
 
88
%
 
56
%
(e) Cash and Cash Equivalents

Seanergy considers time deposits and all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Restricted cash is excluded from cash and cash equivalents. Restricted cash represents minimum cash deposits or cash collateral deposits required to be maintained with certain banks under the Company’s borrowing arrangements or in relation to bank guarantees issued on behalf of the Company. In the event that the obligation relating to such deposits is expected to be terminated within the next twelve months, these deposits are classified as current assets; otherwise they are classified as non-current assets.

(f) Accounts Receivable Trade, Net

Accounts receivable trade, net at each balance sheet date, includes receivables from charterers for hire, freight and demurrage billings, net of a provision for doubtful accounts. At each balance sheet date, all potentially uncollectible accounts are assessed individually for purposes of determining the appropriate provision for doubtful accounts. The provision for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2015 and 2014 amounted to $43 and $13, respectively.

(g) Inventories

Inventories consist of lubricants and bunkers which are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined by the first in, first out method.

(h) Insurance Claims

The Company records insurance claim recoveries for insured losses incurred on damage to fixed assets and for insured crew medical expenses and for legal fees covered by directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. Insurance claim recoveries are recorded, net of any deductible amounts, at the time the Company’s fixed assets

F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

suffer insured damages or when crew medical expenses are incurred, recovery is probable under the related insurance policies, the claim is not subject to litigation and the Company can make an estimate of the amount to be reimbursed. The classification of the insurance claims into current and non-current assets is based on management’s expectations as to their collection dates.

(i) Vessels

Vessels acquired as a part of a business combination are recorded at fair market value on the date of acquisition. Vessels acquired as asset acquisitions are stated at historical cost, which consists of the contract price less discounts, plus any material expenses incurred upon acquisition (delivery expenses and other expenditures to prepare for the vessel’s initial voyage). Vessels acquired from entities under common control are recorded at historical cost. Subsequent expenditures for conversions and major improvements are capitalized, when they appreciably extend the life, increase the earning capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels. Expenditures for routine maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

(j) Vessel Depreciation

Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the vessels, after considering the estimated salvage value. Up to September 30, 2015, management estimated the useful life of the Company’s vessels to be 30 years from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard. On October 1, 2015, the Company changed that estimate to 25 years. This change increased depreciation expense by $289 (approximately $0.03 per share) for the year ended December 31, 2015. Salvage value is estimated by the Company by taking the cost of steel times the weight of the ship noted in lightweight ton (“LWT”). Salvage values are periodically reviewed and revised to recognize changes in conditions, new regulations or other reasons. Revisions of salvage values affect the depreciable amount of the vessels and affects depreciation expense in the period of the revision and future periods. On October 1, 2015, the Company revised the salvage value of its vessels. This change increased depreciation expense by $235 (approximately $0.02 per share) for the year ended December 31, 2015.

(k) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets (Vessels)

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as undiscounted projected operating cash flows, business plans to dispose a vessel earlier than the end of its useful life and prevailing market conditions, indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. The current conditions in the drybulk market with decreased charter rates and decreased vessel market values are conditions that the Company considers indicators of a potential impairment for its vessels.

The Company determines undiscounted projected operating cash flows, for each vessel and compares it to the vessel’s carrying value. When the undiscounted projected operating cash flows expected to be generated by the use of the vessel and its eventual disposition are less than its carrying amount, the Company impairs the carrying amount of the vessel. Measurement of the impairment loss is based on the fair value of the asset as determined by independent valuators. The undiscounted projected operating cash inflows are determined by considering the charter revenues from existing time charters for the fixed fleet days and an estimated daily time charter equivalent for the non-fixed days (based on a combination of 2-year forward freight agreements and the median of the trailing 10-year historical charter rates available for each type of vessel) adjusted for brokerage commissions and expected outflows for scheduled vessels’ maintenance. The undiscounted projected operating cash outflows are determined by reference to the Company’s actual vessel operating expenses, assuming an average annual inflation rate of 2%. Fleet utilization excluding dry-docking off-hire days is determined by reference to the actual utilization rate of the Company’s fleet in the recent years.

The Company recorded net impairment loss of $NIL, $ NIL and $3,564 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $867 for the vessel African Oryx that was sold on April 10, 2013 and $10,697 for the vessels Davakis G. and Delos Ranger, which were measured at their fair values, upon classification of the vessels financed by the Piraeus Bank loan facilities to current assets as of June 30, 2013, as per the Company’s restructuring plan. This was partially offset

F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

with the impairment re measurement of $1,000 relating to the UOB vessels, and the impairment re measurement of $7,000 of Davakis G. and Delos Ranger as of December 31, 2013. The impairment loss was measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the vessel exceeded its fair value less cost to sell, which was determined using the valuation derived from market data available at December 31, 2013.

(l) Office equipment, net

Equipment consists of computer software and hardware. The useful life of the computer software and hardware is 3 years. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis.

(m) Dry-Docking and Special Survey Costs

The Company follows the deferral method of accounting for dry-docking costs and special survey costs whereby actual costs incurred are deferred and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the period through the expected date of the next dry-docking which is scheduled to become due in 2 to 3 years. Dry-docking costs which are not fully amortized by the next dry-docking period are expensed. In 2015, the Company changed the presentation of dry-docking and special survey costs on its consolidated statement of cash flows. Payments for dry-docking, shown as an adjustment to reconcile net income / (loss) to net cash provided by / (used in) operating activities was eliminated, and a new line “Deferred charges” under Changes in operating assets and liabilities was added to show gross additions for dry-docking and special survey costs.

(n) Commitments and Contingencies

Liabilities for loss contingencies, arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines and penalties, environmental and remediation obligations and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.

(o) Revenue Recognition

Voyage revenues are generated from time charters, bareboat charters and voyage charters. A time charter is a contract for the use of a vessel for a specific period of time and a specified daily charter hire rate, which is generally payable in advance. Some of the time charters also include profit sharing provisions, under which additional revenue can be realized in the event the spot rates are higher than the base rates under the time charters. A bareboat charter is a contract in which the vessel is provided to the charterer for a fixed period of time at a specified daily rate, which is generally payable in advance. Voyage charter agreements are charter hires, where a contract is made in the spot market for the use of a vessel for a specific voyage at a specified charter rate per ton of cargo.

Time charter revenue, including bareboat hire, is recorded over the term of the charter agreement as the service is provided and collection of the related revenue is reasonably assured. Under a time charter, revenue is adjusted for a vessel’s off hire days due to major repairs, dry dockings or special or intermediate surveys. Voyage charter revenue is recognized on a pro-rata basis over the duration of the voyage, when a voyage agreement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, service is provided and the collection of the related revenue is reasonably assured. A voyage is deemed to commence upon signing the charter party or completion of previous voyage, whichever is later, and is deemed to end upon the completion of the discharge of the delivered cargo.

Deferred revenue represents cash received prior to the balance sheet date and is related to revenue applicable to periods after such date.

(p) Commissions

Commissions, which include address and brokerage commissions, are recognized in the same period as the respective charter revenues. Address commissions to third parties are included in Commissions. Brokerage commissions to third parties are included in Direct voyage expenses.

F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

(q) Vessel Voyage Expenses

Vessel voyage expenses primarily consist of port, canal, bunker expenses and brokerage commissions that are unique to a particular charter and are paid for by the charterer under time charter agreements and other non-specified voyage expenses.

(r) Repairs and Maintenance

All repair and maintenance expenses, including major overhauling and underwater inspection expenses are expensed in the year incurred. Such costs are included in Vessel operating expenses.

(s) Financing Costs

Underwriting, legal and other direct costs incurred with the issuance of long-term debt or to refinance existing debt are deferred and amortized to interest expense over the life of the related debt using the effective interest method. Unamortized fees relating to loans repaid are expensed in the period the repayment is made.

Following the early adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2015-03 “Interest – Imputation of Interest” to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs, effective December 31, 2015, the Company presents unamortized deferred financing costs as a reduction of long term debt in the accompanying balance sheets. There was no retrospective effect as the Company had neither debt nor debt issuance costs at December 31, 2014.

(t) Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized, when applicable, for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company records interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in general and administration expenses.

Maritime Capital Shipping (HK) Limited, the Company’s management office in Hong Kong, is subject to Hong Kong profits tax at a rate of 16.5% on the estimated assessable profit for the year.

Seanergy Management Corp. (“Seanergy Management”), the Company’s management company, established in Greece under Greek Law 89/67 (as amended to date), is subject to an annual contribution calculated on the total amount of foreign exchange annually imported and converted to Euros during 2012-2015 according to a tax bill passed in 2013 under the laws of the Republic of Greece. The tax bill was retroactive to 2012. The contribution to be paid in 2016 by Seanergy Management for 2015 is estimated at approximately $32.

Pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of the United States (the “Code”), U.S. source income from the international operations of ships is generally exempt from U.S. tax if the company operating the ships meets both of the following requirements: (a) the Company is organized in a foreign country that grants an equivalent exception to corporations organized in the United States and (b) either (i) more than 50% of the value of the Company’s stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by individuals who are “residents” of the Company’s country of organization or of another foreign country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to corporations organized in the United States (50% Ownership Test) or (ii) the Company’s stock is “primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market” in its country of organization, in another country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to United States corporations, or in the United States (Publicly-Traded Test).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the regulations provide, in pertinent part, that each class of the Company’s stock will not be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market for any taxable year in

F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

which 50% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class are owned, actually or constructively under specified stock attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the value of such class of the Company’s outstanding stock (“5 Percent Override Rule”).

The Company and each of its subsidiaries expects to qualify for this statutory tax exemption for the 2015 taxable year, and the Company takes this position for United States federal income tax return reporting purposes. However, there are factual circumstances beyond the Company’s control that could cause it to lose the benefit of this tax exemption in future years and thereby become subject to United States federal income tax on its United States source income such as if, for a particular taxable year, other shareholders with a five percent or greater interest in the Company’s stock were, in combination with the Company’s existing 5% shareholders, to own 50% or more of the Company’s outstanding shares of its stock on more than half the days during the taxable year.

The Company estimates that since no more than the 50% of its shipping income would be treated as being United States source income, the effective tax rate is expected to be 2% and accordingly it anticipates that the impact on its results of operations will not be material. The Company has assessed that it satisfies the Publicly-Traded Test and all of its United States source shipping income is exempt from U.S. federal income tax for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013. Based on its U.S. source Shipping Income for 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company would be subject to U.S. federal income tax of approximately $NIL, $NIL and $25, respectively, in the absence of an exemption under Section 883.

(u) Stock-based Compensation

Stock-based compensation represents vested and non-vested common stock granted to directors and employees for their services. The Company calculates stock-based compensation expense for the award based on its fair value on the grant date and recognizes it on an accelerated basis over the vesting period.

(v) Earnings (Losses) per Share

Basic earnings (losses) per common share are computed by dividing net income (loss) available to Seanergy’s shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (losses) per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted at the beginning of the periods presented, or issuance date, if later. Potential common shares that have an anti-dilutive effect (i.e. those that increase income per share or decrease loss per share) are excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

(w) Segment Reporting

Seanergy reports financial information and evaluates its operations by total charter revenues and not by the length of vessel employment, customer, or type of charter. As a result, management, including the chief operating decision maker, reviews operating results solely by revenue per day and operating results of the fleet and thus, Seanergy has determined that it operates under one reportable segment. Furthermore, when Seanergy charters a vessel to a charterer, the charterer is free to trade the vessel worldwide and, as a result, disclosure of geographic information is impracticable.

(x) Financial Instruments

Derivative instruments (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) are recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value, with changes in the derivatives’ fair value recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. The Company was party to interest swap agreements where it received a floating interest rate and paid a fixed interest rate for a certain period in exchange. These contracts did not qualify for hedge accounting and as such changes in their fair values were reported to earnings. The fair value of those agreements equated to the amount that would be paid by the Company if the agreements were cancelled at the reporting date, taking into account current interest rates.

F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

(y) Fair Value Measurements

The Company follows the provisions of ASC 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, which defines fair value and provides guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities. The guidance creates a fair value hierarchy of measurement and describes fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in the market in which the reporting entity transacts. In accordance with the requirements of accounting guidance relating to Fair Value Measurements, the Company classifies and discloses its assets and liabilities carried at the fair value in one of the following categories:

Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2: Observable market based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data;
Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.
(z) Troubled Debt Restructurings

A restructuring of a debt constitutes a troubled debt restructuring if the lender or creditor for economic or legal reasons related to the Company’s financial difficulties grants a concession to the Company that it would not otherwise consider. Troubled debt that is fully satisfied by foreclosure, repossession, or other transfer of assets or by grant of equity securities by the Company is included in the term troubled debt restructuring and is accounted as such.

The Company, when issuing or otherwise granting an equity interest to a lender or creditor to settle fully a payable or debt, accounts for the equity interest granted at its fair value. The difference between the fair value of the equity interest granted and the carrying amount of the payable or debt settled is recognized as a gain on restructuring of payables or debt. Legal fees and other direct costs incurred in granting an equity interest to a creditor reduce the fair value of the equity interest issued. All other direct costs incurred in connection with a troubled debt restructuring are charged to expense as incurred.

(aa) Convertible Promissory Notes and related Beneficial Conversion Features

The convertible promissory notes are accounted in accordance with ASC 470-20 “Debt with Conversion and Other Options.” The terms of each convertible promissory note included an embedded conversion feature which provided for a conversion at the option of the holder into shares of common stock at a predetermined rate. The Company determined that the conversion features were beneficial conversion features (“BCF”) pursuant to ASC 470-20. The Company considered the BCF guidance only after determining that the features did not need to be bifurcated under ASC 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” or separately accounted for under the cash conversion literature of ASC 470-20 “Debt, Debt with Conversion and Other Options”.

Accounting for an embedded BCF in a convertible instrument requires that the BCF be recognized separately at issuance by allocating a portion of the proceeds equal to the intrinsic value of the BCF to additional paid-in capital, resulting in a discount on the convertible instrument. This discount is accreted from the date on which the BCF is first recognized through the stated maturity date of the convertible instrument using the effective yield method. If the intrinsic value of the BCF is greater than the proceeds allocated to the convertible instrument, the amount of the discount assigned to the BCF is limited to the amount of the proceeds allocated to the convertible instrument.

(ab) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) jointly issued a standard that will supersede virtually all of the existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The standard establishes a five-step model that will apply to revenue earned from a contract with a customer (with limited exceptions), regardless of the type of revenue transaction or the industry. The standard’s requirements will also apply to the recognition and

F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

measurement of gains and losses on the sale of some non-financial assets that are not an output of the entity’s ordinary activities (e.g., sales of property, plant and equipment or intangibles). Extensive disclosures will be required, including disaggregation of total revenue; information about performance obligations; changes in contract asset and liability account balances between periods and key judgments and estimates. Management is in the process of accessing the impact of the new standard on Company’s financial position and performance. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date”, which defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 (“Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)”)” for public business entities to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Presently, the Company is assessing what effect the adoption of these ASUs will have on its financial statements and accompanying notes.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15 – Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern. ASU 2014-15 provides guidance about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. ASU 2014-15 requires an entity’s management to evaluate at each reporting period based on the relevant conditions and events that are known at the date when financial statements are issued, whether there are conditions or events, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued and to disclose the necessary information. The guidance is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. Management is in the process of assessing the impact of the new standard on the Company’s consolidated financial position and performance.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, “Consolidation (Topic 810) - Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis”, which provides guidance for reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. In accordance with ASU 2015-02, all legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. ASU 2015-02 is effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2015-02 on the consolidated financial statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, “Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory”. Topic 330, Inventory, currently requires an entity to measure inventory at the lower of cost or market. Market could be replacement cost, net realizable value, or net realizable value less an approximately normal profit margin. The amendments in this update require an entity to measure inventory within the scope of this update at the lower of cost and net realizable value. For public business entities, the amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendments in this update should be applied prospectively with earlier application permitted as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. While the Company has not yet adopted this ASU, its adoption is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements and accompanying notes.

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-15 “Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements—Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcement at June 18, 2015 EITF Meeting (SEC Update)” to add to the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification SEC staff guidance that the SEC staff will not object to an entity presenting the costs of securing line-of-credit arrangements as an asset, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings. This updated does not have any effect on the Company’s financial statements and accompanying notes presented herein.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 Leases (Topic 842) which provides new guidance related to accounting for leases and supersedes existing U.S. GAAP on lease accounting. The ASU will require organizations that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and

F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

obligations created by those leases, unless the lease is a short term lease. Public business entities should apply the amendments in ASU 2016-02 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted for all public business entities upon issuance. Lessees (for capital and operating leases) and lessors (for sales-type, direct financing, and operating leases) must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees and lessors may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. Management is in the process of assessing the impact of the new standard on the Company’s consolidated financial position and performance.

3. Transactions with Related Parties:
a. Release from related parties liabilities:

On March 5, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement with Enterprises Shipping and Trading SA (“EST”) and Safbulk Pty Ltd (“Safbulk Pty”), both affiliates, in exchange of a full and complete release of all their claims upon the completion of the delivery of the then last four remaining vessels and settlement agreement with Piraeus Bank. The transaction was completed successfully on March 11, 2014 and total liabilities amounting to approximately $9,819 were released and recorded in additional paid-in capital.

b. Convertible Promissory Notes:

On March 12, 2015 (“commitment date”), the Company issued an unsecured convertible promissory note of $4,000 to Jelco for general corporate purposes. The convertible note is repayable in ten consecutive semi-annual installments of $200, along with a balloon installment of $2,000 payable on the final maturity date, March 19, 2020. The note bears interest of Libor plus a margin with quarterly interest payments. At Jelco’s option, the principal amount under the convertible note may be paid at any time in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed in Note 1 above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. The Company has the right to defer up to three consecutive installments to the balloon installment.

The Company accounted for the issuance of the convertible promissory note in accordance with the BCF guidance of ASC 470-20. The intrinsic value of the BCF was determined as the number of shares times the positive difference between the fair value of the stock on the commitment date and the contractual conversion price. Since the intrinsic value of the BCF at the commitment date was greater than the proceeds allocated to the convertible instrument, the amount of the discount assigned to the BCF was limited to the amount of the proceeds allocated to the convertible instrument. The Company has paid the first installment as of December 31, 2015, with the entire payment recorded as a reduction to Additional paid-in capital. The gain or loss on the extinguishment of the convertible debt instrument is the difference between the carrying amount and the consideration allocated to the debt instrument. The partial extinguishment of debt as a result of the payment is being shown as a gain on extinguishment (Note 13).

F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

The movement of the debt and equity during the year ended December 31, 2015 is presented below:

 
December 31,
2015
Debt
 
 
 
Convertible promissory notes
 
4,000
 
Debt discount
 
(4,000
)
Amortization of debt discount (Note 13)
 
303
 
Partial extinguishment of debt
 
(200
)
Balance convertible promissory note
 
103
 
Short term portion
 
103
 
Long term portion
 
 
   
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
 
 
Intrinsic value of BCF
 
4,000
 
Consideration allocated to repurchase BCF
 
(200
)
Balance of intrinsic value of BCF
 
3,800
 

On September 7, 2015 (“commitment date”), the Company issued an unsecured revolving convertible promissory note of up to $6,765 (the “Applicable Limit”) to Jelco for general corporate purposes. The revolving convertible promissory note has a tenor of up to five years after the first drawdown and the Applicable Limit is reduced by $1,000 each year after the second year following the first drawdown. The note bears interest of Libor plus a margin with quarterly interest payments. At Jelco’s option, the Company’s obligation to repay the principal amount under the revolving convertible note may be paid in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed in Note 1 above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. On December 1, 2015, the unsecured revolving convertible promissory note was amended, increasing the maximum principal amount available to be drawn to $9,765. On December 14, 2015, the unsecured revolving convertible promissory note was further amended, increasing the maximum principal amount available to be drawn to $11,765, while also increasing the amount by which the Applicable Limit will be reduced from $1,000 to $2,000. The Company has drawn down the entire $11,765 as of December 31, 2015.

The Company accounted for the issuance of the revolving convertible promissory note in accordance with the BCF guidance of ASC 470-20. The intrinsic value of the BCF was determined as the number of shares times the positive difference between the fair value of the stock on the commitment date and the contractual conversion price. Since the intrinsic value of the BCF at the commitment date was greater than the proceeds allocated to the convertible instrument, the amount of the discount assigned to the BCF was limited to the amount of the proceeds allocated to the convertible instrument.

The movement of the debt and equity during the year ended December 31, 2015 is presented below:

 
December 31,
2015
Debt
 
 
 
Convertible promissory notes
 
11,765
 
Debt discount
 
(11,765
)
Amortization of debt discount (Note 13)
 
31
 
Balance convertible promissory note
 
31
 
Short term portion
 
 
Long term portion
 
31
 
   
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
 
 
Intrinsic value of BCF
 
11,765
 
Balance of intrinsic value of BCF
 
11,765
 

F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

c. Vessel Acquisitions:

On August 6, 2015, the Company entered into a purchase agreement with entities affiliated with certain of the Company’s major shareholders to acquire seven secondhand drybulk vessels, consisting of five Capesize and two Supramax vessels. The acquisition cost of the vessels was funded by senior secured loans, a shareholder’s revolving convertible promissory note by Jelco and equity injections by Jelco. The transaction was completed on December 7, 2015, with the delivery of the last vessel. The transactions were approved by the independent committee of the Company’s Board of Directors and the Company’s Board of Directors. Below is a list of the vessels under the purchase agreement:

Vessel name
Date of Delivery
Vessel Class
DWT
Year Built
Premiership
September 11, 2015
Capesize
 
170,024
 
 
2010
 
Gladiatorship
September 29, 2015
Supramax
 
56,819
 
 
2010
 
Geniuship
October 13, 2015
Capesize
 
170,057
 
 
2010
 
Guardianship
October 21, 2015
Supramax
 
56,884
 
 
2011
 
Gloriuship
November 3, 2015
Capesize
 
171,314
 
 
2004
 
Squireship
November 10, 2015
Capesize
 
170,018
 
 
2010
 
Championship
December 7, 2015
Capesize
 
179,238
 
 
2011
 
d. Technical Management Agreement:

A management agreement had been signed between the Company and EST for the provision of technical management services relating to certain vessels previously owned by Seanergy. The fixed daily fee per vessel for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, was $0.45. The technical management agreement was automatically terminated with the sale of Seanergy’s fleet in March 2014 and EST has released the Company from all its claims relating thereto.

The related expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, amounted to $NIL, $122 and $743, respectively, and is included under management fees - related party.

e. Brokerage Agreement:

Under the terms of the brokerage agreements, Safbulk Pty and Safbulk Maritime S.A., both affiliates, together referred to as “Safbulk,” provided commercial brokerage services for certain vessels previously owned under the Company’s fleet in accordance with the instructions of Seanergy Management. Safbulk was entitled to receive a commission of 1.25% calculated on the collected gross hire/freight/demurrage payable when such amounts were collected. The brokerage agreements were automatically terminated with the sale of Seanergy’s fleet in March 2014 and Safbulk has released the Company from all its claims relating thereto.

The fees charged by Safbulk amounted to $NIL, $24 and $313 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and are separately reflected as voyage expenses — related party.

f. Property Lease Agreement:

Until March 15, 2015, the Company’s executive offices were at premises leased from Waterfront S.A., a company affiliated with a member of the Restis family. On March 16, 2015, the Company relocated its executive offices to premises owned by an unaffiliated third party. A three month rent guarantee of $55 is included in other current assets at December 31, 2014.

The rent charged by Waterfront S.A. for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, amounted to $70, $309 and $412, respectively, and is included under general and administration expenses - related party.

4. Due to Related Parties:

As of December 31, 2015, due to related parties was $NIL. As of December 31, 2014, due to related parties of $105 consists of liabilities to Waterfront S.A. for common expenses for the leasehold property.

F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

5. Inventories:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
Lubricants
 
739
 
 
 
Bunkers
 
2,241
 
 
 
Total
 
2,980
 
 
 
6. Other Current Assets:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
Prepaid expenses
 
476
 
 
78
 
Insurance claims
 
14
 
 
22
 
Other
 
167
 
 
204
 
Total
 
657
 
 
304
 
7. Vessels, Net:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
Cost:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
 
 
 
 
- Additions
 
201,684
 
 
 
Ending balance
 
201,684
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated depreciation:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
 
 
 
 
- Additions
 
(1,844
)
 
 
Ending balance
 
(1,844
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net book value
 
199,840
 
 
 

On March 19, 2015, the Company acquired the 2001 Capesize, 171,199 DWT vessel M/V Leadership from an unaffiliated party, for a net purchase price of $17,127, of which $8,750 was financed through a loan with Alpha Bank A.E., $3,827 was financed through a shareholder’s convertible promissory note by Jelco and $4,550 was financed through an equity injection on March 18, 2015 by Jelco in exchange for the issuance of 5,000,100 newly issuance shares of common stock.

On August 6, 2015, the Company entered into a purchase agreement with entities affiliated with certain of the Company’s major shareholder to acquire seven secondhand drybulk vessels, consisting of five Capesize and two Supramax vessels. These seven vessels were acquired as follows:

On September 11, 2015, the Company acquired the vessel M/V Premiership for a purchase price of $29,951, of which $25,420 was financed through a loan with UniCredit Bank AG, $1,030 was financed through a shareholder’s revolving convertible promissory note by Jelco and $3,501 was financed through an equity injection on September 11, 2015 by Jelco in exchange for the issuance of 3,889,980 newly issuance shares of common stock.

F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

On September 29, 2015, the Company acquired the vessel M/V Gladiatorship for a purchase price of $16,336, of which approximately $13,643 was financed through a loan with UniCredit Bank AG, $303 was financed through a shareholder’s revolving convertible promissory note by Jelco and $2,390 was financed through an equity injection on September 29, 2015 by Jelco in exchange for the issuance of 2,655,740 newly issuance shares of common stock.
On October 13, 2015, the Company acquired the vessel M/V Geniuship for a purchase price of $27,597, which was financed through a loan with HSH Nordbank AG.
On October 21, 2015, the Company acquired the vessel M/V Guardianship for a purchase price of $17,168, of which approximately $13,642 was financed through a loan with UniCredit Bank AG, $397 was financed through a shareholder’s revolving convertible promissory note by Jelco and $3,129 was financed through an equity injection on October 21, 2015 by Jelco in exchange for the issuance of 3,476,520 newly issuance shares of common stock.
On November 3, 2015, the Company acquired the vessel M/V Gloriuship for a purchase price of $16,833, which was financed through a loan with HSH Nordbank AG.
On November 10, 2015, the Company acquired the vessel M/V Squireship for a purchase price of $34,922, of which $33,750 was financed through a loan with Alpha Bank A.E. and $1,172 was financed through a shareholder’s revolving convertible promissory note by Jelco.
On December 7, 2015, the Company acquired the vessel M/V Championship for a purchase price of $41,750, of which $39,412 was financed through a loan with Natixis and $2,338 was financed through a shareholder’s revolving convertible promissory note by Jelco.

All vessels are mortgaged to secured loans (Note 8).

8. Long-Term Debt:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
Secured loan facilities
 
178,447
 
 
 
Less: Deferred financing costs
 
(942
)
 
 
Total
 
177,505
 
 
 
Less - current portion
 
(718
)
 
 
Long-term portion
 
176,787
 
 
 

Secured credit facilities

On March 6, 2015, as amended, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Alpha Bank A.E., for a secured loan facility in an amount of $8,750. The loan was used to partially finance the acquisition of the M/V Leadership. On March 17, 2015, the Company drew down the $8,750. The loan is repayable in twenty consecutive quarterly installments, the first four installments being $200 each and the next sixteen quarterly installments being $250 each, along with a balloon installment of $3,950 payable on the final maturity date, March 17, 2020. The loan bears interest of Libor plus a margin of 3.75% with quarterly interest payments. The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessel. The facility places a restriction on the Company’s ability to distribute dividends to its shareholders. The amount of the dividends so declared shall not exceed 50% of Seanergy’s net income except in case the cash and marketable securities are equal or greater than the amount required to meet Seanergy’s consolidated installment and debt interest payments for the following eighteen-month period. The Company has paid the first three installments as of December 31, 2015.

On September 1, 2015, the Company entered into a loan agreement with HSH Nordbank AG, for a secured loan facility in an amount of $44,430. The loan was used to pay for the acquisition of the vessels M/V Geniuship

F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

and M/V Gloriuship. The loan was available in two advances, each advance comprised of two tranches. On October 13, 2015, the Company drew the first advance of $27,597 in order to finance the acquisition of the M/V Geniuship. On November 3, 2015, the Company drew the second advance of $16,833 in order to finance the acquisition of the M/V Gloriuship. The loan is repayable in twelve consecutive quarterly installments being approximately $1,049 each, commencing on September 30, 2017, along with a balloon installment of $31,837 payable on the final maturity date, June 30, 2020. The loan bears interest of Libor plus margins between 3.25% and 3.6% with quarterly interest payments. The loan facility is secured by a first priority mortgage over the two vessels.

On September 11, 2015, the Company entered into a facility agreement with UniCredit Bank AG, for a secured loan facility in an amount of $52,705. The loan was made available in three tranches to partially finance the acquisition of the vessels M/V Premiership, M/V Gladiatorship and M/V Guardianship. On September 11, 2015, the Company drew the first tranche of $25,420 in order to partly finance the acquisition of the M/V Premiership. On September 29, 2015, the Company drew the second tranche of $13,643 in order to partly finance the acquisition of the M/V Gladiatorship. On October 21, 2015, the Company drew the third tranche of $13,642 in order to partly finance the acquisition of the M/V Guardianship. The loan is repayable in fifteen consecutive quarterly installments being $1,552 each, commencing on June 26, 2017, along with a balloon installment of $29,425 payable on the final maturity date, December 28, 2020. The loan bears interest of Libor plus a margin of 3.20% if the value to loan ratio is lower than 125%, 3.00% if the value to loan ratio is between 125% and 166.67% and 2.75% if the value to loan is higher than 166.67% with quarterly interest payments. The loan bore a commitment fee of 1.00% calculated on the balance of the undrawn loan amount and amounted to $22. The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the three vessels.

On November 4, 2015, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Alpha Bank A.E., for a secured loan facility in an amount of $33,750. The loan was used to partially finance the acquisition of the M/V Squireship. On November 10, 2015, the Company drew down the $33,750. The loan is repayable in sixteen consecutive quarterly installments being approximately $844 each, commencing on February 12, 2018, along with a balloon installment of $20,250 payable on the final maturity date, November 10, 2021. The loan bears interest of Libor plus a margin of 3.50% with quarterly interest payments. The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessel. The facility places a restriction on the Company’s ability to distribute dividends to its shareholders. The amount of the dividends so declared shall not exceed 50% of Seanergy’s net income except in case the cash and marketable securities are equal or greater than the amount required to meet Seanergy’s consolidated installment and debt interest payments for the following eighteen-month period.

On December 2, 2015, the Company entered into a facility agreement with Natixis, for a secured loan facility in an amount of $39,412. The loan was used to partially finance the acquisition of the M/V Championship. On December 7, 2015, the Company drew down the $39,412. The loan is repayable in fifteen consecutive quarterly installments being $985 each, commencing on June 30, 2017, along with a balloon installment of $24,637 payable on the final maturity date, February 26, 2021. The loan bears interest of Libor plus a margin of 2.50% with quarterly interest payments. The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessel.

All of the above five facilities are guaranteed by Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp., the Corporate Guarantor.

F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

The annual principal payments required to be made after December 31, 2015 are as follows:

Year ended December 31,
Amount
2016
 
950
 
2017
 
10,710
 
2018
 
18,721
 
2019
 
18,721
 
2020
 
81,083
 
Thereafter
 
48,262
 
Total
 
178,447
 
9. Trade Accounts and Other Payables:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
Creditors
 
5,710
 
 
184
 
Insurances
 
162
 
 
3
 
Other
 
107
 
 
77
 
Total
 
5,979
 
 
264
 
10. Financial Instruments:
(a) Significant Risks and Uncertainties, including Business and Credit Concentration

The Company places its temporary cash investments, consisting mostly of deposits, primarily with high credit qualified financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of those financial institutions that are considered in the Company’s investment strategy. The Company limits its credit risk with accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral for its accounts receivable and does not have any agreements to mitigate credit risk.

(b) Interest Rate Risk

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair values of the financial instruments shown in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 represent management’s best estimate of the amounts that would be received to sell those assets or that would be paid to transfer those liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at that date. Those fair value measurements maximize the use of observable inputs. However, in situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date, the fair value measurement reflects the Company’s own judgments about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Those judgments are developed by the Company based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:

a.   Cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable trade, other current assets, trade accounts and other payables and due to related parties: the carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

b.   Long-term debt: The carrying value approximates the fair market value as the long-term debt bears interest at floating interest rate.

F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

11. Commitments and Contingencies:

Various claims, lawsuits, and complaints, including those involving government regulations and product liability, arise in the ordinary course of the shipping business. In addition, losses may arise from disputes with charterers, agents, insurance and other claims with suppliers relating to the operations of the Company’s vessels. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims or contingent liabilities, which should be disclosed, or for which a provision should be established in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

The Company accrues for the cost of environmental liabilities when management becomes aware that a liability is probable and is able to reasonably estimate the probable exposure. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims or contingent liabilities, which should be disclosed, or for which a provision should be established in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company is covered for liabilities associated with the individual vessels’ actions to the maximum limits as provided by Protection and Indemnity (P&I) Clubs, members of the International Group of P&I Clubs.

12. Capital Structure:
(a) Common Stock

On June 24, 2014, the Company had entered into a share purchase agreement under which the Company sold 378,000 of its common shares to Plaza Shipholding Corp. and Comet Shipholding Inc., companies affiliated with certain members of the Restis family, for $1,134. The common shares were sold at a price of $3.00 per share. The Company’s Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using a build-up method, combining the Company’s net asset value with the cost that a private company would incur to be listed on a U.S. stock exchange and with an additional option value to existing shareholders upon the consummation of the Asset Contribution calculated from the Black-Scholes options pricing model. On June 27, 2014, the Company completed the equity injection plan with the two abovementioned entities. The shares to the two entities were issued on June 27, 2014.

On September 29, 2014, the Company had entered into a share purchase agreement under which the Company sold 320,000 of its common shares to Plaza Shipholding Corp. and Comet Shipholding Inc., companies affiliated with certain members of the Restis family, for $960. The common shares were sold at a price of $3.00 per share. The Company’s Board of Directors obtained an updated fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using a build-up method, combining the Company’s net asset value with the cost that a private company would incur to be listed on a U.S. stock exchange and with an additional option value to existing shareholders upon the consummation of the Asset Contribution calculated from the Black-Scholes options pricing model. On September 30, 2014, the Company completed the equity injection plan with the two abovementioned entities. The shares to the two entities were issued on September 30, 2014.

On December 19, 2014, the Company had entered into a share purchase agreement under which the Company sold 888,000 of its common shares to Jelco for $1,110. The common shares were sold at a price of $1.25 per share. The Company’s Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using a build-up method, combining the Company’s net asset value with the cost that a private company would incur to be listed on a U.S. stock exchange. On December 30, 2014, the Company completed the equity injection plan with the abovementioned entity. The shares to the entity were issued on December 30, 2014.

On March 12, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement under which the Company sold 5,000,100 of its common shares to Jelco for $4,500. The common shares were sold at a price of $0.90 per share. The Company’s Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using the adjusted book value method. On March 16, 2015, the Company completed the equity injection plan with the abovementioned entity. The shares to the entity were issued on March 18, 2015.

F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

On March 12, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement under which the Company sold 333,400 of its common shares to its Chief Executive Officer, or CEO, for $300. The common shares were sold at a price of $0.90 per share. The Company’s Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using the adjusted book value method. On March 16, 2015, the Company completed the equity injection plan with the abovementioned entity. The shares to the CEO were issued on March 18, 2015. The funds were contributed for general corporate purposes.

On September 7, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement under which the Company sold 10,022,240 of its common shares in three tranches to Jelco for $9,020. The common shares were sold at a price of $0.90 per share. The Company’s Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using the capital market multiples and the discounted cash flow methods. On September 11, 2015, the first tranche of $3,501 was contributed in exchange for 3,889,980 common shares of the Company, which were issued on September 11, 2015. On September 29, 2015, the second tranche of $2,390 was contributed in exchange for 2,655,740 common shares of the Company, which were issued on September 29, 2015. On October 21, 2015, the third tranche of $3,129 was contributed in exchange for 3,476,520 common shares of the Company, which shares were issued on October 21, 2015. The transaction was approved by an independent committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.

The purchasers of all above issued shares have received customary registration rights.

(b) Warrants and Unit Purchase Option

In connection with the public offering of January 28, 2010, the Company granted 1,041,667 warrants with an exercise price of $19.80 each on February 3, 2010 and on March 19, 2010, Seanergy granted 97,250 additional warrants. The fair value of these warrants amounted to $1,053. The warrants were exercisable beginning on August 3, 2010 and expired on January 28, 2015. No expenses were recorded in connection with these warrants which were classified in equity.

Following the Company’s reverse stock split in June 2011, with respect to the warrants from the Company’s 2010 secondary offering, as a result of the reverse stock split, each warrant reflected an increase in the per share exercise price and a decrease in the number of warrant shares at the same proportion as the reverse stock split. Accordingly, each warrant was exercisable for one-fifteenth of a share, following the reverse stock split at an exercise price of $19.80 for each such warrant share.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had outstanding underwriters’ warrants exercisable to purchase an aggregate of approximately NIL and 15,185 shares of Seanergy’s common stock, respectively.

(c) Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, no shares of preferred stock have been issued.

(d) Dividends

The declaration and payment of any dividend is subject to the discretion of Seanergy’s board of directors and is dependent upon its earnings, financial condition, cash requirements and availability and restrictions in any applicable loan agreements. No dividends were declared for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

13. Interest and Finance Costs:

Interest and finance costs are analyzed as follows:

 
Year ended December 31
 
2015
2014
2013
Interest on long-term debt
 
1,353
 
 
811
 
 
5,075
 
Interest on revolving credit facility
 
 
 
396
 
 
2,144
 
Amortization of debt issuance costs
 
72
 
 
 
 
1,090
 
Arrangement fees on undrawn facilities
 
 
 
246
 
 
 
Other
 
35
 
 
10
 
 
80
 
Total
 
1,460
 
 
1,463
 
 
8,389
 

Interest and finance costs-related party are analyzed as follows:

 
Year ended December 31
 
2015
2014
2013
Convertible notes interest expense
 
265
 
 
 
 
 
Convertible notes amortization of debt discount
 
334
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on extinguishment of convertible notes
 
(200
)
 
 
 
 
Total
 
399
 
 
 
 
 
14. Earnings per Share:

The calculation of net earnings per common share is summarized below:

 
For the years ended December 31
 
2015
2014
2013
Basic:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) / income
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
10,907
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,945
 
 
2,391,628
 
Net (loss) / income per common share – basic
$
(0.83
)
$
30.06
 
$
4.56
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) / income
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
10,907
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,945
 
 
2,391,628
 
Non-vested equity incentive shares
 
 
 
5
 
 
227
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding – diluted
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,950
 
 
2,391,885
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) / income per common share – diluted
$
(0.83
)
$
30.06
 
$
4.56
 

F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

As of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, securities that could potentially dilute basic EPS in the future that were not included in the computation of diluted EPS as mentioned above are:

 
2015
2014
2013
Non-vested equity incentive plan shares (Note 15)
 
152,000
 
 
 
 
 
Convertible promissory note shares (Note 3)
 
17,294,444
 
 
 
 
 
Private shares under warrants (Note 12)
 
 
 
15,185
 
 
15,185
 
Total
 
17,446,444
 
 
15,185
 
 
15,185
 
15. Equity Incentive Plan:

On January 12, 2011, the Board adopted the Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (“Plan”). A total of 8,750,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the Plan, which is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. Under the Plan, officers, key employees, directors, consultants and service providers may be granted incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock and restricted stock units at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. In May 2012, the total number of shares originally reserved under the Plan was adjusted to 583,334 shares to reflect the one-for-fifteen reverse stock split of June 24, 2011.

On February 16, 2011, the Compensation Committee granted an aggregate of 666 restricted shares of common stock, pursuant to the Plan. Of the total 666 shares issued, 533 shares were granted to Seanergy’s two executive directors and the other 133 shares were granted to certain of Seanergy’s other employees. The fair value of each share on the grant date was $66.40 and was expensed over three years. All the shares vested proportionally over a period of three years, commencing on January 10, 2012. 223 shares vested on January 10, 2012, 222 shares vested on January 10, 2013 and 219 shares vested on January 10, 2014.

On July 2, 2015, the total number of shares originally reserved under the Plan was increased to 856,667.

On October 1, 2015, the Compensation Committee granted an aggregate of 189,000 restricted shares of common stock, pursuant to the Plan. Of the total 189,000 shares issued, 36,000 shares were granted to Seanergy’s board of directors and the other 153,000 shares were granted to certain of Seanergy’s other employees. The fair value of each share on the grant date was $3.70 and will be expensed over three years. The shares to Seanergy’s board of directors will vest over a period of two years commencing on October 1, 2015. On October 1, 2015, 12,000 shares vested, 12,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2016 and 12,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2017. All the other shares granted to certain of Seanergy’s other employees will vest over a period of three years, commencing on October 1, 2015. On October 1, 2015, 25,000 shares vested, 33,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2016, 44,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2017 and 51,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2018.

The related expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, amounted to $178, $NIL and $15, respectively, and is included under general and administration expenses. The unrecognized cost for the non-vested shares as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 amounted to $521 and $NIL, respectively.

On January 8, 2016, we effected a one-for-five reverse stock split of our issued common stock (Note 16). The reverse stock split ratio and the implementation and timing of the reverse stock split were determined by our Board of Directors. The reverse stock split did not change the authorized number of shares or par value of our common stock or preferred stock, but did effect a proportionate adjustment to the number of shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock awards, and the number of shares of common stock eligible for issuance under our Plan. All applicable outstanding equity awards discussed above have been adjusted retroactively for the one-for-five reverse stock split.

F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

16. Subsequent Events:

The Company has evaluated subsequent events that occurred after the balance sheet date but before the issuance of these consolidated financial statements and, where it was deemed necessary, appropriate disclosures have been made.

a)   On January 8, 2016, the Company’s common stock began trading on a split-adjusted basis, following a December 22, 2015 approval from the Company’s Board of Directors to reverse split the Company’s common stock at a ratio of one-for-five. There was no change in the number of authorized shares or the par value of the Company’s common stock.

b)   On January 27, 2016, the unsecured revolving convertible promissory note was further amended, increasing the maximum principal amount available to be drawn to $13,765. On January 29, 2016, the Company drew down the additional undrawn balance of $2,000.

c)   On January 27, 2016 the Company received a letter from The Nasdaq Stock Market confirming that it has regained compliance with the minimum bid price requirement.

d)   On March 7, 2016, the unsecured revolving convertible promissory note was further amended, increasing the maximum principal amount available to be drawn to $16,265, while also increasing the amount by which the Applicable Limit will be reduced from $2,000 to $2,500. On March 8, 2016, the Company drew down the additional undrawn balance of $2,500.

F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
(Parent Company Only)

Balance Sheets
December 31, 2015 and 2014
(In thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 
2015
2014
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
2,078
 
 
2,578
 
Restricted cash
 
50
 
 
 
Other current assets
 
24
 
 
42
 
Total current assets
 
2,152
 
 
2,620
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments in subsidiaries*
 
21,613
 
 
271
 
Total non-current assets
 
21,613
 
 
271
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TOTAL ASSETS
 
23,765
 
 
2,891
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current portion of convertible promissory notes
 
103
 
 
 
Trade accounts and other payables
 
171
 
 
100
 
Accrued liabilities
 
176
 
 
115
 
Total current liabilities
 
450
 
 
215
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term portion of convertible promissory notes
 
31
 
 
 
Total liabilities
 
481
 
 
215
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; none issued
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 authorized shares as at December 31, 2015 and 2014; 19,522,413 and 3,977,854 shares issued and outstanding as at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively
 
2
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
337,121
 
 
307,559
 
Accumulated deficit
 
(313,839
)
 
(304,883
)
Total Stockholders' equity
 
23,284
 
 
2,676
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
 
23,765
 
 
2,891
 
* Eliminated in consolidation

F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
(Parent Company Only)

Statements of Income / (Loss)
For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
(In thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 
2015
2014
2013
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
General and administration expenses
 
(1,256
)
 
(1,123
)
 
(1,958
)
Operating loss
 
(1,256
)
 
(1,123
)
 
(1,958
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other (expenses) / income, net:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and finance cost – related party
 
(399
)
 
 
 
 
Other, net
 
(9
)
 
8
 
 
1
 
Total other (expenses) / income, net
 
(408
)
 
8
 
 
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity in (loss)/earnings of subsidiaries*
 
(7,292
)
 
81,463
 
 
12,864
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) / income
 
(8,956
)
 
80,348
 
 
10,907
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) / income per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
 
(0.83
)
 
30.06
 
 
4.56
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,945
 
 
2,391,628
 
Diluted
 
10,773,404
 
 
2,672,950
 
 
2,391,885
 
* Eliminated in consolidation

F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
(Parent Company Only)

Statements of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
(In thousands of US Dollars)

 
2015
2014
2013
Net cash used in operating activities
 
(1,202
)
 
(1,195
)
 
(2,806
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows used in investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments in subsidiaries
 
(28,633
)
 
(2,198
)
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(28,633
)
 
(2,198
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock
 
13,820
 
 
3,204
 
 
 
Proceeds from convertible promissory notes
 
15,765
 
 
 
 
 
Repayments of convertible promissory notes
 
(200
)
 
 
 
 
Restricted cash retained
 
(50
)
 
 
 
 
Due to subsidiaries
 
 
 
 
 
5,198
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
 
29,335
 
 
3,204
 
 
5,198
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents
 
(500
)
 
(189
)
 
2,392
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
2,578
 
 
2,767
 
 
375
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
2,078
 
 
2,578
 
 
2,767
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid for interest
 
222
 
 
 
 
 

F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
(Parent Company Only)

Notes To The Condensed Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars)

1. Basis of Presentation

In the parent-company-only condensed financial statements, the Parent Company's (the “Company”) investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries. The Parent Company did not receive cash dividends from its subsidiaries during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

The parent-company-only condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's consolidated financial statements.

2. Convertible Promissory Notes

On March 12, 2015 (“commitment date”), the Company issued an unsecured convertible promissory note of $4,000 to Jelco Delta Holding Corp., or Jelco, a company affiliated with Claudia Restis, for general corporate purposes. The convertible note is repayable in ten consecutive semi-annual installments of $200, along with a balloon installment of $2,000 payable on the final maturity date, March 19, 2020. The note bears interest of Libor plus a margin with quarterly interest payments. At Jelco's option, the principal amount under the convertible note may be paid at any time in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. The Company has the right to defer up to three consecutive installments to the balloon installment. As of the date of this annual report the Company has deferred the installment due for payment on March 19, 2016 to the balloon installment.

On September 7, 2015 (“commitment date”), the Company issued an unsecured revolving convertible promissory note of up to $6,765 (the “Applicable Limit”) to Jelco for general corporate purposes. The revolving convertible promissory note has a tenor of up to five years after the first drawdown and the Applicable Limit is reduced by $1,000 each year after the second year following the first drawdown. The note bears interest of Libor plus a margin with quarterly interest payments. At Jelco's option, the Company's obligation to repay the principal amount under the revolving convertible note may be paid in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. On December 1, 2015, the unsecured revolving convertible promissory note was amended, increasing the maximum principal amount available to be drawn to $9,765. On December 14, 2015, the unsecured revolving convertible promissory note was further amended, increasing the maximum principal amount available to be drawn to $11,765, while also increasing the amount by which the Applicable Limit will be reduced from $1,000 to $2,000. The Company has drawn down the entire $11,765 as of December 31, 2015.

See Note 3 “Transactions with Related Parties” to the consolidated financial statements for further information.

3. Guarantee

All of the Company's vessel-owning subsidiaries have long-term facilities. Under the terms of the loan agreements, the Company has guaranteed the payment of all principal and interest. In the event of a default under the loan agreements, the Company will be directly liable to the lenders. The facilities mature at various times between 2020 and 2021. The maximum potential amount that the Company could be liable for under the guarantee as of December 31, 2015 is $178,447.

See Note 8 “Long-Term Debt” to the consolidated financial statements for further information.

F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of June 30, 2016 (unaudited) and December 31, 2015
(In thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 
Notes
June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 
 
3,059
 
 
3,304
 
Restricted cash
 
 
 
 
50
 
 
50
 
Accounts receivable trade, net
 
 
 
 
1,584
 
 
1,287
 
Inventories
 
4
 
 
2,455
 
 
2,980
 
Other current assets
 
5
 
 
888
 
 
657
 
Total current assets
 
 
 
 
8,036
 
 
8,278
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessels, net
 
6
 
 
195,655
 
 
199,840
 
Office equipment, net
 
 
 
 
29
 
 
40
 
Total fixed assets
 
 
 
 
195,684
 
 
199,880
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred charges
 
 
 
 
913
 
 
1,194
 
Other non-current assets
 
 
 
 
5
 
 
 
TOTAL ASSETS
 
 
 
 
204,638
 
 
209,352
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current portion of long-term debt, net of deferred finance costs
 
7
 
 
2,683
 
 
718
 
Current portion of convertible promissory notes
 
3
 
 
249
 
 
103
 
Trade accounts and other payables
 
8
 
 
3,212
 
 
5,979
 
Accrued liabilities
 
 
 
 
2,254
 
 
2,296
 
Deferred revenue
 
 
 
 
668
 
 
154
 
Total current liabilities
 
 
 
 
9,066
 
 
9,250
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt, net of current portion and deferred finance costs
 
7
 
 
174,407
 
 
176,787
 
Long-term portion of convertible promissory notes
 
3
 
 
261
 
 
31
 
Total liabilities
 
 
 
 
183,734
 
 
186,068
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies
 
10
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; none issued
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 authorized shares as at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015; 19,514,410 and 19,522,413 shares issued and outstanding as at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively
 
11
 
 
2
 
 
2
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
3
 
 
346,600
 
 
337,121
 
Accumulated deficit
 
 
 
 
(325,698
)
 
(313,839
)
Total Stockholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
20,904
 
 
23,284
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
 
 
 
 
204,638
 
 
209,352
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Loss
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015
(In thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 
 
Six-month period ended June 30,
 
Notes
2016
2015
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue
 
 
 
 
15,719
 
 
1,826
 
Commissions
 
 
 
 
(554
)
 
(69
)
Vessel revenue, net
 
 
 
 
15,165
 
 
1,757
 
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct voyage expenses
 
 
 
 
(9,505
)
 
(995
)
Vessel operating expenses
 
 
 
 
(6,698
)
 
(939
)
Management fees
 
 
 
 
(454
)
 
(48
)
General and administration expenses
 
 
 
 
(1,540
)
 
(1,315
)
General and administration expenses - related party
3
 
 
 
(70
)
Amortization of deferred dry-docking costs
 
 
(240
)
 
 
Depreciation
6
 
(4,196
)
 
(158
)
Operating loss
 
 
(7,468
)
 
(1,768
)
Other expenses, net:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and finance costs
12
 
(3,442
)
 
(124
)
Interest and finance costs - related party
3 & 12
 
(937
)
 
(149
)
Foreign currency exchange losses, net
 
 
(12
)
 
(15
)
Total other expenses, net
 
 
(4,391
)
 
(288
)
Net loss
 
 
(11,859
)
 
(2,056
)
Net loss per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
13
 
(0.61
)
 
(0.29
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
13
 
19,370,412
 
 
7,130,807
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015
(In thousands of US Dollars, except for share data)

 
Common stock
 
 
 
 
# of Shares
Par
Value
Additional
paid-in
capital
Accumulated
deficit
Total equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, January 1, 2015
 
3,977,854
 
 
 
 
307,559
 
 
(304,883
)
 
2,676
 
Issuance of common stock (Note 11)
 
5,333,500
 
 
 
 
4,800
 
 
 
 
4,800
 
Issuance of convertible promissory notes (Note 3)
 
 
 
 
 
4,000
 
 
 
 
4,000
 
Net loss for the six months ended June 30, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2,056
)
 
(2,056
)
Balance, June 30, 2015
 
9,311,354
 
 
 
 
316,359
 
 
(306,939
)
 
9,420
 
 
Common stock
 
 
 
 
# of Shares
Par
Value
Additional
paid-in
capital
Accumulated
deficit
Total equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, January 1, 2016
 
19,522,413
 
 
2
 
 
337,121
 
 
(313,839
)
 
23,284
 
Issuance of convertible promissory notes (Note 3)
 
 
 
 
 
9,400
 
 
 
 
9,400
 
Stock based compensation (Note 14)
 
(8,003
)
 
 
 
79
 
 
 
 
79
 
Net loss for the six months ended June 30, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(11,859
)
 
(11,859
)
Balance, June 30, 2016
 
19,514,410
 
 
2
 
 
346,600
 
 
(325,698
)
 
20,904
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 3016 and 2015
(In thousands of US Dollars)

 
Six-month period ended June 30,
 
2016
2015
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
 
(11,859
)
 
(2,056
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation
 
4,196
 
 
158
 
Amortization of deferred dry-docking costs
 
240
 
 
 
Amortization of deferred finance charges
 
120
 
 
20
 
Amortization of convertible promissory note beneficial conversion feature
 
376
 
 
89
 
Stock based compensation
 
79
 
 
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable trade, net
 
(297
)
 
(472
)
Inventories
 
525
 
 
(677
)
Other current assets
 
(231
)
 
(11
)
Deferred charges
 
41
 
 
 
Other non-current assets
 
(5
)
 
 
Trade accounts and other payables
 
(2,767
)
 
788
 
Due to related parties
 
 
 
(105
)
Accrued liabilities
 
(127
)
 
360
 
Deferred revenue
 
514
 
 
 
Net cash used in operating activities
 
(9,195
)
 
(1,906
)
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisition of vessels
 
 
 
(17,127
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
 
 
(17,127
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock
 
 
 
4,800
 
Proceeds from long-term debt
 
 
 
8,750
 
Proceeds from convertible promissory notes
 
9,400
 
 
4,000
 
Payments of financing costs
 
 
 
(144
)
Repayments of long-term debt
 
(450
)
 
(200
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
 
8,950
 
 
17,206
 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
 
(245
)
 
(1,827
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
3,304
 
 
2,873
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
3,059
 
 
1,046
 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid for interest
 
3,749
 
 
125
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

1. Basis of Presentation and General Information:

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. (the “Company” or “Seanergy”) was formed under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on January 4, 2008, with executive offices located in Athens, Greece. The Company provides global transportation solutions in the drybulk shipping sector through its vessel-owning subsidiaries.

On January 8, 2016, the Company's common stock began trading on a split-adjusted basis, following a December 22, 2015 approval from the Company's Board of Directors to reverse split the Company's common stock at a ratio of one-for-five. There was no change in the number of authorized shares or the par value of the Company's common stock. Following the reverse stock split, the number of shares issued and outstanding was reduced by 3 shares due to rounding. All share and per share amounts disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and notes give effect to this reverse stock split retroactively, for all periods presented.

The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company” or “Seanergy”).

The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and applicable rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for certain financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and notes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. These statements and the accompanying notes should be read in conjunction with the Company's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, filed with the SEC on April 20, 2016.

In the opinion of management, these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation of the Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the six-month period ended June 30, 2016, are not necessarily indicative of the results that might be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016.

a. Going Concern:

The Company acquired eight vessels in 2015 in accordance with its business plan to expand the fleet.

As of June 30, 2016, the Company was in compliance with or has cured any events of non-compliance of all its financial covenants and asset coverage ratios contained in its debt agreements as amended (Notes 7 and 15). Most financial covenants and asset coverage ratios will be tested commencing in mid 2017. Scheduled debt installment payments for the twelve month period ending June 30, 2017, amount to $2,937 (Note 7).

Given the current drybulk charter rates, the Company's cash flow projections indicate that cash on hand and cash provided by operating activities might not be sufficient to cover the liquidity needs that become due in the twelve-month period ending June 30, 2017.

The Company has relied on Jelco Delta Holding Corp., or Jelco, a company affiliated with Claudia Restis, who is also the Company's major shareholder, for both vessel acquisitions and funding for general corporate purposes during 2015 and for further funding during 2016.

On August 5, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with an unaffiliated third party, which is an institutional investor, under which the Company sold 1,180,000 of its common shares in a registered direct offering at a price of $4.15 per share. On August 10, 2016, the Company completed the registered direct offering for net proceeds of approximately $4,147, which proceeds are expected to be used for general corporate purposes (Note 15).

F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

The Company has applied additional measures to reduce potential cash flow shortfall if current drybulk charter rates remain at today's historical low levels. The Company has undertaken a cost-cutting initiative to decrease its daily vessel operating expenses. The Company is continuously exploring raising additional equity from both capital markets and private investors.

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. Accordingly, they do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts, the amounts and classification of liabilities, or any other adjustments that might result in the event the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

b. Subsidiaries in Consolidation:

Seanergy's subsidiaries included in these consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2016, are as follows:

Company
Country of
Incorporation
Date of
Incorporation
Vessel name
Date of Delivery
Date of
Sale/Disposal
Financed by
Seanergy Management Corp. (1)(3)
Marshall Islands
May 9, 2008
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Seanergy Shipmanagement Corp. (1)(3)
Marshall Islands
September 16, 2014
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Sea Glorius Shipping Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
September 16, 2014
Gloriuship
November 3, 2015
N/A
HSH Nordbank AG
Sea Genius Shipping Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
September 16, 2014
Geniuship
October 13, 2015
N/A
HSH Nordbank AG
Leader Shipping Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
January 15, 2015
Leadership
March 19, 2015
N/A
Alpha Bank A.E.
Premier Marine Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
July 9, 2015
Premiership
September 11, 2015
N/A
UniCredit Bank AG
Gladiator Shipping Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
July 9, 2015
Gladiatorship
September 29, 2015
N/A
UniCredit Bank AG
Guardian Shipping Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
July 9, 2015
Guardianship
October 21, 2015
N/A
UniCredit Bank AG
Champion Ocean Navigation Co. (1)
Liberia
August 6, 2015
Championship
December 7, 2015
N/A
Natixis
Squire Ocean Navigation Co. (1)
Liberia
August 6, 2015
Squireship
November 10, 2015
N/A
Alpha Bank A.E.
Pembroke Chartering Services Limited (4)
Malta
December 2, 2015
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Amazons Management Inc. (1)
Marshall Islands
April 21, 2008
Davakis G.
August 28, 2008
March 6, 2014
Piraeus Bank
Lagoon Shipholding Ltd. (1)
Marshall Islands
April 21, 2008
Delos Ranger
August 28, 2008
March 11, 2014
Piraeus Bank
Cynthera Navigation Ltd. (1)
Marshall Islands
March 18, 2008
African Oryx
August 28, 2008
April 10, 2013
Piraeus Bank
Martinique International Corp. (1)
British Virgin Islands
May 14, 2008
Bremen Max
September 11, 2008
March 7, 2014
Piraeus Bank
Harbour Business International Corp. (1)
British Virgin Islands
April 1, 2008
Hamburg Max
September 25, 2008
March 10, 2014
Piraeus Bank
Waldeck Maritime Co. (1)
Marshall Islands
April 21, 2008
African Zebra
September 25, 2008
February 15, 2012
Piraeus Bank
Maritime Capital Shipping Limited (1)
Bermuda
April 30, 2007
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Maritime Capital Shipping (HK) Limited (3)
Hong Kong
June 16, 2006
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Maritime Glory Shipping Limited (2)
British Virgin Islands
April 8, 2008
Clipper Glory
May 21, 2010
December 4, 2012
HSBC
Maritime Grace Shipping Limited (2)
British Virgin Islands
April 8, 2008
Clipper Grace
May 21, 2010
October 15, 2012
HSBC
Atlantic Grace Shipping Limited (5)
British Virgin Islands
October 9, 2007
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(1) Subsidiaries wholly owned
(2) Vessel owning subsidiaries owned by Maritime Capital Shipping Limited (or “MCS”)
(3) Management company
(4) Chartering services company
(5) Dormant company

F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

2. Significant Accounting Policies:

A discussion of the Company's significant accounting policies can be found in the Company's consolidated financial statements included in the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015, filed with the SEC on April 20, 2016. There have been no material changes to these policies in the six-month period ended June 30, 2016.

On January 1, 2016, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2015-02 Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis effective for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016 and interim periods within this fiscal year. The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the Company's results of operations, cash flows and net assets for any period.

On January 1, 2016, the Company adopted ASU No. 2015-15 Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements—Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcement at June 18, 2015 EITF Meeting (SEC Update) effective for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016 and interim periods within this fiscal year. The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the Company's results of operations, cash flows and net assets for any period.

Recent accounting pronouncements

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued the following amendments which clarifies the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09 and has the same effective date as the original standard: ASU No. 2016-12 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients and ASU No. 2016-11 Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Rescission of SEC Guidance Because of Accounting Standards Updates 2014-09 and 2014-16 Pursuant to Staff Announcements at the March 3, 2016 EITF Meeting issued in May 2016; ASU No. 2016-10 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing issued in April 2016; and ASU No. 2016-08 Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) issued in March 2016. On August 12, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , which amends ASU No. 2014-09 (issued by the FASB on May 28, 2014 and which outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. This standard is effective for public entities with reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods (including interim reporting periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, of the adoption of this new standard and amendments.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation: Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting which is intended to simplify several areas of accounting for share-based compensation arrangements, including the income tax impact, classification on the statement of cash flows and forfeitures. This standard is effective for public entities with annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period. The Company believes that the implementation of this update will not have any material impact on its financial statements and has not elected early adoption.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13 Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The amendments affect entities holding financial assets and net investment in leases that are not accounted for at fair value through net income. The amendments affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off-balance-sheet credit exposures, reinsurance receivables, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive cash. This standard is effective for public business entities that are U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

(“SEC”) filers, with reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods (including interim reporting periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, of the adoption of this new standard.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15 Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) – Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments which addresses the following eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice: Debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing; contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies (COLIs) (including bank-owned life insurance policies (BOLIs)); distributions received from equity method investees; beneficial interests in securitization transactions; and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 including interim periods within that reporting period, however early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of this guidance and assessing its impact on its consolidated financial statements and notes disclosures.

(a) Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents, consisting mostly of deposits, with high credit qualified financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the financial institutions in which it places its deposits. The Company limits its credit risk with accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition. Customers individually accounting for more than 10% of the Company's revenues during the six-month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, were:

Customer
2016
2015
A
 
20
%
 
 
B
 
15
%
 
 
C
 
10
%
 
 
D
 
 
 
100
%
Total
 
45
%
 
100
%
3. Transactions with Related Parties:
a. Convertible Promissory Notes:

On March 12, 2015 (“commitment date”), the Company issued an unsecured convertible promissory note of $4,000 to Jelco for general corporate purposes. The convertible note is repayable in ten consecutive semi-annual installments of $200, along with a balloon installment of $2,000 payable on the final maturity date, March 19, 2020. The note bears interest of Libor plus a margin with quarterly interest payments. At Jelco's option, the outstanding principal amount under the convertible note may be paid at any time in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (as adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed in Note 1 above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. The Company has the right to defer up to three consecutive installments to the final maturity date.

The Company accounted for the issuance of the convertible promissory note in accordance with the beneficial conversion features (“BCF”) guidance of ASC 470-20. The intrinsic value of the BCF was determined as the number of shares converted from the convertible note times the positive difference between the fair value of the stock on the commitment date and the contractual conversion price. Since the intrinsic value of the BCF at the commitment date was greater than the proceeds allocated to the convertible instrument, the amount of the discount assigned to the BCF was limited to the amount of the proceeds allocated to the convertible instrument.

F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had paid the first installment, with the entire payment recorded as a reduction to Additional paid-in capital. As of June 30, 2016, the Company has deferred the installment due for payment on March 19, 2016 to the final maturity date. The gain or loss on the extinguishment of the convertible debt instrument is the difference between the carrying amount and the consideration allocated to the debt instrument. The partial extinguishment of debt as a result of the payment is shown as a gain on extinguishment and is included under interest and finance costs – related party.

The debt movement is presented below:

 
Applicable limit
Debt discount
Accumulated
deficit
Debt
Balance, December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additions
 
4,000
 
 
(4,000
)
 
 
 
 
Amortization (Note 12)
 
 
 
 
 
89
 
 
89
 
Balance, June 30, 2015
 
4,000
 
 
(4,000
)
 
89
 
 
89
 
Amortization
 
 
 
 
 
214
 
 
214
 
Partial extinguishment of debt
 
 
 
 
 
(200
)
 
(200
)
Balance, December 31, 2015
 
4,000
 
 
(4,000
)
 
103
 
 
103
 
Amortization (Note 12)
 
 
 
 
 
146
 
 
146
 
Balance, June 30, 2016
 
4,000
 
 
(4,000
)
 
249
 
 
249
 

The equity movement is presented below:

 
Additional paid-in
capital
Balance, December 31, 2014
 
 
Intrinsic value of BCF
 
4,000
 
Consideration allocated to repurchase BCF
 
(200
)
Balance, December 31, 2015
 
3,800
 
Balance, June 30, 2016
 
3,800
 
   
 
 
 

On September 7, 2015 (“commitment date”), the Company issued an unsecured revolving convertible promissory note of up to $6,765 (the “Applicable Limit”) to Jelco for general corporate purposes. The revolving convertible promissory note has a tenor of up to five years after the first drawdown and the Applicable Limit will be reduced by $1,000 each year after the second year following the first drawdown. The note bears interest of Libor plus a margin with quarterly interest payments. At Jelco's option, the Company's obligation to repay the principal amount under the revolving convertible note may be paid in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (as adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed in Note 1 above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share. The unsecured revolving convertible promissory note has been amended seven times, increasing the maximum principal amount available to be drawn to $21,165, while also increasing the amount by which the Applicable Limit will be reduced to $3,100. The Company has drawn down the entire $21,165 as of June 30, 2016.

The Company accounted for the issuance of the revolving convertible promissory note in accordance with the BCF guidance of ASC 470-20. The intrinsic value of the BCF was determined as the number of shares converted from the convertible note times the positive difference between the fair value of the stock on the commitment date and the contractual conversion price. Since the intrinsic value of the BCF at the commitment date was greater than the proceeds allocated to the convertible instrument, the amount of the discount assigned to the BCF was limited to the amount of the proceeds allocated to the convertible instrument.

F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

The debt movement is presented below:

 
Applicable limit
Debt discount
Accumulated
deficit
Debt
Balance, December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, June 30, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additions
 
11,765
 
 
(11,765
)
 
 
 
 
Amortization
 
 
 
 
 
31
 
 
31
 
Balance, December 31, 2015
 
11,765
 
 
(11,765
)
 
31
 
 
31
 
Additions
 
9,400
 
 
(9,400
)
 
 
 
 
Amortization (Note 12)
 
 
 
 
 
230
 
 
230
 
Balance, June 30, 2016
 
21,165
 
 
(21,165
)
 
261
 
 
261
 

The equity movement is presented below:

 
Additional paid-in
capital
Balance, December 31, 2014
 
 
Intrinsic value of BCF
 
11,765
 
Balance, December 31, 2015
 
11,765
 
Intrinsic value of BCF
 
9,400
 
Balance, June 30, 2016
 
21,165
 
b. Vessel Acquisitions:

On August 6, 2015, the Company entered into a purchase agreement with entities affiliated with certain of the Company's major shareholders to acquire seven secondhand drybulk vessels, consisting of five Capesize and two Supramax vessels. The acquisition cost of the vessels was funded by senior secured loans, a shareholder's revolving convertible promissory note by Jelco and equity injections by Jelco. The transaction was completed on December 7, 2015, with the delivery of the last vessel. The transactions were approved by the independent committee of the Company's Board of Directors and the Company's Board of Directors. Below is a list of the vessels purchased under the purchase agreement:

Vessel name
Date of Delivery
Vessel Class
DWT
Year Built
Premiership
September 11, 2015
Capesize
 
170,024
 
 
2010
 
Gladiatorship
September 29, 2015
Supramax
 
56,819
 
 
2010
 
Geniuship
October 13, 2015
Capesize
 
170,057
 
 
2010
 
Guardianship
October 21, 2015
Supramax
 
56,884
 
 
2011
 
Gloriuship
November 3, 2015
Capesize
 
171,314
 
 
2004
 
Squireship
November 10, 2015
Capesize
 
170,018
 
 
2010
 
Championship
December 7, 2015
Capesize
 
179,238
 
 
2011
 
c. Property Lease Agreement:

Until March 15, 2015, the Company's executive offices were at premises leased from Waterfront S.A., a company affiliated with a member of the Restis family. On March 16, 2015, the Company relocated its executive offices to premises owned by an unaffiliated third party.

The rent charged by Waterfront S.A. for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, amounted to $NIL and $70, respectively, and is included under general and administration expenses - related party.

F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

4. Inventories:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 
June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
Lubricants
 
438
 
 
739
 
Bunkers
 
2,017
 
 
2,241
 
Total
 
2,455
 
 
2,980
 
5. Other Current Assets:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 
June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
Prepaid expenses
 
524
 
 
476
 
Insurance claims
 
22
 
 
14
 
Other
 
342
 
 
167
 
Total
 
888
 
 
657
 
6. Vessels, Net:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 
June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
Cost:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
 
201,684
 
 
 
- Additions
 
 
 
201,684
 
Ending balance
 
201,684
 
 
201,684
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated depreciation:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
 
(1,844
)
 
 
- Additions
 
(4,185
)
 
(1,844
)
Ending balance
 
(6,029
)
 
(1,844
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net book value
 
195,655
 
 
199,840
 

All vessels are mortgaged to secured loans (Note 7).

7. Long-Term Debt:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 
June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
Secured loan facilities
 
177,997
 
 
178,447
 
Less: Deferred financing costs
 
(907
)
 
(942
)
Total
 
177,090
 
 
177,505
 
Less - current portion
 
(2,683
)
 
(718
)
Long-term portion
 
174,407
 
 
176,787
 

F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

Secured credit facilities

On March 6, 2015, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Alpha Bank A.E., for a secured loan facility in an amount of $8,750. The loan was used to partially finance the acquisition of the M/V Leadership . On March 17, 2015, the Company drew down the $8,750. The loan is repayable in twenty consecutive quarterly installments, the first four installments being $200 each and the next sixteen quarterly installments being $250 each, along with a balloon installment of $3,950 payable on the final maturity date, March 17, 2020. The loan bears interest of Libor plus a margin of 3.75% with quarterly interest payments. The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessel. The facility places a restriction on the Company's ability to distribute dividends to its shareholders. The amount of the dividends so declared shall not exceed 50% of Seanergy's net income except in case the cash and marketable securities are equal or greater than the amount required to meet Seanergy's consolidated installment and debt interest payments for the following eighteen-month period. The Company has paid the first five installments as of June 30, 2016. On December 23, 2015, the Company amended the loan agreement with Alpha Bank A.E. in order to amend certain of financial definitions. On July 28, 2016, the Company further amended the loan agreement with Alpha Bank A.E. (Note 15) in order to defer part of the next four installments to the final maturity date. In line with ASC 470-10-45 “Debt: Short-Term Obligations Expected to Be Refinanced”, an amount of $600 has been transferred to “Long-term debt, net of current portion and deferred financing costs” in the related unaudited consolidated balance sheet, in accordance with the repayment terms of the amended agreement. In addition, the application of certain covenants is deferred to July 1, 2017 (Note 15).

On September 1, 2015, the Company entered into a loan agreement with HSH Nordbank AG, for a secured loan facility in an amount of $44,430. The loan was used to pay for the acquisition of the vessels M/V Geniuship and M/V Gloriuship . The loan was available in two advances, each advance comprised of two tranches. On October 13, 2015, the Company drew the first advance of $27,597 in order to finance the acquisition of the M/V Geniuship . On November 3, 2015, the Company drew the second advance of $16,833 in order to finance the acquisition of the M/V Gloriuship . The loan is repayable in twelve consecutive quarterly installments being approximately $1,049 each, commencing on September 30, 2017, along with a balloon installment of $31,837 payable on the final maturity date, June 30, 2020. The loan bears interest of Libor plus margins between 3.25% and 3.6% with quarterly interest payments. The loan facility is secured by a first priority mortgage over the two vessels. On May 16, 2016, the Company entered into a supplemental letter to the senior secured loan facility with HSH Nordbank AG. Effective as of March 1, 2016, the supplemental letter has deferred certain prepayments to June 30, 2018.

On September 11, 2015, the Company entered into a facility agreement with UniCredit Bank AG, for a secured loan facility in an amount of $52,705. The loan was made available in three tranches to partially finance the acquisition of the vessels M/V Premiership , M/V Gladiatorship and M/V Guardianship . On September 11, 2015, the Company drew the first tranche of $25,420 in order to partly finance the acquisition of the M/V Premiership . On September 29, 2015, the Company drew the second tranche of $13,643 in order to partly finance the acquisition of the M/V Gladiatorship . On October 21, 2015, the Company drew the third tranche of $13,642 in order to partly finance the acquisition of the M/V Guardianship . The loan is repayable in fifteen consecutive quarterly installments being $1,552 each, commencing on June 26, 2017, along with a balloon installment of $29,425 payable on the final maturity date, December 28, 2020. The loan bears interest of Libor plus a margin of 3.20% if the value to loan ratio is lower than 125%, 3.00% if the value to loan ratio is between 125% and 166.67% and 2.75% if the value to loan is higher than 166.67% with quarterly interest payments. The loan bore a commitment fee of 1.00% calculated on the balance of the undrawn loan amount and amounted to $22. The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the three vessels. On June 3, 2016, the Company entered into a supplemental letter in order to split the margin into a cash portion and a capitalized portion. The capitalized portion of the margin will be repaid in full by June 30, 2017. In addition, the application of certain covenants is deferred to at least June 30, 2017.

On November 4, 2015, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Alpha Bank A.E., for a secured loan facility in an amount of $33,750. The loan was used to partially finance the acquisition of the M/V

F-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

Squireship . On November 10, 2015, the Company drew down the $33,750. The loan is repayable in sixteen consecutive quarterly installments being approximately $844 each, commencing on February 12, 2018, along with a balloon installment of $20,250 payable on the final maturity date, November 10, 2021. The loan bears interest of Libor plus a margin of 3.50% with quarterly interest payments. The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessel. The facility places a restriction on the Company's ability to distribute dividends to its shareholders. The amount of the dividends so declared shall not exceed 50% of Seanergy's net income except in case the cash and marketable securities are equal or greater than the amount required to meet Seanergy's consolidated installment and debt interest payments for the following eighteen-month period.

On December 2, 2015, the Company entered into a facility agreement with Natixis, for a secured loan facility in an amount of $39,412. The loan was used to partially finance the acquisition of the M/V Championship . On December 7, 2015, the Company drew down the $39,412. The loan is repayable in fifteen consecutive quarterly installments being $985 each, commencing on June 30, 2017, along with a balloon installment of $24,637 payable on the final maturity date, February 26, 2021. The loan bears interest of Libor plus a margin of 2.50% with quarterly interest payments. The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessel.

The borrowers under each facility are the applicable vessel owning subsidiaries, and all of the above five facilities are guaranteed by Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

The annual principal payments required to be made after June 30, 2016 are as follows:

Twelve month periods ending
Amount
June 30, 2017
 
2,937
 
June 30, 2018
 
20,033
 
June 30, 2019
 
18,721
 
June 30, 2020
 
51,858
 
June 30, 2021
 
62,511
 
Thereafter
 
21,937
 
Total
 
177,997
 
8. Trade Accounts and Other Payables:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 
June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
Creditors
 
2,902
 
 
5,710
 
Insurances
 
163
 
 
162
 
Other
 
147
 
 
107
 
Total
 
3,212
 
 
5,979
 
9. Financial Instruments:
(a) Significant Risks and Uncertainties, including Business and Credit Concentration

The Company places its temporary cash investments, consisting mostly of deposits, primarily with high credit qualified financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of those financial institutions that are considered in the Company's investment strategy. The Company limits its credit risk with accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition and generally does not require collateral for its accounts receivable and does not have any agreements to mitigate credit risk.

F-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

(b) Interest Rate Risk

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair values of the financial instruments shown in the consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, represent management's best estimate of the amounts that would be received to sell those assets or that would be paid to transfer those liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at that date. Those fair value measurements maximize the use of observable inputs. However, in situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date, the fair value measurement reflects the Company's own judgments about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Those judgments are developed by the Company based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:

a.   Cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable trade, other current assets and trade accounts and other payables: the carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

b.   Long-term debt: The carrying value approximates the fair market value as the long-term debt bears interest at floating interest rate.

10. Commitments and Contingencies:

Various claims, lawsuits, and complaints, including those involving government regulations and product liability, arise in the ordinary course of the shipping business. In addition, losses may arise from disputes with charterers, agents, insurance and other claims with suppliers relating to the operations of the Company's vessels. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims or contingent liabilities, which should be disclosed, or for which a provision should be established in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

The Company accrues for the cost of environmental liabilities when management becomes aware that a liability is probable and is able to reasonably estimate the probable exposure. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims or contingent liabilities, which should be disclosed, or for which a provision should be established in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company is covered for liabilities associated with the individual vessels' actions to the maximum limits as provided by Protection and Indemnity (P&I) Clubs, members of the International Group of P&I Clubs.

11. Capital Structure:
(a) Common Stock

On March 12, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement under which the Company sold 5,000,100 of its common shares to Jelco for $4,500. The common shares were sold at a price of $0.90 per share. The Company's Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using the adjusted book value method. On March 16, 2015, the Company completed the equity injection plan with the abovementioned entity. The shares to the entity were issued on March 18, 2015.

On March 12, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement under which the Company sold 333,400 of its common shares to its Chief Executive Officer, or CEO, for $300. The common shares were sold at a price of $0.90 per share. The Company's Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using the adjusted book value method. On March 16, 2015, the Company completed the equity injection plan with the abovementioned entity. The shares to the CEO were issued on March 18, 2015. The funds were contributed for general corporate purposes.

On September 7, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement under which the Company sold 10,022,240 of its common shares in three tranches to Jelco for $9,020. The common shares were sold at a

F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

price of $0.90 per share. The Company's Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from an independent third party for the share price. The price was determined using the capital market multiples and the discounted cash flow methods. On September 11, 2015, the first tranche of $3,501 was contributed in exchange for 3,889,980 common shares of the Company, which were issued on September 11, 2015. On September 29, 2015, the second tranche of $2,390 was contributed in exchange for 2,655,740 common shares of the Company, which were issued on September 29, 2015. On October 21, 2015, the third tranche of $3,129 was contributed in exchange for 3,476,520 common shares of the Company, which shares were issued on October 21, 2015. The transaction was approved by an independent committee of the Company's Board of Directors.

The purchasers of all above issued shares have received customary registration rights.

On January 8, 2016, the Company effected a one-for-five reverse stock split of the Company’s issued common stock (Note 1). The reverse stock split ratio and the implementation and timing of the reverse stock split were determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. The reverse stock split did not change the authorized number of shares or par value of the Company’s common stock or preferred stock, but did effect a proportionate adjustment to the number of shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock awards, and the number of shares of common stock eligible for issuance under the Plan. All applicable outstanding equity awards discussed below have been adjusted retroactively for the one-for-five reverse stock split.

On August 10, 2016, the Company completed a registered direct offering to an unaffiliated third party. The company sold 1,180,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $4.15 (Note 15).

12. Interest and Finance Costs:

Interest and finance costs are analyzed as follows:

 
Six month period ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Interest on long-term debt
 
3,310
 
 
103
 
Amortization of debt issuance costs
 
120
 
 
20
 
Other
 
12
 
 
1
 
Total
 
3,442
 
 
124
 

Interest and finance costs-related party are analyzed as follows:

 
Six month period ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Convertible notes interest expense
 
561
 
 
60
 
Convertible notes amortization of debt discount (Note 3)
 
376
 
 
89
 
Total
 
937
 
 
149
 
13. Losses per Share:

The calculation of net losses per common share is summarized below:

 
Six month period ended
June 30,
 
2016
2015
Net loss
 
(11,859
)
 
(2,056
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted
 
19,370,412
 
 
7,130,807
 
Net loss per common share – basic and diluted
$
(0.61
)
$
(0.29
)

F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
   
Notes To The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(All amounts in footnotes in thousands of US Dollars, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

As of June 30, 2016 and 2015, securities that could potentially dilute basic EPS in the future that were not included in the computation of diluted EPS as mentioned above are:

 
2016
2015
Non-vested equity incentive plan shares (Note 14)
 
144,000
 
 
 
Convertible promissory note shares (Note 3)
 
27,738,890
 
 
4,444,444
 
Total
 
27,882,890
 
 
4,444,444
 
14. Equity Incentive Plan:

On October 1, 2015, the Compensation Committee granted an aggregate of 189,000 restricted shares of common stock, pursuant to the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. Of the total 189,000 shares issued, 36,000 shares were granted to Seanergy's board of directors and the other 153,000 shares were granted to certain of Seanergy's other employees. On February 3, 2016, 8,000 of the shares granted to certain of Seanergy's other employees were cancelled. The fair value of each share on the grant date was $3.70. The shares to Seanergy's board of directors will vest over a period of two years commencing on October 1, 2015. On October 1, 2015, 12,000 shares vested, 12,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2016 and 12,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2017. All the other shares granted to certain of Seanergy's other employees will vest over a period of three years, commencing on October 1, 2015. On October 1, 2015, 25,000 shares vested, 31,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2016, 42,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2017 and 47,000 shares will vest on October 1, 2018.

The related expense for the six month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, amounted to $79 and $NIL, respectively, and is included under general and administration expenses. The unrecognized cost for the non-vested shares as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 amounted to $414 and $521, respectively.

15. Subsequent Events:

The Company has evaluated subsequent events that occurred after the balance sheet date but before the issuance of these consolidated financial statements and, where it was deemed necessary, appropriate disclosures have been made.

a)   On July 28, 2016, the Alpha Bank A.E. facility agreement, which was entered into on March 6, 2015, was further amended. The second supplemental agreement deferred part of the next four installments to the final maturity date. In addition, the application of certain liquidity covenants is deferred to July 1, 2017. The outstanding balance under this facility agreement is $7,700 as of June 30, 2016.

b)   On July 28, 2016, the Company further amended the loan agreement with Alpha Bank A.E. entered into on November 4, 2015 in order to defer certain liquidity covenants to July 1, 2017 and to also waive any event of non-compliance with such covenant that occurred post December 31, 2015.

c)   On July 29, 2016, the Company further entered into a supplemental letter to the UniCredit Bank AG facility agreement, which was entered into on September 11, 2015 and was further amended on June 3, 2016, pursuant to which effective as of December 11, 2015, the requirement for Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp., as guarantor, to maintain liquidity in a specified amount is delayed until July 1, 2017.

d)   On August 5, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with an unaffiliated third party, which is an institutional investor, under which the Company sold 1,180,000 of its common shares in a registered direct offering at a price of $4.15 per share. On August 10, 2016, the Company completed the registered direct offering for net proceeds of approximately $4,147. The net proceeds of this offering are expected to be used for general corporate purposes.

e)   On September 26, 2016, the Company entered into separate agreements with an unaffiliated third party for the purchase of two second hand Capesize vessels for a gross purchase price of $20,750 per vessel. The transaction has been approved by the Board of Directors and the delivery of the vessels is subject to standard closing documentation and is expected to take place between mid-November 2016 and early January 2017.

F-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

          Common Shares and
Class A Warrants to Purchase           Common Shares

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   


   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   

PROSPECTUS

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   

Maxim Group LLC

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Under Article VII of our bylaws and under Section 60 of the BCA, we may indemnify anyone who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. However, such person must have acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. Under Section 60 of the BCA and our bylaws, the termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of no contest, or its equivalent, does not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

In addition, under Section 60 of the BCA and under our bylaws, we may indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Such indemnification may be made against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person or in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation. Again, this is provided that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

Further, and as provided by both our bylaws and Section 60 of the BCA, when a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in the foregoing instances, or in the defense of a related claim, issue or matter, such person will be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such matter.

Likewise, pursuant to our bylaws and Section 60 of the BCA, expenses (our bylaws specifically includes attorneys' fees in expenses) incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by an officer or director may be paid in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification. The bylaws further provide that with respect to other employees, such expenses may be paid on the terms and conditions, if any, as the Board may deem appropriate.

Both Section 60 of the BCA and our bylaws further provide that the foregoing indemnification and advancement of expenses are not exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in any person’s official capacity and/or as to action in another capacity while holding office.

Under both Section 60 of the BCA and our bylaws, we also have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in such capacity regardless of whether the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the foregoing.

II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Under Section 60 of the BCA (and as provided in our bylaws), the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted under the foregoing continue with regard to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and inure to the benefit of such person’s heirs, executors and administrators unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified. Additionally, under Section 60 of the BCA and our bylaws, any repeal or modification of Article VII of our bylaws shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a director or officer of the corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

In addition to the above, our bylaws provide that references to us includes constituent corporations, and defines “other enterprises” to include employee benefit plans, “fines” to include excise taxes imposed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan, and further defines the term “serving at the request of the corporation.”

Such limitation of liability and indemnification does not affect the availability of equitable remedies. In addition, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Commission, indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

The following information gives effect to a one-for-five reverse stock split of our common shares that became effective on January 8, 2016. The following transactions were deemed to be exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. There were no underwriters involved in any of the transactions, nor were there any forms of public solicitation or general advertising used in connection with the issuances.

On June 24, 2014, we entered into a share purchase agreement with Plaza and Comet, under which we sold 378,000 of our common shares for $1.134 million.

On September 29, 2014, we entered into a share purchase agreement with Plaza and Comet, under which we sold 320,000 of our common shares for $0.96 million.

On December 19, 2014, we entered into a share purchase agreement with Jelco, under which we sold 888,000 of our common shares for $1.11 million.

On March 12, 2015, we entered into a share purchase agreements with Jelco and our Chief Executive Officer, under which we sold 5,000,100 of our common shares for $4.5 million to Jelco and 333,400 of our common shares to our Chief Executive Officer for $0.3 million.

On March 12, 2015, we issued an unsecured convertible promissory note for $4.0 million to Jelco. At Jelco's option, the Company's obligation to repay the principal amount under the note is payable in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share.

On September 7, 2015, we issued an unsecured revolving convertible promissory note to Jelco for an amount up to $6.8 million, or the Applicable Limit. Following certain amendments to the note, the Applicable Limit was raised to $21.2 million. At Jelco's option, the Company's obligation to repay the principal amount under the note is payable in common shares at a conversion price of $0.90 (adjusted for the reverse stock split discussed above according to the terms of the convertible note) per share.

On September 7, 2015, we entered into a share purchase agreement with Jelco, under which we sold 10,022,240 of our common shares in three tranches to Jelco for $9.0 million.

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

The exhibits filed as part of this registration statement are listed in the index to exhibits immediately preceding such exhibits, which index to exhibits is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statements

The financial statements incorporated by reference into this registration statement are listed in the index to the financial statements immediately preceding such financial statements, which index to the financial statements is incorporated herein by reference.

II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 9. Undertakings

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

1. To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
2. For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
3. To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
4. To file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by “Item 8.A. of Form 20-F” at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act need not be furnished, provided that the registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph (4) and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements.
5. For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the registrant is relying on Rule 430B, each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and
6. For the purposes of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distributions of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the

II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

7.

(i) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(ii) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Athens, Country of Greece on October 28, 2016.

 
SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Stamatios Tsantanis
 
 
Name:
Stamatios Tsantanis
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Stamatios Tsantanis, Gary J. Wolfe, Robert E. Lustrin and Edward S. Horton his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on October 28, 2016 in the capacities indicated.

Signature
Title
   
 
/s/ Stamatios Tsantanis
Director, Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial Officer, and Chairman of the Board
(Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
Stamatios Tsantanis
   
 
/s/ Christina Anagnostara
Director
Christina Anagnostara
   
 
/s/ Dimitris Anagnostopoulos
Director
Dimitris Anagnostopoulos
   
 
/s/ Elias Culucundis
Director
Elias Culucundis

II-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp., has signed this registration statement in the City of Newark, State of Delaware on October 28, 2016.

 
 
PUGLISI & ASSOCIATES
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Donald J. Puglisi
 
 
Name:
Donald J. Puglisi
 
 
Title:
Managing Director

II-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit List

Number
Description
1.1
Form of Underwriting Agreement*
3.1
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (1)
3.2
Second Amended and Restated Bylaws (2)
3.3
Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (3)
3.4
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (4)
3.5
Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (5)
3.6
Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (6)
3.7
Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (7)
4.1
Specimen Common Stock Certificate (8)
4.2
Form of Class A Warrant*
4.3
Form of Underwriter’s Warrant*
5.1
Form of Opinion of Seward & Kissel, LLP, as to the validity of the securities*
8.1
Form of Opinion of Seward & Kissel, LLP, with respect to certain tax matters*
10.1
Amended and Restated 2011 Equity Incentive Plan of the registrant (9)
10.2
Share Purchase Agreement dated June 24, 2014 between the registrant, Comet Shipholding Inc. and Plaza Shipholding Corp. (10)
10.3
Registration Rights Agreement dated June 24, 2014 between the registrant, Comet Shipholding Inc. and Plaza Shipholding Corp. (11)
10.4
Share Purchase Agreement dated September 29, 2014 between the registrant, Comet Shipholding Inc. and Plaza Shipholding Corp. (12)
10.5
Registration Rights Agreement dated September 29, 2014 between the registrant, Comet Shipholding Inc. and Plaza Shipholding Corp. (13)
10.6
Share Purchase Agreement dated December 19, 2014 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (14)
10.7
Registration Rights Agreement dated December 19, 2014 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (15)
10.8
Memorandum of Agreement dated December 23, 2014 with respect to Leadership (16)
10.9
Ship Technical Management Agreement dated as of February 11, 2015 between Leader Shipping Co. and V.Ships Greece Ltd. (17)
10.10
Novation Agreement to Ship Technical Management Agreement dated July 27, 2015, among V.Ships Greece Ltd., Leader Shipping Co. and V.Ships Limited (18)
10.11
Addendum No. 1 to Technical Management Agreement dated March 18, 2016, between Leader Shipping Co. and V.Ships Limited (19)
10.12
Form of Ship Technical Management Agreement with V.Ships Limited (20)
10.13
Commercial Management Agreement dated as of March 2, 2015 between the registrant and Fidelity Marine Inc. (21)
10.14
Amendment No. 1 dated September 11, 2015 to Commercial Management Agreement dated as of March 2, 2015 between the registrant and Fidelity Marine Inc. (22)
10.15
Amendment No. 2 dated February 24, 2016 to Commercial Management Agreement dated as of March 2, 2015 between the registrant and Fidelity Marine Inc. (23)
10.16
Loan Agreement dated March 6, 2015 between Leader Shipping Co. and Alpha Bank A.E. (24)
10.17
First Supplemental Agreement dated December 23, 2015 between Leader Shipping Co. and Alpha Bank A.E. related to the Loan Agreement dated March 6, 2015 (25)
10.18
Second Supplemental Agreement, dated July 28, 2016, between Leader Shipping Co. and Alpha Bank A.E. related to the Loan Agreement dated March 6, 2015
10.19
Convertible Promissory Note dated March 12, 2015 of the registrant to Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (26)
10.20
Share Purchase Agreement dated March 12, 2015 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (27)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Number
Description
10.21
Registration Rights Agreement dated March 12, 2015 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (28)
10.22
Share Purchase Agreement dated March 12, 2015 between the registrant and Stamatios Tsantanis. (29)
10.23
Registration Rights Agreement dated March 12, 2015 between the registrant and Stamatios Tsantanis. (30)
10.24
Convertible Promissory Note dated September 7, 2015 of the registrant to Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (31)
10.25
Amendment dated December 1, 2015 to Convertible Promissory Note dated September 7, 2015 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (32)
10.26
Amendment dated December 14, 2015 to Convertible Promissory Note dated September 7, 2015 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (33)
10.27
Amendment dated January 27, 2016 to Convertible Promissory Note dated September 7, 2015 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (34)
10.28
Amendment dated March 7, 2016 to Convertible Promissory Note dated September 7, 2015 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (35)
10.29
Amendment dated April 21, 2016 to Convertible Promissory Note dated September 7, 2015 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (36)
10.30
Amendment dated May 17, 2016 to Convertible Promissory Note dated September 7, 2015 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (37)
10.31
Amendment dated June 16, 2016 to Convertible Promissory Note dated September 7, 2015 between the registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (38)
10.32
Share Purchase Agreement dated September 7, 2015 between registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (39)
10.33
Registration Rights Agreement dated September 7, 2015 between registrant and Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (40)
10.34
Purchase Agreement dated August 6, 2015 between the registrant and the Sellers listed on Schedule I thereto (41)
10.35
Memorandum of Agreement dated August 6, 2015 with respect to Geniuship (42)
10.36
Memorandum of Agreement dated August 6, 2015 with respect to Gloriuship (43)
10.37
Memorandum of Agreement dated August 6, 2015 with respect to Premiership (44)
10.38
Memorandum of Agreement dated August 6, 2015 with respect to Gladiatorship (45)
10.39
Memorandum of Agreement dated August 6, 2015 with respect to Guardianship (46)
10.40
Memorandum of Agreement dated August 6, 2015 with respect to Squireship (47)
10.41
Memorandum of Agreement dated August 6, 2015 with respect to Championship
10.42
Loan Agreement dated September 1, 2015 between Sea Glorius Shipping Co., Sea Genius Shipping Co., HSH Nordbank AG and the Banks and Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto (48)
10.43
Supplemental Letter, dated May 16, 2016, to the Loan Agreement dated September 1, 2015 between Sea Glorius Shipping Co., Sea Genius Shipping Co., HSH Nordbank AG and the Banks and Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto
10.44
Facility Agreement dated September 11, 2015 between Premier Marine Co., Gladiator Shipping Co., Guardian Shipping Co., Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. and UniCredit Bank AG (49)
10.45
Amendment No. 1, dated June 3, 2016, to the Facility Agreement dated September 11, 2015 between Premier Marine Co., Gladiator Shipping Co., Guardian Shipping Co., Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. and UniCredit Bank AG
10.46
Supplemental letter, dated July 29, 2016, to the Facility Agreement dated September 11, 2015 between Premier Marine Co., Gladiator Shipping Co., Guardian Shipping Co., Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. and UniCredit Bank AG
10.47
Loan Agreement dated November 4, 2015 between Squire Ocean Navigation Co. and Alpha Bank A.E. (50)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Number
Description
10.48
First Supplemental Agreement, dated July 28, 2016, to the Loan Agreement dated November 4, 2015 between Squire Ocean Navigation Co. and Alpha Bank A.E.
10.49
Facility Agreement dated December 2, 2015 between Champion Ocean Navigation Co., the registrant and Natixis (51)
10.50
Memorandum of Agreement dated September 26, 2016 with respect to E.R. Bavaria
10.51
Memorandum of Agreement dated September 26, 2016 with respect to E.R. Bayern
10.52
Loan Agreement dated October 4, 2016 between Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. and Jelco Delta Holding Corp.
21.1
List of Subsidiaries
23.1
Consent of Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.
23.2
Consent of Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors-Accountants S.A.
23.3
Consent of Seward & Kissel LLP (included in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1)
23.4
Consent of Seward & Kissel LLP (included in its opinion filed as Exhibit 8.1)
24.1
Powers of Attorney (Included in the signature page hereto)
101 INS
XBRL Instance Document
101 SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101 CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101 DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document
101 LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document
101 PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
* To be filed by Amendment.
(1) Incorporated herein by reference to Annex M to Exhibit 99.1 to Seanergy Maritime Corp.'s report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on July 31, 2008 (File No. 001-33690).
(2) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the registrant's report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on July 20, 2011.
(3) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the registrant's registration statement on Form F-1MEF filed with the Commission on August 28, 2009 (File No. 333--161595).
(4) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the registrant's report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on September 16, 2010 (File No. 001-34848).
(5) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 to the registrant's report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on June 27, 2011.
(6) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 to the registrant's report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on August 5, 2011.
(7) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.7 to the registrant's report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on January 7, 2016.
(8) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant's report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on January 7, 2016.
(9) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(10) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit B to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on September 12, 2014.
(11) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit C to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on September 12, 2014.
(12) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit B to the Schedule 13D related to the registrant filed with the Commission on March 12, 2015.
(13) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit D to the Schedule 13D related to the registrant filed with the Commission on March 12, 2015.
(14) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit C to the Schedule 13D related to the registrant filed with the Commission on March 12, 2015.
(15) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit E to the Schedule 13D related to the registrant filed with the Commission on March 12, 2015.
(16) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(17) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.51 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 21, 2015.
(18) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(19) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(20) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(21) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.52 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 21, 2015.
(22) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(23) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.15 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(24) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.53 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 21, 2015.
(25) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.17 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(26) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit B to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on April 13, 2015.
(27) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit C to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on April 13, 2015.
(28) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit D to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on April 13, 2015.
(29) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.57 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 21, 2015.
(30) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.58 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 21, 2015.
(31) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit B to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on October 29, 2015.
(32) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit C to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on December 29, 2015.
(33) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit D to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on December 29, 2015.
(34) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit A to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on February 11, 2016.
(35) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit A to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on March 14, 2016.
(36) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant's report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on August 5, 2016.
(37) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant's report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on August 5, 2016.
(38) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the registrant's report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on August 5, 2016.
(39) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit C to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on October 29, 2015.
(40) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit D to the Schedule 13D/A related to the registrant filed with the Commission on October 29, 2015.
(41) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.30 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(42) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.31 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(43) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.32 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(44) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.33 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(45) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.34 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(46) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.35 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(47) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.36 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(48) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.38 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(49) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.39 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(50) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.40 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.
(51) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.41 to the registrant's annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 20, 2016.

 

Exhibit 10.18

 

Private & confidential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: 28 th July, 2016

 

ALPHA BANK A.E. 

(as Lender )

 

- and -

 

LEADER SHIPPING CO.

(as borrower)

 

 

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

 

in relation to a Loan Agreement dated 6 th March, 2015 

for a loan facility of (initially) US$8,750,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Theo V. Sioufas & Co .  

Law Offices

Piraeus

 

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE HEADINGS PAGE
1. Definitions 2
2. Representations and warranties 3
3. Agreement of the Lender 5
4. Conditions 5
5. Variations to the Principal Agreement 6
6. Continuance of Principal Agreement and the Security Documents 10
7. Entire agreement and amendment 11
8. Fees and expenses 11
9. Miscellaneous 11
10. Applicable law and jurisdiction 12

 

 
 

 

THIS AGREEMENT (hereinafter called “this Agreement” ) is made this 28 th day of July, 2016;

 

B E T W E E N

 

(1) ALPHA Bank A.E. , a banking société anonyme incorporated in and pursuant to the laws of the Hellenic Republic with its head office at 40 Stadiou Street, Athens GR 102 52, Greece, acting, except as otherwise herein provided through its office at 93 Akti Miaouli, Piraeus, Greece (hereinafter called the “Lender”, which expression shall include its successors and assigns); and

 

(2) LEADER SHIPPING CO. , a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 (hereinafter called the “ Borrower”, which expression shall include its successors);

 

IS SUPPLEMENTAL to a loan agreement dated 6 th March, 2015 made between (i) the Lender as lender, and (ii) the Borrower, as borrower, as amended and/or supplemented by a first supplemental agreement (the “ First Supplemental Agreement ”) dated 23 rd December, 2015 (the said loan agreement as amended and/or supplemented by the First Supplemental Agreement is hereinafter called the “ Principal Agreement ”), on the terms and conditions of which the Lender agreed to advance and has advanced to the Borrower a loan of up to United States Dollars Eight million seven hundred fifty thousand Dollars (US$8,750,000) , for the purpose therein specified (the Principal Agreement as hereby amended and/or supplemented and as the same may hereinafter be amended and/or supplemented called the “Loan Agreement” ).

 

W H E R E A S :

 

(A) the Borrower hereby acknowledges and confirms that (a) the Lender has advanced to the Borrower the full amount of the Loan in the principal amount of United States Dollars Eight million seven hundred fifty thousand Dollars (US$8,750,000) and (b) as of the Effective Date the principal amount of United States Dollars Seven million seven hundred thousand (US$7,700,000) in respect of the Loan remains outstanding;

 

(B) pursuant to a guarantee dated 17 th March 2015 as amended and/or supplemented by a deed of amendment of guarantee (the “ Guarantee Deed of Amendment No. 1 ”) dated 23 rd December, 2015 (the said guarantee as amended and/or supplemented by the Guarantee Deed of Amendment No. 1 is hereinafter called the “Corporate Guarantee” ) Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp ., of the Marshall Islands (the “ Corporate Guarantor ”) irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed the due and timely repayment of the Loan and interest and default interest accrued thereon and the performance of all the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement and the Security Documents executed in accordance thereto;

 

1
 

 

(C) the Borrower has requested the Lender to grant its consent to (inter alia):

 

(a) the amendment of the repayment schedule of the Loan;
     
  (b) the amendment of Clause 8.1(j) ( Liquidity ) of the Principal Agreement ;
     
  (c) the waiver of the “liquidity” covenants set out in Clause 8.1(j) ( Liquidity ) and Clause 8.6(a) ( Liquidity ) of the Principal Agreement; and
     
  (d) the waiver of the obligation of the Borrower under Clause 8.5(a) (Security Shortfall)

  

and the Lender has agreed thereto conditionally upon terms that the Principal Agreement shall be amended in the manner hereinafter set out in Clause 5 of this Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Definitions

 

1.1 Words and expressions defined in the Principal Agreement and not otherwise defined herein (including the Recitals hereto) shall have the same meanings when used in this Agreement.

 

1.2 In addition, in this Agreement the words and expressions specified below shall have the meanings attributed to them below:

 

Applicable Sanctions " means any Sanctions by which any Security Party is bound or to which it is subject (which shall include, without limitation, any extra-territorial sanctions imposed by law or regulation of the United States of America) or, regards a regulation, compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of any Security Party;

 

“DOC Amendment No. 1” means the amendment No. 1 to the Deed of Covenants supplemental to the first priority Bahamian ship mortgage dated 19 th March, 2015 registered over the Vessel in favour of the Lender, whereby such Deed of Covenants shall be amended, executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Owner thereof in favour of the Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

 

“Effective Date” means the date hereof or such earlier or later date as the Lender may agree in writing, upon which all the conditions contained in Clause 4 shall have been satisfied and this Agreement shall become effective;

 

“Guarantee Deed of Amendment No. 2” means the second deed of amendment of the Corporate Guarantee to be executed by the Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Lender in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender;

 

“Loan Agreement” means the Principal Agreement as hereby amended and as the same may from time to time be further amended and/or supplemented;

 

2
 

 

“Prohibited Person” means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against whom Sanctions are directed;

 

“Sanctions” means any sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions relating to trading, doing business, investment, exporting, financing or making assets available (or other activities similar to or connected with any of the foregoing):

 

(a) imposed by law or regulation of the United Kingdom, the Council of the European Union, the United Nations or its Security Council;

 

(b) imposed by CISADA; or

 

(c) otherwise imposed by any law or regulation by which the relevant Security Party is bound or, as regards a regulation, compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of the relevant Security Party and for which a waiver or suspension has not been obtained; and

 

1.3 (a) Where the context so admits words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing persons shall include firms and corporations, (b) clause headings are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in construing this Agreement, (c) references to Clauses are to clauses of this Agreement save as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement and (d) all capitalised terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement.

 

2. Representations and warranties

 

2.1 The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender as at the date hereof that the representations and warranties set forth in the Principal Agreement and the Security Documents (updated mutatis mutandis to the date of this Agreement) are (and will be on the Effective Date) true and correct as if all references therein to “ this Agreement ” were references to the Principal Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.

 

2.2 In addition to the above, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender as at the date of this Agreement that:

 

a. the Borrower is duly formed, is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the place of its incorporation and has full power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Principal Agreement and this Agreement and has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business and does not have an established place of business in any part of the United Kingdom or the USA;

 

3
 

 

b. all necessary licences, consents and authorities, governmental or otherwise under this Agreement and the Principal Agreement have been obtained and, as of the date of this Agreement, no further consents or authorities are necessary for any of the Security Parties to enter into this Agreement or otherwise perform its obligations hereunder;

 

c. this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Security Parties thereto enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

d. the execution and delivery of, and the performance of the provisions of this Agreement do not, and will not contravene any applicable law or regulation existing at the date hereof or any contractual restriction binding on any of the Security Parties or its respective constitutional documents;

 

e. no action, suit or proceeding is pending or threatened against the Borrower or its assets before any court, board of arbitration or administrative agency which could or might result in any material adverse change in the business or condition (financial or otherwise) of any of the Borrower or the other Security Parties;

 

f. the Borrower is not and at the Effective Date will not be in default under any agreement by which it is or will be at the Effective Date bound or in respect of any financial commitment, or obligation;

 

g. FATCA : Neither the Borrower nor the Corporate Guarantor is a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor; and

 

h. Sanctions :

 

(i) neither the Borrower nor the Corporate Guarantor is a Prohibited Person nor is owned or controlled by, or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Prohibited Person and none of the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor owns nor controls a Prohibited Person; and

 

(ii) no proceeds of the Loan have been made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person or otherwise shall be, directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Applicable Sanctions; and

 

2.3 The representations and warranties of the Borrower in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and shall be deemed to be repeated at the commencement of each Interest Period.

 

4
 

 

3. Agreement of the Lender

 

The Lender, relying upon each of the representations and warranties set out in Clause 2 hereby agrees with the Borrower, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in particular, but without limitation, subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent set out in Clause 4 that the Principal Agreement be amended in the manner more particularly set out in Clause 5.

 

4. Conditions

 

4.1 The agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3 shall be expressly subject to the condition that the Lender shall have received on or before the Effective Date in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its legal advisers

 

a. a certified true copy of the certificate of good standing or other equivalent document issued by the competent authorities of the place of its incorporation in respect of each of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor;

 

b. certified and duly legalised copies of resolutions duly passed by the Board of Directors of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor and certified and duly legalised copies of the resolutions passed at a meeting of the shareholders of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor (and of any corporate shareholder thereof), if applicable, evidencing approval of this Agreement, the DOC Amendment No. 1 or the Guarantee Deed of Amendment No. 2 (as the case may be) and authorising appropriate officers or attorneys–in-fact to execute the same and to sign all notices required to be given under this Agreement on its behalf or other evidence of such approvals and authorisations as shall be acceptable to the Lender;

 

c. all documents evidencing any other necessary action or approvals or consents with respect to this Agreement, including, but not limited to, certified and duly legalised Certificates of Incumbency issued by any of the Directors of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor evidencing approval of this Agreement and of the DOC Amendment No. 1 and authorising appropriate officers or attorneys-in-fact to execute the same and to sign all notices required to be given under this Agreement on its behalf or other evidence of such approvals and authorisations as shall be acceptable to the Lender;

 

d. the original of any power(s) of attorney issued in favour of any person executing this Agreement and of the DOC Amendment No. 1 on behalf of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor;

 

e. all documents evidencing any other necessary action or approvals or consents with respect to this Agreement;

 

5
 

 

f. the DOC Amendment No.1 duly executed by the relevant parties thereto;

 

g. such favourable legal opinions from lawyers acceptable to the Lender and its legal advisors as the Lender shall require; and

 

h. Evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender that the first installment of the rescheduling fee in the amount of Dollars Seven thousand five hundred ($7,500), as provided in Clause 11.1 herein below, has been paid to the Lender.

 

5. Variations to the Principal Agreement

 

5.1 In consideration of the agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3, the Borrower hereby agrees with the Lender that (subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent contained in Clause 4), the provisions of the Principal Agreement shall be varied and/or amended and/or supplemented as follows:

 

a. with effect as from the Effective Date, the following definitions of Clause 1.2 ( Definitions ) of the Principal Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

 

“Balloon Instalment” means the part of the Loan amounting to Four million five hundred fifty thousand Dollars ($4,550,000);

 

b. with effect as from the Effective Date, the following new definitions shall be added to Clause 1.2 ( Definitions ) of the Principal Agreement reading as follows:

 

“Applicable Sanctions” means any Sanctions by which any Security Party is bound or to which it is subject (which shall include, without limitation, any extra-territorial sanctions imposed by law or regulation of the United States of America) or, as regards a regulation, compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of any Security Party;

 

“CISADA” means the United States Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability and Divestment Act of 2010 as it applies to non-US persons;”

 

Deferred Amount means the aggregate amount of Dollars Six hundred thousand ($600,000) by which the next four (4) Repayment Instalments shall be reduced and which shall be added to the Balloon Instalment;

 

“DOC Amendment No. 1” means the amendment No. 1 to the Deed of Covenants supplemental to the first priority Bahamian ship mortgage dated 19 th March, 2015 registered over the Vessel in favour of the Lender, whereby such Deed of Covenants shall be amended, executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Owner thereof in favour of the Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.”

 

“Prohibited Person” means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against whom Sanctions are directed;

 

6
 

 

“Sanctions” means any sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions relating to trading, doing business, investment, exporting, financing or making assets available (or other activities similar to or connected with any of the foregoing):

  

  (a) imposed by law or regulation of the United Kingdom, the Council of the European Union, the United Nations or its Security Council; or
     
  (b) imposed by CISADA; or
     
(c) otherwise imposed by any law or regulation by which the relevant Security Party is bound or, as regards a regulation, compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of the relevant Security Party and for which a waiver or suspension has not been obtained;

 

“Second Supplemental Agreement” means the Second Supplemental Agreement dated … July, 2016 supplemental to this Agreement to be executed and made between (inter alios) the Borrower and the Lender whereby this Agreement shall be amended as there in provided. ;

 

c. with effect as from the Effective Date, the parties agree that the next four (4) Repayment Instalments shall be reduced by the Deferred Amount which shall be added to the Balloon Instalment, as a result of which Clause 4.1 (a) ( Repayment) of the Principal Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

 

“4.1 Repayment. The Borrower shall and it is expressly undertaken by the Borrower to repay the outstanding principal amount of the Loan amounting as of the date of the Second Supplemental Agreement to Dollars Seven million seven hundred thousand ($7,700,000) by: (a) fifteen (15) consecutive quarterly Repayment Instalments, the first of which to be repaid on the 17 th September, 2016 and each of the subsequent ones consecutively falling due for payment on each of the dates falling three (3) months after the immediately preceding Repayment Date with the last (the 15 th ) of such Repayment Instalments falling due for payment on the Final Maturity Date and (b) the Balloon Installment payable together with the last (the 15 th ) Repayment Instalment on the Final Maturity Date; subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the amount of each of such Repayment Instalments shall be as follows:

 

  (a) 1 st to 4 th (both incl.) Dollars One hundred thousand ($100,000) each; and
     
  (b) 5 th to 15 th (both incl.) Dollars Two hundred fifty thousand ($250,000) each;

 

provided that (a) if a Repayment Date would otherwise fall after the Final Maturity Date, such last Repayment Date shall be the Final Maturity Date, (b) there shall be no Repayment Dates after the Final Maturity Date, (c) on the Final Maturity Date the Borrower shall also pay to the Lender any and all other monies then payable under this Agreement and the other Security Documents and (d) if any of the Repayment Instalments shall become due on a day which is not a Banking Day, the due date therefor shall be extended to the next succeeding Banking Day unless such Banking Day falls in the next calendar month, in which event such due date shall be the immediately preceding Banking Day. ;

 

7
 

 

d. with effect as from the Effective Date Clause 8.1(j) (Liquidity) of the Principal Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

 

“(j) Liquidity : ensure that as from 1 st July, 2017 and throughout the remainder of the Security Period the Borrower shall maintain minimum liquidity in free deposits with the Lender in an amount equal to $500,000. For the avoidance of any doubt the Liquidity under this Clause is included in the Liquidity of the Guarantor under Clause 8.6(a) (Liquidity) of this Agreement and under Clause 5.3 (a) (Liquidity) of the Guarantee.”

 

e. with effect as from the Effective Date the following proviso shall be added at the end of paragraph (b) of Clause 13.2 ( Earnings Account ) reading as follows:

 

“Provided always that the 80% of the Excess Earnings (if any) deriving from the Earnings of the Vessel during each financial year of the Borrower commencing with the financial year 2016 shall be applied by the Lender on the next Interest Payment Date following the delivery of the Excess Earnings Calculation Certificate (and the Borrower hereby irrevocably authorises and instructs the Lender so to do) towards payment of the Deferred Amount until same is fully repaid.

 

For the purposes of this Clause 13.2 (c):

 

“Excess Earnings” means in relation to any Excess Earnings Calculation Period, an amount as conclusively determined by the Lender at its reasonable discretion in accordance with the formula: Excess Earnings = Total Income minus Operating Expenses for the Excess Earnings Calculation Period minus Borrower’s Debt Service;

 

“Excess Earnings Calculation Certificate” means a certificate, in a form of the approval of the Lender, signed by a Director of the Borrowers, which shall include detailed calculation of the Excess Earnings for the relevant Excess Earnings Calculation Period and which shall be delivered to the Lender latest within 60 days after the end of the relevant Excess Earnings Calculation Period ;

 

“Excess Earnings Calculation Period” means each successive 12-month period during the Security Period, starting from 1 st January, 2016;

 

8
 

 

“Operating Expenses” in relation to the Borrower means in aggregate (i) the Vessel’s operating expenses (including but not limited to crew, insurance, stores, spares, lubricants, repairs, safety/risk, vessel administration, survey/services), (ii) the incurred costs and expenses for Vessel dry-docking and special survey, (iii) the Vessel’s voyage expenses, if any, (iv) the Vessel’s total management fees and (v) the Borrower’s general and administrative expenses; and

 

“Total Income” in relation to an Excess Earnings Calculation Period and in relation to the Vessel means the total income of the Vessel for that Excess Earnings Calculation Period less brokerage fees and commissions and withholding taxes (if any).”

 

f. With effect as from the Effective Date, a new clause numbered 8.9 under the heading “Sanctions” will be added in Clause 8 ( Undertakings ) reading as follows:

  

  “8.9 Sanctions . The Borrower shall ensure that the Vessel will not be employed, and will not suffer the Vessel to be employed, and will not and will ensure that the Borrower does not conduct or undertake any business:

 

  (a) (i) in breach of any embargo or sanction or prohibited order (or any similar order or directive) of:

  

  (ii) the United Nations Security Council;
     
  (iii) the European Union;
     
  (iv) the United Kingdom;
     
  (v) the United States of America;
     
  (vi) the Flag State;
     
(vii) any state of which any officer or crew member of the Vessel is a national as they apply to their members or nationals; or

 

(b) in any trade, carriage of goods or business which is forbidden by the laws of the United Kingdom or the European Union or the United States of America or the Flag State as they apply to their members or nationals, or any law applicable to the Borrower, the Manager, any charterer of the Vessel or any country which the Vessel may visit; or
     
  (c) in carrying illicit or prohibited goods; or

  

(d) in a way which may make it liable to be condemned by a prize court or destroyed, seized or confiscated; or

 

(e) in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to the any Applicable Sanctions;

 

and the Borrower shall generally, comply, or procure compliance with any Applicable Sanctions.

 

9
 

 

g. by amending paragraph (c)(i) of Clause 16.1 ( Notices ) reading as follows:

 

  (i) if to be sent to any Security Party, to:
     
    c/o Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
16 G. Lambraki str., Premiera Mall – 2nd floor,
16674 Glyfada, Greece
Facsimile No: +30 210 9638404
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
;

 

h. With effect as from the Effective Date the definition “Security Documents” shall be deemed to include the Security Documents as amended and/or supplemented in pursuance to the terms hereof and any document or documents (including if the context requires the Loan Agreement) that may now or hereafter be executed as security for the repayment of the Loan, interest thereon and any other moneys payable by the Borrower under the Principal Agreement and the Security Documents (as herein defined) as well as for the performance by the Borrower and the other Security Parties as defined in the Loan Agreement all obligations, covenants and agreements pursuant to the Principal Agreement, this Agreement and/or the Security Documents.

 

5.2 All references in the Principal Agreement to this Agreement ”, “ hereunder and the like and all references in the Security Documents to the Loan Agreement shall be construed as references to the Principal Agreement as amended and/or supplemented by this Agreement.

 

6. Waiver of certain covenants

 

6.1 The Lender hereby agrees that with effect as from the 31 st day of December, 2015 until the 1st day of July, 2017 the obligation of the Borrower under Clause 8.1(j) ( Liquidity ) shall be waived and is hereby waived for the duration of the said period.

 

6.2 The Lender hereby agrees that with effect as from the 31st day of December, 2015 until the 1 st day of July, 2017 the obligation of the Guarantor under Clause 8.6(a) ( Liquidity ) shall be waived and is hereby waived for the duration of the said period.

 

6.3 The Lender hereby agrees that with effect as from the 31st day of December, 2015 until the 1 st day of July, 2017 the obligation of the Borrower under Clause 8.5(a) ( Security Shortfall ) of the Principal Agreement shall be waived and is hereby waived for the duration of the said period.

 

7. Continuance of Principal Agreement and the Security Documents

 

7.1 Save for the alterations to the Principal Agreement, and the Security Document made or to be made pursuant to this Agreement, and such further modifications (if any) thereto as may be necessary to make the same consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Principal Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and the security constituted by the Security Documents executed by the Borrower shall continue to remain valid and enforceable and the Borrower hereby reconfirms its obligations under the Principal Agreement as hereby amended and under the Security Documents to which it is a party.

 

10
 

 

8. Entire agreement and amendment

 

8.1 The Principal Agreement, the other Security Documents, and this Agreement represent the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede any prior expressions of intent or understanding with respect to this transaction and may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the parties to be bound or burdened thereby.

 

8.2 This Agreement is supplementary to and incorporated in the Principal Agreement, all terms and conditions whereof, including, but not limited to, provisions on payments, calculation of interest and Events of Default, shall apply to the performance and interpretation of this Agreement.

 

9. Fees and expenses

 

9.1 The Borrower shall pay to the Lender a rescheduling fee in the amount of Dollars Fifteen thousand ($15,000) payable as follows: (i) Dollars Seven thousand five hundred ($7,500) on the signing of this Agreement and (ii) Dollars Seven thousand five hundred ($7,500) payable within 30 days from the date hereof.

 

9.2 The Borrower agrees to pay to the Lender upon demand on a full indemnity basis and from time to time all costs, charges and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and enforcement or attempted enforcement of this Agreement and any document executed pursuant thereto and/or in preserving or protecting or attempting to preserve or protect the security created hereunder and/or under the Security Documents.

 

9.3 The Borrower covenants and agrees to pay and discharge all stamp duties, registration and recording fees and charges and any other charges whatsoever and wheresoever payable or due in respect of this Agreement and/or any document executed pursuant hereto.

 

10. Miscellaneous

 

10.1 The provisions of Clause 14 ( Assignment, Transfer, Participation, Lending Office ) and Clause 16.1 ( Notices ) (as hereby amended) of the Principal Agreement shall apply to this Agreement as if the same were set out herein in full.

 

11
 

 

11. Entire agreement and amendment; effect on Principal Agreement

 

11.1 Except to the extent that the Principal Agreement is expressly amended or supplemented by this Agreement, all terms and conditions of the Principal Agreement remain in full force and effect. This Agreement is supplementary to and incorporated in the Principal Agreement, all terms and conditions whereof, including, but not limited to, provisions on payments, calculation of interest and Events of Default, shall apply to the performance and interpretation of this Agreement.

 

11.2 The Principal Agreement, the other Security Documents, and this Agreement represent the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede any prior expressions of intent or understanding with respect to this transaction and may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the parties to be bound or burdened thereby.

 

12. Applicable law and jurisdiction

 

12.1 This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out or connected with it are governed by and shall be construed in accordance with English law and the provisions of Clause 17 ( Law and Jurisdiction ) of the Principal Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Agreement as if the same were set out herein in full.

 

12.2 No term of this Agreement is enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not a party to this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ Intentionally left blank ]

 

 

12
 

 

EXECUTION PAGE

 

the borrower

 

SIGNED by )  
Mrs. Theodora Mitropetrou )  
for and on behalf of )  
LEADER SHIPPING CO . ) /s/ Theodora Mitropetrou
of Marshall Islands, in the presence of: ) Attorney-in-fact

 

Witness: /s/ Panagiota Sdrolia
Name: Panagiota Sdrolia
Address: 13 Defteras Merarchias Str.,
Piraeus, Greece
Occupation: Attorney-at-law

 

THE LENDER

 

SIGNED by )  
Mrs. Aikaterini Daivianida ) /s/ Aikaterini Daivianida
and Mrs. Chrysanthi Papathanasopoulou ) Attorney-in-fact
for and on behalf of )  
ALPHA BANK A.E. )  
in the presence of: ) /s/ Chrysanthi Papathanasopoulou
    Attorney-in-fact

 

Witness: /s/ Panagiota Sdrolia
Name: Panagiota Sdrolia
Address: 13 Defteras Merarchias Str.,
Piraeus, Greece
Occupation: Attorney-at-law

 

13
 

 

 

Exhibit 10.41

 

Dated: 6 August 2015

 

Cape May Marine Inc., of the British Virgin Islands

hereinafter called the Sellers, have agreed to sell, and

1

 

 

CHAMPION OCEAN NAVIGATION CO., of Liberia

hereinafter called the Buyers, have agreed to buy the

2

  

Name: MAXIMUS 3

  

Classification Society/Class: BV 4
Built:  2011 By: Sundong Shipbuilding & Marine Eng., South Korea 5
Flag: Isle of Man Place of Registration: Douglas 6
Call sign: 2CPB2 Grt/Nrt: 93.196/59.298 7
Register IMO Number: 9403516 8
hereinafter called the Vessel, on the following terms and conditions: 9
Definitions 10

  

Banking days ” are days on which banks are open in the country of the currency 11
Stipulated for the Purchase Price in Clause 1 , and in the place of closing stipulated in Clause 8, in the country of the Vessel’s flag, Greece, USA, UK and in the country of the Vessel’s mortgagee bank. 12

  

in writing ” or “ written ” means a letter handed over from the Sellers to the Buyers or vice versa, 13
a registered letter, telefax or other modern form of written communication. 14

  

Classification Society ” or “ Class ” means the Society referred to in line 4.

 

Purchase Agreement ” means the purchase agreement dated 6 August 2015 made by and among, inter alios, Seanergy (as defined in Clause 21 hereof) and the Sellers.

 

15
1. Purchase Price: USD 41,662,334 (United States Dollars forty one million six hundred sixty two thousand three hundred thirty four) only 16

2. Deposit   17

  

As security for the correct fulfilment of this Agreement  the  Buyers shall pay a deposit of 10% 18
(ten per cent) of the Purchase Price within banking days from the date of this 19
Agreement. This deposit shall be placed with 20
and held  by them in a joint  account  for the  Sellers  and  the  Buyers, to be released in accordance 21
with joint written instructions of the  Sellers  and   the  Buyers.  Interest, if any, to  be  credited to  the 22
Buyers. Any fee charged  for holding  the said deposit  shall  be  borne  equally  by  the  Sellers  and  the 23
Buyers. 24

  

3. Payment

 

25
The said Purchase Price shall be paid in full free of bank charges to Sellers’ bank account at Natixis S.A., Account No.: USD A/C NO:                         , IBAN:                        , Swift No.:                           , Correspondent Bank:                        , ADDRESS                          , Swift No.:                                    26
on delivery of the Vessel, but not later than 3 (three) Banking days after the Vessel is in every respect 27
physically ready for delivery in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and 28

Notice of Readiness (“NOR”) has been given in accordance with Clause 5.

 

29
4 Inspections 30
   

 
 

 

a)* The Buyers have waived the physical inspection for the Vessel and have accepted her. The Buyers have inspected and accepted the Vessel’s classification records. Therefore the sale is outright and definite, subject only to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Buyers 31
  have also inspected the Vessel at /in [               ] on [               ] 32
  and have accepted the Vessel following this inspection and the sale is outright and definite, 33
  subject only to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. 34

 

b)* The  Buyers  shall    have  the right  to    inspect  the  Vessel’s   classification  records   and   declare 35
  whether same are accepted  or  not    within 36

 

  The Sellers shall provide for inspections of the Vessel at/in 37

 

  The  Buyers  shall  undertake  the  inspection   without  undue  delay  to  the  Vessel.   Should  the 38
  Buyers  cause  undue  delay  they  shall  compensate  the  Sellers  for the losses thereby incurred. 39
  The  Buyers  shall  inspect  the  Vessel without opening up   and without    cost  to  the  Sellers 40
  During  the  inspection,  the  Vessel’s  deck  and  engine  log  books  shall  be  made  available for 41
  examination  by  the  Buyers. If the  Vessel  is  accepted  after  such  inspection,  the  sale shall 42
  become outright and definite, subject  only  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this  Agreement, 43
  provided the  Sellers receive   written notice  of  acceptance  from  the  Buyers  within  72 hours 44
  after  completion  of  such  inspection. 45
  Should  notice  of  acceptance  of   the  Vessel’s classification  records  and  of  the Vessel not be 46
  received  by  the  Sellers  as  aforesaid, the deposit together  with   interest earned   shall  be 47
  released  immediately to the  Buyers, whereafter  this  Agreement shall be   null and void. 48

 

* 4 a) and 4b) are alternatives; delete whichever is not applicable. In the absence of deletions, 49
  alternative 4a) to apply. 50

 

5. Notices, time and place of delivery 51

 

a) The Sellers shall keep the Buyers well informed of the Vessel’s itinerary and shall 52
  provide the Buyers with 30/20/15/10/7/5/ 3 approximate and 2 and 1 definite day s notice s of the expected time and place of arrival at the 53
  intended time and place of drydocking/underwater inspection /delivery. When the Vessel is at the 54
  place of delivery and in every respect physically ready for delivery in accordance with this 55
 

Agreement, the Sellers shall give the Buyers a written NOR for delivery.

56
     
b) The Vessel shall be delivered to the Buyers free of stowaways, free of cargo, with clean swept holds 57
  safely afloat at a safe and accessible berth, port or anchorage worldwide . 58
    59
 

Expected time of delivery : 30 September 2015 – 31 December 2015 or such later date at Buyers’ option.

 

60
  Date of cancelling (see Clauses 5 c), 6 b) (iii) and 14): 31 December 2015 or such later date at Buyers’ option. 61

 

c) If the Sellers anticipate that, notwithstanding the exercise of due diligence by them, the 62
  Vessel will not be ready for delivery by the cancelling date they may notify the Buyers in 63
  writing stating the date when they anticipate that the Vessel will be ready for delivery and 64
  propose a new cancelling date. Upon receipt of such notification the Buyers shall have the 65
  option of either cancelling this Agreement in accordance with Clause 14 within 4 7 running 66
  days of receipt of the notice or of accepting the new date as the new cancelling date. If the 67
  Buyers have not declared their option within 4 7 running days of receipt of the Sellers’ 68
  notification or if the Buyers accept the new date, the date proposed in the Sellers’ notification 69
  shall be deemed to be the new cancelling date and shall be substituted for the cancelling 70
  date stipulated in line 61. 71

 

  If this Agreement is maintained with the new cancelling date all other terms and conditions 72
  hereof including those contained in Clauses 5 a) and 5 c) shall remain unaltered and in full 73
  force and effect. Cancellation or failure to cancel shall be entirely without prejudice to any 74
  claim for damages the Buyers may have under Clause 14 for the Vessel not being ready by 75
  the original cancelling date. 76

 

d) Should the Vessel become an actual, constructive or compromised total loss before delivery 77
  the deposit together  with  interest  earned shall be released immediately to the Buyers 78
  whereafter this Agreement shall be null and void. 79

 

 
 

 

6. Drydocking / Divers Inspection - SEE CLAUSE 18 of this Agreement. 80

 

a)** The Sellers shall place the Vessel in drydock at the port of delivery for inspection by the 81
  Classification Society of the Vessel’s underwater parts below the deepest load line, the 82
  extent of the inspection being in accordance with the Classification Society’s rules.  If the 83
  rudder, propeller, bottom or other underwater parts below the deepest load line are found 84
  broken, damaged or defective so as to affect the Vessel’s class, such defects shall be made 85
  good at the Sellers’ expense to the satisfaction of the Classification Society without 86
  condition/recommendation*. 87

 

b)** (i) The Vessel is to be delivered without drydocking.  However, the Buyers shall 88
  have the right at their expense to arrange for an underwater inspection by a diver approved 89
  by the Classification Society prior to the delivery of the Vessel.  The Sellers shall at their 90
  cost make the Vessel available for such inspection. The extent of the inspection and the 91
  conditions under which it is performed shall be to the satisfaction of the Classification 92
  Society. If the conditions at the port of delivery are unsuitable for such inspection, the 93
  Sellers shall make the Vessel available at a suitable alternative place near to the delivery 94
  port. 95

 

  ii) If the rudder, propeller, bottom or other underwater parts below the deepest load line 96
  are found broken, damaged or defective so as to affect the Vessel’s class, then unless 97
  repairs can be carried out afloat to the satisfaction of the Classification Society, the Sellers 98
  shall arrange for the Vessel to be drydocked at their expense for inspection by the 99
  Classification Society of the Vessel’s underwater parts below the deepest load line, the 100
  extent of the inspection being in accordance with the Classification Society’s rules.  If the 101
  rudder, propeller, bottom or other underwater parts below the deepest load line are found 102
  broken, damaged or defective so as to affect the Vessel’s class, such defects shall be made 103
  good by the Sellers at their expense to the satisfaction of the Classification Society 104
  without condition/recommendation*. In such event the Sellers are to pay also for the cost of 105
  the underwater inspection and the Classification Society’s attendance. 106

 

  (iii) If the Vessel is to be drydocked pursuant to Clause 6 b) (ii) and no suitable dry- 107
  docking facilities are available at the port of delivery, the Sellers shall take the Vessel 108
  to a port where suitable drydocking facilities are available, whether within or outside the 109
  delivery range as per Clause 5 b). Once drydocking has taken place the Sellers shall deliver 110
  the Vessel at a port within the delivery range as per Clause 5 b) which shall, for the 111
  purpose of this Clause, become the new port of delivery. In such event the cancelling date 112
  provided for in Clause 5 b) shall be extended by the additional time required for the 113
  drydocking and extra steaming, but limited to a maximum of 14 running days. 114

 

c) If the Vessel is drydocked pursuant to Clause 6 a) or 6 b) above 115

 

  (i) the Classification Society may require survey of the tailshaft system, the extent of 116
  the survey being to the satisfaction of the Classification surveyor. If such survey is not 117
  required by the Classification Society, the Buyers shall have the right to require the tailshaft 118
  to be drawn and surveyed by the Classification Society, the extent of the survey being in 119
  accordance with the Classification Society’s rules for tailshaft survey and consistent with 120
  the current stage of the Vessel’s survey cycle. The Buyers shall declare whether they 121
  require the tailshaft to be drawn and surveyed not later than by the completion of the 122
  inspection by the Classification Society. The drawing and refitting of the tailshaft shall be 123
  arranged by the Sellers. Should any parts of the tailshaft system be condemned or found 124
  defective so as to affect the Vessel’s class, those parts shall be renewed or made good at 125
  the Sellers’ expense to the satisfaction of the Classification Society without 126
  condition/recommendation*. 127

 

  (ii) the expenses relating to the survey of the tailshaft system shall be borne 128
  by the Buyers unless the Classification  Society requires such survey to be carried out, in 129
  which case the Sellers shall pay these expenses. The Sellers shall also pay the expenses 130
  if the Buyers require the survey  and  parts of the system are condemned or found defective 131
  or broken so as to affect the Vessel’s class*. 132

 

  (iii) the expenses in connection with putting the Vessel in and taking her out of 133
  drydock, including the drydock dues and the Classification Society’s fees shall be paid by 134
  the Sellers if the Classification Society issues any condition/recommendation* as a result 135
  of the survey or if it requires survey of the tailshaft system. In all other cases the Buyers 136
  shall pay the aforesaid expenses, dues and fees. 137

 

 
 

 

  (iv) the Buyers’ representative shall have the right to be present in the drydock, but 138
  without interfering with the work or decisions of the Classification surveyor. 139

 

  (v) the Buyers shall have the right to have the underwater parts of the Vessel 140
  cleaned and painted at their risk and expense without interfering with the Sellers’ or the 141
  Classification surveyor’s work, if any, and without affecting the Vessel’s timely delivery. If, 142
  however, the Buyers’ work in drydock is still in progress when the Sellers have 143
  completed the work which the Sellers are required to do, the additional docking time 144
  needed to complete the Buyers’ work shall be for the Buyers’ risk and expense. In the event 145
  that the Buyers’ work requires such additional time, the Sellers may upon completion of the 146
  Sellers’ work tender Notice of Readiness for delivery whilst the Vessel is still in drydock 147
  and the Buyers shall be obliged to take delivery in accordance with Clause 3, whether 148
  the Vessel is in drydock or not and irrespective of Clause 5 b). 149

 

* Notes, if any, in the surveyor’s report which are accepted by the Classification Society 150
  without condition/recommendation are not to be taken into account. 151

 

** 6 a) and 6 b) are alternatives; delete whichever is not applicable. In the absence of deletions, 152
  alternative 6 a) to apply 153

 

7. Spares/bunkers, etc. 154

 

The Sellers shall deliver the Vessel to the Buyers with everything belonging to her on board and on 155
shore , including broached/unbroached stores and provisions and spares without extra payment . All spare parts and spare equipment including spare tail-end shaft(s) and/or spare 156
propeller(s)/propeller blade(s), if any, belonging to the Vessel at the time of inspection used or 157
unused, whether on board or not shall become the Buyers’ property. 158
Forwarding charges, if any, shall be for the Buyers’ account. The Sellers are not required to replace spare 159
parts including spare tail-end shaft(s) and spare propeller(s)/propeller blade(s) which are taken out 160
of spare and used as replacement prior to delivery, but the replaced items shall be the property of 161
the Buyers. The radio installation, GMDSS and navigational equipment shall be included in the sale without extra payment if they are the property of the Sellers. ECDIS (with dongle card and maps) shall be included in the sale and Buyers shall pay the Sellers 50% of the cost (Euro 12,500). 162
Unused stores and provisions shall be included in the sale and be taken over 163
by the Buyers without extra payment . 164

 

The Sellers have the right to take ashore crockery, plates, cutlery, linen and other articles bearing the 165
Sellers’ flag or name, provided they replace same with similar unmarked items. Library, forms, etc., 166
exclusively for use in the Sellers’ vessel(s), shall be excluded without compensation. Captain’s, 167
Officers’ and Crew’s personal belongings including the slop chest are to be excluded from the sale, 168

as well as the following additional items (including items on hire):

 

-UNITOR’S OXYGEN/ACETYLENE/FREON CYLINDERS, EMPTY/FULL;

-MARICHEM SYSTEM MHCS 200;

-ORIGINAL FLAG CERTIFICATES (Registry – Intern. Tonnage – Radio Station Licence – Minimum Safe Manning – CLCertificate - MLCertificate ) – necessary for Ship’s deletion from the articles;

-LIBRARY, FORMS, RECORDS, REPORTS, DECK and ENGINEE Log Books, CORRESPONDENSE exclusively used by the Sellers;

-CD ROM QSEMS;

-SEAGULL TRAINING CDs;

-Lloyds MARINER – Risk Assessment CDs;

-LR Manager (Working hours) CDs;

-AMVER DISKETTE;

-EST SAFETY LABELS (35);

-ISPS CODE / CD / INSTRUCTIONS AND SECURITY AWARENESS CBT 115 AND ISPS TRAINER;

-OWNERS LISTS/ISM & ISPS system manuals / Company’s Soft and Hardware/PC’s etc.; and

-SECURITY IDENTIFICATION BADGES (CREW AND VISITORS).

 

169
The Buyers shall take over the remaining bunkers and unused lubricating oils in storage tanks and 170
sealed drums and pay the current net market  price (excluding  barging  expenses) at the port and date 171
of delivery of the Vessel Buyers shall take over the bunkers remaining on board with cost as per Platts prices for Singapore published three (3) banking days prior to the Vessel’s delivery. Buyers shall also take over the remaining unbroached lubricants respectively in sealed drums/tins or in designated storage tanks not having passed to the engines/equipment through Vessel’s system at Sellers’ net contract prices of last supply as evidenced by the relevant copies of invoices. Exact quantities of remaining bunkers and lubricating oils shall be measured and agreed by and between the Sellers’ and the Buyers’ representatives latest by one (1) Banking day prior to expected date of delivery of the Vessel. 172
Payment under this Clause shall be made in cash at the same time and place 173
and in the same currency as the Purchase Price. 174

 

 
 

 

8. Documentation 175
   
The place of closing: Athens, Greece 176
   

 

In exchange for payment of the Purchase Price and delivery of the Vessel the Sellers shall furnish the Buyers and the Buyers shall furnish the Sellers with the delivery documents stated in this Clause and in Clause 17 of this Agreement. namely :

177 

178

a) Legal Bill of Sale in a form recordable in           (the country in  which  the Buyers  are 179
  to register the Vessel),  warranting that  the  Vessel  is  free  from  all  encumbrances,  mortgages 180
  and  maritime   liens  or  any  other  debts   or  claims  whatsoever,  duly  notarially  attested  and 181
  legalized by the consul of such country or other competent  authority. 182
     

 

b) Current Certificate of  Ownership  issued  by  the  competent  authorities  of  the  flag  state  of    183
  the Vessel. 184

 

c) Confirmation of Class issued within 72 hours prior to delivery. 185

 

d) Current Certificate issued by the competent  authorities  stating  that  the  Vessel  is  free  from    186
  registered encumbrances 187

 

e) Certificate of Deletion of the Vessel from the  Vessel’s  registry  or  other  official  evidence  of 188
  deletion appropriate to the Vessel’s registry at the time of delivery, or,  in  the  event  that  the 189
  registry does not  as  a  matter  of  practice  issue  such  documentation  immediately,  a  written 190
  undertaking by the Sellers to effect deletion from the Vessel’s  registry  forthwith  and  furnish  a 191
  Certificate or other official evidence of deletion to  the  Buyers  promptly  and  latest  within  4     192
  (four) weeks after the  Purchase  Price  has  been paid and the  Vessel has been delivered. 193

 

f) Any  such  additional  documents  as  may  reasonably  be  required  by  the  competent  authorities 194
  for  the purpose of  registering  the  Vessel, provided  the   Buyers  notify  the  Sellers  of  any  such     195
  documents as soon as possible after the date of this Agreement 196

 

At the time of delivery the Buyers and Sellers shall sign and deliver to each other a Protocol of 197
Delivery and Acceptance confirming the date and time of delivery of the Vessel from the Sellers to the 198
Buyers. 199

 

At the time of delivery the Sellers shall hand over to the Buyers the classification certificate(s) as well as all 200
Plans etc., which are on board the Vessel. Other certificates which are on board the Vessel shall also 201
be handed over to the Buyers unless the Sellers are required to retain same, in which case the 202
Buyers to have the right to take copies. Other technical documentation which may 203
be in the Sellers’ possession shall be promptly forwarded to the Buyers at their expense, if they so 204
request. The Sellers may keep the Vessels log books but the Buyers to have the right to take 205

copies of same at Buyers’ account .

 

206
9.       Encumbrances 207

 

The Sellers warrant that the Vessel, at the time of delivery, is free from all charters, encumbrances, 208
Mortgages, taxies, levies, duties and maritime liens or other liens or any other debts whatsoever and is not subject to any port state or administrative detentions. The Sellers hereby undertake 209
to indemnify the Buyers against all consequences of claims made against the Vessel which have 210
been incurred prior to the time of delivery or arising out of or with respect to events occurring prior to the time of delivery. 211

 

10.      Taxes, etc. 212

 

Any taxes, fees and expenses in connection with the purchase and registration under the Buyers’ flag 213
shall be for the Buyers’ account, whereas similar charges in  connection with the closing of the Sellers’ 214
register shall be for the Sellers’ account. 215

 

 
 

 

11.      Condition on delivery 216

 

The Vessel with everything belonging to her shall be at the Sellers’ risk and expense until she is 217
delivered to the Buyers, but subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement she shall be 218
delivered and taken over “as is where is” as she was at the time of inspection, fair wear and tear excepted . 219
However, the Vessel shall be delivered free of stowaways, free of cargo and with clean swept holds and with her class maintained without condition/recommendation*, 220
free of average damage affecting the Vessels class, and with her classification certificates and 221
National/international/trading certificates and Continuous Survey of Machinery (CSM), as well as all other 222
certificates of the Vessel had at the time of inspection , 223
clean, valid and unextended for a minimum period of 3 (three) months from the time of the delivery without condition/recommendation * by Class or the relevant authorities at the time of delivery. 224
Inspection ” in this Clause 11, shall mean the Buyers’ inspection according to Clause 4 a) or 4 b), if 225
applicable, or the Buyers’ inspection prior to the signing of this Agreement. If the Vessel is taken over 226
without inspection, the date of this Agreement shall be the relevant date. 227

 

*          Notes, if any, in the surveyor’s report  which are accepted by the Classification Society 228
            without condition/recommendation are not to be taken into account. 229

 

12.      Name / markings 230

 

Upon delivery the Buyers undertake to change the name of the Vessel and alter funnel markings.

 

231
13.      Buyers’ default 232

 

Should the deposit not be paid in accordance with Clause 2, the Sellers have the right to cancel  this 233
Agreement, and  they shall be entitled to  claim  compensation for their losses and for all expenses 234
incurred together with interest. 235
Should the Purchase Price not be paid in accordance with Clause 3, the Sellers have the right to 236
cancel the Agreement , in which case the deposit  together  with interest  earned  shall  be released  to  the 237
Sellers.  If the  deposit  does  not  cover  their  loss,  but in case of such cancellation the Sellers shall not 238
be entitled to claim further compensation for any losses suffered and/or for any expenses incurred together with interest. 239

 

14.      Sellers’ default 240

 

Should the Sellers fail to give NOR in accordance with Clause 5 a) or fail to be ready 241
to validly complete a legal transfer by the date stipulated in line 61 the Buyers shall have 242
the option of cancelling this Agreement provided always that the Sellers shall be granted a 243
maximum of 3 (three) Banking days after the NOR has been given to make arrangements 244
for the documentation set out in Clause 8 and Clause 17. If after NOR has been given but before 245
the Buyers have taken delivery, the Vessel ceases to be physically ready for delivery and is not 246
made physically ready again in every respect by the date stipulated in line 61 and new NOR 247
given, the Buyers shall retain their option to cancel. In  the  event  that  the  Buyers  elect 248
to  cancel this Agreement  the  deposit  together  with  interest earned shall be released to them 249
immediately. 250
Should the Sellers fail to give NOR by the date stipulated in line 61 or fail to be ready 251
to validly complete a legal transfer as aforesaid they shall make due compensation to the Buyers for 252
their loss and for all expenses together with interest if their failure is due to proven 253
negligence and whether or not the Buyers cancel this Agreement. 254

 

15.      Buyers’ representatives 255

 

After this Agreement has been signed by both parties and  the deposit  has  been  lodged , the Buyers 256
have the right to place two (2) representatives on board the Vessel at their sole risk and expense upon 257
arrival at  ________ on or about _________ immediately. 258
These representatives/crew shall remain on board until delivery of the Vessel to, and acceptance of the Vessel by, the Buyers for the purpose of familiarisation and in the capacity of 259
observers only, and they shall not interfere in any respect with the operation of the Vessel. The 260
Buyers’ representatives/crew shall sign the Sellers’ letter of indemnity prior to their embarkation. 261
   

16. Arbitration

 

262

 

 
 

 

a)* This Agreement (and any non-contractual obligations connected with this Agreement) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of this 263
Agreement and/or any non-contractual obligations connected with this Agreement shall be referred to 264
arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Acts 1996 or any statutory modification or 265
re-enactment thereof for the time being in force, one arbitrator being appointed by each 266
party. The arbitrators shall be full members of the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (“LMAA”). On the receipt by one party of the nomination in writing of the other party’s arbitrator, 267
that party shall appoint their arbitrator within fourteen days, failing which the decision of the 268
single arbitrator appointed shall apply. If two arbitrators are properly appointed 269
they shall appoint a third arbitrator failing which the third arbitrator shall be appointed by the President of the LMMA at the time within 21 (twenty one) days of the two arbitrators being appointed. 270

 

b)* This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  in  accordance  with  Title  9  of   the 271
United States Code and the Law of the State of New York  and  should  any  dispute  arise  out  of 272
this Agreement, the matter in dispute shall be referred to three  persons  at  New  York,  one  to 273
be appointed by each  of  the  parties  hereto,  and  the  third  by  the  two  so  chosen;  their 274
decision or that of any two of them shall be final, and for purpose of enforcing any  award,  this 275
Agreement may be made a rule of the Court. 276
The proceedings shall be conducted in accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  Society  of  Maritime 277
Arbitrators, Inc.  New York. 278

 

c)* Any dispute arising out of this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration at London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 and subsequent alterations (if any), LLMAA rules to apply 279
, subject to the procedures applicable there. 280
The laws of England shall govern this Agreement. 281

 

* 16 a), 16 b) and 16 c) are altematives; delete whichever is not applicable.  In the absence of 282
deletions, altemative 16 a) to apply . 283

 

Additional Clauses 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24 and 25, inclusive as herein below, are deemed to

 

be fully incorporated into and form an integral part of this Agreement.

 

17. Delivery Documents

 

A. In exchange of the payment of the Purchase Price and other monies due under Clause 3 of this Agreement, the Sellers shall furnish the Buyers with the following delivery documents, namely:

 

(a) Three originals of a legal bill of sale in form recordable in the Buyers’ new flag in the English language (the “Bill of Sale”) in favour of the Buyers, evidencing the transfer of all (100 percent) of the shares and interest in and title to the Vessel to the Buyers and warranting that the Vessel is free from all mortgages, encumbrances, charters, maritime liens or other liens, claims, taxes, levies, duties and any other debts whatsoever or any port state or administrative detentions, duly executed by the Sellers and duly certified by a notary public and legalized by Apostille.

 

(b) Fax or email copy of Transcript of Register issued by the Isle of Man Registry and dated the delivery date showing the Vessel to be registered in the ownership of the Sellers and free and clean from encumbrances and mortgages to be faxed to the closing meeting in Greece. The original of such Transcript of Register will be provided to the Buyers not later than 10 (ten) Banking days after the delivery date of the Vessel to the Buyers and the Sellers shall provide a written undertaking to the Buyers to that end.

 

(c) A certified true copy of the certificate of incorporation of the Sellers certified by the Sellers’ Greek counsel.

 

 
 

 

(d) An original set of Minutes of all the members of the Board of Directors of the Sellers or Resolutions of the Sellers adopted by unanimous consent approving, authorizing and confirming the entry into this Agreement and any amendments and/or addendums thereto, authorising the sale of the Vessel in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and authorizing persons to conclude the sale, transfer and delivery of the Vessel to the Buyers and sign, execute and deliver on behalf of the Sellers, inter alia , the Bill of Sale, a protocol of delivery and acceptance and any other document required to be executed by the Sellers in respect of the delivery of the Vessel from the Sellers to the Buyers thereof pursuant to this Agreement and also authorizing the execution of Power(s) of Attorney to a specific person or persons empowering them to execute and deliver such documents and take such steps as may be necessary or appropriate in order to transfer and deliver the Vessel to the Buyers, such Minutes to be duly certified by a notary public and legalized by Apostille.

 

(e) Original written resolutions of the Shareholder(s), approving the BOD minutes or Resolutions of the Sellers under 17. A. (d) above, duly certified by a notary public and legalized by Apostille.

 

(f) An original Power of Attorney of the Sellers executed pursuant to the Minutes or Resolutions referred to in item 17. A. (d) hereinabove duly certified by a notary public and legalized by Apostille.

 

(g) An original set of a director’s certificate of incumbency of the Sellers certifying the name of all present directors/officers and shareholders of the Sellers and attaching copies of all the correct and complete and up-to-date constitutional documents in full force and effect of the Sellers (Memorandum and Articles of Association) with any amendments.

 

(h) An original Certificate of Goodstanding of the Sellers dated no more than 10 (ten) Banking days prior to the delivery date showing the Sellers to be in good standing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands.

 

(i) Two original Protocols of Delivery and Acceptance (one for the Sellers and one for the Buyers to be exchanged at the closing in Greece) confirming the delivery of the Vessel by the Sellers to the Buyers.

 

(j) Commercial Invoice in three (3) copies dated the delivery date, stating the full particulars of the Vessel and the Purchase Price of the Vessel signed and stamped by the Sellers.

 

(k) An original letter of confirmation from the Sellers stating that to the best of their knowledge the Vessel is not blacklisted by Arab Boycott League in Damascus or any other organisation, nation, government, state, country, political sub-division or union as of the delivery date.

 

(l) (i) A letter of undertaking by the Sellers to effect deletion from the Vessel’s Registry forthwith and provide the Buyers with the original Transcript of Closed Register from the Vessel’s Registry within 10 (ten) Banking days after delivery of the Vessel and to also provide the Vessel’s new flag with a Closed Continuous Synopsis Record issued by the Vessel’s Registry within 30 (thirty) running days after delivery of the Vessel; (ii) A copy of the Transcript of Closed Register to be provided to the Buyers on the delivery date; and (iii) a Closed Continuous Synopsis Record from the Vessel’s Registry to be issued and delivered to the Vessel’s new flag administration as paragraph (o)(i) above within 30 (thirty) running days after the delivery of the Vessel (unless the Buyers waive this item (I) (i) (ii) and (iii) ).

 

 
 

 

(m) Original Class Maintenance Certificate issued by the Vessel’s present Class and dated not more than 3 (three) Banking days prior to the date of delivery of the Vessel evidencing that the Vessel is class maintained without condition/recommendation.

 

(n) An original letter of confirmation from the Sellers addressed to the Buyers confirming that the Vessel has not traded with or called in Israel, Cuba, Iran, Syria, North Korea or any other areas sanctioned or boycotted by the European Union and/or the United States of America and/or the United Nations, dated the delivery date. In case however the Vessel has traded in Israel and/or Iran, Sellers to provide an original letter of confirmation addressed to the Buyers confirming the following: i) the Vessel has not traded with or called in Cuba, Syria, North Korea or any other areas sanctioned or boycotted by the European Union and/or the United States of America and/or the United Nations and ii) that if the Vessel has traded Israel and/or Iran, this was with legal cargo for humanitarian purposes, dated the delivery date.

 

(o) An original letter of confirmation from the Sellers addressed to the Buyers confirming that the Vessel is entitled to trade worldwide within Institute Warranty Limits without restriction or limitation.

 

(p) An original letter of confirmation from the Sellers that to the best of their knowledge the Vessel has not touched bottom or suffered any underwater damage from her last drydock up to the date of her delivery.

 

(q) One original letter from the Sellers confirming that any outstanding radio accounts shall be settled by the Sellers as soon as practically possible after the Vessel’s delivery with no liability regarding the same to be incurred against the Buyers.

 

(r) Recent AGM free certificate from authorized company, if available.

 

(s) Most recent original Certificate for Chinese Tonnage Tax dues at no cost, if available.

 

(t) Any such additional documents as may be reasonably required by the Buyers’ flag authorities for the purpose of transferring title and registering the Vessel, provided that the Buyers notify the Sellers of any such documents as soon as possible and in no event later than 7 (seven) days prior to the expected delivery of the Vessel.

 

B. In exchange of delivery of the Vessel, the Buyers shall furnish the Sellers with the following delivery documents, namely:

 

(a) Copy of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Buyers, certified as true by the Buyers’ Greek Legal Counsel.

 

(b) Original Good Standing Certificate of the Buyers dated no more than 7 (seven) Banking prior to the delivery date showing the Buyers to be in good standing under the laws of the Marshall Islands.

 

(c) An original set of resolutions or minutes of the Board of Directors of the Buyers authorising the purchase of the Vessel in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the ratification of this Agreement signed and the execution on behalf of the Buyers of (inter alia) the acceptance of the Bill of Sale (if applicable), a protocol of delivery and acceptance and any other document required to be executed by the Buyers in respect of the delivery of the Vessel from the Sellers to the Buyers pursuant to this Agreement, and authorising further execution of a Power of Attorney authorising the execution any and all other documents and undertakings provided in this Agreement such resolutions to be duly legalised by Apostille.

 

 
 

 

(d) An original set of an officer’s certificate of incumbency of the Buyers certifying the names of all present directors/officers of the Buyers and attaching copies of all correct and complete constitutional documents in full force and effect of the Buyers (Copies of the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws (together with any amendment thereto up to and including the delivery date)).

 

(e) An original Power of Attorney of the Buyers issued in accordance with the resolutions referred to under 17. B. (c) above authorising the persons signing the documents on their behalf such power of attorney to be duly legalised by Apostille.

 

(f) Original written resolutions of the Buyers’ Shareholder, approving the BOD minutes under 17. B. (c), such resolutions to be duly legalised by Apostille.

 

The parties undertake to exchange drafts of the above documents and agree final formats latest 7 (seven) Banking days prior to the delivery date of the Vessel.

 

18. DRYDOCKING

 

NO DRYDOCKING CLAUSE TO APPLY AND CLAUSE 6 OF SALESFORM 1993 IS DELETED.

 

HOWEVER, PROMPTLY BEFORE OR AFTER THE VESSEL’S ARRIVAL AT THE DELIVERY PORT AND PRIOR TO THE VESSEL’S DELIVERY THE BUYERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO CARRY OUT AN INSPECTION OF THE VESSEL’S UNDERWATER (BELOW SUMMER LOADLINE) PARTS BY CLASS APPROVED DIVERS WITH VIDEO LINK TO THE ATTENDING CLASS SURVEYOR, SUCH DIVERS INSPECTION TO BE AT BUYERS’ RISK AND EXPENSE.

 

BUYERS TO ADVISE SELLERS FIVE (5) DAYS PRIOR TO DELIVERY IF THEY INTEND TO CARRY OUT UNDERWATER INSPECTION. IF THE DECLARED BY SELLERS DELIVERY PORT IS NOT FEASIBLE FOR AN UNDERWATER INSPECTION, BUYERS SHALL PROMPTLY ADVISE SELLERS OF AN ALTERNATIVE PLACE NEAR TO THE DELIVERY PORT, TO BE MUTUALLY AGREED, WHERE SELLERS ARE TO MAKE THE VESSEL AVAILABLE, AT SELLERS’ COST (EXCEPT FOR THE BUNKERS’ COST WHICH SHALL BE BORNE EQUALLY BETWEEN THE SELLERS AND THE BUYERS), FOR SUCH AN INSPECTION. THE EXTENT OF THE INSPECTION AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH IT IS PERFORMED SHALL BE TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY.

 

THE DIVERS INSPECTION TO BE CARRIED OUT IN A MANNER AND UNDER CONDITIONS CONSIDERED SUITABLE BY THE ATTENDING CLASS SURVEYOR FOR SUCH UNDERWATER INSPECTION. ATTENDANCE ARRANGEMENTS AND FEES FOR THE ATTENDING CLASS SURVEYOR SHALL BE FOR THE BUYERS’ ACCOUNT AND THE COST OF THE DIVERS FOR THE BUYERS’ ACCOUNT.

 

 
 

 

A) IF ANY DAMAGE IS FOUND TO THE VESSELS UNDERWATER PARTS WHICH LEADS TO IMPOSING RECOMMENDATION(S) AGAINST THE VESSEL, AND REQUIRES SAME TO BE REPAIRED PRIOR TO THE VESSEL’S NEXT DUE DRYDOCKING DATE, THEN THE SELLERS SHALL REPAIR SUCH DAMAGE TO THE SATISFACTION OF CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY AT THE SELLERS’ TIME AND EXPENSE, PRIOR TO THE VESSEL’S DELIVERY TO THE BUYERS. SHOULD THE VESSEL BE REQUIRED TO DRYDOCK TO EFFECT SUCH REPAIRS TO CLASS SATISFACTION, THEN THE BUYERS SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO SCRAPE/PAINT THE VESSEL’S UNDERWATER PARTS AT THE BUYERS’ RISK & EXPENSE WHILST THE VESSELS IS IN DRYDOCK. ALL COSTS AND MATERIALS ASSOCIATED WITH THE BUYERS’ WORKS AND ANY EXTRA DRYDOCKING TIME REQUIRED FOR THE BUYERS TO CARRY OUT/COMPLETE THEIR WORKS SHALL BE FOR THE BUYERS’ ACCOUNT. SUCH BUYERS’ WORKS SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH THE SELLERS’ WORKS AND NOT TO DELAY THE DELIVERY OF THE VESSEL. IN THE EVENT THAT THE SELLERS HAVE COMPLETED THEIR WORKS IN THE DRYDOCK TO THE SATISFACTION OF CLASS AND THE BUYERS WORKS ARE NOT YET COMPLETED, THEN THE SELLERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO TENDER NOR FOR DELIVERY TO THE BUYERS WHILST THE VESSEL IS IN DRYDOCK. IN THE EVENT OF THE VESSEL BEING REQUIRED TO DRYDOCK FOR REPAIRS AND THERE ARE NO SUITABLE DRYDOCKING FACILITIES AVAILABLE AT THE DELIVERY PORT, THEN THE SELLERS SHALL TAKE THE VESSEL IN BALLAST TO THE NEAREST PORT/PLACE WHERE SUITABLE DRYDOCKING FACILITIES ARE AVAILABLE, AND A NEW DELIVERY PORT TO BE AGREED BETWEEN THE PARTIES. IT IS HEREBY MUTUALLY AGREED BY THE SELLERS AND THE BUYERS, THAT IN THE EVENT OF DAMAGE AFFECTING CLASS BEING FOUND DURING THE DIVERS INSPECTIONS AS MENTIONED ABOVE, THEN THE AGREED CANCELLING DATE SHALL AUTOMATICALLY BE EXTENDED BY THE ADDITIONAL TIME REQUIRED FOR THE DRYDOCKING, REPAIRS AND EXTRA STEAMING, BUT LIMITED TO A MAXIMUM OF FOURTEEN (14) RUNNING DAYS. CLASS ATTENDANCE FEES AND DIVERS COSTS TO BE FOR SELLERS’ ACCOUNT.

 

B) IF ANY DAMAGE(S) TO THE VESSEL’S UNDERWATER PARTS IS FOUND WHICH LEADS TO CLASS IMPOSING A RECOMMENDATION(S) AGAINST THE VESSEL BUT AGREE TO POSTPONE PERMANENT REPAIRS TO SAME UNTIL THE VESSEL’S NEXT DUE DRYDOCKING DATE THEN, IN LIEU OF THE SELLERS REPAIRING SUCH DAMAGE(S), THE SELLERS TO COMPENSATE THE BUYERS BY WAY OF PAYMENT IN CASH TO THE BUYERS NOMINATED ACCOUNT AND THE BUYERS SHALL TAKE DELIVERY OF THE VESSEL AS SHE IS WITH SUCH RECOMMENDATION(S) OUTSTANDING. THE SELLERS AND THE BUYERS SHALL EACH OBTAIN A QUOTATION FOR THE REPAIR OF SUCH DAMAGE FROM TWO (2) SEPARATE REPUTABLE SHIP REPAIR YARDS IN THE AREA, AND THE COMPENSATION AMOUNT TO THE BUYERS SHALL BE THE AVERAGE OF THE TWO (2) REPAIR QUOTATIONS RECEIVED BY THE BUYERS AND SELLERS RESPECTIVELY AS MENTIONED ABOVE. CLASS ATTENDANCE FEES AND DIVERS COSTS TO BE FOR SELLERS’ ACCOUNT.

 

19. P AND C

 

The terms and conditions of the sale to be kept strictly private and confidential by all parties involved, save as required otherwise by the Securities and Exchange Commission or US stock listed exchange rules applicable to the Buyers.

 

 
 

 

20. Notices

 

Any and all notices and communication in connection with this Agreement shall be in English in writing and shall be sent as follows:

 

(a) if to the Sellers at:
Attention: Asteria Bagouli
Telephone: +302108910288
Fax: +302108910295
E-mail: legal@ensh.com
or such other address as the Sellers may notify the Buyers.

 

(b) If to the Buyers at:
Attention: Stamatios Tsantanis
Telephone: +30 213 0181 507
Fax: +30 210 9638404
E-mail: snt@seanergy.gr
or such other address as the Buyers may notify the Sellers

 

21. Performance Guarantee

 

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp., of the Marshall Islands (“Seanergy”) guarantees the performance by the Buyer of all of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

22. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999

 

Nothing contained in this Agreement confers or purports to confer on any third party any benefit or any right to enforce any term hereof pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

23. Purchase Agreement & this Agreement

 

This Agreement is one of the “MOAs” referred to and defined in the Purchase Agreement. If there is any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of said Purchase Agreement, then the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement shall prevail.

 

24. Condition Precedent to this Agreement

 

The obligations of the Buyer and Seanergy’s performance guarantee under Clause 21 to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and take delivery of the Vessel shall be subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the delivery date of the Vessel, of the following condition:

 

The Buyer shall have secured financing for the acquisition of the Vessel.

 

In the event that the above condition is not fulfilled at or prior to the delivery date of the Vessel, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and null and there shall be no liability on the part of any party hereto and Seanergy except that nothing herein shall relieve any party hereto from liability for any willful breach of any provision hereof.

 

25. Entire Agreement

 

The written terms of this Agreement comprise the entire agreement between the Buyers and the Sellers in relation to the sale and purchase of the Vessel.

 

 
 

 

For the Sellers For the Buyers
   
/s/ Nikolaos Sakalaridis /s/ Stamatios Tsantanis
Name: Nikolaos Sakalaridis Name: Stamatios Tsantanis
Title: Authorized Director Title: Authorized Director

  

 
 

 

Exhibit 10.43

 

SUPPLEMENTAL LETTER

 

To: Sea Glorius Shipping Co.
of Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road
Ajeltake Island, Majuro
MH96960, the Marshall Islands
(as borrower)
c/o Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
16 Grigoriou Lambraki Street
(Emporiko Kentro Premiera)
Second Floor
16674 Glyfada, Athens Greece
Fax No: +30 210 9638404
for the attention of: Chief Executive Officer
-and-
     
    Sea Genius Shipping Co.
of Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road
Ajeltake Island, Majuro
MH96960, the Marshall Islands
(as borrower)
c/o Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.
16 Grigoriou Lambraki Street
(Emporiko Kentro Premiera)
Second Floor
16674 Glyfada, Athens Greece
Fax No: +30 210 9638404
for the attention of: Chief Executive Officer
-and-
     
  From: HSH NORDBANK AG
acting in its capacity as Lender, Agent, Mandated Lead Arranger and Security Trustee
Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50
D-20095 Hamburg
Germany
acting in its capacity as Swap Bank
Martensdamm 6
D-24103 Kiel
Germany

 

 

16 May 2016

 

Dear Sirs

 

Loan Agreement dated 1 September 2015 (the “Loan Agreement”) and entered into between (i) Sea Glorius Shipping Co. and Sea Genius Shipping Co. (together, the “Borrowers”) as joint and several borrowers, (ii) the banks and financial institutions listed in schedule 1 of the Loan Agreement, as lenders, (iii) HSH Nordbank AG, as agent, mandated lead arranger, swap bank and security trustee in respect of a loan facility of (originally) up to US$44,430,400

 

We refer to the Loan Agreement. Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this Letter and for the purposes of this Letter. “ Effective Date means 1 st March 2016.

 

 
 

 

This Letter sets out the terms and conditions on which the Creditor Parties agree, with effect on and from the Effective Date, at the request of the Borrowers to amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement as described in Clause 2 (the “ Request ”).

 

1 We hereby confirm our approval, consent and acceptance of the Request above from the Effective Date, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions referred to in paragraphs (a)-(f) below.

 

The conditions referred to above are:

 

(a) a certificate of the Secretary of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor specifying the directors and officers of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor, the authorised and issued share capital and the holders of the shares therein and certifying that there are no changes to the documents provided by the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor under schedule 3, part A, paragraphs 2 to 4 of the Loan Agreement:

 

(b) certified copies of all documents (if any) evidencing any other necessary action, approvals or consents with respect to this Letter (including without limitation) all necessary governmental and other official approvals and consents in such pertinent jurisdictions as the Agent deems appropriate;

 

(c) an original of this Letter duly executed by the Borrowers and the Creditor Parties and counter-signed by the Corporate Guarantor;

 

(d) evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the waiver fee of Clause 5.1 of this Letter has been paid;

 

(e) evidence that the process agent referred to in Clause 8 of this Letter has accepted its appointment as agent for service of process under the Loan Agreement (as amended by this Letter); and

 

(f) any other document or evidence as the Agent may reasonably request in writing from the Borrowers.

 

2 Amendments to the Loan Agreement

 

In consideration of the agreement of the Creditor Parties contained in Clause 1 of this Letter, the Borrowers hereby agree with the Creditor Parties that the provisions of the Loan Agreement shall be varied and/or amended and/or supplemented with effect on and from the Effective Date as follows:

 

(a) by deleting all references in clause 8.9 (c) and in paragraph (B) of “Relevant Amount” in clause 8.9 thereof to the date “31 December 2016” and replacing them with “30 June 2018”;

 

(b) by inserting at the end of clause 8.9 (c) the following wording:

 

“, Provided that if an Event of Default which is continuing occurs prior to 30 June 2018, the Borrowers shall be obliged to prepay an amount equal to $3,000,000 within five (5) Business Day after the date on which such Event of Default has occurred.”; and

 

(c) by construing throughout all references in the Loan Agreement to “this Agreement” and all references in the Finance Documents (other than the Loan Agreement) to the “Loan Agreement” as references to the Loan Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Letter.

 

3 Representations and Warranties

 

The Borrowers hereby represent and warrant to the each Security Party that the representations and warranties contained in clause 10 ( Representations and Warranties ) of the Loan Agreement are true and correct on the date of this Letter and on the Effective Date as if all references therein to “this Agreement” were references to the Loan Agreement as supplemented by this Letter and as if all such representations and warranties were amended in line with Clause 2 of this Letter. This Letter comprises the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrowers enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

2
 

 

4 Re-affirmation of Loan Agreement

 

The Borrowers and each Security Party hereby agree that all the provisions of the Loan Agreement which have not been amended by this Letter shall be and are hereby re-affirmed and remain in full force and effect.

 

5 Fees and Expenses

 

5.1 Fees. The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent a non-refundable waiver fee in the amount of $15,000 on or prior to the date of this Letter. The Borrowers hereby irrevocably authorise the Agent to withdraw half of such waiver fee equally from each of the Earnings Accounts in satisfaction of the Borrowers’ obligation to pay the waiver fee pursuant to this Clause 5.1.

 

5.2 Expenses . The provisions of clause 20 ( Fees and Expenses ) of the Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Letter, shall apply to this Letter as if they were expressly incorporated in this Letter with any necessary modifications.

 

6 Notices

 

Clause 28 ( Notices ) of the Loan Agreement shall extend and apply to this Letter as if the same were (mutatis mutandis) herein expressly set forth.

 

7 Governing law

 

This Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

8 Process Agent

 

The Borrowers and the Guarantor, hereby, irrevocably appoint Messrs. E.J.C Album Solicitors, presently of Landmark House, 190 Willifield Way, London, NW11 GY1, England (Attention of Mr. Eduard Album Fax +44 (0) 20 8457 5558, e-mail: ejca@mitgr.com), to act as their agent to receive and accept on their behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English Courts which are connected with this Letter.

 

Please confirm your agreement by signing the acknowledgement below.

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

 

/s/ Andreas Giakoumelos

Andreas Giakoumelos

 

for and on behalf of 

HSH NORDBANK AG  

(in its capacity as Lender)

 

3
 

 

/s/ Andreas Giakoumelos  

Andreas Giakoumelos

 

for and on behalf of 

HSH NORDBANK AG  

(in its capacity as Agent)

 

/s/ Andreas Giakoumelos  

Andreas Giakoumelos

 

for and on behalf of 

HSH NORDBANK AG  

(in its capacity as Mandated Lead Arranger)

 

/s/ Andreas Giakoumelos  

Andreas Giakoumelos

 

for and on behalf of 

HSH NORDBANK AG  

(in its capacity as Security Trustee)

 

/s/ Andreas Giakoumelos  

Andreas Giakoumelos

 

for and on behalf of 

HSH NORDBANK AG  

(in its capacity as Swap Bank)

 

We hereby acknowledge receipt of the above Letter and confirm our agreement to the terms hereof.

 

/s/ Theodora Mitropetrou 

Theodora Mitropetrou

 

for and on behalf of 

Sea Glorius Shipping Co.  

Date: 16 May 2016

 

/s/ Theodora Mitropetrou  

Theodora Mitropetrou

 

for and on behalf of 

Sea Genius Shipping Co.  

 

Date: 16 May 2016

 

4
 

 

We hereby confirm and acknowledge that we have read and understood the terms and conditions of the above letter and agree in all respects to the same and confirm that the Finance Documents to which we are a party shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue to stand as security for the obligations of the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement (as amended by this Letter) and the other Finance Documents.

 

/s/ Theodora Mitropetrou 

Theodora Mitropetrou

 

for and on behalf of 

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

 

Date: 16 May 2016

 

5
 

 

 


 

Exhibit 10.45

 

 

Dated 3 June 2016

 

US$52,704,790

US$52,704,790 outstanding

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO TERM LOAN FACILITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PREMIER MARINE CO.

GLADIATOR SHIPPING CO.

GUARDIAN SHIPPING CO.

as joint and several borrowers

 

and

 

seanergy maritime holdings corp.

as Guarantor

 

and

 

unicredit bank ag

as Lender

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

 

to a facility agreement dated 11 September 2015

relating to the part financing of the acquisition cost of m.vs

"PREMIERSHIP", "GLADIATORSHIP" and "GUARDIANSHIP"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

Index

 

Clause Page
2 Definitions and Interpretation 2
3 Agreement of the Lender 2
4 Conditions Precedent 3
5 Representations 3
6 Amendments to Facility Agreement and other Finance Documents 3
7 Further Assurance 5
8 Costs and Expenses 5
9 Notices 5
10 Counterparts 5
11 Governing Law 5
12 Enforcement 5
     
Schedules  
     
Schedule 1 Conditions Precedent 7
   
Execution  
     
Execution Pages 8

 

 

 
 

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 3 June 2016

 

PARTIES

 

(1) PREMIER MARINE CO. , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, the Marshall Islands as a borrower (" Borrower A ");

 

(2) GLADIATOR SHIPPING CO. , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, the Marshall Islands as a borrower (" Borrower B ");

 

(3) GUARDIAN SHIPPING CO. , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, the Marshall Islands as a borrower (" Borrower C " and together with Borrower A and Borrower B, the " Borrowers ");

 

(4) SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, the Marshall Islands as guarantor (the " Guarantor "); and

 

(5) UNICREDIT BANK AG as lender (the " Lender ").

 

BACKGROUND

 

(A) By the Facility Agreement, the Lender agreed to make available to the Borrowers a facility of (originally) up to US$52,704,790, of which US$52,704,790 is outstanding at the date of this Agreement.

 

(B) The Obligors have requested that the Lender gives its consent to:

 

(i) reduce the minimum beneficial ownership of the Disclosed Person in the Guarantor from 40 per cent. to 30 per cent.;

 

(ii) delay, by 6 months (from 1 January 2017 to 1 July 2017), the date on which clause 21.3 ( Borrowers’ Minimum Liquidity ) of the Facility Agreement shall take effect;

 

(iii) delay, from 11 September 2016 to 30 June 2017, the application of the security cover provisions in clause 21.1 ( Minimum required security cover ) of the Facility Agreement; and

 

(iv) amend the manner in which interest accrues pursuant to clause 8.2 ( Payment of Interest ) of the Facility Agreement with part of the interest being paid by cash and the balance by way of payment in kind,

 

together, (the " Request ").

 

(C) This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Lender agrees, with effect on and from the Effective Date, at the request of the Obligors, to the Request and to the consequential amendments of the Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents in connection with those matters.

 

 
 

 

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

 

2 Definitions and Interpretation

 

2.1 Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

" Effective Date " means the date on which the conditions precedent in Clause 4 ( Conditions Precedent ) are satisfied.

 

" Facility Agreement " means the facility agreement dated 11 September 2015 and made between (i) the Borrowers as joint and several borrowers, (ii) the Guarantor as guarantor and (iii) the Lender as lender.

 

" Mortgage " means the first preferred Marshall Islands mortgage over the motor vessel " GUARDIANSHIP " dated 21 October 2015 and executed by Borrower C in favour of the Lender.

 

" Mortgage Addendum " means the addendum to the Mortgage made or to be made between Borrower C and the Lender in the agreed form.

 

" Party " means a party to this Agreement.

 

2.2 Defined expressions

 

Defined expressions in the Facility Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise defined in this Agreement.

 

2.3 Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Facility Agreement

 

Clause 1.2 ( construction ) of the Facility Agreement applies to this Agreement as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

2.4 Designation as a Finance Document

 

The Obligors and the Lender designate this Agreement as a Finance Document.

 

2.5 Third party rights

 

Unless provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Third Parties Act to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

3 Agreement of the Lender

 

3.1 Agreement of the Lender

 

The Lender agrees, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to:

 

(a) the Request; and

 

(b) the consequential amendments to the Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

3.2 Effective Date

 

The agreement of the Lender contained in Clauses 3.1 ( Agreement of the Lender ) shall have effect on and from the Effective Date.

 

 

2
 

 

 

4 Conditions Precedent

 

The agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3.1 ( Agreement of the Lender ) is subject to:

 

(a) no continuing Event of Default (other than any Event of Default arising out of clause 21.1 (c) of the Facility Agreement, in respect of which all rights of the Lender are fully reserved) on the date of this Agreement and the Effective Date or resulting from the occurrence of the Effective Date;

 

(b) the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor being true on the date of this Agreement and the Effective Date;

 

(c) the Lender having received evidence satisfactory to it that (i) the Disclosed Person is the ultimate beneficial owner of not less than 30 per cent. of (A) the issued shares in the Guarantor and the voting rights attached to such shares and (B) the voting rights attached to any of the issued shares in the Guarantor which are not owned by the Disclosed Person and (ii) no other person or company is the ultimate beneficial owner (either directly or indirectly) of a higher percentage of (A) issued shares in the Guarantor and the voting rights attached to such shares and/or (B) the voting rights in the issued shares of the Guarantor, from that held by the Disclosed Person; and

 

(d) the Lender having received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 1 ( Conditions Precedent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender on or before 13 June 2016 or such later date as the Lender may agree with the Borrowers.

 

5 Representations

 

5.1 Facility Agreement representations

 

Each Obligor that is a party to the Facility Agreement makes the representations and warranties set out in clause 19 ( Representations ) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Agreement and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this Agreement and, where appropriate, the Mortgage Addendum, by reference to the circumstances then existing on the date of this Agreement and on the Effective Date.

 

5.2 Finance Document representations

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in the Finance Documents (other than the Facility Agreement) to which it is a party, as amended and supplemented by this Agreement and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this Agreement and, where appropriate, the Mortgage Addendum, by reference to the circumstances then existing on the date of this Agreement and on the Effective Date.

 

6 Amendments to Facility Agreement and other Finance Documents

 

6.1 Specific amendments to the Facility Agreement

 

With effect on and from the Effective Date the Facility Agreement shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to have been, amended as follows:

 

(a) Underneath the heading “Operative provisions”, the words “It is agreed as follows:” shall be inserted.

 

(b) by deleting each reference to "40 per cent." in the definitions of "Disclosed Person" and “Change of Ownership” in clauses 1.1 and 7.5(b) of the Facility Agreement respectively as well as in clause 19.32 of the Facility Agreement and replacing it with "30 per cent.";

 

(c) by adding at the end of paragraph (a) of clause 8.2 of the Facility Agreement the following wording:

 

 

3
 

 

" Provided however that , between 13 June 2016 and 30 June 2017:

 

(i) an amount equal to 3/8ths of that part of the accrued interest constituted by the then Applicable Margin as at each Interest Payment Date shall be capitalised and added to the outstanding principal amount of the Loan and any such accrued interest shall, after being so capitalised, (a) be treated as part of the principal amount of the Loan, (b) bear interest in accordance with Clause 8.1 and (c) be repaid in full by no later than 30 June 2017; and

 

(ii) an amount equal to 5/8ths of that part of the accrued interest constituted by the then Applicable Margin as at each Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Lender on such Interest Payment Date. ";

 

(d) by adding after the word "interest" in the first line of paragraph (b) of clause 8.2 of the Facility Agreement the following wording:

 

"(or, as the case may be, capitalise part thereof pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above),";

 

(a) by deleting the reference to "1 January 2017" in clause 21.3 of the Facility Agreement and replacing it with "1 July 2017";

 

(b) by deleting paragraph (a) of clause 25.1 of the Facility Agreement in its entirety and replacing it with the following new paragraph:

 

"(a) at any time during the period commencing on 30 June 2017 and ending on the second anniversary of the first Utilisation Date, that the Security Cover Ratio is below 100 per cent; and";

 

(c) the definition of, and references throughout to, each Finance Document shall be construed as if the same referred to that Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this Agreement; and

 

(d) by construing references throughout to "this Agreement" and other like expressions as if the same referred to the Facility Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.

 

6.2 Amendments to Finance Documents

 

With effect on and from the Effective Date each of the Finance Documents other than the Facility Agreement and the Mortgage which is amended and supplemented by the Mortgage Addendum, shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to have been, amended as follows:

 

(a) the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, the Facility Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Facility Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement;

 

(b) the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, the Mortgage shall be construed as if the same referred to the Mortgage as amended and supplemented by the Mortgage Addendum; and

 

(c) by construing references throughout each of the Finance Documents to "this Agreement", "this Deed" and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.

 

4
 

 

6.3 Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect

 

The Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect as amended and supplemented by:

 

(a) the amendments to the Finance Documents contained or referred to in Clause 6.1 ( Specific amendments to the Facility Agreement) and Clause 6.2 ( Amendments to Finance Documents ) and the Mortgage Addendum; and

 

(b) such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this Agreement.

 

7 Further Assurance

 

7.1 Clause 22.25 ( Further assurance ) of the Facility Agreement applies to this Agreement as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

8 Costs and Expenses

 

Clause 16.2 ( amendment costs ) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Agreement, applies to this Agreement as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

9 Notices

 

Clause 33 ( notices ) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Agreement, applies to this Agreement as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

10 Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

11 Governing Law

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

12 Enforcement

 

12.1 Jurisdiction

 

(a) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a " Dispute ").

 

(b) The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Obligor will argue to the contrary.

 

(c) This Clause 12.1 ( Jurisdiction ) is for the benefit of the Lender only. As a result, the Lender shall not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Lender may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

5
 

 

 

12.2 Service of process

 

(a) Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor:

 

(i) irrevocably appoints Messrs. E.J.C Album Solicitors, presently of Landmark House, 190 Willifield Way, London, NW11 GY1, England (Attention of Mr. Eduard Album Fax +44 (0) 20 8457 5558, e-mail: ejca@mitgr.com) as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(ii) agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

(b) If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Borrowers (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and in any event within 14 days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Lender. Failing this, the Lender may appoint another agent for this purpose.

 

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

6
 

 

Schedule 1

Conditions Precedent

 

1 Obligors

 

Documents of the kind specified in Schedule 2 Part A paragraphs 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 and 1.6 of the Facility Agreement.

 

2 Security

 

2.1 A duly executed original of the Mortgage Addendum together with documentary evidence that the Mortgage Addendum has been duly registered as a valid addendum to the Mortgage in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction of the Approved Flag.

 

2.2 A duly executed original of this Agreement.

 

3 Legal opinions

 

3.1 A legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams, legal advisers to the Lender in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Lender before signing this Agreement.

 

3.2 If an Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Lender in the relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form distributed to the Lender before signing this Agreement.

 

3.3 Legal opinions of the legal advisers to the Lender in the jurisdiction of the Approved Flag of the Ship and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Lender may require.

 

4 Other documents and evidence

 

4.1 A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Lender considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrowers accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Mortgage Addendum or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this Agreement or by the Mortgage Addendum.

 

4.2 Evidence to the Lender’s satisfaction that the costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 8 ( Costs and Expenses ) have been paid.

 

4.3 Evidence that the agent referred to in Clause 12.2 has accepted its appointment as agent for the service of process under this Agreement.

 

7
 

 

Execution Pages

 

BORROWERS    
     
SIGNED by Theodora Mitropetrou )  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact )      /s/ Theodora Mitropetrou
for and on behalf of )  
PREMIER MARINE CO. )  
in the presence of: )  
Andreas Giakoumelos )        
Attorney-at-Law )  
Watson Farley & Williams )  
348 Syngrou Avenue ) /s/ Andreas Giakoumelos
176 74 Kallithea )  
Athens, Greece )  
     
     
     
     
     
SIGNED by Theodora Mitropetrou )  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact )  
for and on behalf of )      /s/ Theodora Mitropetrou
GLADIATOR SHIPPING CO. )  
in the presence of: )  
Andreas Giakoumelos )        
Attorney-at-Law )  
Watson Farley & Williams )  
348 Syngrou Avenue ) /s/ Andreas Giakoumelos
176 74 Kallithea )  
Athens, Greece )  
     
     
     
     
SIGNED by Theodora Mitropetrou )  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact )  
for and on behalf of )       /s/ Theodora Mitropetrou
GUARDIAN SHIPPING CO. )  
in the presence of: )  
Andreas Giakoumelos )        
Attorney-at-Law )  
Watson Farley & Williams )  
348 Syngrou Avenue ) /s/ Andreas Giakoumelos
176 74 Kallithea )  
Athens, Greece )  
     
     
     

 

8
 

 

     
     
GUARANTOR    
     
SIGNED by Theodora Mitropetrou )  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact )     /s/ Theodora Mitropetrou
for and on behalf of )  
SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS )  
CORP. )  
     
Andreas Giakoumelos )        
Attorney-at-Law )  
Watson Farley & Williams )  
348 Syngrou Avenue ) /s/ Andreas Giakoumelos
176 74 Kallithea )  
Athens, Greece )  
     
     
     
     
     
LENDER    
     
SIGNED by Anastasia Kerpinioti    
and Nikolaos Tzoumakas )  
duly authorised attorneys-in-fact )     /s/ Nikolaos Tzoumakas
for and on behalf of )  
UNICREDIT BANK AG )  
in the presence of: )  
Andreas Giakoumelos )        
Attorney-at-Law )  
Watson Farley & Williams )  
348 Syngrou Avenue ) /s/ Andreas Giakoumelos
176 74 Kallithea )  
Athens, Greece )  

 

9
 


Exhibit 10.46

 

SUPPLEMENTAL LETTER  

 

To: PREMIER MARINE CO.
  GLADIATOR SHIPPING CO.
  GUARDIAN SHIPPING CO.
  SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.
  each of Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road
  Ajeltake Island, Majuro
  MH96960, the Marshall Islands
  c/o 16 Grigoriou Lambraki Street
  (Emporiko Kentro Premiera)
  Second Floor
  16674 Glyfada, Athens Greece
  Fax No: +30 210 9638404
  for the attention of: Chief Executive Officer
   
From: UniCredit Bank AG
  as Lender
  7 Heraklitou Street
  10673 Athens
  Greece
  Fax: +30 210 3640063
  Attention: the Managers

 

29 July 2016

 

Dear Sirs

 

Facility Agreement dated 11 September 2015 (as amended and supplemented by a supplemental agreement dated 3 June 2016, together, the "Facility Agreement") and entered into between (i) Premier Marine Co., Gladiator Shipping Co. and Guardian Shipping Co. as joint and several borrowers (together, the "Borrowers"), (ii) Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. as guarantor (the "Guarantor") and (iii) UniCredit Bank AG as lender (the "Lender") in respect of a term loan facility of (originally) up to US$54,704,790

 

We refer to the Facility Agreement. Words and expressions defined in the Facility Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this Letter and for the purposes of this Letter.

 

" Effective Date " means the date of this Letter.

 

This Letter sets out the terms and conditions on which the Lender agrees, with effect on and from the Effective Date, at the request of the Borrowers and the Guarantor to amend certain provisions of the Facility Agreement as described in Clause 2 (the " Request ").

 

1 We hereby confirm our approval, consent and acceptance of the Request above from the Effective Date, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions referred to in paragraphs (a)-(e) below.

 

The conditions referred to above are:

 

(a) a bringdown certificate of the Secretary of the Borrowers and the Guarantor specifying the directors and officers of the Borrowers and the Guarantor, the authorised and issued share capital and the holders of the shares therein and certifying that there are no changes to the documents provided by the Borrowers and the Guarantor under schedule 2, part A, paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 of the Facility Agreement:

 

 
 

(b) certified copies of all documents (if any) evidencing any other necessary action, approvals or consents with respect to this Letter (including without limitation) all necessary governmental and other official approvals and consents in such pertinent jurisdictions as the Lender deems appropriate;

 

(c) an original of this Letter duly executed by the Lender and acknowledged by the Borrowers and the Guarantor;

 

(d) evidence that the process agent referred to in Clause 8 of this Letter has accepted its appointment as agent for service of process under this Letter; and

 

(e) any other document or evidence as the Lender may reasonably request in writing from the Borrowers.

 

2 Amendments to the Loan Agreement

 

In consideration of the agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 1 of this Letter, the Borrowers and the Guarantor hereby agree with the Lender that the provisions of the Facility Agreement shall be varied and/or amended and/or supplemented with effect on and from the Effective Date as follows:

 

(a) by inserting the following new definitions in clause 1.1 of the Facility Agreement:

 

"" Report Period " means the period commencing on 1 July 2016 and ending on 30 June 2017."; and

 

"" Waiver Period " means the period commencing on 11 December 2015 (inclusive) and ending on 30 June 2017 (inclusive).";

 

(b) by inserting at the beginning of clause 21.1 (c) of the Facility Agreement the following wording:

 

"Other than during the Waiver Period,";

 

(c) by inserting a new paragraph (e) in clause 20.2 of the Facility Agreement as follows:

 

"(e) on the first date of the Report Period and at two-months intervals thereafter until the end of the Report Period, the Guarantor shall deliver to the Lender a cash flow forecast report for the following two-months period. ";

 

(d) by inserting a new clause 21.2 of the Facility Agreement as follows:

 

" 21.2 Shortfall in Cash Flow Forecast Report

 

In case the cash flow forecast report delivered to the Lender under Clause 20.2 (e) shows that there is a cash shortfall, the Guarantor shall promptly (but not later than 5 Business Days after the delivery of such reports) provide to the Lender sufficient evidence (in the form of an amendment to shareholders’ Notes) that any contractually committed but undrawn parts of shareholders’ Notes have been increased by an amount equal to that cash shortfall."

 

and the remaining clauses will be renumbered and all relevant cross references will be updated accordingly; and

 

(e) by construing throughout all references in the Loan Agreement to “this Agreement” and all references in the Finance Documents (other than the Loan Agreement) to the “Loan Agreement” as references to the Loan Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Letter.

 

2
 

3 Representations and Warranties

 

The Borrowers and the Guarantor hereby represent and warrant to the Lender that the representations and warranties contained in clause 19 ( Representations ) of the Facility Agreement are true and correct on the date of this Letter and on the Effective Date as if all references therein to “this Agreement” were references to the Facility Agreement as supplemented by this Letter and as if all such representations and warranties were amended in line with Clause 2 of this Letter. This Letter comprises the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrowers and the Guarantor enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

4 Re-affirmation of Facility Agreement

 

The Borrowers and the Guarantor hereby agree that all the provisions of the Facility Agreement which have not been amended by this Letter shall be and are hereby re-affirmed and remain in full force and effect.

 

5 Costs and Expenses

 

The provisions of clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Letter, shall apply to this Letter as if they were expressly incorporated in this Letter with any necessary modifications.

 

6 Notices

 

Clause 33 ( Notices ) of the Facility Agreement shall extend and apply to this Letter as if the same were (mutatis mutandis) herein expressly set forth.

 

7 Governing law

 

This Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

8 Process Agent

 

The Borrowers and the Guarantor, hereby, irrevocably appoint Messrs. E.J.C Album Solicitors, presently of Landmark House, 190 Willifield Way, London, NW11 GY1, England (Attention of Mr. Eduard Album Fax +44 (0) 20 8457 5558, e-mail: ejca@mitgr.com), to act as their agent to receive and accept on their behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English Courts which are connected with this Letter.

 

Please confirm your agreement by signing the acknowledgement below.

 

Yours faithfully

 

/s/ Anastasia Kerpinioti /s/ Nikolaos Tzoumakas
Anastasia Kerpinioti Nikolaos Tzoumakas
for and on behalf of for and on behalf of
UniCredit Bank AG UniCredit Bank AG
as Lender as Lender

 

3
 

We hereby acknowledge receipt of the above Letter and confirm our agreement to the terms hereof.

 

/s/ Theodora Mitropetrou

Theodora Mitropetrou

 

for and on behalf of 

PREMIER MARINE CO.

 

Date: 29 July 2016

 

/s/ Theodora Mitropetrou

Theodora Mitropetrou

 

for and on behalf of 

GLADIATOR SHIPPING CO.

 

Date: 29 July 2016

 

/s/ Theodora Mitropetrou

Theodora Mitropetrou

 

for and on behalf of 

GUARDIAN SHIPPING CO.

 

Date: 29 July 2016

 

/s/ Theodora Mitropetrou

Theodora Mitropetrou

 

for and on behalf of 

SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.

 

Date: 29 July 2016

 

4
 

 

Exhibit 10.48

 

Private & confidential

 

Dated: 28 th July, 2016

 

ALPHA BANK A.E.

(as Lender )

 

- and –

 

SQUIRE OCEAN NAVIGATION CO .

 (as borrower)

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

in relation to a Loan Agreement dated

 4 th November, 2015

for a loan facility of (initially) US$33,750,173

 

 

Theo V. Sioufas & Co .

Law Offices

Piraeus

 

 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE HEADINGS PAGE
1. Definitions 2
2. Representations and warranties 3
3. Agreement of the Lender 4
4. Conditions 4
5. Variations to the Principal Agreement 5
6. Continuance of Principal Agreement and the Security Documents 8
7. Entire agreement and amendment 8
8. Fees and expenses 8
9. Miscellaneous 9
10. Applicable law and jurisdiction 9

 
 

 

THIS AGREEMENT (hereinafter called “this Agreement” ) is made this 28 th day of July, 2016;

 

B E T W E E N

 

(1) ALPHA Bank A.E. , a banking société anonyme incorporated in and pursuant to the laws of the Hellenic Republic with its head office at 40 Stadiou Street, Athens GR 102 52, Greece, acting, except as otherwise herein provided through its office at 93 Akti Miaouli, Piraeus, Greece (hereinafter called the “Lender”, which expression shall include its successors and assigns); and

 

(2) SQUIRE OCEAN NAVIGATION CO. , a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Republic of Liberia having its registered office at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Republic of Liberia (hereinafter called the “ Borrower” , which expression shall include its successors);

 

IS SUPPLEMENTAL to a loan agreement dated 4 th November, 2015 made between (i) the Lender as lender, and (ii) the Borrower, as borrower, (the said loan agreement is hereinafter called the “ Principal Agreement ”), on the terms and conditions of which the Lender agreed to advance and has advanced to the Borrower, a loan of up to United States Dollars Thirty three million seven hundred fifty thousand one hundred seventy three ($33,750,173), for the purpose therein specified (the Principal Agreement as hereby amended and/or supplemented and as the same may hereinafter be amended and/or supplemented called the “Loan Agreement” ).

 

W H E R E A S :

 

(A) the Borrower hereby acknowledges and confirms that (a) the Lender has advanced to the Borrower, the full amount of the Loan in the principal amount of United States Dollars Thirty three million seven hundred fifty thousand one hundred seventy three ($33,750,173)) and (b) as of the Effective Date the principal amount of United States Dollars Thirty three million seven hundred fifty thousand one hundred seventy three ($33,750,173) in respect of the Loan remains outstanding;

 

(B) pursuant to a Guarantee dated 4 th November 2015 (the “Corporate Guarantee” ) Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp ., of the Marshall Islands (the “ Corporate Guarantor ”) irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed the due and timely repayment of the Loan and interest and default interest accrued thereon and the performance of all the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement and the Security Documents executed in accordance thereto;

 

(C) the Borrower and the other Security Parties have requested the Lender to grant its consent to (inter alia):

 

  (a) the amendment of Clause 8.1(j) ( Liquidity ) of the Principal Agreement , and

 

(b) the waiver of the “liquidity” covenants set out in Clause 8.1(j) ( Liquidity ) and Clause 8.6(a) ( Liquidity ) of the Principal Agreement,

 

1
 

and the Lender has agreed thereto conditionally upon terms that the Principal Agreement shall be amended in the manner hereinafter set out in Clause 5 of this Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Definitions

 

1.1 Words and expressions defined in the Principal Agreement and not otherwise defined herein (including the Recitals hereto) shall have the same meanings when used in this Agreement.

 

1.2 In addition, in this Agreement the words and expressions specified below shall have the meanings attributed to them below:

 

Applicable Sanctions means any Sanctions by which any Security Party is bound or to which it is subject (which shall include, without limitation, any extra-territorial sanctions imposed by law or regulation of the United States of America) or, regards a regulation, compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of any Security Party;

 

“Effective Date” means the date hereof or such earlier or later date as the Lender may agree in writing, upon which all the conditions contained in Clause 4 shall have been satisfied and this Agreement shall become effective;

 

“Loan Agreement” means the Principal Agreement as hereby amended and as the same may from time to time be further amended and/or supplemented;

 

“Guarantee Deed of Amendment No. 1” means the deed of amendment of the Corporate Guarantee to be executed by the Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Lender in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender;

 

“Prohibited Person” means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against whom Sanctions are directed;

 

“Sanctions” means any sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions relating to trading, doing business, investment, exporting, financing or making assets available (or other activities similar to or connected with any of the foregoing):

 

(a) imposed by law or regulation of the United Kingdom, the Council of the European Union, the United Nations or its Security Council;

 

(b) imposed by CISADA; or

 

(c) otherwise imposed by any law or regulation by which the relevant Security Party is bound or, as regards a regulation, compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of the relevant Security Party and for which a waiver or suspension has not been obtained; and

 

2
 

1.3 (a) Where the context so admits words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing persons shall include firms and corporations, (b) clause headings are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in construing this Agreement, (c) references to Clauses are to clauses of this Agreement save as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement and (d) all capitalised terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement.

 

2. Representations and warranties

 

2.1 The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender as at the date hereof that the representations and warranties set forth in the Principal Agreement and the Security Documents (updated mutatis mutandis to the date of this Agreement) are (and will be on the Effective Date) true and correct as if all references therein to “ this Agreement ” were references to the Principal Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.

 

2.2 In addition to the above, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender as at the date of this Agreement that:

 

a. the Borrower is duly formed, is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the place of its incorporation and has full power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Principal Agreement and this Agreement and has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business and does not have an established place of business in any part of the United Kingdom or the USA;

 

b. all necessary licences, consents and authorities, governmental or otherwise under this Agreement and the Principal Agreement have been obtained and, as of the date of this Agreement, no further consents or authorities are necessary for any of the Security Parties to enter into this Agreement or otherwise perform its obligations hereunder;

 

c. this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Security Parties thereto enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

d. the execution and delivery of, and the performance of the provisions of this Agreement do not, and will not contravene any applicable law or regulation existing at the date hereof or any contractual restriction binding on any of the Security Parties or its respective constitutional documents;

 

e. no action, suit or proceeding is pending or threatened against the Borrower or its assets before any court, board of arbitration or administrative agency which could or might result in any material adverse change in the business or condition (financial or otherwise) of any of the Borrower or the other Security Parties;

 

3
 

f. the Borrower is not and at the Effective Date will not be in default under any agreement by which it is or will be at the Effective Date bound or in respect of any financial commitment, or obligation;

 

g. FATCA : Neither the Borrower nor the Corporate Guarantor is a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor; and

 

h. Sanctions :

 

(i) neither the Borrower nor the Corporate Guarantor is a Prohibited Person nor is controlled by, or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Prohibited Person and none of the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor controls a Prohibited Person; and

 

(ii) no proceeds of the Loan have been made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person or otherwise shall be, directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Applicable Sanctions; and

 

2.3 The representations and warranties of the Borrower in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and shall be deemed to be repeated at the commencement of each Interest Period.

 

3. Agreement of the Lender

 

The Lender, relying upon each of the representations and warranties set out in Clause 2 hereby agrees with the Borrower, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in particular, but without limitation, subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent set out in Clause 4 that the Principal Agreement be amended in the manner more particularly set out in Clause 5.

 

4. Conditions

 

4.1 The agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3 shall be expressly subject to the condition that the Lender shall have received on or before the Effective Date in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its legal advisers

 

a. a certified true copy of the certificate of good standing or other equivalent document issued by the competent authorities of the place of its incorporation in respect of each of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor;

 

b. certified and duly legalised copies of resolutions duly passed by the Board of Directors of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor and certified and duly legalised copies of the resolutions passed at a meeting of the shareholders of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor (and of any corporate shareholder thereof), if applicable, evidencing approval of this Agreement or the Guarantee Deed of Amendment No. 1 (as the case may be) and authorising appropriate officers or attorneys-in-fact to execute the same and to sign all notices required to be given under this Agreement on its behalf or other evidence of such approvals and authorisations as shall be acceptable to the Lender;

 

4
 

c. all documents evidencing any other necessary action or approvals or consents with respect to this Agreement, including, but not limited to, certified and duly legalised Certificates of Incumbency issued by any of the Directors of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor evidencing approval of this Agreement and authorising appropriate officers or attorneys-in-fact to execute the same and to sign all notices required to be given under this Agreement on its behalf or other evidence of such approvals and authorisations as shall be acceptable to the Lender;

 

d. the original of any power(s) of attorney issued in favour of any person executing this Agreement on behalf of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor;

 

e. all documents evidencing any other necessary action or approvals or consents with respect to this Agreement; and

 

f. such favourable legal opinions from lawyers acceptable to the Lender and its legal advisors as the Lender shall require;

 

5. Variations to the Principal Agreement

 

5.1 In consideration of the agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3, the Borrower hereby agrees with the Lender that (subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent contained in Clause 4, the provisions of the Principal Agreement shall be varied and/or amended and/or supplemented as follows:

 

a. with effect as from the Effective Date, the following new definitions shall be added to Clause 1.2 ( Definitions ) of the Principal Agreement reading as follows:

 

“Applicable Sanctions” means any Sanctions by which any Security Party is bound or to which it is subject (which shall include, without limitation, any extra-territorial sanctions imposed by law or regulation of the United States of America) or, as regards a regulation, compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of any Security Party;

 

“CISADA” means the United States Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability and Divestment Act of 2010 as it applies to non-US persons;”

 

“First Supplemental Agreement” means the First Supplemental Agreement dated … July, 2016 supplemental to this Agreement to be executed and made between (inter alios) the Borrower and the Lender whereby this Agreement shall be amended as there in provided. ;

5
 

 

“Prohibited Person” means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against whom Sanctions are directed;

 

“Sanctions” means any sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions relating to trading, doing business, investment, exporting, financing or making assets available (or other activities similar to or connected with any of the foregoing):

 

  (a) imposed by law or regulation of the United Kingdom, the Council of the European Union, the United Nations or its Security Council;

 

  (b) imposed by CISADA; or

 

  (c) otherwise imposed by any law or regulation by which the relevant Security Party is bound or, as regards a regulation, compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of the relevant Security Party and for which a waiver or suspension has not been obtained;

 

b. with effect as from the Effective Date Clause 8.1(j) (Liquidity) of the Principal Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

 

“(j) Liquidity: ensure that as from 1 st July, 2017 and throughout the remainder of the Security Period the Borrower shall maintain minimum liquidity in free deposits with the Lender in an amount equal to $500,000. For the avoidance of any doubt the Liquidity under this Clause is included in the Liquidity of the Guarantor under Clause 8.6(a) (Liquidity) of this Agreement and under Clause 5.3(a) (Liquidity) of the Guarantee.”

 

c. With effect as from the Effective Date, a new clause numbered 8.9 under the heading “ Sanctions” will be added in Clause 8 ( Undertakings ) reading as follows:

 

    “8.9 Sanctions . The Borrower shall ensure that the Vessel will not be employed, and will not suffer the Vessel to be employed, and will not and will ensure that the Borrower does not conduct or undertake any business:

 

 

      (a) (i) in breach of any embargo or sanction or prohibited order (or any similar order or directive) of:
           
        (ii) the United Nations Security Council;
           
        (iii) the European Union;
           
        (iv) the United Kingdom ;
           
        (v) the United States of America;
           
        (vi) the Flag State;
           
        (vii) any state of which any officer or crew member of the Vessel is a national as they apply to their members or nationals; or

 

 

6
 

(b) in any trade, carriage of goods or business which is forbidden by the laws of the United Kingdom or the European Union or the United States of America or the Flag State as they apply to their members or nationals, or any law applicable to the Borrower, the Manager, any charterer of the Vessel or any country which the Vessel may visit; or

 

  (c) in carrying illicit or prohibited goods; or

 

(d) in a way which may make it liable to be condemned by a prize court or destroyed, seized or confiscated; or

 

(e) in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to the any Applicable Sanctions;

 

and the Borrower generally, comply, or procure compliance with any Applicable Sanctions.

 

d. by amending paragraph (c)(i) of Clause 16.1 ( Notices ) reading as follows:

 

 

    (i) if to be sent to any Security Party, to:
       
      c/o Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. ,
16 G. Lambraki str., Premiera Mall – 2nd floor,
16674 Glyfada, Greece
  Facsimile No: +30 210 9638404
Attention: Chief Executive Officer ;

 

e. With effect as from the Effective Date the definition “Security Documents” shall be deemed to include the Security Documents as amended and/or supplemented in pursuance to the terms hereof and any document or documents (including if the context requires the Loan Agreement) that may now or hereafter be executed as security for the repayment of the Loan, interest thereon and any other moneys payable by the Borrower under the Principal Agreement and the Security Documents (as herein defined) as well as for the performance by the Borrower and the other Security Parties as defined in the Loan Agreement all obligations, covenants and agreements pursuant to the Principal Agreement, this Agreement and/or the Security Documents.

 

5.2 All references in the Principal Agreement to this Agreement ”, “ hereunder and the like and all references in the Security Documents to the Loan Agreement shall be construed as references to the Principal Agreement as amended and/or supplemented by this Agreement.

 

7
 

6. Waiver of certain covenants

 

6.1 The Lender hereby agrees that with effect as from the 31 st day of December, 2015 until the 1 st day of July, 2017 the obligation of the Borrower under Clause 8.1(j) ( Liquidity ) shall be waived and is hereby waived for the duration of the said period.

 

6.2 The Lender hereby agrees that with effect as from the 31 st day of December, 2015 until the 1 st day of July, 2017 the obligation of the Guarantor under Clause 8.6(a) ( Liquidity ) shall be waived and is hereby waived for the duration of the said period.

 

7. Continuance of Principal Agreement and the Security Documents

 

7.1 Save for the alterations to the Principal Agreement, and the Security Document made or to be made pursuant to this Agreement, and such further modifications (if any) thereto as may be necessary to make the same consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Principal Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and the security constituted by the Security Documents executed by the Borrower and the other Security Parties shall continue to remain valid and enforceable and the Borrower and the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally reconfirm their respective obligations under the Principal Agreement as hereby amended and under the Security Documents to which each of them is a party.

 

8. Entire agreement and amendment

 

8.1 The Principal Agreement, the other Security Documents, and this Agreement represent the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede any prior expressions of intent or understanding with respect to this transaction and may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the parties to be bound or burdened thereby.

 

8.2 This Agreement is supplementary to and incorporated in the Principal Agreement, all terms and conditions whereof, including, but not limited to, provisions on payments, calculation of interest and Events of Default, shall apply to the performance and interpretation of this Agreement.

 

9. Fees and expenses

 

9.1 The Borrower agrees to pay to the Lender upon demand on a full indemnity basis and from time to time all costs, charges and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and enforcement or attempted enforcement of this Agreement and any document executed pursuant thereto and/or in preserving or protecting or attempting to preserve or protect the security created hereunder and/or under the Security Documents.

 

9.2 The Borrower covenants and agrees to pay and discharge all stamp duties, registration and recording fees and charges and any other charges whatsoever and wheresoever payable or due in respect of this Agreement and/or any document executed pursuant hereto.

 

8
 

10. Miscellaneous

 

10.1 The provisions of Clause 14 ( Assignment, Transfer, Participation, Lending Office ) and Clause 16.1 ( Notices ) (as hereby amended) of the Principal Agreement shall apply to this Agreement as if the same were set out herein in full.

 

11. Entire agreement and amendment; effect on Principal Agreement

 

11.1 Except to the extent that the Principal Agreement is expressly amended or supplemented by this Agreement, all terms and conditions of the Principal Agreement remain in full force and effect. This Agreement is supplementary to and incorporated in the Principal Agreement, all terms and conditions whereof, including, but not limited to, provisions on payments, calculation of interest and Events of Default, shall apply to the performance and interpretation of this Agreement.

 

11.2 The Principal Agreement, the other Security Documents, and this Agreement represent the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede any prior expressions of intent or understanding with respect to this transaction and may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the parties to be bound or burdened thereby.

 

12. Applicable law and jurisdiction

 

12.1 This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and the provisions of Clause 17 ( Law and Jurisdiction ) of the Principal Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Agreement as if the same were set out herein in full.

 

12.2 No term of this Agreement is enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not a party to this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed the date first above written.

 

[ Intentionally left blank ]

9
 


EXECUTION PAGE

 

the borrower

 

SIGNED by )    
Mrs. Theodora Mitropetrou )    
for and on behalf of )    
SQUIRE OCEAN NAVIGATION CO . ) /s/ Theodora Mitropetrou  
of Liberia, in the presence of: ) Attorney-in-fact  

 

Witness: /s/ Panagiota Sdrolia  
Name: Panagiota Sdrolia  
Address: 13 Defteras Merarchias Str.,  
  Piraeus, Greece  
Occupation: Attorney-at-law  

 

THE LENDER

 

SIGNED by )    
Mrs. Aikaterini Daivianida ) /s/ Aikaterini Daivianida  
and Mrs. Chrysanthi Papathanasopoulou ) Attorney-in-fact  
for and on behalf of )    
ALPHA BANK A.E. )    
in the presence of: ) /s/ Chrysanthi Papathanasopoulou  
    Attorney-in-fact  

 

Witness: /s/ Panagiota Sdrolia  
Name: Panagiota Sdrolia  
Address: 13 Defteras Merarchias Str.,  
  Piraeus, Greece  
Occupation: Attorney-at-law  
10
 

 

Exhibit 10.50  

     
Copyright: Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association, Oslo .    
Published by Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association, Oslo and BIMCO, Copenhagen Printed by BIMCO’s idea Explanatory Notes for SALEFORM 2012 are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org

 

MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT  

Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association’s
Memorandum of Agreement for sale and
purchase of ships. Adopted by BIMCO in 1956.
code-name
SALEFORM 2012
Revised 1996,1983 and 1986/87.1993 and 2012 .

 

Dated: 26 September 2016

 

E.S.V.M. Schiffahrt GmbH & Co. KG, of Herdentorswallstraße 93, 28195 Bremen, Germany (Name of sellers) , hereinafter called the “Sellers”, have agreed to sell, and Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. of Marshall Islands or its guaranteed nominee (to be a Marshall Islands or Liberian company) ( Name of buyers ), hereinafter called the “Buyers”, have agreed to buy:

Name of vessel:- E.R. BAVARIA

 

IMO Number: 9519066

 

Classification Society: DNV.GL

 

Class Notation: + 1A1,Bulk Carrier ESP, ES(S),CSR, BC-A (Hold 2,4, 6 & 8 may be empty), GRAB (30), E0, BIS, TMON, HMON (C1,G4,A1) , BWM-E(s), COAT-PSPC(B)

Year of Build: 2010          Builder/Yard: Hyundai Heavy Industries  

     
Flag: Liberia Place of Registration: Hamburg, Germany GT/NT: 93.186/59.500

 

hereinafter called the “Vessel”, on the following terms and conditions:

 

Definitions  

“Banking Days” are days on which banks are open both in the country of the currency stipulated for the Purchase Price in Clause 1 (Purchase Price) and in the place of closing stipulated in Clause 8 (Documentation) and Greece and Buyers’ Flag State (add additional jurisdictions as appropriate).

 

“Buyers’ Nominated Flag State” means Liberia or Marshall Islands, to be declared latest with receipt of first delivery notice (state flag state).

“Class” means the class notation referred to above.

 

“Classification Society” means the Society referred to above.

 

“Deposit” shall have the meaning given in Clause 2 (Deposit)

 

“Deposit Holder” means Dr Jan-Thomas Oskierski, Notariat Neuer Wall 41, Neuer Wall 41, 20354 Hamburg (state name and location of Deposit Holder) or, if left blank, the Sellers’ Bank, which shall hold and release the Deposit in accordance with this Agreement.

 

“German Registry” means the ships registry of Hamburg, Germany.

 

“In writing” or “written” means a letter handed over from the Sellers to the Buyers or vice verse, a registered letter, e-mail or telefax.

 

“Parties” means the Sellers and the Buyers.

 

“Purchase Price” means the price for the Vessel as stated in Clause 1 (Purchase Price) .

 

“Sellers’ Account” means the account to be advised by the Sellers (state details of bank account) at the Sellers’ Bank.

“Sellers’ Bank” means HSH Nordbank AG, Hamburg (state name of bank, branch and details) or, if left blank, the bank notified by the Sellers to the Buyers for receipt of the balance of the Purchase Price. 

     
1. Purchase Price
  The Purchase Price is USD 20,750,000 (United States Dollars twenty million seven hundred fifty thousand) (state currency and amount both in words and figures).
   
2. Deposit
  As security for the correct fulfilment of this Agreement the Buyers shall lodge a deposit of 10% ( ten per cent) or, it left blank, 10% (ten-per-cent), of the Purchase Price (the “Deposit”) in an interest bearing account for the Parties with the Deposit Holder within three (3) Banking Days after the date that:
   
  (i) this Agreement has been signed by the Parties and exchanged in original or by e-mail or telefax; and

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the per-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document

 

 

  (ii) the Deposit Holder has confirmed in writing to the Parties that the account has been opened.
     
  (iii) the subject in Clause 23 of this Agreement has been lifted.
     
  The Buyers shall provide the Deposit Holder as soon as possible, but in any event within five (5) working days after this Agreement has been signed and exchanged by the Parties, with all necessary documents (“Buyers AML Documents”) required by the Deposit Holder to open and maintain the Deposit Account and to enable the Deposit Holder to carry out the anti money laundering check, including but not limited to (i) the original of the signed Trust instructions, (ii) written evidence about the identity of the majority shareholder and (iii) Certificate of incorporation and/or Goodstanding Certificate of Buyers. In case the Deposit Holder does not receive the Buyers AML Documents within the said five (5) working day period Sellers rights under Clause 13 of this Agreement shall apply,
   
  The Buyers shall provide Sellers Bank as soon as possible, but in any event within five (5) working days after this Agreement has been signed and exchanged by the Parties with all necessary documentation (“Sellers Bank Required AML Documents”) required by Sellers Bank to comply with all regulatory requirements regarding anti money laundering and know your customer requirements. In case Sellers Bank does not receive the Sellers Bank Required AML Documents within the said five (5) working day period, Sellers shall have the right to cancel this Agreement by written notice to the Buyers and Clause 13 of this Agreement shall apply.
   
  The Deposit shall be released in accordance with joint written instructions of the Parties. Interests, if any, shall be credited to the Buyers. Any fee charged for holding and releasing the Deposit shall be borne equally by the Parties. The Parties shall provide to the Deposit Holder all necessary documentation to open and maintain the account without delay.
     
3. Payment
  On delivery of the Vessel, but not later than three (3) Banking Days after the date that Notice of Readiness has been given in accordance with Clause 5 (Time and place of delivery and notices):
     
  (i) the Deposit shall be released to the Sellers, and;
     
  (ii) the balance of the Purchase Price and all other sums payable on delivery by the Buyers to the Sellers under this Agreement shall be paid in full free of bank charges to the Sellers’ Account.
     
  4. Inspection
  (a)* The Buyers have inspected and accepted the Vessel’s classification records. The Buyers have also inspected the Vessel at/in ( state place ) on ( state date ) and have accepted the Vessel following this inspection . The Buyers have waived their right to inspect the Vessel and have accepted the Vessel without inspection and the sale is outright and definite, subject only to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
     
  (b) * The Buyers shall have the right to inspect the Vessel’s classification records and declare whether same are accepted or not within ( state date/period ) .
     
  The Sellers shall make the Vessel available for inspection at/in ( state place/range ) within ( state date/period ).
     
  The Buyers shall undertake the inspection without undue delay to the Vessel Should the Buyers cause undue delay they shall compensate the Sellers for the losses thereby incurred.
     
  The Buyers shall inspect the Vessel without opening up and without cost to the Sellers.
     
  During the inspection, the Vessel’s dock and engine log books shall be made available for examination by the Buyers.
     
  The sale shall become outright and definite, subject only to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that the Sellers receive written notice of acceptance of the Vessel from the Buyers within seventy two (72) hours after completion of such inspection or after the date/last day of the period stated in Line 59 , whichever is earlier.
     
  Should the Buyers fail to undertake the inspection as scheduled and/or notice of acceptance of the Vessel’s classification records and/or of the Vessel not be received by the Sellers as aforesaid, the Deposit together with interest earned, if any, shall be released immediately to the Buyers, whereafter this Agreement shall be null and void.

 

 

4(a) and 4(b) are alternatives; delete whichever is not applicable. In the absence of deletions, alternative 4(a) shall apply.

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the per-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

2  

 

 

 
     
5. Time and place of delivery and notices
  (a) The Vessel shall be delivered and taken over safely afloat at a safe and accessible berth or anchorage at/in within the trading area of the Vessel (state place/range) in the Sellers’ option.
   
  Notice of Readiness shall not be tendered before: 15 November 2016 (date)
   
  Cancelling Date (see Clauses 5(c), 6 (a)(i) , 6 (a) (iii) and 14 ): 15 December 2016
   
  (b) The Sellers shall keep the Buyers well informed of the Vessel’s itinerary and shall provide the Buyers with twenty (20), fifteen (15), ten (10), five (5) and three (3) days’ notice of the date the Sellers intend to tender Notice of Readiness and of the intended place of delivery.
   
  When the Vessel is at the place of delivery and physically ready for delivery in accordance with this Agreement, the Sellers shall give the Buyers a written Notice of Readiness for delivery.
   
  (c) If the Sellers anticipate that, notwithstanding the exercise of due diligence by them, the Vessel will not be ready for delivery by the Cancelling Date they may notify the Buyers in writing stating the date when they anticipate that the Vessel will be ready for delivery and proposing a new Cancelling Date. Upon receipt of such notification the Buyers shall have the option of either cancelling this Agreement in accordance with Clause 14 (Sellers’ Default) within three (3) Banking Days of receipt of the notice or of accepting the new date as the new Cancelling Date. If the Buyers have not declared their option within three (3) Banking Days of receipt of the Sellers’ notification or if the Buyers accept the new date, the date proposed in the Sellers’ notification shall be deemed to be the new Cancelling Date and shall be substituted for the Cancelling Date stipulated in line 79 .
   
  If this Agreement is maintained with the new Cancelling Date all other terms and conditions hereof including those contained in Clauses 5(b) and 5(d) shall remain unaltered and in full force and effect
   
  (d) Cancellation, failure to cancel or acceptance of the new Cancelling Date shall be entirely without prejudice to any claim for damages the Buyers may have under Clause 14 (Sellers’ Default) for the Vessel not being ready by the original Cancelling Date.
   
  (e) Should the Vessel become an actual, constructive or compromised total loss before delivery the Deposit together with interest earned, if any, shall be released immediately to the Buyers whereafter this Agreement shall be null and void without either party having a claim against the other, howsoever caused including negligence, under or in connection with this Agreement.
6. Divers Inspection / Drydocking
  (a)*  
  (i) The Buyers shall have the option at their cost and expense to arrange for an underwater inspection by a diver approved by the Classification Society prior to the delivery of the Vessel. Such option shall be declared latest nine (9) days prior to the Vessel’s intended date of readiness for delivery as notified by the Sellers pursuant to Clause 5(b) of this Agreement. The Sellers shall at their cost and expense make the Vessel available for such inspection. This inspection shall be carried out without undue delay and in the presence of a Classification Society surveyor arranged for by the Sellers and paid for by the Buyers. The Buyers’ representative(s) shall have the right to be present at the diver’s inspection as observer(s) only without interfering with the work or decisions of the Classification Society surveyor. The extent of the inspection and the conditions under which it is performed shall be to the satisfaction of the Classification Society. If the conditions at the place of delivery are unsuitable for such inspection, the Sellers shall at their cost and expense make the Vessel available at a suitable alternative place near to the delivery port, in which event the Cancelling Date shall be extended by the additional time required for such positioning and the subsequent re-positioning The Sellers may not tender Notice of Readiness prior to completion of the underwater inspection.
     
  (ii) If the rudder, propeller, bottom or other underwater parts below the deepest load line are found broken, damaged or defective so as to affect the Vessel’s class Class to impose a condition of class, then (1) unless repairs can be carried out afloat to the Classification Society, the Sellers shall arrange for the Vessel to be drydocked at their expense for inspection by the Classification Society of the Vessel’s underwater parts below the deposit load line, the extent of the inspection being in accordance with the Classification Society’s rules (2) such defects shall be made good by the Sellers at their cost and expense to the satisfaction of the Classification Society without condition/recommendation ** and (3) the Sellers shall pay for the underwater inspection and the Classification Society’s attendance.

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the per-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

3  

 

 

     
    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement,  if the Classification Society do not require the aforementioned defects to be rectified before the next class drydocking survey, the Sellers shall be entitled to deliver the Vessel with these defects against a deduction from the Purchase Price of the estimated direct cost (of labour and materials, excluding any general services and dry-docking costs and excluding any loss of time or loss of use) of carrying out the repairs to the satisfaction of the Classification Society, whereafter the Buyers shall have no further rights whatsoever in respect of the defects and/or repairs. The estimated direct cost of the repairs shall be the average of quotes for the repair work obtained from two reputable independent shipyards at or in the vicinity of the port of delivery located in P.R. China, one to be obtained by each of the Parties within two (2) Banking Days from the date of the imposition of the condition/ recommendation , unless the Parties agree otherwise, whereby the said quotes shall be comparable with regard to scope and details of the repairs quoted for. Should either of the Parties fail to obtain such a quote within the stipulated time then the quote duly obtained by the other Party shall be the sole basis for the estimate of the direct repair costs. The Sellers may not tender Notice of Readiness prior to such estimate having been established, provided that neither party shall be entitled to withhold or delay the performance of its obligations to establish the  average estimated direct costs of repairs payable to the Buyers as aforesaid. In such event, the Cancelling Date shall be extended by the additional time required for obtaining the quotes for the repair works. This extension not to exceed two (2) Banking Days.
     
  (iii) If the Vessel is to be drydocked pursuant to Clause 6(a)(ii) and no suitable dry docking facilities are available at the port of delivery, the Sellers shall take the Vessel to a port where suitable drydocking facilities are available, whether within or outside the delivery range as per Clause 5(a) . Once drydocking has taken place the Sellers shall deliver the Vessel at a port within the delivery range as per Clause 5(a) which shall, for the purpose of this Clause, become the new port of delivery. In such event the Cancelling Date shall be extended by the additional time required for the drydocking and extra steaming, but limited to a maximum of fourteen (14) days.
     
  (iii)      In case the costs and expenses payable by Sellers for making good any such defects as per Clause 6 (a) (ii) should be estimated to exceed the amount of USD 200,000.00 (United States Dollars two hundred thousand), the Buyers have the option to take delivery of the Vessel to them with the defect and a condition of class imposed, against a deduction in the Purchase Price of not more than USD 200,000.00 (United States Dollars two hundred thousand) in full and final settlement of all their claims in respect of the defect under this Agreement, and Clause 11 will be read and construed accordingly, otherwise the Buyers have the right to cancel this Agreement. If the Buyers have not exercised this option within five (5) Banking Days of both Parties having received the relevant quotes for the repair works, the Sellers may cancel this Agreement. If the Buyers or the Sellers cancel this Agreement as aforesaid, the Deposit together with the interest, if any, shall be released to the Buyers forthwith, whereafter neither party shall have any claim against the other, howsoever caused including negligence, under or in connection with this Agreement.
   
  (b) * The Sellers shall place the Vessel in drydock at the port of delivery for inspection by the Classification Society of the Vessel’s underwater parts below the deepest load line, the extent of the inspection being in accordance with the Classification Society’s rules. If the rudder, propeller, bottom or other underwater parts below the deepest load line are found broken, damaged or defective so as to affect the Vessel’s class, such defects shall be made good at the Sellers’ cost and expense to the satisfaction of the Classification Society without condition/recommendation ** . In such event the Sellers are also to pay for the costs and expenses in connection with putting the Vessel in and taking her out of drydock, including the drydock dues and the Classification Society’s fees. The Sellers shall also pay for these costs and expenses if parts of the tailshaft system are condemned or found defective or broken so as to affect the Vessel’s class. In all other cases, the Buyers shall pay the aforesaid costs and expenses, dues and fees.

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the per-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

4  

 

 

(c) If the Vessel is drydocked pursuant to Clause 6 (a) (ii) or 6 (b) above:

 

(i) The Classification Society may require survey of the tailshaft system, the extent of the survey being to the satisfaction of the Classification surveyor. If such survey is not required by the Classification Society, the Buyers shall have the option to require the tailshaft to be drawn and surveyed by the Classification Society, the extent of the survey being in accordance with the Classification Society’s rules for tailshaft survey and consistent with the current stage of the Vessel’s survey cycle. The Buyers shall declare whether they require the tailshaft to be drawn and surveyed not later than by the completion of the inspection by the Classification Society. The drawing and refitting of the tailshaft shall be arranged by the Sellers. Should any parts of the tailshaft system be condemned or found defective so as to affect the Vessel’s class, those parts shall be renewed or made good at the Sellers’ cost and expense to the satisfaction of Classification Society without condition/recommendation**.

 

(ii) The costs and expenses relating to the survey of the tailshaft system shall be borne by the Buyers unless the Classification society requires such survey to be carried out or if parts of the system are condemned or found defective or broken so as to affect the Vessel’s class, in which case the Sellers shall pay these costs and expenses.

 

(iii) The Buyers’ representative (s) shall have the right to be the present in the drydock, as observes(s) only without interfering with the work or decisions of the Classification Society surveyor.

 

(iv) The Buyers shall have the right to have the underwater parts of the Vessel cleaned and painted at their risk, cost and expenses without interfering with the Sellers’ or the Classification Society surveyor’s work, if any, and without affecting the Vessel’s timely delivery. If, however, the Buyers’ work in drydock is still in progress when the Sellers have completed the work which the Sellers are required to do, the additional docking time needed to complete the Buyers’ work shall for the Buyers’ risk, cost and expenses. In the event that Buyers’ work requires such additional time, the Sellers may upon completion of the Sellers’ work tender Notice of Readiness for delivery whilst the Vessel is still in drydock and, notwithstanding Clause 5 (a) , the Buyers shall be obliged to take delivery in accordance with Clause 3 (Payment), whether the Vessel is in drydock or not.

 

 

*6 (a) and 6 (b) are alternatives; delete whichever is not applicable. In the absence of deletions, alternative 6 (a) shall apply.

 

**Notes or memoranda, if any, in the surveyor’s report which are accepted by the Classification society without condition/recommendation are not to be taken into account.

  

7. Spares, bunkers and other items

The Sellers shall deliver the Vessel to the Buyers with everything belonging to her on board and on shore . All spare parts and spare equipment including spare tail-end shaft(s) and/or spare propeller(s)/propeller blade(s), if any, belonging to the Vessel at the time of inspection used or unused, whether on board or not shall become the Buyers’ property, but spares on order are excluded. Forwarding charges, if any, shall be for the Buyers’ account. The Sellers are not required to replace spare parts including spare tail-end shaft(s) and spare propeller(s)/propeller blade(s) which are taken out of spare and used as replacement prior to delivery, but the replaced items shall be the property of the Buyers. Unused stores and provisions shall be included in the sale and be taken over by the Buyers without extra payment.

 

Library and forms exclusively for use in the Sellers’ vessel(s) and captain’s, officers’ and crew’s personal belongings including the slop chest are excluded from the sale without compensation, as well as the following additional items:

 

-Deck logbooks, engine logbooks and oil record books (Buyers can take copies of same) 

-Certificates that Sellers have to return to the authorities (Buyers can take copies of same) 

-All Sellers company manuals and instruction books 

-Videotel training software 

-Ships cash boxes

-Ships mobile phone 

-Wheather observation instruments from Deutsche Wetter Dienst 

-Iridium satellite phone, medical kit and security kit from citadel

 

Note: Harddisks on network server/ship computers are included in the sale, however the software and data on this hardware as well as all licences are excluded and will be removed/deleted. (include list)

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the per-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

5  

 

 

Items on board which are on hire or owned by third parties, listed as follows, are excluded from  the sale without compensation:

 

-Acetylene, oxigen and Freon gas bottles rented from Drew Marine
- Liferafts rented from Wilhelmsen   (include list)

 

Items on board at the time of inspection which are on hire or owned by third parties, not listed above, shall be replaced or procured by the Sellers prior to delivery at their cost and expense.

 

The Buyers shall take over remaining bunkers and unused unbroached lubricating and hydraulic oils and greases in storage tanks and unopened sealed drums and pay either:

 

(a)       *the actual net price (excluding barging expenses) as evidenced by invoices or vouchers; or

 

(b)       *the current net market price (excluding barging expenses) at the port and date of delivery of the Vessel or, if unavailable, at the nearest bunkering port, for the quantities taken over.

 

Exact quantities of unused unbroached lubricating and hydraulic oils in storage tanks shall be measured and agreed by Buyers’ and Sellers’ representatives on board at joint survey shortly before delivery. In case of any dispute(s) the Buyers and the Sellers are to appoint an independent surveyor to measure the quantity at the time of delivery, whose decision shall be final. The surveyor’s fees are to be borne equally by the Sellers and the Buyers.

 

Payment under this Clause shall be made at the same time and place and in the same currency as the Purchase Price.

 

“inspection” in this Clause 7 , shall mean the Buyers’ inspection according to Clause 4(a) or 4(b) (Inspection), if applicable. If the Vessel is taken over without inspection, the date of this Agreement shall be the relevant date.

 

 

*(a) and (b) are alternatives, delete whichever is not applicable. In the absence of deletions alternative (a) shall apply.

 

8. Documentation
The place of closing: Hamburg, Germany

 

(a) In exchange for payment of the Purchase Price and as described in more detail in Clause 22 the Sellers shall provide the Buyers with the following delivery documents listed in Clause 20;

 

(i) Legal Bill(s) of Sale in a form recordable in the Buyers’ Nominated Flag State, transferring title of the Vessel and stating that the Vessel is free from all mortgages, encumbrances and maritime liens or any other debts whatsoever, duly notarially attested and legalised or apostilled, as required by the Buyers’ Nominated Flag State;

 

(ii) Evidence that all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action has been taken by the Sellers to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

 

(iii) Power of Attorney of the Sellers appointing one or more representatives to act on behalf of the Sellers in the performance of this Agreement, duly notarially attested and legalised or apostilled (as appropriate);

 

(iv) Certificate or Transcript of Registry issued by the competent authorities of the flag state on the date of delivery evidencing the Sellers’ ownership of the Vessel and that the Vessel is free from registered encumbrances and mortgages, to be faxed or e-mailed by such authority to the closing meeting with the original to be sent to the Buyers as soon as possible after delivery of the Vessel;

 

(v) Declaration of Class or (depending on the Classification Society) a Class Maintenance Certificate issued within three (3) Banking Days prior to delivery confirming that the Vessel is in Class free of condition/recommendation;

 

(vi) Certificate of Deletion of the Vessel from Vessel’s registry or other official evidence of deletion appropriate to the Vessel’s registry at the time of delivery, or, in the event that the registry does not as a matter of practice issue such documentation immediately, a written undertaking by the Sellers to effect deletion from the Vessel’s registry forthwith and provide a certificate or other official evidence of deletion to the Buyers promptly and latest within four (4) weeks after the Purchase Price has been paid and the Vessel has been delivered;

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the per-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

6  

 

 

(vii) A copy of the Vessel’s Continuous Synopsis Record certifying the date on which the Vessel ceased to be registered with the Vessel’s registry, or, in the event that the registry does not as a matter of practice issue such certificate immediately, a written undertaking from the Sellers to provide the copy of this certificate promptly upon it being issued together with evidence of submission by the Sellers of a duly executed Form 2 stating the date on which the Vessel shall cease to be registered with the Vessel’s registry;

 

(viii) Commercial Invoice for the Vessel;

 

(ix) Commercial Invoice(s) for bunkers, lubricating and hydraulic oils and greases;

 

(x) A copy of the Sellers’ letter to their satellite communication provider cancelling the Vessel’s communications contract which is to be sent immediately after delivery of the Vessel;

 

(xi) Any additional documents as may reasonably be required by the competent authorities of the Buyers’ Nominated Flag State for the purpose of registering the Vessel, provided the Buyers notify the Sellers of any such documents as soon as possible after the date of this Agreement; and

 

(xii) The Sellers’ letter of confirmation that to the best of their knowledge, the Vessel is not black listed by any nation or international organisation.

 

(b) At the time of delivery the Buyers shall provide the Sellers with the delivery documents listed in Clause 21:

 

(i) Evidence that all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action has been taken by the Buyers to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement; and

 

(ii) Power of Attorney of the Buyers appointing one or more representatives to act on behalf of the Buyers in the performance of this Agreement, duly notarially attested and legalised or apostilled (as appropriate).

 

(c) If any of the documents listed in Sub clauses (a) and (b) above Clauses 20 and 21 respectively are not in the English language they shall be accompanied by an English translation by an authorised translator or certified by a lawyer qualified to practice in the country of the translated language.

 

(d) The Parties shall to the extent possible exchange copies, drafts or samples of the documents listed in Sub-clause (a) and Sub-clause (b) above for review and comment by the other party not later than 10 ( state number of days ), or if left blank, nine (9) days prior to the Vessel’s intended date of readiness for delivery as notified by the Sellers pursuant to Clause 5(b) of this Agreement.

 

(e) Concurrent with the exchange of documents in Sub-clause (a) and Sub-clause (b) above, the Sellers shall also hand to the Buyers the classification certificate(s) as well as all plans, drawings and manuals, (excluding ISM/ISPS manuals), which are on board the Vessel. Other certificates which are on board the Vessel shall also be handed over to the Buyers unless the Sellers are required to retain same, in which case the Buyers have the right to take copies.

 

(f) Other technical documentation which may be in the Sellers’ possession shall promptly after delivery be forwarded to the Buyers at their expense, if they so request. The Sellers may keep the Vessel’s log books but the Buyers have the right to take copies of same.

 

(g) The Parties shall sign and deliver to each other a Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance confirming the date and time of delivery of the Vessel from the Sellers to the Buyers.

 

9. Encumbrances

The Sellers warrant that the Vessel, at the time of delivery, is free from all charters, encumbrances, mortgages and maritime liens or any other debts whatsoever, and is not subject to Port State or other administrative detentions. The Sellers hereby undertake to indemnify the Buyers against all consequences of claims made against the Vessel which have been incurred prior to the time of delivery.

The Sellers only warrant that the Vessel, at the time of delivery, is free from all registered encumbrances, and registered mortgages.

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the per-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

7  

 

 

If, however, within four (4) months from the time of delivery of the Vessel to the Buyers, any claim is made or threatened against the Vessel which was incurred prior to the time of delivery or arose out of or with respect to events occurred prior to the time of delivery, the Sellers hereby undertake to indemnify the Buyers against all consequences of such claims up to a maximum total amount of USD 300,000.00 (in words: United States Dollars three hundred thousand). An amount of USD 300,000.00 (United States Dollars three hundred thousand) (the Security Amount) will be deposited by the Sellers in an Escrow Account in Hamburg (holder of which to be mutually agreed and the cost of which to be equally shared between Sellers and Buyers), out of the Purchase Price paid by the Buyers, as security for the Buyers in respect of such claims. 50% of (the balance of) the Security Amount on the Escrow Account shall be irrevocably released to Sellers’ nominated bank account two (2) months after the delivery the Vessel, and the remaining 50% shall be released to Sellers’ nominated bank account four (4) months after the delivery of the Vessel. The Buyers’ recourse in respect of such claims against the Vessel shall be limited to the available balance of the Security Amount in the Escrow Account. The Buyers shall have no further claim against the Sellers in this regard, howsoever caused, whether negligently or otherwise, with respect to claims made or threatened against the Vessel.

 

Buyers undertake to take over and perform the balance of the Vessel’s current charter dated 23rd September 2015 on its existing terms and conditions. A Novation Agreement is to be executed with the charterers Oldendorff Carriers GmbH & Co. KG in this regard. If for any reason whatsoever the Novation Agreement has not been executed by the parties thereto by the date on which the Sellers are ready to tender their Notice of Readiness, either party shall be entitled to cancel this Agreement whereupon the Deposit shall be released Immediately to the Buyers including interest, if any, and neither party shall have any claim against the other whatsoever and howsoever caused, including negligence.

 

10. Taxes, fees and expenses

Any taxes, fees and expenses in connection with the purchase and registration in the Buyers’ Nominated Flag State shall be for the Buyers’ account, whereas similar charges in connection with the closing of the Sellers’ register shall be for the Sellers’ account.

 

11. Condition on delivery

The Vessel with everything belonging to her shall be at the Sellers’ risk and expense until she is delivered to the Buyers, but subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement she shall be delivered and taken over as she was at the time of inspection, fair wear and tear excepted.

 

However, the Vessel shall be delivered free of cargo and free of stowaways with her Class maintained without condition/ recommendation *, free of average damage affecting the vessel’s class, and with her classification certificates and national certificates, as well as all other certificates the Vessel had at the time of inspection, valid and unextended without condition/ recommendation * by the Classification Society or the relevant authorities at the time of delivery.

 

“inspection” in this Clause 11 , shall mean the Buyers’ inspection according to Clause 4(a) or 4(b) (Inspections), if applicable. If the Vessel is taken over without inspection, the date of this Agreement shall be the relevant date.

  

 

*Notes and memoranda, if any, in the surveyor’s report which are accepted by the Classification Society without condition/recommendation are not to be taken into account.

 

12. Name/markings

Upon delivery the Buyers undertake to change the name of the Vessel and alter funnel markings.

 

13. Buyers’ default

Should the Deposit not be lodged in accordance with Clause 2 (Deposit), the Sellers have the right to cancel this Agreement, and they shall be entitled to claim compensation for their losses and for all expenses incurred together with interest.

 

Should the Purchase Price not be paid in accordance with Clause 3 (Payment), the Sellers have the right to cancel this Agreement, in which case the Deposit together with interest earned, if any, shall be released to the Sellers. If the Deposit does not cover their loss, the Sellers shall be entitled to claim further compensation for their losses and for all expenses incurred together with interest.

 

14. Sellers’ default

Should the Sellers fail to give Notice of Readiness in accordance with Clause 5(b) or fail to be ready to validly complete a legal transfer by the Cancelling Date the Buyers shall have the option of cancelling this Agreement provided always that the Sellers shall be granted (i) a maximum of three (3) Banking Days after Notice of Readiness has been tendered to make arrangements for the documentation set out in Clause 20 and (ii) the right to cancel this Agreement pursuant to Clause 6(a)(iii) as the case may be. If after Notice of Readiness has been given but before the Buyers have taken delivery, the Vessel ceases to be physically ready for delivery and is not made physically ready again by the Cancelling Date and new Notice of Readiness given, the Buyers shall retain their option to cancel. In the event that the Buyers elect to cancel this Agreement, the Deposit together with interest earned, if any, shall be released to them immediately.

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the per-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

8  

 

  

Should the Sellers fail to give Notice of Readiness by the Cancelling Date or fail to be ready to validly complete a legal transfer as aforesaid they shall make due compensation to the Buyers for their loss and for all expenses together with interest if their failure is due to proven negligence and whether or not the Buyers rights are limited to cancelling this Agreement and obtaining the repayment of the Deposit together with interest, if any. Any further liability of the Sellers whatsoever including the case of negligence is expressly excluded, except as provided in lines 301-305.

 

15. Buyers’ representatives

After this Agreement has been signed by the Parties and the Deposit has been lodged, the Buyers have the right to place two (2) representatives on board the Vessel at their sole risk and expense.

 

These representatives are on board for the purpose of familiarisation and in the capacity of observers only, and they shall not interfere in any respect with the operation of the Vessel. The Buyers and the Buyers’ representatives shall sign the Sellers’ P&I Club’s standard letter of indemnity prior to their embarkation.

 

16. Law and Arbitration

  (a) * This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.

 

The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

 

The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within fourteen (14) calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the fourteen (14) days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the fourteen (14) days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both Parties as if the sole arbitrator had been appointed by agreement.

 

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of US$100,000 the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

 

(b) * This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Title 9 of the United States Code and the substantive low (not including the choice of law rules) of the State of New York and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to three (3) persons at New York, one to be appointed by each of the parties hereto, and the third by the two so chosen; their decision or that of any two of them shall be final, and for the purposes of enforcing any award, judgment may be entered on an award by any court of competent jurisdiction. The proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc.

 

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of US$ 100,000 the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Shortened Arbitration Procedure of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc.

 

(c) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of (state place) and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration at (state place) , subject to the procedures applicable there.

 

 

* 16(a), 16(b) and 16(c) are alternatives; delete whichever is not applicable. In the absence of deletions, alternative 16(a) shall apply.

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the per-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

9  

 

 

17. Notices

All notices to be provided under this Agreement shall be in writing.

 

Contact details for recipients of notices are as follows:

 

For the Buyers:

16 G. Lambraki str.

Premiera Mall 2nd floor

16674 Glyfada, GR

tel:  +30 210 89 13 507

fax: +30 210 96 38 404

email: snt@seanergy.com

Attention: Stamatios Tsantanis

Or such other adress as the Buyers may notify the Sellers.

 

For the Sellers:

Willem Dekker

E.R. Capital Holding GmbH & Cie. KG

Hohe Bleichen 12 | 20354 Hamburg

Tel.: +49 (40) 3008 2507 | Fax: +49 (40) 3008 18 2507

willem.dekker@er-capital.com

 

18. Entire Agreement

The written terms of this Agreement comprise the entire agreement between the Buyers and the Sellers in relation to the sate and purchase of the Vessel and supersede all previous agreements whether oral or written between the Parties in relation thereto.

 

Each of the Parties acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement it has not relied on and shall have no right or remedy in respect of any statement, representation, assurance or warranty (whether or not made negligently) other than as is expressly set out in this Agreement.

 

Any terms implied into this Agreement by any applicable statute or law are hereby excluded to the extent that such exclusion can legally be made. Nothing in this Clause shall limit or exclude any liability for fraud.

 

19. Confidentiality

This Agreement shall be kept strictly private and confidential among the Parties, provided however that the Parties may disclose as much as may be necessary of the terms of this Agreement:

 

(a) in case and to the extent required by law or requested by court or by the Sellers creditors in connection with the Sellers insolvency proceedings;

(b) to auditors, third party managers, external counsel or accountants;

(c) to their owners, affiliates or subsidiaries; or

(d) in connection with my financing of the Vessel;

 

provided that the recipients of confidential information under (b), (c) and (d) above agree or are required to keep the terms of this Agreement confidential in accordance with the terms of this clause, except as may be required by any applicable statute or US stocklisting rules, However Should, despite the efforts of all parties involved, details of this Agreement become public in the market, neither the Sellers nor the Buyers have the right to withdraw from the sale or fail to fulfill their obligations under this Agreement.

 

20. Sellers’ Documents

 

In exchange for payment of the Purchase Price the Sellers shall deliver to Buyers the following documents:

 

a) Original Power of Attorney of the Sellers, notarially attested and apostilled, appointing the Sellers’ attorney(s) to execute the Bill of Sale, the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance, the Joint Release Letter for the deposit and any other documents required for the sale and delivery of the Vessel to the Buyers and generally to act on behalf of the Sellers in connection with the sale and delivery of the Vessel to the Buyers, signed by the Sellers, with a confirmation from the Notary Public that the Sellers are registered in the commercial register and attaching a certified true copy of the court order regarding the opening of the insolvency proceedings and an English certified translation thereof, and the Notary Public to confirm the identity of the individual acting on behalf of the Sellers and his or her capacity to sign the Power of Attorney on behalf of the Sellers.

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the per-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

10  

 

   

b) Three (3) Originals of a Bill of Sale in British 10A form (In the English language), notarially attested and apostilled, transferring full title and interest in the Vessel and in her boats and appurtenances from the Sellers to the Buyers, warranting that the Vessel is free from registered encumbrances and registered mortgages duly signed by the Sellers, with a confirmation from the Notary Public that the Sellers are registered in the commercial register and attaching a certified true copy of the court order regarding the opening of the insolvency proceedings and an English certified translation thereof, and the Notary Public to confirm the identity of the individual acting on behalf of the Sellers and his or her capacity to sign the Power of Attorney on behalf of the Sellers.

 

c) Three (3) Originals of the Commercial Invoice dated the delivery date stating the full particulars of the Vessel and the Purchase Price of the Vessel signed and stamped by the Sellers.

 

d) Three (3) Originals of the Commercial invoice dated the delivery date for unused and unbroached lubricating and hydraulic oils, together with the supporting invoices/vouchers signed and stamped by the Sellers

 

e) Original Certificate of Ownership and Encumbrances from the Vessel’s German Registry dated not earlier than three (3) Banking Days of the date of delivery certifying the Sellers to be the present owners of the Vessel and evidencing current mortgage(s) in favor of Sellers’ Bank but showing that the Vessel is otherwise free from recorded mortgages and recorded encumbrances.

 

f) (subject to Clause 22 below) Fax or pdf copy of Certificate of Ownership and Freedom from Encumbrances from the Vessel’s German Registry dated the date of delivery certifying the Sellers to be the present owners of the Vessel and evidencing the freedom from registered mortgage(s) and encumbrances, together with Sellers’ original written undertaking to furnish to the Buyers the original Certificate of Ownership and Freedom from Encumbrances issued by the German Registry promptly and latest within seven (7) Banking Days after the Vessel has been delivered and the Purchase Price has been paid in full.

 

g) Sellers’ original written undertaking to effect deletion from the German Registry on the date of delivery of the Vessel and to furnish to the Buyers with a copy thereof on the delivery date and with the original Deletion Certificate issued by the German Registry (dated the date of delivery) promptly and latest within seven (7) Banking Days after the delivery date.

 

h) Original Sellers’ Letter of Undertaking stating that they will provide the Vessel’s new flag administrator with the original closed CSR from the Bareboat Registry and the German Flag Authorities within thirty (30) running days from the delivery of the Vessel to the Buyers and a closed CSR from the Vessel’s Registry to be issued and delivered to the Vessel’s new flag administrator within thirty (30) running days after the delivery of the Vessel.

 

i) (jointly with Buyers) Original Joint Release letter for the Deposit (in three originals).

 

j) (jointly with Buyers) Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance (in four originals, two for each of the Sellers and the Buyers).

 

k) Original Class Maintenance Certificate or Declaration of Class (depending on the Classification Society) dated not earlier than two (2) Banking Days from the date of delivery certifying that the Vessel’s class is maintained without condition in accordance with Clause 11 of this Agreement.

 

l) Vessel’s present Class Statement/Affidavit stating: i) the Vessel’s certificates and their status (i.e. validity and expiration date), ii) any class items and conditions whether outstanding or not iii) the current survey status setting forth any overdue surveys and iv) an indication of any reasons (or, as the case may be, the absence thereof), to the extent known by the Classification Society, why the Vessel is presently not fit to proceed to sea prior to the completion of any outstanding matters noted on the Vessel’s class records, dated no more than ten (10) running days prior to delivery date of the Vessel with a copy of the Vessel’s Class Certificate attached. One copy of the same to be sent ten (10) running days prior to the delivery of the Vessel to the Vessel’s new flag administrator.

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the per-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

11  

 

 

m) (subject to Clause 22 below) Fax or pdf copy of Certificate of Freedom from Encumbrances from the Bareboat Registry dated the date of delivery evidencing the freedom from mortgage(s) and other encumbrances, together with Sellers’ original written undertaking to furnish to the Buyers the original Certificate of Freedom from Encumbrances issued by the Bareboat Registry promptly and latest within seven (7) Banking Days after the Vessel has been delivered and the purchase Price has been paid in full.

 

n) (subject to Clause 22 below) Fax or pdf copy of the Deletion Certificate issued by the Bareboat Registry dated the date of delivery and Sellers original written undertaking to furnish to the Buyers the original Deletion Certificate Issued by the Bareboat Registry promptly and latest within seven (7) Banking Days after the Purchase Price has been paid in full.

 

o) Sellers’ original written undertaking to the Buyers to deposit the Security Amount provided in Clause 9 of this Agreement with Dr. Jan-Thomas Oskierski, Neuer Wall 41, 20354 Hamburg, Germany (the “Escrow Agent”) who have been agreed between the parties that it will be the Deposit Holder, on the date of delivery.

 

p) Sellers’ original confirmation that to the best of Sellers knowledge the Vessel as of the delivery date (i) has not suffered any grounding or touched bottom since the Buyers divers inspection and (ii) is not blacklisted by any nation or international organization.

 

q) Original confirmation from the Vessel’s current managers that all crew wages due until and including the date of delivery have been fully paid.

 

r) A copy of Sellers’ letter to their satellite communication provider cancelling the Vessel’s communications contract which is to be sent immediately after delivery of the Vessel.

 

s) An original letter of confirmation From the Sellers addressed to the Buyers confirming that to the best of their knowledge the Vessel has not traded with or called in Israel, Cuba, Iran, Syria, North Korea.

 

t) One original letter from the Sellers confirming that any outstanding radio accounts shall be settled by the Sellers as soon as practically possible after the Vessel’s delivery with no liability regarding the same to be incurred against the Buyers.

 

u) Any such additional documents as may reasonably be required by the Buyers’ nominated flag state for the purpose of registering the Vessel, provided that the Buyers notify the Sellers of any such document as soon as practically possible after the date of this Agreement.

 

21. Buyers’ Documents

 

At the time of delivery the Buyers shall deliver to the Sellers the following documents:

 

a) Original Certificates of Incumbency of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. (Seanergy) and of Seanergy’s guaranteed nominee (the Buyers’ Nominee) dated not older than thirty (30) days prior to delivery confirming the names of Seanergys and the Buyers’ Nominee’s directors respectively, duly legalized by Apostille by the Special Agent of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or the Special Agent of the Liberia Maritime Authority, as applicable.

 

b) Original Certificates of Good Standing of Seanergy and of Buyers’ Nominee dated not older than thirty (30) days prior to delivery, duly legalized by Apostille by the Special Agent of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or the ‘Special Agent of the Liberia Maritime Authority, as applicable.

 

c) Original Resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Buyers’ Nominee, signed by all Directors, duly certified and legalised by Apostille by the Special Agent of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or the Special Agent of the Liberia Maritime Authority, as applicable, resolving (i) to purchase the Vessel from the Sellers for the Purchase Price, (ii) the ratification of this Agreement signed and the execution of any addenda thereto, the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance and any and all other documents connected with the purchase of the Vessel, and (iii) the execution of the Power of Attorney, by a Director, empowering certain individuals to act in the Buyers’ Nominee’s name, place and stead.

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the per-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

12  

 

 

d) Certified copy of the Resolutions of the Board of Directors of Seanergy approving this Agreement and the nomination of the Buyers’ Nominee.

 

e) Two Original Powers of Attorney, signed by a Director of each of Seanergy and the Buyers’ Nominee issued in accordance with the resolutions as per c) and d) above respectively, duly certified and legalised by Apostille by the Special Agent of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or the Special Agent of the Liberia Maritime Authority, as applicable, empowering the Attorneys-in-Fact to execute and deliver all documents relevant to the purchase of the Vessel, including but not limited to, this Agreement and any addenda thereto, the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance, to represent before any bank or Deposit Holder and to pay / release the Purchase Price and the Deposit. The Special Agent to confirm the identity of the person(s) signing the power of Attorney.

 

f) (Jointly with Sellers) Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance (in four originals).

22. Closing Procedure

With respect to the closing procedure, the following procedure is agreed:

a) One (1) Banking Day prior to the closing Buyers / Buyers Bank shall remit the balance of the Purchase Price plus sufficient funds for lubeoils and other monies payable pursuant to Clause 7 of this Agreement (together the Other Funds) to Sellers Bank, such funds to be held by Sellers Bank in trust / suspense for the Buyers / Buyers’ Bank and for credit to the Sellers upon presentation of a Release Letter duly signed by the Buyers. Any balance is to be returned to the Buyers / Buyers’ Bank.

 

b) At the beginning of the closing the Deposit Holder and Sellers’ Bank will confirm to the parties that the funds are available and may be paid out to the Sellers upon receipt of a Joint Release Letter (in respect of the Deposit) and the Release Letter (in respect of the Other Funds). Further the Deposit Holder and Sellers’ Bank shall check Sellers and Buyers / Buyers’ Bank’s representatives identity and confirm that they have sufficient authority to release the Deposit and the Other Funds. For this purpose, Buyers / Buyers’ Bank and Sellers representatives to present original passport or identity card if and as required by the Deposit Holder and/or Sellers’ Bank.

 

c) Sellers will table all closing documents except for the Certificate of Ownership and Freedom of Encumbrances and except for the Deletion Certificate from the Bareboat Registry.

 

d) Buyers will table their closing documents except for the Joint Release Letter and the Release Letter.

 

e) (If required) Buyers and/or Sellers to check with the Vessel and any third parties not present at the closing that they are ready to proceed with the delivery of the Vessel. Sellers to check with the German Registry that (i) the recorded mortgage(s) will be deleted and the certificate of freedom from encumbrances issued immediately after the mortgagee(s) give instructions, (ii) the Vessel will be deleted immediately after submission of the signed protocol of delivery and acceptance, and (iii) that the relevant certificates will be provided by fax or email to the closing meeting.

 

f) The mortgagee(s) to confirm that they are ready to discharge the mortgage(s).

 

g) The Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance and the Release Letters will be signed (but the time will be left open in the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance) and they will remain tabled until the copy of the Certificate of Ownership and Freedom from Encumbrances from the German Register is tabled.

 

h) As soon as a copy of the Certificate of Freedom from Encumbrances from the German Registry is received in the closing meeting and has been tabled, the time will be entered in the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance to effect delivery and the closing documents are thereby released, including the Joint Release Letter to the Deposit Holder and Release Instructions to the Sellers Bank for the release of the balance of the funds due upon delivery. Sellers will send the dated and timed Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance to the German Registry to obtain a deletion certificate in respect of the Vessel.

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the per-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

13  

 

 

i) As soon as copies of (i) the Deletion Certificate from the German Ship Registry and (ii) the Deletion Certificate from the Bareboat Registry are received on the date of delivery, copies thereof shall be provided by email to the Buyers.

 

j) On the date of delivery the Sellers will deposit in the Security Amount provided in Clause 9 of this Agreement to the Deposit Holder who shall also be acting as the escrow agent with respect to the Security Amount in accordance with the provisions of an escrow account agreement to be entered into between the Deposit Holder, the Sellers and the Buyers with respect to the Deposit and the Security Amount.

 

23. Subject

 

This Agreement is entered into subject to the following:

 

This Agreement is subject to Sellers, management approval to be declared latest three (3) working days after this Agreement has been signed by the Parties and exchanged in original or by e-mail or telefax.

 

Lifting of Sellers’ subject to be declared in writing to the Buyers.

 

It is agreed that the execution of this Agreement by the Sellers, including by their managing directors, shall not constitute such approval and lifting of this subject.

 

Should this subject not be lifted within the time limit referred to herein, this Agreement shall be null and void without either party having any claim against the other.

 

/s/ Sven Lundehn   /s/ Stamatios Tsantanis
For and on behalf of the Sellers   For and on behalf of the Buyers
Name: Sven Lundehn   Name: Stamatios Tsantanis
Title: Managing Director   Title: CEO / Director

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the per-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

14  

 

Exhibit 10.51

     
Copyright: Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association, Oslo.    
Published by Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association, Oslo and BIMCO, Copenhagen Printed by BIMCO’s idea Explanatory Notes for SALEFORM 2012 are available form BIMCO at www.bimco.org

 

MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT

  Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association’s
  Memorandum of Agreement  for sale and
  purchase of ships. Adopted by BIMCO in 1956 .
  Code-name
  SALEFORM 2012
  Revised 1966, 1983 and 1986/87, 1993 and 2012

 

Dated 26 September 2016

 

E.A.D.M. Schiffahrt GmbH & Co. KG, of Herdentorswallstraße 93, 28195 Bremen, Germany (Name of sellers), hereinafter called the “Sellers”, have agreed to sell, and Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. of Marshall Islands or its guaranteed nominee (to be a Marshall Islands or Liberian company) (Name of buyers), hereinafter called the “Buyers”, have agreed to buy:

Name of vessel:- E.R. BAYERN

 

IMO Number: 9507893

 

Classification Society: DNV.GL

 

Class Notation: +1A1, Bulk Carrier ESP, ES(S),CSR, BC-A (Hold 2,4,6 &8 may be empty), GRAB (30), E0, BIS, TMON, HMON (C1, G4, A1), BWM-E(s), COAT-PSPC(B)

Year of Build: 2010 Builder/Yard: Hyundai Heavy Industries  
     
Flag: Luxembourg Place of Registration: Hamburg, Germany GT/NT: 93.186/59.500

 

hereinafter called the “Vessel”, on the following terms and conditions:

 

Definitions

“Banking Days” are days on which banks are open both in the country of the currency stipulated for the Purchase Price in Clause 1 (Purchase Price) and in the place of closing stipulated in Clause 8 (Documentation) and Greece and Buyers’ Flag State (add additional jurisdictions as appropriate).

 

“Buyers’ Nominated Flag State” means Liberia or Marshall Islands, to be declared latest with receipt of first delivery notice (state flag state).

“Class” means the class notation referred to above.

 

“Classification Society” means the Society referred to above.

 

“Deposit” shall have the meaning given in Clause 2 (Deposit)

 

“Deposit Holder” means Dr Jan-Thomas Oskierski, Notariat Neuer Wall 41, Neuer Wall 41, 20354 Hamburg (state name and location of Deposit Holder) or, if left blank, the Sellers’ Bank, which shall hold and release the Deposit in accordance with this Agreement.

 

“German Registry” means the ships registry of Hamburg, Germany.

 

“In writing” or “written” means a letter handed over from the Sellers to the Buyers or vice versa, a registered letter, e-mail or telefax.

 

“Parties” means the Sellers and the Buyers.

 

“Purchase Price” means the price for the Vessel as stated in Clause 1 (Purchase Price).

 

“Sellers’ Account” means an account to be advised by the Sellers (state details of bank account) at the Sellers’ Bank.

“Sellers’ Bank” means HSH Nordbank AG, Hamburg (state name of bank, branch and details) or, if left blank, the bank notified by the Sellers to the Buyers for receipt of the balance of the Purchase Price.

   
1. Purchase Price
  The Purchase Price is USD 20,750,000 (United States Dollars twenty million seven hundred fifty thousand) (state currency and amount both in words and figures).
   
2. Deposit
  As security for the correct fulfilment of this Agreement the Buyers shall lodge a deposit of 10% (ten per cent) or, if left blank, 10% ( ten per cent), of the Purchase Price (the “Deposit”) in an interest bearing account for the Parties with the Deposit Holder within three (3) Banking Days after the date that:

 

(i) this Agreement has been signed by the Parties and exchanged in original or by e-mail or telefax; and

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

 

  (ii) the Deposit Holder has confirmed in writing to the Parties that the account has been opened.
     
  (iii) the Subject in Clause 23 of this Agreement has been lifted.
     
  The Buyers shall provide the Deposit Holder as soon as possible, but in any event within five (5) working days after this Agreement has been signed and exchanged by the Parties, with all necessary documents (“Buyers AML Documents”) required by the Deposit Holder to open and maintain the Deposit Account and to enable the Deposit Holder to carry out the anti money laundering check, including but not limited to (i) the original of the signed Trust Instructions, (ii) written evidence about the identity of the majority shareholder and (iii) Certificate of Incorporation and/or Goodstanding Certificate of Buyers. In case the Deposit Holder does not receive the Buyers AML Documents within the said five (5) working day period Sellers rights under Clause 13 of this Agreement shall apply.
   
  The Buyers shall provide Sellers Bank as soon as possible, but in any event within five (5) working days after this Agreement has been signed and exchanged by the Parties with all necessary documentation (“Sellers Bank Required AML Documents”) required by Sellers Bank to comply with all regulatory requirements regarding anti money laundering and know your customer requirements. In case Sellers Bank does not receive the Sellers Bank Required AML Documents within the said five (5) working day period, Sellers shall have the right to cancel this Agreement by written notice to the Buyers and Clause 13 of this Agreement shall apply.
   
  The Deposit shall be released in accordance with joint written instructions of the Parties. Interest, if any, shall be credited to the Buyers. Any fee charged for holding and releasing the Deposit shall be borne equally by the Parties. The Parties shall provide to the Deposit Holder all necessary documentation to open and maintain the account without delay.
   
3. Payment
  On delivery of the Vessel, but not later than three (3) Banking Days after the date that Notice of Readiness has been given in accordance with Clause 5 (Time and place of delivery and notices):
   
  (i) the Deposit shall be released to the Sellers; and
     
  (ii) the balance of the Purchase Price and all other sums payable on delivery by the Buyers to the Sellers under this Agreement shall be paid in full free of bank charges to the Sellers’ Account.
     
4. Inspection
  (a) * The Buyers have inspected and accepted the Vessel’s classification records. The Buyers have also inspected the Vessel at/in (state place) on (state date) and have accepted the Vessel following this inspection. The Buyers have waived their right to inspect the Vessel and the accepted the Vessel without inspection and the sale is outright and definite, subject only to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
   
  (b) * The Buyers shall have the right to inspect the Vessels classification records and declare whether same are accepted or not within (State date/period).
     
  The Sellers shall make the Vessel available for inspection at/in (state place/range) within (state date/period) .
   
  The Buyers shall undertake the inspection without undue delay to the Vessel. Should the Buyers cause undue delay they shall compensate the Sellers for the losses thereby incurred.
   
  The Buyers shall inspect the Vessel without opening up and without cost to the Sellers.
   
  During the inspection, the Vessel’s dock and engine log books shall be made available for examination by the Buyers.
   
  The Sale shall become outright and definite, subject only to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that the Sellers receive written notice of acceptance of the Vessel from the Buyers within seventy two (72) hours after completion of such inspection or after the date/last day of the period stated in Line 59 , whichever is earlier.

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

2  

 

 

Should the Buyers fail to undertake the inspection as scheduled and/or notice of acceptance of the Vessel’s classification records and/or of the Vessel not be received by the Sellers as aforesaid, the Deposit together with interest earned, if any, shall be released immediately to the Buyers, whereafter this Agreement shall be null and void.

 

 

* 4(a) and 4(b) are alternatives; delete whichever is not applicable. In the absence of deletions, alternative 4(a) shall apply.

 

5. Time and place of delivery and notices

(a)  The Vessel shall be delivered and taken over safely afloat at a safe and accessible berth or anchorage at/in within the trading area of the Vessel ( state place/range) in the Sellers’ option.

 

Notice of Readiness shall not be tendered before: 10 November 2016 ( date )

 

Cancelling Date (see Clauses 5(c),   6 (a)(i) , 6 (a) (iii) and 14 ): 6 January 2017 23:59 Hamburg time

 

(b)  The Sellers shall keep the Buyers well informed of the Vessel’s itinerary and shall provide the Buyers with twenty (20), fifteen (15), ten (10), five (5) and three (3) days’ notice of the date the Sellers intend to tender Notice of Readiness and of the intended place of delivery.

 

When the Vessel is at the place of delivery and physically ready for delivery in accordance with this Agreement, the Sellers shall give the Buyers a written Notice of Readiness for delivery.

 

(c)   If the Sellers anticipate that, notwithstanding the exercise of due diligence by them, the Vessel will not be ready for delivery by the Cancelling Date they may notify the Buyers in writing stating the date when they anticipate that the Vessel will be ready for delivery and proposing a new Cancelling Date. Upon receipt of such notification the Buyers shall have the option of either cancelling this Agreement in accordance with Clause 14 (Sellers’ Default) within three (3) Banking Days of receipt of the notice or of accepting the new date as the new Cancelling Date. If the Buyers have not declared their option within three (3) Banking Days of receipt of the Sellers’ notification or if the Buyers accept the new date, the date proposed in the Sellers’ notification shall be deemed to be the new Cancelling Date and shall be substituted for the Cancelling Date stipulated in line 79 .

 

If this Agreement is maintained with the new Cancelling Date all other terms and conditions hereof including those contained in Clauses 5(b) and 5(d) shall remain unaltered and in full force and effect.

 

(d)  Cancellation, failure to cancel or acceptance of the new Cancelling Date shall be entirely without prejudice to any claim for damages the Buyers may have under Clause 14 (Sellers’ Default) for the Vessel not being ready by the original Cancelling Date.

 

(e)  Should the Vessel become an actual, constructive or compromised total loss before delivery the Deposit together with interest earned, if any, shall be released immediately to the Buyers whereafter this Agreement shall be null and void without either party having a claim against the other, howsoever caused including negligence, under or in connection with this Agreement. 

6. Divers Inspection / Drydocking

(a)*  

(i) The Buyers shall have the option at their cost and expense to arrange for an underwater inspection by a diver approved by the Classification Society prior to the delivery of the Vessel. Such option shall be declared latest nine (9) days prior to the Vessel’s intended date of readiness for delivery as notified by the Sellers pursuant to Clause 5(b) of this Agreement. The Sellers shall at their cost and expense make the Vessel available for such inspection. This inspection shall be carried out without undue delay and in the presence of a Classification Society surveyor arranged for by the Sellers and paid for by the Buyers. The Buyers’ representative(s) shall have the right to be present at the diver’s inspection as observer(s) only without interfering with the work or decisions of the Classification Society surveyor. The extent of the inspection and the conditions under which it is performed shall be to the satisfaction of the Classification Society. If the conditions at the place of delivery are unsuitable for such inspection, the Sellers shall at their cost and expense make the Vessel available at a suitable alternative place near to the delivery port, in which event the Cancelling Date shall be extended by the additional time required for such positioning and the subsequent re-positioning. The Sellers may not tender Notice of Readiness prior to completion of the underwater inspection.

 

(ii) If the rudder, propeller, bottom or other underwater parts below the deepest load line are found broken, damaged or defective so as to affect the Vessel’s class Class to impose a condition of class, then (1) unless repairs can be carried out afloat to the satisfaction of the classification society the Sellers shall arrange for the vessel to be drydocked at their expense for inspection by the classification society of the vessel’s under water parts below the deepest load line, the extent of the inspection being in accordance with the Classification Society’s rules (2) such defects shall be made good by the Sellers at their cost and expense to the satisfaction of the Classification society without condition/recommendation** and (3) the Sellers shall pay for the underwater inspection and the Classification Society’s attendance.

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

3  

 

  

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Classification Society do not require the aforementioned defects to be rectified before the next class drydocking survey, the Sellers shall be entitled to deliver the Vessel with these defects against a deduction from the Purchase Price of the estimated direct cost (of labour and materials, excluding any general services and dry-docking costs and excluding any loss of time or loss of use) of carrying out the repairs to the satisfaction of the Classification Society, whereafter the Buyers shall have no further rights whatsoever in respect of the defects and/or repairs. The estimated direct cost of the repairs shall be the average of quotes for the repair work obtained from two reputable independent shipyards at or in the vicinity of the port of delivery located in P.R. China, one to be obtained by each of the Parties within two (2) Banking Days from the date of the imposition of the condition/ recommendation , unless the Parties agree otherwise, whereby the said quotes shall be comparable with regard to scope and details of the repairs quoted for. Should either of the Parties fail to obtain such a quote within the stipulated time then the quote duly obtained by the other Party shall be the sole basis for the estimate of the direct repair costs. The Sellers may not tender Notice of Readiness prior to such estimate having been established, provided that neither party shall be entitled to withhold or delay the performance of its obligations to establish the average estimated direct costs of repairs payable to the Buyers as aforesaid. In such event, the Cancelling Date shall be extended by the additional time required for obtaining the quotes for the repair works. This extension not to exceed two (2) Banking Days.

 

(iii) If the Vessel is to be drydocked pursuant to Clause 6(a)(ii) and no suitable dry docking facilities are available at the port of delivery, the Sellers shall take the Vessel to a poet where suitable drydocking facilities are available, whether within or outside the delivery range as per Clause 5(a) . Once drydocking has taken place the Sellers shall deliver the Vessel at a port within the delivery range as per Clause 5(a) which shall, for the purpose of this Clause, become the new port of delivery. In such event the Cancelling Date shall be extended by the additional time required for the drydocking and extra steaming, but limited to a maximum of fourteen (14) days.

 

(iii)  In case the costs and expenses payable by Sellers for making good any such defects as per Clause 6 (a) (ii) should be estimated to exceed the amount of USD 200,000.00 (United States Dollars two hundred thousand), the Buyers have the option to take delivery of the Vessel to them with the defect and a condition of class imposed, against a deduction in the Purchase Price of not more than USD 200,000.00 (United States Dollars two hundred thousand) in full and final settlement of all their claims in respect of the defect under this Agreement, and Clause 11 will be read and construed accordingly, otherwise the Buyers have the right to cancel this Agreement. If the Buyers have not excercised this option within five (5) Banking Days of both Parties having received the relevant quotes for the repair works, the Sellers may cancel this Agreement. If the Buyers or the Sellers cancel this Agreement as aforesaid, the Deposit together with the interest, if any, shall be released to the Buyers forthwith, whereafter neither party shall have any claim against the other, howsoever caused including negligence, under or in connection with this Agreement,

 

(b) * The Sellers shall place the Vessel in drydock at the port of delivery for inspection by the Classification Society of the Vessel’s underwater parts below the deepest load line, the extent of the inspection being in accordance with the Classification Society’s rules. If the rudder, propeller, bottom or other underwater parts below the deepest load line are found broken, damaged or defective so as to affect the Vessel’s class, such defects shall be made good at the Sellers’ cost and expense to the satisfaction of the Classification Society without condition/recommendation ** . In such event the Sellers are also to pay for the costs and expenses in connection with putting the Vessel in and taking her out of drydcok, including the drydock dues and the Classification Society’s fees. The Sellers shall also pay for these costs and expenses if parts of the tailshalf system are condemned or found defective or broken so as to affect the Vessel’s class. In all other cases, the Buyers shall pay the aforesaid costs and expenses, dues and fees.

  

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

4  

 

 

(c) If the Vessel is drydocked pursuant to Clause 6 (a)(ii) or 6 (b) above:

 

(i) The Classification Society may require survey of the tailshaft system, the extent of the survey being to the satisfaction of the Classification surveyor. If such survey is not required by the Classification Society, the Buyers shall have the option to require the tailshaft to be drawn and surveyed by the Classification Society, the extent of the survey being in accordance with the Classification Society’s rules for tailshaft survey and consistent with the current stage of the Vessel’s survey cycle. The Buyers shall declare whether they require the tailshaft to be drawn and surveyed not later than by the completion of the inspection by the Classification Society. The drawing and refitting of the tailshaft shall be arranged by the Sellers. Should any part of the tailshaft system be condemned or found defective so as to affect the Vessel’s class, these parts shall be renewed or made good at the sellers’ cost and expense to the satisfaction of Classification Society without condition/recommendation**.

 

(ii) The costs and expenses relating to the survey of the tailshaft system shall be borne by the Buyers unless the Classification Society requires such survey to be carried out or if parts of the system are condemned or found defective or broken so as to affect the Vessel’s class, in which case the Sellers shall pay these costs and expenses.

 

(iii) The Buyers’ representative(s) shall have the right to be present in the drydock, as observe(s) only without interfering with the work or decisions of the Classification Society surveyor.

 

(iv) The Buyers shall have the right to have the underwater parts of the Vessel cleaned and painted at their risk, cost and expense without interfering with the Seller’s or the Classification Society surveyor’s work, if any, and without affecting the Vessel’s timely delivery. If, however, the Buyers’ work in drydock is still in progress when the Sellers have completed the work which the Sellers are required to do, the additional docking time needed to complete the Buyers’ work shall be for the Buyers’ risk, cost and expense. In the event that the Buyers’ work required such additional time, the Sellers may upon completion of the Sellers’ work tender Notice of Readiness for delivery whilst the Vessel is still in drydock and, notwithstanding Clause 5(a) , the Buyers shall be obliged to take delivery in accordance with Clause 3 (Payment), whether the Vessel is in drydock or not.

 

 

* 6(a) and 6 (b) are alternatives; delete whichever is not applicable. In the absence of deletions, alternative 6 (a) shall apply.

 

**Notes or memoranda, if any, in the surveyor’s report which are accepted by the Classification Society without condition/recommendation are not to be taken into account.

 

7. Spares, bunkers and other items

The Sellers shall deliver the Vessel to the Buyers with everything belonging to her on board and on shore . All spare parts and spare equipment including spare tail-end shaft(s) and/or spare propeller(s)/propeller blade(s), if any, belonging to the Vessel at the time of inspection used or unused , whether on board or not shall become the Buyers’ property, but spares on order are excluded. Forwarding charges, if any, shall be for the Buyers’ account. The Sellers are not required to replace spare parts including spare tail-end shaft(s) and spare propeller(s)/propeller blade(s) which are taken out of spare and used as replacement prior to delivery, but the replaced items shall be the property of the Buyers. Unused stores and provisions shall be included in the sale and be taken over by the Buyers without extra payment.

 

Library and forms exclusively for use in the Sellers’ vessel(s) and captain’s, officers’ and crew’s personal belongings including the slop chest are excluded from the sale without compensation, as well as the following additional items:

 

-Deck logbooks, engine logbooks and oil record books (Buyers can take copies of same) 

-Certificates that Sellers have to return to the authorities (Buyers can take copies of same) 

-All Sellers company manuals and instruction books 

-Videotal training software 

-Ships cash boxes

-Ship mobile phone 

-Wheather observation instruments from Deutsche Wetter Dienst

-Iridium satellite phone, medical kit and security kit from citadel

 

Note: Harddisks on network server/ship computers are included in the sale, however the software and data on this hardware as well as all licences are excluded and will be removed/deleted. (include list)

  

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

5  

 

 

Items on board which are on hire or owned by third parties, listed as follows, are excluded from the sale without compensation:

 

- Acetylene, oxigen and Freon gas bottles rented from Drew Marine

-Liferafts rented from Wilhelmsen ( include list )

 

Items on board at the time of inspection which are on hire or owned by third parties, not listed above, shall be replaced or procured by the Sellers prior to delivery at their cost and expense.

 

The Buyers shall take over remaining bunkers and unused unbroached lubricating and hydraulic oils and greases in storage tanks and unopened sealed drums and pay either:

 

(a) *the actual net price (excluding barging expenses) as evidenced by invoices or vouchers; or

 

(b) *the current net market price (excluding barging expenses) at the port and date of delivery of the Vessel or, if unavailable, at the nearest bunkering port, for the quantities taken over.

 

Exact quantities of bunkers and unused unbroached lubricating and hydraulic oils in storage tanks shall be measured and agreed by Buyers’ and Sellers’ representatives on board at joint survey shortly before delivery. In case of any dispute(s) the Buyers and the Sellers are to apppoint an independent surveyor to measure the quantity at the time of delivery, whose decision shall be final. The surveyor’s fees are to be borne equally by the Sellers and the Buyers.

 

Payment under this Clause shall be made at the same time and place and in the same currency as the Purchase Price.

 

“inspection” in this Clause 7 , shall mean the Buyers’ inspection according to Clause 4(a) or 4(b) (Inspection), if applicable. If the Vessel is taken over without inspection, the date of this Agreement shall be the relevant date.

 

 

*(a) and (b) are alternatives, delete whichever is not applicable. In the absence of deletions alternative (a) shall apply.

 

8. Documentation

The place of closing: Hamburg, Germany

 

(a) In exchange for payment of the Purchase Price and as described in more detail in Clause 22 the Sellers shall provide the Buyers with the following delivery documents listed in Clause 20:

 

(i) Legal Bill(s) of Sale in a form recordable in the Buyers’ Nominated Flag State, transferring title of the Vessel and stating that the Vessel is free from all mortgages, encumbrances and maritime liens or any other debts whatsoever, duly notarially attested and legalised or apostilled, as required by the Buyers’ Nominated Flag State;

 

(ii) Evidence that all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action has been taken by the Sellers to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

 

(iii) Power of Attorney of the Sellers appointing one or more representatives to act on behalf of the Sellers in the performance of this Agreement, duly notarially attested and legalised or apostilled (as appropriate);

 

(iv) Certificate or Transcript of Registry issued by the competent authorities of the flag state on the date of delivery evidencing the Sellers’ ownership of the Vessel and that the Vessel is free from registered encumbrances and mortgages, to be faxed or e-mailed by such authority to the closing meeting with the original to be sent to the Buyers as soon as possible after delivery of the Vessel;

 

(v) Declaration of Class or (depending on the Classification Society) a Class Maintenance Certificate issued within three (3) Banking Days prior to delivery confirming that the Vessel is in Class free of condition/recommendation;

 

(vi) Certificate of Deletion of the Vessel from the Vessel’s registry or other official evidence of deletion appropriate to the Vessel’s registry at the time of delivery, or, in the event that the registry does not as a matter of practice issue such documentation immediately a written undertaking by the Sellers to effect deletion from the Vessel’s registry forthwith and provide a certificate or other official evidence of deletion to the Buyers promptly and latest within four (4) weeks after the Purchase Price has been paid and the Vessel has been delivered;

  

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

6  

 

 

(vii) A copy of the Vessel’s Continuous Synopsis Record certifying the date on which the Vessel ceased to be registered with the Vessel’s registry, or, in the event that the registry does not as a matter of practice issue such certificate immediately, a written undertaking from the Sellers to provide the copy of this certificate promptly upon it being issued together with evidence of submission by the Sellers of a duly executed From 2 stating the date on which the Vessel shall cease to be registered with the Vessel’s registry;

 

(viii) Commercial Invoice for the Vessel;

 

(ix) Commercial Invioce(s) for bunkers, lubricating and hydraulic oils and greases;

 

(x) A copy of the Sellers’ letter to their satellite communication provider cancelling the Vessel’s communication contract which is to be sent immediately after delivery of the Vessel;

 

(xi) Any additional documents as may reasonably be required by the competent authorities of the Buyers’ Nominated Flag State for the purpose of registering the Vessel, provided the Buyers notify the Sellers of any such documents as soon as possible after the date of this Agreement; and

 

(xii) The Sellers’ letter of confirmation that to the best of their knowledge, the Vessel is not black listed by any nation or international organisation.

 

(b) At the time delivery the Buyers shall provide the Sellers with the delivery documents listed in Clause 21:

 

(i) Evidence that all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action has been taken by the Buyers to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement; and

 

(ii) Power of Attorney of the Buyers appointing one or more representatives to act on behalf of the Buyers in the performance of this Agreement, duly notarially attested and legalised or apostilled (as appropriate) .

 

(c) If any of the documents listed in Sub clauses (a) and (b) above Clauses 20 and 21 respectively are not in the English language they shall be accompanied by an English translation by an authorised translator or certified by a lawyer qualified to practice in the country of the translated language.

 

(d) The Parties shall to the extent possible exchange copies, drafts or samples of the documents listed in Sub-clause (a) and Sub-clause (b) above for review and comment by the other party not later than 10 (state number of days) , or if left blank, nine (9) days prior to the Vessel’s intended date of readiness for delivery as notified by the Sellers pursuant to Clause 5(b) of this Agreement.

 

(e) Concurrent with the exchange of documents in Sub-clause (a) and Sub-clause (b) above, the Sellers shall also hand to the Buyers the classification certificate(s) as well as all plans, drawings and manuals, (excluding ISM/ISPS manuals), which are on board the Vessel. Other certificates which are on board the Vessel shall also be handed over to the Buyers unless the Sellers are required to retain same, in which case the Buyers have the right to take copies.

 

(f) Other technical documentation which may be in the Sellers’ possession shall promptly after delivery be forwarded to the Buyers at their expense, if they so request. The Sellers may keep the Vessel’s log books but the Buyers have the right to take copies of same.

 

(g) The Parties shall sign and deliver to each other a Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance confirming the date and time of delivery of the Vessel from the Sellers to the Buyers.

 

9. Encumbrances

The Sellers warrant that the Vessel, at the time of delivery, is free from all charters, encumbrances, mortgages and maritime liens or any other debts whatsover, and is not subject to port State or other administrative detentions. The Sellers hereby undertake to indemnify the Buyers against all consequences of claims made against the Vessel which have been incurred prior to the time of delivery.

The Sellers only warrant that the Vessel, at the time of delivery, is free from all charters, registered encumbrances, and registered mortgages.

 

If, however, within four (4) months from the time of delivery of the Vessel to the Buyers, any claim is made or threatened against the Vessel which was incurred prior to the time of delivery or arose out of or with respect to events occurred prior to the time of delivery, the Sellers hereby undertake to indemnify the Buyers against all consequences of such claims up to a maximum total amount of USD 300,000.00 (in words: United States Dollars three hundred thousand). An amount of USD 300,000.00 (United States Dollars three hundred thousand) (the Security Amount) will be deposited by the Sellers in an Escrow Account in Hamburg (holder of which to be mutually agreed and the cost of which to be equally shared between Sellers and Buyers), out of the Purchase Price paid by the Buyers, as security for the Buyers in respect of such claims. 50% of (the balance of) the Security Amount on the Escrow Account shall be irrevocably released to Sellers’ nominated bank account two (2) months after the delivery the Vessel, and the remaining 50% shall be released to Sellers’ nominated bank account four (4) months after the delivery of the Vessel, The Buyers’ recourse in respect of such claims against the Vessel shall be limited to the available balance of the Security Amount in the Escrow Account. The Buyers shall have no further claim against the Sellers in this regard, howsoever caused, whether negligently or otherwise, with respect to claims made or threatened against the Vessel.

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

7  

 

 

10. Taxes, fees and expenses
  Any taxes, fees and expenses in connection with the purchase and registration in the Buyers’ Nominated Flag State shall be for the Buyers’ account, whereas similar charges in connection with the closing of the Sellers’ register shall be for the Sellers’ account.
   
11. Condition on delivery
  The Vessel with everything belonging to her shall be at the Sellers’ risk and expense until she is delivered to the Buyers, but subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement she shall be delivered and taken over as she was at the time of inspection, fair wear and tear excepted.
   
  However, the Vessel shall be delivered free of cargo and free of stowaways with her Class maintained without condition/ recommendation *, free of average damage affecting the Vessel’s class, and with her classification certificates and national certificates, as well as all other certificates the Vessel had at the time of inspection, valid and unextended without condition/ recommendation * by the Classification Society or the relevant authorities at the time of delivery.
   
  “inspection” in this Clause 11 , shall mean the Buyers’ inspection according to Clause 4(a) or 4(b) (Inspections), if applicable. If the Vessel is taken over without inspection, the date of this Agreement shall be the relevant date.

 

 

  *Notes and memoranda, if any, in the surveyor’s report which are accepted by the Classification Society without condition/recommendation are not to be taken into account.

 

12. Name/markings
  Upon delivery the Buyers undertake to change the name of the Vessel and alter funnel markings.
   
13. Buyers’ default
  Should the Deposit not be lodged in accordance with Clause 2 (Deposit), the Sellers have the right to cancel this Agreement, and they shall be entitled to claim compensation for their losses and for all expenses incurred together with interest.
   
  Should the Purchase Price not be paid in accordance with Clause 3 (Payment), the Sellers have the right to cancel this Agreement, in which case the Deposit together with interest earned, if any, shall be released to the Sellers. If the Deposit does not cover their loss, the Sellers shall be entitled to claim further compensation for their losses and for all expenses incurred together with interest.
   
14. Sellers’ default
  Should the Sellers fail to give Notice of Readiness in accordance with Clause 5(b) or fail to be ready to validly complete a legal transfer by the Cancelling Date the Buyers shall have the option of cancelling this Agreement provided always that the Sellers shall be granted (i) a maximum of three (3) Banking Days after Notice of Readiness has been tendered to make arrangements for the documentation set out in Clause 20 and (ii) the right to cancel this Agreement pursuant to Clause 6(a)(iii) as the case may be. If after Notice of Readiness has been given but before the Buyers have taken delivery, the Vessel ceases to be physically ready for delivery and is not made physically ready again by the Cancelling Date and new Notice of Readiness given, the Buyers shall retain their option to cancel. In the event that the Buyers elect to cancel this Agreement, the Deposit together with interest earned, if any, shall be released to them immediately.
   
  Should the Sellers fail to give Notice of Readiness by the Cancelling Date or fail to be ready to validly complete a legal transfer as aforesaid they shall make due compensation to the Buyers for their loss and for all expenses together with interest if their failure is due to proven negligence and whether or not the Buyers rights are limited to cancelling this Agreement and obtaining the repayment of the Deposit together with interest, if any. Any further liability of the Sellers whatsoever including the case of negligence is expressly excluded, except as provided in lines 301-305.

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

8  

 

 

15. Buyers’ representatives
  After this Agreement has been signed by the Parties and the Deposit has been lodged, the Buyers have the right to place two (2) representatives on board the Vessel at their sole risk and expense.
   
  These representatives are on board for the purpose of familiarisation and in the capacity of observers only, and they shall not interfere in any respect with the operation of the Vessel. The Buyers and the Buyers’ representatives shall sign the Sellers’ P&L Club’s standard letter of indemnity prior to their embarkation.
   
16. Law and Arbitration
  (a) * This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.
   
  The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.
   
  The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within fourteen (14) calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the fourteen (14) days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the fourteen (14) days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both Parties as if the sole arbitrator had been appointed by agreement.
   
  In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of US$100,000 the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.
   
  (b) *This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Title 9 of the United States Code and the substantive law (not including the choice of law rules) of the State of New York and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to three (3) persons at New York, one to be appointed by each of the parties hereto, and the third by the two so chosen; their decision or that of any two of them shall be final, and for the purposes of enforcing any award, judgement may be entered on an award by any court of competent jurisdiction. The proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc.
   
  In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of US$100,000 the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Shortened Arbitration Procedure of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc.
   
  (c) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of ( state place ) and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration at ( state place ), subject to the procedures applicable there.

 

 

*16(a), 16(b) and 16(c) are alternatives; delete whichever is not applicable, In the absence of deletions, alternative 16(a) shall apply.    

 

17. Notices

All notices to be provided under this Agreement shall be in writing.      

 

Contact details for recipients of notices are as follows:      

 

For the Buyers:  

16 G. Lambraki str.  

Premiera Mall 2nd floor  

16674 Glyfada, GR  

tel: +30 210 89 13 507  

fax: +30 210 96 38 404  

email: snt@seanergy.com  

Attention: Stamatios Tsantanis  

Or such other address as the Buyers may notify the Sellers.

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

9  

 

 

  For the sellers:
  Willem Dekker
  E.R. Capital Holding GmbH & Cie. KG
  Hohe Bleichen 12 | 20354 Hamburg
  Tel.: +49 (40) 3008 2507 | Fax: +49 (40) 3008 18 2507
  willem.dekker@er-capital.com
   
18. Entire Agreement
  The written terms of this Agreement comprise the entire agreement between the Buyers and the Sellers in relation to the sale and purchase of the Vessel and supersede all previous agreements whether oral or written between the Parties in relation thereto.
   
  Each of the Parties acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement it has not relied on and shall have no right or remedy in respect of any statement, representation, assurance or warranty (whether or not made negligently) other than as is expressly set out in this Agreement.
   
  Any terms implied into this Agreement by any applicable statute or law are hereby excluded to the extent that such exclusion can legally be made. Nothing in this Clause shall limit or exclude any liability for fraud.
   
  19. Confidentiality
  This Agreement shall be kept strictly private and confidential among the Parties, provided however that the Parties may disclose as much as may be necessary of the terms of this Agreement:
   
  (a) in case and to the extent required by law or requested by court or by the Sellers creditors in connection with the Seller insolvency proceedings;
  (b) to auditors, third party managers, external counsel or accountants;
  (c) to their owners, affiliates or subsidiaries; or
  (d) in connection with any financing of the Vessel;
   
  provided that the recipients of confidential information under (b), (c) and (d) above agree or are required to keep the terms of this Agreement confidential in accordance with the terms of this clause, except as may be required by any applicable statute or US stocklisting rules. However should, despite the efforts of all parties involved, details of this Agreement become public in the market, neither the Sellers nor the Buyers have the right to withdraw from the sale or fail to fulfill their obligations under this Agreement.
   
  20. Sellers’ Documents
   
  In exchange for payment of the Purchase Price the Sellers shall deliver to Buyers the following documents:
   
  a) Original Power of Attorney of the Sellers, notarially attested and apostilled, appointing the Sellers’ attorney(s) to execute the Bill of Sale, the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance, the Joint Release Letter for the deposit and any other documents required for the sale and delivery of the Vessel to the Buyers and generally to act on behalf of the Sellers in connection with the sale and delivery of the Vessel to the Buyers, signed by the Sellers, with a confirmation from the Notary Public that the Sellers are registered in the commercial register and attaching a certified true copy of the court order regarding the opening of the insolvency proceedings and an English certified translation thereof, and the Notary Public to confirm the identity of the individual acting on behalf of the Sellers and his or her capacity to sign the Power of Attorney on behalf of the Sellers.
   
  b) Three (3) Originals of a Bill of Sale in British 10A form (in the English language), notarially attested and apostilled, transferring full title and interest in the Vessel and in her boats and appurtenances from the Sellers to the Buyers, warranting that the Vessel is free from registered encumbrances and registered mortgages duly signed by the Sellers, with a confirmation from the Notary Public that the Sellers are registered in the commercial register and attaching a certified true copy of the court order regarding the opening of the insolvency proceedings and an English certified translation thereof, and the Notary Public to confirm the identity of the ; individual acting on  behalf of the Sellers and his or her capacity to sign the Power of Attorney on behalf of the Sellers.

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

10  

 

 

   
  c) Three (3) Originals of the Commercial Invoice dated the delivery date stating the full particulars of the Vessel and the Purchase Price of the Vessel signed and stamped by the Sellers.
   
  d) Three (3) Originals of the Commercial Invoice dated the delivery date for remaining bunkers and unused and unbroached lubricating and hydraulic oils, together with the supporting invoices/vouchers signed and stamped by the Sellers
   
  e) Original Certificate of Ownership and Encumbrances from the Vessel’s German Registry dated not earlier than three (3) Banking Days of the date of delivery certifying the Sellers to be the present owners of the Vessel and evidencing current mortgage(s) in favor of Sellers’ Bank but showing that the Vessel is otherwise free from recorded mortgages and recorded encumbrances.
   
  f) (subject to Clause 22 below) Fax or pdf copy of Certificate of Ownership and Freedom from Encumbrances from the Vessel’s German Registry dated the date of delivery certifying the Sellers to be the present owners of the Vessel and evidencing the freedom from registered mortgage(s) and encumbrances, together with Sellers original written undertaking to furnish to the Buyers the original Certificate of Ownership and Freedom from Encumbrances issued by the German Registry promptly and latest within seven (7) Banking Days after the Vessel has been delivered and the Purchase Price has been paid in full.
   
  g) Sellers’ original written undertaking to effect deletion from the German Registry on the date of delivery of the Vessel and to furnish to the Buyers with a copy thereof on the delivery date and with the original Deletion Certificate issued by the German Registry (dated the date of  delivery) promptly and latest within seven (7) Banking Days after the delivery date.
   
  h) Original Sellers’ Letter of Undertaking stating that they will provide the Vessel’s new flag administrator with the original closed CSR from the Bareboat Registry and the German Flag Authorities within thirty (30) running days from the delivery of the Vessel to the Buyers and a closed CSR from the Vessel’s Registry to be issued and delivered to the Vessel’s new flag administrator within thirty (30) running days after the delivery of the Vessel.
   
  i) (jointly with Buyers) Original Joint Release Letter for the Deposit (in three originals).
   
  j) (jointly with Buyers) Protocol of Deliver and Acceptance (in four originals, two for each of the Sellers and the Buyers).
   
  k) Original Class Maintenance Certificate or Declaration of Class (depending on the Classification Society) dated not earlier than two (2) Banking Days from the date of delivery certifying that the Vessel’s class is maintained without condition in accordance with Clause 11 of this Agreement.
   
  l) Vessel’s present Class Statement/Affidavit stating: i) the Vessel’s certificates and their status (i.e. validity and expiration date), ii) any class items and conditions whether outstanding or not iii) the current survey status setting forth any overdue surveys and iv) an indication of any reasons (or, as the case may be, the absence thereof), to the extent known by the Classification Society, why the Vessel is presently not fit to proceed to sea prior to the completion of any outstanding matters noted on the Vessel’s class records, dated no more than ten (10) running days prior to delivery date of the Vessel with a copy of the Vessel’s Class Certificate attached. One copy of the same to be sent ten (10) running days prior to the delivery of the Vessel to the Vessel’s new flag administrator.
   
  m) (subject to Clause 22 below) Fax or pdf copy of Certificate of Freedom from Encumbrances from the Bareboat Registry dated the date of delivery evidencing the freedom from mortgage(s) and other encumbrances, together with Sellers’ original written undertaking to furnish to the Buyers the original Certificate of Freedom from Encumbrances issued by the Bareboat Registry promptly and latest within seven (7) Banking Days after the Vessel has been delivered the Purchase Price has been paid in full.
   
  n) (subject to Clause 22 below) Fax or pdf copy of the Deletion Certificate issued by the Bareboat Registry dated the date of delivery and Sellers original written undertaking to furnish to the Buyers the original Deletion Certificate issued by the Bareboat Registry promptly and latest Within seven (7) Banking Days after the Purchase Price has been paid in full.
   
  o) Sellers’ original written undertaking to the Buyers to deposit the Security Amount provided in Clause 9 of this Agreement with Dr. Jan-Thomas Oskierski, Neuer Wall 41, 20354 Hamburg, Germany (the “Escrow   Agent”) who have been agreed between the parties that it will be the Deposit Holder, on the date of delivery.

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

11  

 

   

p) Sellers’ original confirmation that to the best of Sellers’ knowledge the Vessel as of the delivery date (i) has not suffered any grounding or touched bottom since the Buyers’ divers inspection and (ii) is not blacklisted by any nation or international organization.

 

q) Original confirmation from the Vessel’s current managers that all crew wages due until and including the date of delivery have been fully paid.

 

r) A copy of Sellers’ letter to their satellite communication provider cancelling the Vessel’s communications contract which is to be sent immediately after delivery of the Vessel.

 

s) An original letter of confirmation from the Sellers addressed to the Buyers confirming that to the best of their knowledge the Vessel has not traded with or called in Israel, Cuba, lran, Syria, North Korea.

 

t) One original letter from the Sellers confirming that any outstanding radio accounts shall be settled by the Sellers as soon as practically possible after the Vessel’s delivery with no liability regarding the same to be incurred against the Buyers.

 

u) Any such additional documents as may reasonably be required by the Buyers’ nominated flag state for the purpose of registering the Vessel, provided that the Buyers notify the Sellers of any such document as soon as practically possible after the date of this Agreement.

 

21. Buyers’ Documents

 

At the time of delivery the Buyers shall deliver to the Sellers the following documents:

 

a)  Original Certificates of Incumbency of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. (Seanergy) and of Seanergy’s guaranteed nominee (the Buyers’ Nominee) dated not older than thirty (30) days prior to delivery confirming the names of Seanergys and the Buyers’ Nominee’s directors respectively, duly legalized by Apostille by the Special Agent of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or the Special Agent of the Liberia Maritime Authority, as applicable.

 

b)  Original Certificates of Good Standing of Seanergy and of Buyers’ Nominee dated not older than thirty (30) days prior to delivery, duly legalized by Apostille by the Special Agent of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or the Special Agent of the Liberia Maritime Authority, as applicable.

 

c)  Original Resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Buyers’ Nominee, signed by all Directors, duly certified and legalised by Apostille by the Special Agent of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or the Special Agent of the Liberia Maritime Authority, as applicable, resolving (i) to purchase the Vessel from the Sellers for the Purchase Price, (ii) the ratification of this Agreement signed and the execution of any addenda thereto, the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance and any and all other documents connected with the purchase of the Vessel, and (iii) the execution of the Power of Attorney by a Director, empowering certain individuals to act in the Buyers’ Nominee’s name, place and stead.

 

d)  Certified copy of the Resolutions of the Board of Directors of Seanergy approving this Agreement and the nomination of the Buyers’ Nominee.

 

e)  Two Original Powers of Attorney, signed by a Director of each of Seanergy and the Buyers’ Nominee issued in accordance with the resolutions as per c) and d) above respectively, duly certified and legalised by Apostille by the Special Agent of the Republic of the Marshall lslands or the Special Agent of the Liberia Maritime Authority, as applicable, empowering the Attorneys-in-Fact to execute and deliver all documents relevant to the purchase of the Vessel, including but not limited to, this Agreement and any addenda thereto, the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance, to represent before any bank or Deposit Holder and to pay / release the Purchase Price and the Deposit. The Special Agent to confirm the identity of the person(s) signing the Power of Attorney.

 

f) (Jointly with Sellers) Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance (in four originals).

  

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

12  

 

 

22. Closing Procedure

 

With respect to the closing procedure, the following procedure is agreed:

 

a) One (1) Banking Day prior to the closing Buyers / Buyers’ Bank shall remit the balance of the Purchase Price plus sufficient funds for bunkers, lubeolls and other monies payable pursuant to Clause 7 of this Agreement (together the Other Funds) to Sellers’ Bank„ such funds to be held by Sellers’ Bank in trust / suspense for the Buyers / Buyers’ Bank and for credit to the Sellers upon presentation of a Release Letter duly signed by the Buyers. Any balance is to be returned to the Buyers / Buyers’ Bank.

 

b) At the beginning of the closing the Deposit Holder and Sellers’ Bank will confirm to the parties that the funds are available and may be paid out to the Sellers upon receipt of a Joint Release Letter (in respect of the Deposit) and the Release Letter (in respect of the Other Funds). Further the Deposit Holder and Sellers’ Bank shall check Sellers and Buyers / Buyers’ Banks representatives identity and confirm that they have sufficient authority to release the Deposit and the other Funds. For this purpose, Buyers / Buyers’ Bank and Sellers’ representatives to present original passport or identity card if and as required by the Deposit Holder and/or Sellers’ Bank.

 

c) Sellers will table all closing documents except for the Certificate of Ownership and Freedom of Encumbrances and except for the Deletion Certificate from the Bareboat Registry.

 

d)  Buyers will table their closing documents except for the Joint Release Letter and the Release Letter.

 

e)  (If required) Buyers and/or Sellers to check with the Vessel and any third parties not present at the closing that they are ready to proceed with the delivery of the Vessel. Sellers to check with the German Registry that (i) the recorded mortgage(s) will be deleted and the certificate of freedom from encumbrances issued immediately after the mortgagee(s) give instructions, (ii) the Vessel will be deleted immediately after submission of the signed protocol of delivery and acceptance, and (iii) that the relevant certificates will be provided by fax or email to the closing meeting.

 

f)  The mortgagee(s) to confirm that they are ready to discharge the mortgage(s).

 

g)  The Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance and the Release Letters will be signed (but the time will be left open in the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance) and they will remain tabled until the copy of the Certificate of Ownership and Freedom from Encumbrances from the German Register is tabled.

 

h)  As soon as a copy of the Certificate of Freedom from Encumbrances from the German Registry is received in the closing meeting and has been tabled, the time will be entered in the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance to effect delivery and the closing documents are thereby released, including the Joint Release Letter to the Deposit Holder and Release Instructions to the Sellers’ Bank for the release of the balance of the funds due upon delivery. Sellers will send the dated and timed Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance to the German Registry to obtain a deletion certificate in respect of the Vessel.

 

i)  As soon as copies of (i) the Deletion Certificate from the German Ship Registry and (ii) the Deletion Certificate from the Bareboat Registry are received on the date of delivery, copies thereof Shall be provided by email to the Buyers.

 

j) On the date of delivery the Sellers will deposit in the Security Amount provided in Clause 9 of this Agreement to the Deposit Holder who shall also be acting as the escrow agent with respect to the security amount in accordance with the provisions of the escrow account agreement to be entered into between the Deposit Holder, the Sellers and the Buyers with respect to the Deposit and the Security Amount.

 

23. Subject

 

This Agreement is entered into subject to the following:

 

This Agreement is subject to Sellers’ management approval to be declared latest three (3) Working days after this Agreement has been signed by the Parties and exchanged in original or by e-mail or telefax.

 

Lifting of Sellers’ subject to be declared in writing to the Buyers.

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

13  

 

 

It is agreed that the execution of this Agreement by the Sellers, including by their managing directors, shall not constitute such approval and lifting of this subject.

 

Should this subject not be lifted within the time limit referred to herein, this Agreement shall be null and void without either party having any claim against the other

   
/s/ Sven Lundehn /s/ Stamatios Tsantanis
For and on behalf of the Sellers For and on behalf of the Buyers
Name: Sven Lundehn Name: Stamatios Tsantanis
Title: Managing Director Title: CEO/Director

 

This document is a computer generated SALEFORM 2012 form printed by authority of the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original approved document shall apply. BIMCO and the Norwegian Shipbrokers’ Association assume no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this computer generated document.

 

14  

 

 

Exhibit 10.52

 

Dated 4 October 2016
 

JELCO DELTA HOLDING CORP.

as Lender

 

and

 

SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.

as Borrower

 

for financing part of the acquisition cost for

m.v. “E.R. BAVARIA” and m.v. “E.R. BAYERN”

 

________________________________________

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

  For a loan facility of US$4,150,000

________________________________________

 

1
 

 

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT (the “ Loan Agreement ”), dated as of October 4, 2016, is made by and among Jelco Delta Holding Corp., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “ Lender ”) and Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “ Company ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Company has entered into (i) a Memorandum of Agreement dated 26 September 2016 between the Company for a company to be nominated as buyers, and E.S.V.M. Schiffahrt GmbH & Co. KG, as sellers (the “ Bavaria Seller ”) for the purchase of the motor vessel named “ E.R. BAVARIA ” (“ Ship A ”) (together with all amendments or addenda thereto referred to as the “ Bavaria MOA ”), (ii) a Memorandum of Agreement dated 26 September 2016 between the Company for a company to be nominated as buyer and E.A.D.M. Schiffahrt GmbH & Co. KG, as sellers (the “ Bayern Seller ”) for the purchase of the motor vessel named “ E.R. BAYERN ” (“ Ship B ”) (together with all amendments or addenda thereto referred to as the “ Bayern MOA ”), (iii) an escrow account agreement entered into between, inter alios , the Bavaria Seller and the Company in relation to payment of the deposit in the amount of US$2,075,000 for Ship A as provided in the Bavaria MOA (“ Deposit A ”) and (iv) an escrow account agreement entered into between, inter alios , the Bayern Seller and the Company in relation to payment of the deposit in the amount of US$2,075,000 for Ship B as provided in the Bayern MOA (“ Deposit B ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Company has the right under the Bavaria MOA and the Bayern MOA to nominate another entity as the final buyer under each of the Bavaria MOA and the Bayern MOA respectively and the Company shall nominate Lord Ocean Navigation Co., of Liberia as the final buyers of Ship A (the “ Ship A Buyer ”) and Knight Ocean Navigation Co., of Liberia as the final buyer of Ship B (the “ Ship B Buyer ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Company is the registered, legal and beneficial owner of Emperor Holding Ltd., of the Marshall Islands (the “ Holding Co. ”) and the Holding Co. is the registered, legal and beneficial owner of each of the Ship A Buyer and the Ship B Buyer.

 

WHEREAS , the Company desires to borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of US$4,150,000 from the Lender for financing the payment of Deposit A and Deposit B in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Loan Agreement.

 

WHEREAS , the Lender, which is holding 76,9% of the total issued share capital of the Company, is willing to make available the loan to the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Loan Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and for such other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1. PURPOSE, DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Purpose

 

This Loan Agreement sets out the terms and conditions upon and subject to which it is agreed that the Lender will make available to the Company a loan of United States Dollars four million one hundred fifty thousand (US$4,150,000) to be used for the purpose of financing Deposit A and Deposit B.

 

1.2 Definitions

 

In this Loan Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires each term or expression defined in the recital of the parties and in this Clause shall have the meaning given to it in the recital of the parties and in this Clause and:

2
 

 

Banking Day ” means any day on which banks and foreign exchange markets in New York, London and Athens and in each country or place in or at which any act is required to be done under this Loan Agreement, are open for the transaction of business of the nature contemplated in this Loan Agreement;

 

“Borrower” means the Company as specified at the beginning of this Loan Agreement;

 

Deposits ” means Deposit A and Deposit B.

 

“Dollar” and “US$” mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

Drawdown Date ” means the Banking Day, not earlier than the date of this Loan Agreement upon which the Borrower has requested that the Loan be made available or (as the context requires) the date on which the Loan is actually made by the Lender to the Borrower hereunder;

 

Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 8;

 

Final Buyer ” means each of Ship A Buyer and Ship B Buyer and, in the plural, means both of them.

 

Final Repayment Date ” means the date falling on the date either the Bavaria Seller or the Bayern Seller provides the Company with fifteen (15) days’ notice of the date it intends to tender Notice of Readiness for delivery of either the Ship A or the Ship B, whichever is earlier.

 

" Interest Payment Date " means each date for the payment of interest in accordance with Clause 3.

 

" Interest Period " means each period for the payment of interest pursuant to Clause 3.

 

Interest Rate ” means the rate of interest payable in respect of the Loan ascertained in accordance with the provisions of Clause 3.

 

“MOA ” means each of the Bavaria MOA and the Bayern MOA and, in the plural, means both of them.

 

“Security Period” means the period commencing on the date of this Loan Agreement and ending on the date on which the Lender notifies the Borrower that:

 

(A) all amounts which have become due for payment by the Borrower under this Loan Agreement have been paid; and

 

(B) no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under this Loan Agreement or the Share Pledge.

 

Shares ” means all the issued and outstanding share capital of the Holding Co.

 

Shares Pledge ” means, in relation to the Holding Co., a deed creating security over the Shares in such form as the Lender may require.

 

Ship ” means each of Ship A and Ship B and, in the plural, means both of them.

3
 

 

2. THE LOAN

 

Commitment to Lend:

 

Subject to the terms of this Loan Agreement it is hereby agreed and undertaken by the Lender to lend to the Borrower a sum of United States Dollars four million one hundred fifty thousand (US$4,150,000) (the “ Loan ”).

 

Subject to the receipt by the Lender of a Drawdown Notice in the form set out in Schedule 1 hereto not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) one (1) business day prior to the Drawdown Date and execution by the Borrower of the Shares Pledge, the Loan shall be made available to the Borrower in accordance with and on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

3. INTEREST

 

(a) Interest Periods The period during which the Loan shall be outstanding under this Loan Agreement shall be divided into consecutive Interest Periods of three months’ duration.

 

(b) Beginning and end of Interest Periods Each Interest Period shall start on the Drawdown Date and end on the date which numerically corresponds to the Drawdown Date or the last day of the preceding Interest Period in the relevant calendar month except that, if there is no numerically corresponding date in that calendar month, the Interest Period shall end on the last Banking Day in that month.

 

(c) Non-Banking Days If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Banking Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Banking Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Banking Day (if there is not).

 

(e) Interest rate During each Interest Period interest shall accrue on the Loan at the rate equal to the sum of (a) 5% per annum and (b) the three (3) month London Interbank Offered Rate for deposits in Dollars determined at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Banking days prior to the first day of each Interest Period.

 

(f) Accrual and payment of interest Interest shall accrue from day to day, shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and the actual number of days elapsed and shall be paid by the Borrower to the Lender on the last day of each Interest Period.

 

(g) Default interest In the event of a failure by the Borrower to pay any amount on the date on which such amount is due and payable pursuant to this Loan Agreement and irrespective of any notice by the Lender or any other person to the Borrowers in respect of such failure, the Borrower shall pay interest on such amount on demand from the date of such default up to the date of actual payment at the per annum rate which is the aggregate of: (a) two point fifty per cent (2.50%); and (b) the Interest Rate.

 

4. REPAYMENT

 

The Borrower shall repay the Loan together with accrued interest thereon on the Final Repayment Date. The Borrower shall effect repayment forthwith but in any case no later than two (2) Banking Days from the Final Repayment Date at the Borrower’s option either (i) in cash or (ii) by way of transfer to the Lender all the Shares by signing and delivering to the Lender a stock transfer form in the form set out in Schedule 2.

 

5. VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT

 

The Loan together with accrued interest thereon may be prepaid in whole provided that the Lender has received from the Borrower at least 2 Banking Days’ prior written notice. The Borrower shall effect prepayment at the Borrower’s option either (i) in cash or (ii) by way of transfer to the Lender all the Shares by signing and delivering to the Lender a stock transfer form in the form set out in Schedule 2.

 

4
 

 

6.            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants (and each representation and warranty is deemed repeated at the Drawdown Date) that:

 

(a) Organization . The Borrower is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Marshall Islands and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in such jurisdictions where such qualification is necessary.

 

(b) Enforceability. This Loan Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity limiting the availability of equitable remedies.

 

(c) No Conflict. Neither the execution or delivery of this Loan Agreement by the Borrower, the consummation by the Borrower of the Loan, nor compliance by the Borrower with the terms and provisions hereof will (i) violate any law, constitution, statute, treaty, regulation, rule, ordinance, order, injunction, writ, decree or award of any court or governmental authority to which the Borrower is subject, (ii) conflict with or result in a breach or default under the Borrower’s organizational documents, (iii) conflict with or result in a breach or default which is material in the context of this Loan Agreement under any agreement or instrument to which the Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, is subject or bound, or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge, or encumbrance of any nature upon any property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, of the Borrower.

 

7.            COVENANTS & UNDERTAKINGS OF THE BORROWER

 

The Borrower undertakes with the Lender that, from the date of this Loan Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under this Loan Agreement and under the Shares Pledge, to comply with the following provisions, except as the Lender may otherwise permit in writing:

 

(a) The Borrower shall simultaneously with the execution of this Loan Agreement execute in favour of the Lender the Shares Pledge in respect of the Holding Co.

 

(b) The Borrower undertakes to nominate each of the Ship A Buyer and the Ship B Buyer as the final buyers under each of the Bavaria MOA and the Bayern MOA respectively and to use all reasonable efforts to sign with Bavaria Seller and the Bayern Sellers an addendum to each of the MOAs with respect to the nomination of the Ship A Buyer and the Ship B Buyer respectively and to provide the Lender forthwith upon receipt with copies thereof. The Borrower further undertakes to keep the Lender informed at all times of the expected date of delivery and the notices of the Bavaria Sellers and the Bayern Sellers to the Borrower and to provide the Lender forthwith upon receipt with copies of all such notices.

 

(c) The Borrower undertakes that it shall procure that no substantial change is made to the corporate structure of the Ship A Buyer or the Ship B Buyer or the Holding Co. from that carried on at the date of this Loan Agreement.

 

(d) The Borrower undertakes that it shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Ship A Buyer or the Ship B Buyer or Holding Co. from that carried on at the date of this Loan Agreement.

 

5
 

(e) The Borrower undertakes that it shall not transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of and shall procure that the Holding Co. and each of the Ship A Buyer and the Ship B Buyer shall not transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of its assets (including without limitation all issued shares and all other shares in the Holding Co. in the case of the Borrower, all issued shares and all other shares in each of the Ship A Buyer and the Ship B Buyer in the case of the Holding Co., the Bavaria MOA in the case of Ship A Buyer and the Bayern MOA in the case of Ship B Buyer), whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not.

 

(f) The Borrower shall not and it shall procure that the Ship A Buyer and the Ship B Buyers shall not, whether by a document, by conduct, by acquiescence or in any other way (except as the Lender may otherwise permit in writing):

 

(i)               agree to a material change in any of the terms in the MOAs;

 

(ii)             release, waive, suspend or subordinate or permit to be lost or impaired any interest or right forming part of or relating to any MOA;

 

(iii)            waive any person's breach of any of the MOAs;

 

(iv)           rescind or terminate any of the MOAs or treat itself as discharged or relieved from further performance of any of its obligations or liabilities under any of the MOAs.

 

8.             EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 8 is an Event of Default.

 

(a)           Non-payment The Borrower does not pay on the due date any amount payable by it under this Agreement at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

(b)           Misrepresentation Any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed to be repeated by the Borrower is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be repeated.

 

(c)            Breach of Covenants or Undertakings The Borrower is in breach of any convents or fails to perform any of the undertaking contained in Clause 7.

 

(d)           Security The Shares Pledge becomes unenforceable.

 

(e)           Insolvency The Borrower is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any indebtedness.

 

(f)            Insolvency proceedings Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken for:

 

(i)             the suspension of payments, winding-up, dissolution, administration, bankruptcy or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of the Borrower;

 

(ii)             a composition, compromise, assignment with any creditor of the Borrower;

 

6
 

(iii)             the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager, or trustee or other similar officer in respect of the Borrower or any of its assets; or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

(g)           Impossibility or illegality Any event occurs which would, or would with the passage of time, render performance of this Loan Agreement by the Borrower impossible, unlawful or unenforceable by the Lender.

 

(h)           Revocation or modification of authorisation Any consent, licence, approval, authorisation, filing, registration or other requirement of any governmental, judicial or other public body or authority which is now, or which at any time during the term of this Agreement becomes, necessary to enable the Borrower to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement is not obtained, is revoked, suspended, withdrawn or withheld, or is modified in a manner which the Lender considers is, or may be, prejudicial to the interests of the Lender, or ceases to remain in full force and effect.

 

(i)            Material adverse change Any event or series of events occurs which, in the reasonable opinion of the Lender, is likely to have a materially adverse effect on the business, assets, financial condition or credit worthiness of the Borrower.

 

(j)            Acceleration If an Event of Default is continuing the Lender may by notice to the Borrower:

 

(i)            declare that the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under this Agreement are immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

(ii)            declare that the Loan is payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Lender.

 

9.            NOTICES

 

All notices, requests, consents and other communications under this Loan Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered (i) upon delivery when delivered personally, (ii) upon receipt if by facsimile transmission (with confirmation of receipt thereof), or (iii) one business day after being sent via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service guaranteeing next business day delivery, in each case to the intended recipient as set forth below:

 

If to the Borrower:

 

c/o 16 Grigoriou Lambraki Street

16674 Glyfada

Athens, Greece

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile: +30 210 9638404

 

If to the Lender:

 

c/o Western Isles

Jardine House

P.O. Box HM 1431

Hamilton HM FX

Bermuda

Attention: Alastair Macdonald

Facsimile: +1441 (296) 0329

 

Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, consents or other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other parties notice in the manner set forth in this Clause.

7
 

 

10.          AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

This Loan Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, or canceled, and any of the terms, representations, warranties or covenants hereof may be waived, only by written instrument executed by both of the parties hereto or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance.

 

11. PROCESS AGENT

 

The Borrower irrevocably appoints Messrs. E.J.C Album Solicitors, presently of Landmark House, 190 Willifield Way, London, NW11 GY1, England (Attention of Mr. Eduard Album Fax +44 (0) 20 8457 5558, e-mail: ejca@mitgr.com) to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.

 

Meaning of “proceedings” and “Dispute”

 

In this Clause 11, “ proceedings ” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a “ Dispute ” means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Loan Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Loan Agreement) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

 

12. GOVERNING LAW & JURISDICTION

 

This Loan Agreement (and any non-contractual rights and obligations arising out of or with respect to the subject matter of this Loan Agreement) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English Law. The parties to this Loan Agreement irrevocably agree that the courts of England are to have jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement (including any non-contractual rights and obligations arising out of or with respect to the subject matter of this Loan Agreement) and that any proceedings may be brought in those courts.

 

13.            MISCELLANEOUS

 

a. The headings of the clauses of this Loan Agreement are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Loan Agreement.

 

b. If any provision or part of a provision of this Loan Agreement or its application to either party, shall be, or be found by any authority of competent jurisdiction to be, invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions or parts of such provisions of this Loan Agreement, all of which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

c. This Loan Agreement may be entered into on separate engrossments, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original but each engrossment shall together constitute one and the same instrument and shall take effect from the time of execution of the last engrossment. Immediate evidence that an engrossment has been executed may be provided by transmission of such engrossment by facsimile machine or by email with the original executed engrossment to be forthwith put in the mail.

 

d. A person who is not a party to this Loan Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 of the United Kingdom to enforce any term of this Loan Agreement but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act.

 

8
 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, have caused this Loan Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

THE LENDER

 

SIGNED by )    
Karen Campbell, Director    ) /s/ Karen Campbell  
for and on behalf of )    
JELCO DELTA HOLDING CORP. )    
in the presence of: )    

 

/s/ Pierre Edwards

Pierre Edwards

 

THE BORROWER

 

SIGNED by )    
Stamatios Tsantanis, Director and CEO )   /s/ Stamatios Tsantanis  
for and on behalf of )    
SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP. )    
in the presence of: )    

 

 

/s/ Theodora Mitropetrou

Theodora Mitropetrou

9
 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

FORM OF DRAWDOWN NOTICE

 

To: Jelco Delta Holding Corp.

(the “ Lender ”)

 

[ l ] , 2016

 

Re: US$[ l ] Loan Agreement dated [ l ] 2016 made between (A) Jelco Delta Holding Corp. (the “Lender”) and (B) Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. (the “Borrower”)

 

We refer to the Loan and hereby give you notice that we wish to draw the Loan in the amount of $( [ l ] ) (Dollars [ l ] ) on [ l ] . The funds should be credited to [ l ][ l ] [name and number of account] held in [ l ] [name of bank].

 

Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meanings when used herein.

 

THE BORROWER,

SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.

 

By: 

Name:

Title:

 

10
 

SCHEDULE 2

FORM OF STOCK TRANSFER FORM

 

SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP. of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960, in consideration of the sum of One United States Dollar (US$1) paid to me by JELCO DELTA HOLDING CORP., of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (hereinafter called the " Transferee ") does hereby transfer to the Transferee five hundred (500) shares (represented by Share Certificate number 1) in EMPEROR HOLDING LTD .

 

IN WITNESS whereof SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP. has caused this Instrument of Transfer to be duly executed on [ l ].

 

SIGNED by )  
[ l ] )  
for and on behalf of )  
SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP. )  
in the presence of: )  

11
 

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

List of subsidiaries of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp., of the Marshall Islands

 

Company   Country of incorporation   Vessel name
Seanergy Management Corp.   Marshall Islands   N/A
Sea Glorius Shipping Co.   Marshall Islands   Gloriuship
Sea Genius Shipping Co.   Marshall Islands   Geniuship
Leader Shipping Co.   Marshall Islands   Leadership
Premier Marine Co.   Marshall Islands   Premiership
Gladiator Shipping Co.   Marshall Islands   Gladiatorship
Guardian Shipping Co.   Marshall Islands   Guardianship
Champion Ocean Navigation Co.   Liberia   Championship
Squire Ocean Navigation Co.   Liberia   Squireship
 
 

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co., LLC

One World Financial Center, 30 th Floor

200 Liberty Street

New York, NY 10281

USA

+1 212 380 3700

info@BMKaratzas.com

www.karatzas.com

 

Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. 

16 Grigoriou Lambraki Street 

166 74 Glyfada

Athens, Greece 

 

October 28, 2016 

 

Dear Sir/Madam:

 

Reference is made to the Form F-1 registration statement (the “Registration Statement”), relating to the registration of common shares, Class A Warrants, and an Underwriter’s Warrant of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. (the “Company”). We hereby consent to all references to our name in the Registration Statement, including in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary— Drybulk Shipping Industry Trends,” ““Risk Factors―Risks Relating to Our Industry― An over-supply of drybulk carrier capacity may prolong or further depress the current low charter rates and, in turn, adversely affect our profitability” and “The Drybulk Shipping Industry.” We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of the Company on Form F-1 to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the reference to our firm in the section of the Registration Statement entitled “Experts.”

 

Yours sincerely 

 

 

Karatzas Marine Advisors & Co.

 

Exhibit 23.2

 

 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and the use of our report dated April 20, 2016 in the Registration Statement (Form F-1) and related Prospectus of Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp. for the registration of common shares and Class A warrants. 

 

 

Athens, Greece
October 28, 2016